PORTRAITS 
 
 OF 
 
 MEN OF EMINENCE 
 
 IN LITERATURE, SCIENCE, AND ART, 
 
 WITH 
 
 THE PHOTOGRAPHS FROM LIFE, BY ERNEST EDWARDS, B.A. 
 
 EDITED BY 
 
 LOVELL REEVE, RL.8. 
 VOL. L 
 
 LONDON : 
 
 LOYELL EEEVE & CO., 5, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN. 
 
 1863. 
 
"The glorious sun 
 St^ys in his course and plays the ak-hymist." — Shakespeari 
 

 CONTENTS. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 BAILT, EDWARD HODGES 119 
 
 BENNETT, WILLIAM STERNDALE 87 
 
 BROWNING, ROBERT 109 
 
 CRUIKSHANK, GEORGE 153 
 
 FARADAY, MICHAEL 147 
 
 FERGUSSON, JAMES 135 
 
 FERGUSSON, WILLIAM 97 
 
 FOLEY, JOHN HENRY 13 
 
 GRAY, JOHN EDWARD 113 
 
 HALLIWELL, JAMES ORCHARD 123 
 
 HART, SOLOMON ALEXANDER 104 
 
 HOOKER, SIR WILLIAM JACKSON 81 
 
 HFXLEY, THOMAS HENRY 127 
 
 LATHAM, ROBERT GORDON 93 
 
 LYELL, SIR CHARLES 9 
 
 MAURICE, FREDERICK DENISON 141 
 
 MURCHISON, SIR RODERICK IMPEY 23 
 
 OWEN, RICHARD 41 
 
 ROBERTS, DAVID 29 
 
 SCOTT, GEORGE GILBERT 67 
 
 STANHOPE, EARL 1 
 
 THACKERAY, WILLIAM MAKEPEACE 17 
 
 WHEWELL, REV. WILLIAM 35 
 
 WILKINSON, SIR GARDNER 73 
 
MEN OF EMINENCE 
 
 IN LITEKATUEE, SCIENCE, AND AET. 
 
EARL STANHOPE, D.C.L., F.R.S. 
 
 It was said^ with reference to the subject of our memoir, by a no 
 less pointed observer than the late Lord Macaulay, that " industry 
 and a taste for intellectual pleasures are peculiarly respectable in 
 those who can afford to be idle, and who have every temptation to 
 be dissipated. It is impossible not to wish success to a man who, 
 finding himself placed, without any exertion or any merit on his 
 part, above the mass of society, voluntarily descends from liis emi- 
 nence in search of distinctions which he may justly call his own/^ 
 Thirty years have transpired since these sentences were written ; 
 the allusion to the early youth of the writer is now no longer 
 appropriate, and the wished-for success has since been amply 
 attained, but the sentiment comprised in the above lines is still 
 the most natural that occurs to the mind in contemplating the 
 prosperous literary career of a noble author. 
 
 Lord Stanhope has had the somewhat rare distinction of confer- 
 ring celebrity upon both his titles, having already taken rank as 
 an historian before he succeeded to the peerage. The reader may 
 be not unwilling to be reminded that the founder of the earldom 
 was a grandson of the first and celebrated Lord Chesterfield, 
 whose younger son, Alexander, was Minister successively at Madrid 
 and the Hague. His letters during his residence in Spain were 
 published by the present Lord Stanhope in 1840. The eldest son 
 of the Hon. Alexander Stanhope, after serving as a volunteer in 
 the wars of William HI., and in the expedition against Vigo in 
 1702, was, a few years afterwards, appointed Commander-in-Chief 
 of the British forces in Spain. It was whilst he was serving in 
 this capacity that the island of Minorca, with its harbour of Port 
 Mahon, fell into his hands, from which event the second title of 
 the family is derived. The earldom was acquired some years later, 
 
 B 
 
I EARL STANHOPE. 
 
 after tlie successful Commander had filled various high offices of 
 State under George I. 
 
 The third in descent from James, first Earl of Stanhope, the pre- 
 sent Eai'l's grandfather, was the inventor of the Stanhope printing- 
 press, and of improvements in navigation and many other of the 
 arts. He married Hester, daughter of the great Earl of Chatham, 
 and the celebrated Lady Hester Stanhope was one of their chil- 
 dren. He was remembered also for his political eccentricities, es- 
 pecially his adoption of republican sentiments, and his surrender 
 of the outward distinctions of the peerage. Philip Henry, the 
 fourth Earl, was remarkable for his attachment to the institutions 
 and society of Germany, of which nation he was almost as much 
 a member as of his native country. His son, the present Earl, 
 was born at Walmer in 1805, and was educated at Christ Chm-ch, 
 Oxford, where he took the ordinary degrees. 
 
 No one doubts that the actions, military and civil, of his great 
 ancestor were the inducements which directed Earl Stanhope's 
 historical studies in the course they have taken. ' The War of the 
 Succession in Spain,' of which the first edition appeared in 1832, 
 was compiled to no small extent from the manuscript papers of Ge- 
 neral Stanhope, still preserved at the family seat, Chevening, Kent. 
 This work was dedicated, with warm expressions of public admi- 
 ration and personal regard, to the Duke of Wellington ; and after 
 having been grimly ap^Droved by the then Mr. Macaulay, with a 
 magisterial severity natural to an Edinburgh reviewer sitting in 
 judgment on a young Tory lord, it passed into a second edition, 
 and has since been republished in more than one form. This 
 was followed, in the year 1839, by the appearance of the first vo- 
 lume of Lord Mahon's ''History of England, from the Peace of 
 Utrecht to the Peace of Versailles,' continued, in seven volumes, at 
 intervals down to the year 1854, — a work which has long taken 
 its place as one of om' standard English Classics. In this his- 
 tory, the merits, already pointed out by the Edinburgh reviewer, 
 of " great diligence in examining authorities, great judgment in 
 weighing testimony, and great impartiality in estimating charac- 
 ters," were again conspicuous. Lord Mahon was still engaged in 
 the congenial field of describing events in which the first Earl Stan- 
 hope played a leading part ; but he had also to describe the con- 
 duct of the Earl of Peterborough, and lays claim, with justice, to 
 have placed the character of his ancestor's rival on a higher level 
 
EAEL STANHOPE. 6 
 
 tlian it had previously occupied in liistory. The stores of know- 
 ledge acquired by the writer are never forced on the reader's at- 
 tention ; but those who are gratified with the flow of Lord Mahon's 
 matured writings will be mistaken if they conclude that what ap- 
 pears to be unlaboured is therefore inaccurate. Ars celare aHem. 
 The author had also the decided advantage, which he has enjoyed 
 in all his works of eminence, in being able to bring forward stores 
 of original matter to enrich the details of history. Some pecu- 
 liarities of style, such as a sententiousness pronounced by the 
 Edinbui'gh reviewer to be '^ oracular/' and a want of ease in com- 
 position, were so far corrected, that in 1836 another writer in the 
 same Eeview is found to approve the unaffected diction of the au- 
 thor, " accompanied by an occasional mixture of familiar phrases 
 which are by no means displeasing.^^ The same (politically hostile) 
 reviewer declares the reflections to be " benevolent and humane, 
 and, when not biassed by party politics, to be generally liberal." 
 
 In 1829, three years previous to this publication. Lord Mahon 
 published a ' Life of Belisarius,^ pointing out some errors into 
 which Gibbon had fallen ; and the success of this attempt was ac- 
 knowledged at home and abroad, amongst others by Von Hammer, 
 a critic of eminence at Vienna. In 1845 he edited Lord Chester- 
 field's 'Letters,' and at intervals from 1833 to 1846 he was the 
 writer of articles, mainly historical, in the ' Quarterly Review.'' 
 Some of these, ' Joan of Arc ' for example, have been published 
 in a cheap and popular form ; and the whole series was issued in 
 the year 1849 collectively, as part of 'Murray's Home and Colo- 
 nial Library.' In the same series appeared, in 1845, the admirable 
 biography, the ' Life of Conde.^ An extract from the ' History of 
 England' made its appearance in 1838 under the title of 'The 
 Rise of our Indian Empire;' and a similar excerpt, under the 
 name of ' Lord Mahon's History of the American Revolution,' has 
 been commented on in North American Reviews. 
 
 Shortly after his elevation to the peerage, in 1855, Lord Stan- 
 hope again took a conspicuous place in the public eye, as being one 
 of the literary executors of Sir Robert Peel. Upon the death of 
 that statesman, the world at large became aware that his papers 
 had been bequeathed to Lord Mahon and Mr. Cardwell, upon trust 
 for publication, in terms which left it entirely with them to decide 
 on the period and on the mode of making them public, " and in full 
 assurance that they would so exercise the discretion given to them 
 
4 EARL STANHOPE. 
 
 that no honourable confidence should be betrayed,, no private feel- 
 ings be unnecessarily wounded, and no public interests injuriously 
 affected, in consequence of premature or indiscreet publication/^ 
 This codicil was dated in March, 1849; Sir R. Peel died in May, 
 1850; and in 1856 Lord Stanhope and Mr. Cardwell, in the exer- 
 cise of their discretion, produced the first volume of the ' Memoirs 
 of the Right Hon. Sir Robert Peel,^ containing letters and papers 
 relating to the Roman Catholic Question in 1828 and 1829. In 
 the following year appeared the second volume of the ' Memoirs,' 
 comprising documents bearing in like manner on the New Go- 
 vernment from 1834 to 1835, and the Repeal of the Corn Laws 
 from 1845 to 1846. The title ''Memoirs' may be objected to as 
 being ambiguous, the volumes containing no narrative, but simply 
 a collection of papers ; these, however, are of the very highest 
 value, as being authentic materials for the history of the period. 
 
 This publication has since been surpassed as a literary effort by 
 the ^Life of William Pitt,' which has recently aj)peared in four 
 volumes. This work is now in the hands of every student of mo- 
 dern history, and of a wide circle of general readers. It has been 
 truly described as filling up a niche in biography heretofore unoc- 
 cupied; it is everywhere faithful, simple, exact, and unlaboured; 
 and it is founded, to a great extent, upon new and valuable docu- 
 ments, such as the letters of Pitt to his mother, and to his brother, 
 the Earl of Chatham, and the correspondence of King George III. 
 with the minister ; a series of letters which has placed in an unex- 
 pectedly favourable light the abilities of a Sovereign which it has 
 been the fashion of late, in some quarters, to depreciate. 
 
 The above list is not an exhaustive catalogue of Lord Stanhope's 
 published works ; but it embraces the main particulars, and may 
 be closed with a notice of the collection of ' Miscellanies,' chiefly 
 in prose, which has been issued this year. This small volume con- 
 tains some hitherto unpublished letters of Pitt, Burke, Windham, 
 Sir R. Peel, the Duke of Wellington, and others, too important to 
 be overlooked by the future historian, though of indirect bearing 
 only on the events which he narrates. 
 
 Turning to the career of Lord Stanhope in public and political 
 life, we find that he was first returned to Parliament as member 
 for Wootton Bassett in October, 1830, Wlien this borough was 
 consigned, in the following year, to the limbo of Schedule A of 
 the Reform Bill, notwithstanding a hopeless protest from its re- 
 
EARL STANHOPE. 5 
 
 presentative^ who both voted and spoke against the bill^ Lord 
 Mahon sat in the first Eeformed Parliament for Hertford. Here 
 he became a supporter of Sir R. Peel, as much from personal as 
 pohtical attachment; and during his short administration filled 
 the ofiice of Under-Secretary for Foreign Afiairs under the leader- 
 ship of the Duke. In this capacity, in March, 1835, he defended 
 the then pending appointment of Lord Londonderry as ambassa- 
 dor to Russia. After 1835, Lord Mahon went into opposition on 
 Foreign Affairs, devoting himself especially to the then engrossing 
 topic of Spanish politics. He diverged also largely into other 
 subjects. In the Copyright discussions he took a leading part, 
 voting first of all against Mr. Serjeant Talfourd's proposal for an 
 extension of copyright to sixty years; and subsequently, in 1842, 
 obtaining leave to bring in the bill on this subject which is now 
 the law. Serjeant Talfourd had in 1 841 declined standing again for 
 Reading, and was not now in the House ; and Lord Mahon adopted 
 his measure, with the important variation of cutting down the 
 term of sixty years to twenty-five, suggesting also a power (not 
 afterwards granted) to the Privy Council of preventing the sup- 
 pression of valuable works by the representatives of the deceased 
 author. In April, 1842, Lord Mahon delivered one of his most 
 elaborate and best-remembered speeches on the whole question 
 of copyright, illustrating his argument with literary recollections 
 and memoranda in a manner which was equally novel and attrac- 
 tive to Parliament. He was followed by Mr. Macaulay, in a bril- 
 liant oration similar in style. By the law at that time, copyright 
 was for life 07- for twenty-eight years. Lord Mahon's proposition 
 was to extend the right to the limits of life and forty-two years. 
 Mr. Macaulay' s amendment was that it should be enjoyed for life 
 or for forty-two years, and this regulation (with the additional 
 proviso that, when the case arose, it should extend also for seven 
 years after the author's death), after repeated divisions, was ulti- 
 mately carried. In the same year we find Lord Mahon advocating 
 the cause of dramatic authorship, and assailing the licensing system. 
 International and colonial copyright were branches of the former 
 subject, to which it was natural that the mover of the English 
 Copyright Act should turn his attention. 
 
 From the 5th of August, 1845, to the close of the second Peel 
 administration (July, 1846), Lord Stanhope occupied the post of 
 Secretary to the Board of Control. As a necessary condition of 
 
6 EARL STANHOPE. 
 
 holding office at so critical a period, lie was a supporter of the 
 Repeal of the Corn Laws. He also voted for the foundation of 
 the Irish colleges (as he had always been in favour of the grant 
 to Maynooth), but with a protest in the former case against the 
 absence of collegiate religious instruction; and in 1847 he strenu- 
 ously maintained the expediency of the Education grant. In the 
 following year his Lordship both voted and spoke against the re- 
 moval of Jewish disabilities, founding his opposition on the an- 
 cient constitutional maxim, that Christianity was parcel of the law 
 of England ; and he also opposed the bill for legalizing marriage 
 with a deceased wife^s sister. 
 
 It was in June, 1852, that, upon the National Gallery vote. 
 Lord Mahon first announced in definite terms a proposition for the 
 establishment of a National Historical Portrait Gallery, adding 
 that he had already, during the late Sir R. PeeFs administration, 
 ventured to make a similar suggestion. The idea was recognized 
 as a very valuable one, but the time had not arrived for its deve- 
 lopment. In the following August Lord Mahon lost his seat for 
 Hertford, having been headed by a majority of twenty-five votes 
 by Mr. T. Chambers, after a close contest. The fact of his having 
 alienated some of his principal agricultural supporters in conse- 
 quence of his vote for the Repeal of the Corn Laws, led, no doubt, 
 to this result. 
 
 On the 2nd of March, 1855, the fourth Earl Stanhope died, and 
 Lord Mahon was called to the Upper House as fifth Earl. His 
 first speech in that chamber was in the memorable debate which 
 took place on the question of Lord Wensleydale's Peerage. It 
 will be remembered that Lord Chancellor Cranworth^s proposition 
 was met by a resolution of Lord Lyndhurst, to the effect that the 
 patent of peerage for life was illegal, and that the holder was ab- 
 solutely disentitled to sit in the House of Lords. To this Earl 
 Grey moved, by way of amendment, that the House was not justi- 
 fied in assuming the illegality of the patent ; to be followed by 
 other resolutions in the event of its being carried. Lord Lynd- 
 hurst^s proposition was maintained by him in one of those mar- 
 vellous addresses which from time to time have powerfully influ- 
 enced both the Upper House and the country; and on this occa- 
 sion he was supported by Lord Stanhope, who thought that after 
 so long a desuetude of the Royal prerogative it must be assumed 
 no longer to exist. His Lordship took occasion at the same time 
 
EARL STANHOPE. / 
 
 to point to that most delicate of constitutional subjects, the con- 
 dition of the appellate jurisdiction of the House of Lords. In 
 the following month, on the 2nd of May, Earl Stanhope brought 
 forward his celebrated proposal for the formation of a Gallery of 
 National Portraits, in a speech memorable for its delightful illus- 
 trations, and for the unaffected charm of its delivery. He was 
 complimented by Lord Lansdowne, who said that the suggestion 
 " could not come from any person with greater grace than from 
 his noble friend, who had so long been associated with pursuits so 
 honourable to himself and so beneficial to the country in the path 
 of historical research.'" Lord Ellenborough, the Duke of Argyll, 
 Lords Carnarvon, Harrowby, Redesdale, and others approved the 
 scheme in scarcely less flattering terms ; and the result is the 
 collection now assembled at 29, Great George Street, Westminster, 
 which is the germ of a great national institution. Of this gallery 
 his Lordship was established chairman in the following year. 
 
 Other subjects with which Lord Stanhope's name is associated 
 in public are, that of Secondary Punishments, in which matter his 
 Lordship was, and, we believe, is an advocate of transportation as 
 opposed to the ticket- of-leave system; the Oaths of Abjuration 
 Bill, which was rejected in 1856 on his motion; the Divorce Bill, 
 which he supported ; and the Abolition of Church Rates, which he 
 opposed in 1858. 
 
 Most appropriately it fell to the lot of an historian to be the 
 mover of the address in 1858, which was followed by the removal 
 of the political services from the Prayer Book ; but on Lord 
 Ebury's motion two years afterwards Lord Stanhope took pains 
 to explain the reasons why he could not advocate the proposal for 
 shortening the services actually in use. When, in 1860, the state 
 of our diplomatic relations with the Court of Rome was under con- 
 sideration. Lord Stanhope initiated the discussion in the House of 
 Lords by moving for a copy of the Foreign Office despatch on the 
 subject ; and not only did he support the establishment of a mis- 
 sion, but went so far as to offer a suggestion for the foundation of 
 an academy, with art studentships, in Rome. The latter proposal 
 was too great an innovation upon British principles and prejudices 
 to have any hope of a favourable reception. Its announcement, 
 however, was an indication of the strong interest felt by Lord 
 Stanhope in the condition of the arts, — a growing feature in his 
 public career, from his appointment in May, 1844, in conjunction 
 
EAEL STANHOPE. 
 
 witli the then Mr. Macaulay^ to be one of the Fine Art Commis- 
 sioners, down to the present time. The final report of the Com- 
 mission was made in March last, at which meeting Lord Stanhope 
 occupied the chair. His Lordship is now Chairman of the Com- 
 mission on the state of the Royal Academy, which was appointed 
 in February last. 
 
 In the year 1846 Lord Stanhope was elected President of the 
 Society of Antiquaries, and has ever since contributed, by his 
 learning and influence, to the well-being of that valuable scientific 
 body. He has also succeeded the Marquis of Lansdowne as Pre- 
 sident of the Royal Literary Fund. 
 
 As Lord Rector of the University of Aberdeen, he delivered to 
 the Marischal College an inaugural address, in March, 1858. 
 Lord Stanhope is moreover a D.C.L., F.R.S., and Trustee of the 
 British Museum. 
 
SIR CHARLES LYELL, D.C.L., F.RS. 
 
 From the highest ridge of the Grampian Hills the view extends 
 over the whole of Forfar^ — the noted county of paving-stones, — 
 from the Tay to the ocean, and takes in even the peninsula of 
 Fife and the heights of Lammermuir. In the midst of this ex- 
 panse, the accustomed eye, guided by the grey walls of the castle 
 of Inverquharity and the rising smoke of Kerriemuir, can pick 
 out the broad lands of Kinnordy, the seat of the Lyells, where Sir 
 Charles was born on the 14th November, 1797. He received his 
 early education at Midhurst, in Sussex, whence he proceeded to 
 Exeter College, Oxford, taking degree as B.A. in 1819, and M.A. 
 in 1821. On leaving college he studied law, and was called to 
 the bar in 1822; but he did not pursue this profession long, his 
 natural taste for science having been specially incited towards 
 geology by the admirable lectures of Dr. Buckland, then Professor 
 at Oxford. His active geological labours seem to have com- 
 menced in 1824, in which year he was elected one of the Secre- 
 taries of the Geological Society of London, In 1825 he pub- 
 lished, in Brewster^s ^Journal of Science,' a paper on a dike of 
 serpentine in Forfarshire ; and in the same year he read to the 
 Geological Society a paper on some freshwater limestone contain- 
 ing fossil fruit of Chara. In 1826 he produced papers on "The 
 Freshwater Strata of the Hampshire coast,'' and on the " Plastic 
 Clay of Hampshire and Dorsetshire," which were printed in the 
 Transactions of that Society. In 1828 he was chosen Vice-Pre- 
 sident of the Geological Society ; and in the same year undertook 
 a joui-ney into the mountainous and volcanic regions of Central 
 France, visiting Auvergue, Cantal, and Velay, after which he 
 visited Italy and Sicily. The results were published in the ' An- 
 nales des Sciences Naturelles,' and in the ' Edinburgh Philoso- 
 
 c 
 
10 SIR CHARLES LYELL. 
 
 phical Journal,' All these early papers show the same remark- 
 able power of observation, and capacity of using natural facts in 
 illustration and explanation of geological phenomena, which have 
 always characterized his writings. 
 
 But it was by the publication, in 1830, of his 'Principles of 
 Geology' — after he had delivered some professorial lectures the 
 year previous at King's College — that he burst at once into 
 full fame ; and justly so, for the production of that work was 
 one of the most important steps ever made in the progress of 
 Geology. William Smith, Buckland, Greenough, MacCulloch, 
 Webster, Martin, and Mantell had broken the ground in the di- 
 rection of inductive reasoning ; but Lyell's book, so complete, so 
 logical, so earnest, so loaded with facts^ and correct reasonings 
 from them, gave indeed to that science a new character, removing 
 it for ever from the class of visionary speculations, and establish- 
 ing it thoroughly as a legitimate branch of inductive philosophy. 
 Even in the first edition the whole and difficult subject of geolo- 
 gical dynamics was fully entered into ; but its chief and proudest 
 merit is the success of the attempt to explain the former changes 
 of the earth's surface by the long-continued operation, through 
 indefinite periods, of causes now in action, even to the accounting 
 for former variations of climate by corresponding variations in the 
 relative distribution of land and sea. This powerful advocacy of 
 the just principle of examining the Present in order to restore 
 the Past, laid the basis of the present high position and popu- 
 larity of geology. The voluminous amount of facts that had been 
 patiently and laboriously collected were rendered attractive by 
 Lyell's clear argumentative logic, by their aptness in illustration, 
 and, combined with a peculiarly flowing narrative-style of lan- 
 guage, caused this elaborate treatise to be read by thousands with 
 the same avidity as a stirring novel. 
 
 In 1838 his 'Elements of Geology,' a work also of great merit, 
 appeared. Both books have since passed through numerous edi- 
 tions ; the former as many as nine, besides a French translation 
 by Madame Meulien (1840), under the direction of the famous 
 Ai'ago. After a third edition the 'Elements' were reproduced, 
 with an increased scope of subjects, under the new title of 'A 
 Manual of Geology,' of which there have already issued two edi- 
 tions; the author in all cases revising or re-writing up to the 
 latest phase of geological knowledge. 
 
SIR CHARLES LYELL. 11 
 
 But to return to the earlier periods. In 1831 Mr. Charles 
 Lyell was appointed Deputy-Lieutenant of his native county. 
 
 In 1833 he was honoured with the Royal Society's gold medal 
 for his great work, ' The Principles of Geology.' 
 
 In 1835 he delivered the Bakerian Lecture " On the Proofs of 
 the Gradual Rising of the Land in certain parts of Sweden." 
 
 In 1836 he visited the Danish islands of Seeland and Moeu, 
 examining their Cretaceous and Tertiary strata. In 1835-6 he 
 was chosen President of the Geological Society, an office he held 
 again in 1850-1 ; his addresses for those four years being re- 
 markable expositions of the prevailing topics of geological interest 
 at the periods of their deliverance. 
 
 An invitation to deliver a course of lectures at Boston, in 1841, 
 induced him to cross the Atlantic ; and he remained in the United 
 States for more than a year, travelling over the northern and 
 middle States, and as far south as Kentucky, visiting also Canada 
 and Nova Scotia. After this journey he produced his ' Travels 
 in North America,' illustrated by a remarkably fine geological 
 map. In 1845 he again visited America, examining chiefly the 
 southern States and the coasts bordering the Atlantic and the 
 Gulf of Mexico. The great sunken area of New Madrid, devas- 
 tated by the earthquake of 1811, was especially examined on this 
 occasion. On his return he produced his * Second Visit to the 
 United States.' Other scientific results of these two voyages 
 were given in numerous papers before the Geological Society 
 in the sessions of 1846-1849. 
 
 In 1848 the honour of knighthood was conferred upon him, in 
 consideration of his valuable scientific labours. 
 
 In 1850, during his Presidency of the Geological Society, he 
 produced a valuable paper on "Craters of Denudation, with Obser- 
 vations on the Structure and Growth of Volcanic Cones ;" and in 
 1851 one "On Fossil Rain-marks," illustrated by phenomena he 
 had witnessed in the Bay of Fundy. In the discussions on vol- 
 canic phenomena, particularly in respect to Von Buch's theory of 
 "Craters of Elevation," Sir Charles Lyell has been one of the most 
 prominent and powerful debaters. He had given at length in 
 his first edition of the ' Principles ' his grounds of objection to the 
 theory Baron Von Buch had originated in respect to the Caldera 
 of Palma, the Gulf of Sautorin, and other bowl-shaped cavities 
 of grand dimensions, which Sir Charles regarded as the circiilar 
 
12 SIR CHARLES LYELL. 
 
 escarpments of cones of eruption. Ag'ain^ in the second edition 
 of his ' Principles/ 1832, in 1849 and 1854, after visits to Madeira, 
 TenerifFe, Palma, and the Grand Canary, and other volcanic re- 
 gions, in papers read before the Geological Society, he attacked 
 the same theory, which may be said to have received its death- 
 blow in 1858 by his elaborate paper before the Royal Society 
 " On the Consolidation of Lavas on Steep Slopes, and on the 
 Mode of Origin of Mount Etna." 
 
 In 1858 the Royal Society conferred upon him their highest 
 reward — the Copley Medal. 
 
 Many other papers have appeared at various times on different 
 subjects, but in the modern progress of geology his direct labours 
 have been more especially identified with the classification of the 
 Tertiary formations, which he was the first to divide into Eocene, 
 Miocene, and Pliocene on the principle of the relative proportions 
 of recent to extinct species of Mollusca amongst the fossil shells 
 of the respective groups. The approximate estimations of long 
 periods of time, as evidenced in existing phenomena, as well as in 
 those of geological eras, have also been special subjects of Sir 
 Charles's consideration, as in his attempts to assign the age of 
 the lava-currents of Auvergne. In America, also, he endeavoured 
 to get at the time the mighty cataract of Niagai'a had been 
 cutting back its way towards Lake Erie, by the marks the foam- 
 ing river had worn in its gorge's sides, and the known rate of 
 retrogression of the '^ Falls." 
 
 The scientific writings of Sir Charles Lyell show that, besides 
 the countries already alluded to, he has explored, geologically, 
 parts of Norway, Belgium, Switzerland, North and South Germany, 
 and the volcanic regions of Catalonia, in the North of Spain ; while 
 in North America his observations, made duinng three different 
 visits, have extended from Canada, or from the basin of the St. 
 Lawrence, to the mouth of the Mississippi. 
 
 In his last important work, ' The Geological Evidence of the 
 Antiquity of Man,' published during the present year, and which 
 has already passed through a second edition, he has summarized 
 and discussed all the important facts accumulated up to the pre- 
 sent time in favour of the high antiquity of the human race, view- 
 ing the subject also from archeeological, ethnological, and philolo- 
 gical stand-points. 
 
13 
 
 JOHN HENRY FOLEY, R.A., R.H.A. 
 
 John Henry Foley was born in Dublin on the 24tli of May, 1818. 
 From early life liis tastes pointed to Art, wliicli being cherished 
 by his grandfather, Mr. Schrowder, a sculptor of the same city, 
 he entered the Eoyal Dublin Society as a student at the age of 
 thirteen, and in one year carried away the first prize in each of 
 the four separate departments for the study of the figure, animals, 
 architectm^e, and modelling. With the ambition common to men 
 of genius, he determined upon making London his future home. 
 He became a student of the Eoyal Academy at seventeen, and 
 being soon admitted to the higher schools for the study of the 
 " life," worked with such power and earnestness as to be awarded 
 the first prize therein. This success dates his transition from the 
 pupil to the master, the Academy Catalogue for 1839 containing 
 his name as the author of two works, ' The Death of Abel,^ and 
 that sweetly simple figure ' Innocence.'' 
 
 In his twenty-second year (1840) appeared the ' Ino and 
 Bacchus,' a conception of such classic beauty and poetic feeling as 
 to place him at once on a level with the master-spirits of his art. 
 This charming composition now graces the vestibule of Bridge- 
 water House, having been purchased in marble by that distin- 
 guished patron of art, Francis, first Earl of Ellesmere. Follow- 
 ing this, and still indulging in the ideal fancies of the poet, in 
 1842 was pi'oduced ' The Houseless Wanderer,' a shivering, girlish 
 form, so touchingly expressive, the coldest heart might warm in 
 response to its appeal for pity. 
 
 It will be remembered that by this date the Westminster Hall 
 competition, in 1844, was becoming the leading topic in art cu-cles, 
 as an occasion for demonstrating to the world the existence of an 
 art element in the national mind, and for once more practically 
 
 j» 
 
14 JOHN HENRY FOLEY, 
 
 vindicating our competency against the taunts of those who con- 
 tend that our lymphatic temperament renders us insensible to the 
 beauties, and incapable of mastering the difficulties, of art. So 
 rare an opportunity was not lost to the body of English sculptors, 
 who, with one exception only, entered as competitors for the pro- 
 mised honours. Of this number was Mr. Foley, who at the close 
 of the exhibition was proclaimed one of the three successful can- 
 didates. The works exhibited by him in this contest were the 
 ' Ino and Bacchus^ and 'A Youth at a Stream,^ modelled for this 
 occasion, a creation of the purest ideal beauty and natural truth, 
 combining every quality essential to the most exalted art, and 
 well calculated to enhance the brilliant promise founded on the 
 ' Ino and Bacchus.^ This work is now familiar to us all as one of 
 the classics of English sculpture. 
 
 The successful issue of this competition placed in Mr. Foley's 
 hands the commissions for the statues of ' Hampden' and * Selden,' 
 for the New Palace of Westminster ; the former being executed 
 in 1847, the latter not until 1853. These two noble figures, now 
 in St. Stephen's Hall, rank among the finest portrait-statues in 
 existence ; an earnest thoughtfulness and manly vigour animating 
 every limb and feature, evinces the deep penetrative discernment 
 of character and power of expression possessed by the artist; 
 whilst the costume and accessories are, in their treatment, in the 
 highest degree picturesque, yet withal duly subordinate to indivi- 
 duality. 
 
 The great success attending these two last-named Avorks exer- 
 cised a material influence on the future career of their author, for 
 previous to the ' Hampden,' Mr. Foley's productions had been 
 chiefly of an ideal character, a class of subject he had originally 
 purposed exclusively to follow ; but, in the absence of demand for 
 such labours, oSers of portraiture induced him to accept commis- 
 sions for the latter, for wdiicli his extended academic training gave 
 him unusual advantages. From this date we find portraiture con- 
 stituting a great part of his practice, by which change, though to 
 the loss of ideal works, our School of Sculpture has become enriched 
 by portrait-statues of the highest order. The Royal Academy, in 
 1819, elected Mr. Foley an Associate of that body. In 1851 ap- 
 peared ' The Mother,' a group of maternal grace and childish play- 
 fulness. Two years after this date was produced * Selden,^ and in 
 1854 ' Egeria,' executed for the Mansion House. This charming 
 
JOHN HENRY FOLEY. 15 
 
 figure forms one of a series of commissions, in illustration of 
 English history and English poetry, given by the Corporation of 
 London, under the mayoralty of Alderman Challis. 
 
 High, however, as the qualities of Mr. Foley's works had se- 
 curely placed him in the list of European artists, he was hy this 
 time deeply engaged on a group of the late Lord Hardinge and 
 charger, the result of which has tended, more than the combined 
 influence of all his previous successes, to his present elevation 
 among his contemporaries. The small model for which liis late 
 Lordship sat was produced in 1849; but the large work was not 
 completed till 1856, although the horse, Meanee, a favourite Arab, 
 which bore his Lordship through the Sutlej campaign, was finished 
 in 1853. In attempting to describe this magnificent work, words 
 can but poorly convey an idea of its daring power and masterly 
 grandeur ; but artists, who have travelled wherever the remains of 
 art exist, whether Classic or Gothic, pronounce it the finest work 
 of its kind in the world. Those who can recall the occasion of its 
 exhibition at Bm-lington House, will remember how its criticism 
 was marked by every term that admiration could suggest ; what, 
 however, must have been more gratifying to its author was the 
 unanimous acclamation with wliicli its appearance was hailed by 
 the whole brotherhood of art. A requisition was presented to Mr. 
 Foley, bearing the signatures of upwards of 150 leading names in 
 art and literature, expressive of their admiration of its high merit, 
 their desife to see its duplicate erected in London as a testimony 
 to the capability of English art, and their willingness to assist in 
 the accomplishment of the same ; such a compliment had never 
 before been paid to any English sculptor. This unrivalled group, 
 representing his Lordship as surveying the operations of the battle- 
 field, was executed for Calcutta, in commemoration of liis services 
 as Governor- General of India ; and a friend, writing from that city, 
 says, that the horse-trainers of the desert, struck by its force and 
 nature, exclaim, " It is the work of the good Genii, for no skill of 
 man could make it." 
 
 Two years subsequent to the completion of the ' Hardinge,' the 
 Koyal Academy conferred on its author the rank of Academician, 
 at which date (1858) was executed a second commission for the 
 Mansion House, ' Caractacus.'' This heroic figure, most grandly 
 conceived in action and expression, ranks among the finest works 
 of its author, and is especially to be noted for a profound anato- 
 
16 JOHN HENRY FOLEY. 
 
 mical knowledge and masterly treatment of masculine form. In 
 1859 Mr. Foley presented to tlie Academy his diploma work, a 
 statuette of the elder brother in ' Comus/ since which time he has 
 been chiefly engaged on monumental and portrait-statues. The 
 model for the statue of Manockjee Nesserwanjee, a Parsee, was 
 completed in 1861 for Bombay; in the year following ' Goldsmith/ 
 for erection in front of Trinity College, Dublin, one of the most 
 successful portrait- statues of modern times. 
 
 Among the principal works of a monumental kind erected by 
 Mr. Foley, may be noticed those for Mrs. F. West, in Milford 
 Church, Hants. ; Sir F. Lawley, Hints Church, Staffordshire ; Hon. 
 James Stuart, for Ceylon, unfortunately lost at sea; General 
 Nicholson (who fell at Delhi), in Lisburne Cathedral, Ireland; 
 Mr. Whittaker, of Hurst ; and James Ward, E.A. ; while in his 
 busts live some of the most distinguished men of the age. Of 
 commissions in hand may be mentioned those of the late Prince 
 Consort, for Birmingham ; Sir Charles Barry, for the Palace of 
 Westminster ; Lord Herbert ; Lord Canning ; Sir James Outram 
 (equestrian), for Calcutta; Mr. John Fielden, Todmorden; and 
 Father Mathew, for Cork. 
 
 In the Hyde Park Exhibition of 1851 and the International 
 gathering just closed, Mr. Foley's works were especially promi- 
 nent by their number and importance, and largely assisted in up- 
 holding the rank of British Sculpture. The principle of his study 
 is founded on the Antique, aided by an intimate knowledge of, 
 and reference to. Nature; but the peculiar characteristic of his 
 genius is its extreme versatility ; for, in viewing his varied range 
 of subject, we find the same evidence of original power marking- 
 alike his treatment of the ideal, the historic, or the individuality 
 of portraiture ; and whilst liis^ ideal groups betray a highly poetic 
 conception, his portrait-statues are in the highest degree the em- 
 bodiment, mental and personal, of the individuals represented. 
 
 At the close of last year Mr. Foley was'^ elected a member of 
 the "Academie Eoyale des Sciences, des Lettres, et des Beaux- 
 Arts de Belgique,'' in the room of the late Professor PJtschel, of 
 Dresden. 
 
17 
 
 WILLIAM MAKEPEACE THACKERAY. 
 
 Notwithstanding the assertion of Pope^ that the life of a wit is a 
 warfare upon earth, there are examples of wits who have lived as 
 quietly as other people. The author of ' Vanity Fair ' is one of 
 them. Nothing wonderful has happened to him, although he 
 holds a place amongst wits from which, under Pope's conditions, 
 considerable disturbance might have been expected. The personal 
 career of William Makepeace Thackeray has been simply that of 
 a private gentleman, emphatically marked by the special charac- 
 teristics which are popularly understood to distinguish the English 
 variety of the species. His biography yields no materials out of 
 which the most lively imagination could manufacture a striking 
 narrative. The action of the life-drama of which he has been the 
 hero is entirely mental ; and if you want to know what manner of 
 man he is, and wherein lies the difference between him and the 
 crowds of educated and intelligent gentlemen who, like him, have 
 passed through the usual curriculum of the university, the clubs, 
 and the salons, and who, while he has attained celebrity, still 
 haunt the shadowy places in society, you must seek for the satis- 
 faction of your curiosity in his writings. 
 
 To the bleak wolds of Yorkshire contemporary biographers have 
 traced the family from which William Makepeace Thackeray is 
 descended. We are not aware whether the name is yet familiar 
 in those high latitudes ; but certain it is that his immediate pro- 
 genitors were established in a warmer climate. His father, and 
 his grandfather before him, held civil appointments in Calcutta, 
 where the novelist was born in 1811. India, however, has no fur- 
 ther claim upon him than that of having given him birth. He 
 was bred and trained under English skies, receiving the rudiments 
 of his education at the Charterhouse, which was then presided 
 
18 WILLIAM MAKErEACE THACKERAY. 
 
 over by the late Dr. Russell, who had the houour of launching into 
 the world several pupils who ultimately won their spurs in different 
 walks of life. Mr. Thackeray afterwards went to Cambridge ; but 
 at the end of two years he left the University without taking out 
 a degree. 
 
 The literary foundations which were thus laid do not appear to 
 have exercised much influence over his early tastes, or to have 
 guided him in the choice of a pursuit. Art, and not literature, 
 was the mistress to whom he offered up his first love. His am- 
 bition was to become a painter. He resembled Hazlitt in this 
 particular, that his passion lay in one direction, and his power in 
 another. But there the comparison ends. Hazlitt failed ; and 
 Thackeray has given abundant evidence of a faculty for art which, 
 with perseverance, must have conquered success. He was so 
 much in earnest about it upon leaving the University that he went 
 to Rome, where for some time he led the most delightful of all 
 lives, known only to the enthusiastic student who, with easy re- 
 sources at his command, is master of sufficient leisure to enable 
 him to dream away whole days in the studios, listening to the 
 talk of artists, and watching the canvas growing into life under 
 their hands. 
 
 That luxury of thoughtful idleness, in which fancy builds up a 
 future never destined to be realized, was of short duration. Rome 
 was exchanged for London, and the palette was abandoned for the 
 pen. How this transition came to pass is of less moment than the 
 fact that the embryo artist had now become an author, and that, 
 instead of following the course to which his inclination led him in 
 the first instance, he occupied himself in working out the new vein 
 which he had subsequently discovered, most probably by accident. 
 
 The apprentice-labours of men who have finally achieved dis- 
 tinction, present obvious materials for critical speculation, but 
 they can seldom be traced with certainty. The difficulty is greatest 
 in the case of writers who, like Mr. Thackeray, began in the jour- 
 nals, and who had long contribvited to periodical literature before 
 they obtained a reputation which made it worth their while to 
 count up their fugitive productions. It is by no means unlikely 
 that hea2:)s of articles may have been published by Mr. Thackeray 
 in the commencement of his literary life, which he has himself 
 forgotten, and which, from the nature of the form they took, will 
 never be recovered. He is said to have been a writer in the 
 
WILLIAM MAKEPEACE THACKEKAY. 19 
 
 ' Times ' when tliat journal was under the editorship of Barnes ; and 
 at a later period he was a constant contributor to the ' Chronicle/ 
 before the traditions of the Perry age had quite passed away. Of 
 these contributions we know little, except that they embraced a 
 wide variety of subjects, and that criticisms on books and ela- 
 borate essays on art, were mingled with leading articles on society 
 and politics. 
 
 It was in ' Eraser's Magazine ' that, under the pseudonym of 
 Michael Angelo Titmarsh, the author of ' Vanity Fair ' first be- 
 came a recognized power in periodical literature. The power was 
 not of a kind that always succeeded in conciliating the goodwill 
 of the reader. The papers of Michael Angelo Titmarsh were tinged 
 with what seemed a sinister spirit of sarcasm, which gave great 
 offence in some quarters. But everybody acknowledged the origi- 
 nality and, so to speak, depth of their humour; while a better 
 knowledge of the writer, and the fuller development of his genius, 
 enables us now to discover in the quips and cranks of Mr. Tit- 
 marsh, a wiser purpose and a kindher intention than anybody was 
 then disposed to give him credit for. 
 
 To that period belong several volumes of travels, embracing 
 Ireland, France, and the East, and written in a vein as unlike any 
 other books of travels, as travels are unlike epic poems. The 
 paramount interest of such works as the ' Paris Sketch-book,^ the 
 ^ Irish Sketch-book,^ and the 'Journey from Cornhill to Grand 
 Cairo,' arises from the circumstance that they could not have been 
 •written by any one else, and that they bear the visible impress of 
 their authorship. Marked by a keen insight into character, a 
 quick appreciation of the ridiculous, and a humour at once subtle 
 and brilliant, they are by no means of equal merit, nor are they 
 sustained at an equal height throughout. But, although we could 
 not have predicted from any of them the series of famous works 
 by which they have been succeeded, it is easy to perceive in them 
 the germs of something higher than themselves. Mr. Thackeray 
 seemed at this time to be playing with his resources, and to be 
 pruning his wings for higher flights. His contributions to ' Punch ' 
 were more or less preparatory exercises ; and the '' Snob Papers,' 
 ' Jeames's Diary,' and the ' Fat Contributor ' may be regarded, 
 like the ' Kickleburys on the Rhine,' and other sketches from life, 
 as rough studies for the larger pictures that were to be afterwards 
 executed by the maturer judgment of the experienced artist. 
 
20 WILLIAM MAKEPEACE THACKERAY. 
 
 The opening number of 'Vanity Fair ' appeared in 1846. It is 
 said to have been rejected by the first publisher to whose opinion 
 it was submitted ; but it soon had its revenge in full. The town 
 felt that there was a capable hand in its pages before it had run 
 into its third number, and six months had not elapsed when the 
 author took his place amongst the foremost novelists, not of our 
 day alone, but of our language. The progress of the work gradually 
 unfolded a greater variety of powers than had been previously 
 combined in a story of modern life, and Waterloo divided the ap- 
 plause of the critics with Becky Sharpe and the dens of fashion- 
 able life. The severity of the satire in ' Vanity Fair,' and in all 
 the subsequent novels by the same author, is vindicated by its 
 justice. Nor is there any more conclusive test of the effect left 
 by these works upon the public mind than the fact that Mr. 
 Thackeray is familiarly known in his own generation not as the 
 " Great Satirist," but as the " Great Novelist.'" 
 
 ' Pendennis ' succeeded ' Vanity Fair,' but cannot be said to 
 have reached its excellence. Comparisons of this kind, however, 
 involve questions of taste very difficult of decision ; and, in spite 
 of abstract canons of criticism, readers will be found who main- 
 tain predilections for which they cannot render a satisfactory rea- 
 son. Upon the merits of the next novel, 'Esmond,' nearly all 
 classes of readers are agreed. Even they who hate Beatrix, and 
 do not like the complexion of the narrative, and who think that 
 the structure is a mere piece of affectation, like a modern young 
 lady dressed up in stiff brocade and Elizabethan lace, are com- 
 pelled to admit that the English is pure and idiomatic. In this 
 respect ' Esmond ' is a remarkable and instructive work ; it stands 
 apart, in our time, for the beauty of its diction. Mr. Thackeray's 
 style unites many of the highest excellences of our best writers, 
 and it is shown in its perfection in ' Esmond,' — strength, ease, 
 and simplicity are amongst its conspicuous qualities; there is no 
 vanity of manner, no false pomp of phraseology, the expression is 
 everywhere clear, direct, and resonant, and all without the slightest 
 appearance of effort. 
 
 The ' Newcomes,' the ' Virginians,' the ' Adventures of Philip,' 
 and ' Level the Widower,' followed ' Esmond ;' and at intervals ap- 
 peared the ' Humourists,' and the ' Four Geoi'ges,' which foi-med 
 the substance of lectures Mr. Thackeray had delivered in England 
 and America. Out of all these works, the character of Colonel 
 
WILLIAM MAKEPEACE THACKERAY. 21 
 
 Newcome will at once come to tlie mind as tlie prominent figure. 
 Had Mr. Thackeray produced no other creation, it would have ac- 
 quired for him a permanent place amongst our great writers of 
 fiction. It is as perfect in its way as Don Quixote or Parson 
 Adams, — a thorough gentleman, with a tender and loyal heart. 
 
 Judging from the verdicts of posterity in other cases, ' Vanity 
 Fair ' seems to us the most likely of all the novels to maintain its 
 reputation. The work that is most compact and direct in treat- 
 ment, that is nearest to general truth, and has most of the permanent 
 elements of life, and least of the accidents of time and place, 
 usually outlives its contemporaries. Of De Foe^s novels and semi- 
 novels, ' Eobinson Crusoe ' is the only one known to the mass of 
 readers ; and, although ' Amelia ' will probably always find a cor- 
 ner in choice libraries, and ' Jonathan Wild ' is still occasionally 
 talked of. Fielding survives mainly in ' Tom Jones,^ which holds its 
 ground by virtue of its constructive skill, unity, wit, and profound 
 knowledge of human nature. For similar reasons, a long tenure of 
 popularity may be anticipated for ' Vanity Fair ;' it is the most 
 complete, varied, and artistic of Mr. Thackeray's novels, displays 
 more power in different directions than any of the rest, has more 
 story in it, and is less broken up by excursions and digressions. 
 We do not expect that this comparative estimate will carry uni- 
 versal assent. Many circumstances combine to distract opinion in 
 the lifetime of an author, and to produce a diversity of judgments ; 
 and hence each novel has its own circle of admirers, who set it 
 above the rest. We have heard that Lord Macaulay considered 
 ' Pendennis ' the best of the series ; and if the constituencies of 
 the circulating libraries throughout the country could be polled for 
 their favourite, there is no dovibt that the ' Newcomes ' would run 
 away with a large proportion of the votes. 
 
 The fault which most people find with Mr. Thackeray's novels is 
 that the story is less attended to than the humour and wisdom of 
 which it is the vehicle. The old complaint over again — the half- 
 pennyworth of bread to the ocean of sack ; but such sack ! Who 
 would willingly relinquish those delectable bits of egotism, and 
 snatches of wandering gossip by the roadside, for the sake of 
 getting on a little faster with the incidents ? Yet it is indispu- 
 tably true that you must occupy your platform with action, if you 
 would keep your audience awake, and that you must interest your 
 readers in your plot if you desire to interest them in your characters, 
 
22 WILLIAM MAKEPEACE THACKERAY. 
 
 unless you are master of exceptional powers of some kind, or have 
 some exceptional design to execute. Mr. Thackeray, however, 
 must follow the bent of his genius in his own way ; and it is clear 
 that his genius is not dramatic. ' Level the Widower ' was ori- 
 ginally destined for the stage ; but in that shape the threads of 
 the story resembled the troop of horses which Ducrow used to 
 scatter, with flying reins, over the circus. But Ducrow knew how 
 to gather them up at will in his hand ; an art which to Mr. Thacke- 
 ray seems to be difficult, or which he does not care to cultivate. 
 
 The ' Humourists ' and the ' Four Georges ' are pure literary and 
 historical studies. They are the only woi-ks in which Mr. Thacke- 
 ray has had any scope for his scholarship and critical taste, and 
 they are curious as indicating the manner and spirit in which he 
 would be likely to deal with similar subjects on a larger scale. 
 They bring together, with singular felicity, all those minor lights 
 and shadows which history and biography generally consider be- 
 neath their dignity, but which are of the last importance to the 
 true delineation of character. Many readers will be of opinion 
 that their judgments are not always right ; and, while we are will- 
 ing to leave the Georges to their fate, we think that in the portrai- 
 ture of Addison and Steele a grave error has been committed, and 
 a grave injustice inflicted. But it is the province of works of this 
 description to raise literary and historical questions ; and diffe- 
 rences on these and other points do not render us insensible to 
 the grace, geniality, and wit which abound in these volumes. 
 
 To Mr. Thackeray's connection with the ' Cornhill Magazine ' 
 we are indebted for the ' Roundabout Papers,' which do not satisfy 
 us so well in their collected form as- they did singly, month by 
 month. The reason is obvious enough ; but they are nevertheless 
 amongst the most pleasant and characteristic of all Mr. Thackeray's 
 writings. 
 
 Perhaps we should note as an incident in Mr. Thackeray^s life 
 that he once contested the representation of Oxford and was 
 defeated by Mr. Cardwell, to whom the world is much obliged for 
 keeping the novelist out of Parliament. There is nothing to be 
 added but a hope that the rumour is true that Mr. Thackeray is 
 engaged upon a new story, and that he is gathering materials for 
 a history of the reign of Queen Anne, — an undertaking for which 
 nobody living is so well qualified. 
 
23 
 
 SIR RODERICK IMPEY MURCHISON, K.C.B., 
 
 D.C.L., LL.D., F.E.S., 
 
 DIRECTOK-GENERAL OP THE GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OP THE UNITED 
 KINGDOM. 
 
 To say tliat at seventy-one years of age health and intellect are 
 vigorously retained^ is saying much ; but to say that at that ad- 
 vanced age the latest scientific labour is the most brilliant of a 
 gigantic series of a long and incessantly-active life, is saying that 
 which few indeed can lay claim to. Yet such may be — nay, must 
 be — truthfully said of Roderick Inipey Murchison. Famous as he 
 everywhere is as the author and elaborator of the Silurian system, — 
 that wonderful classification of the oldest, most difficult, and vastest 
 of all the geological formations, — his last labours, in 1860-61, 
 '' On the Classification of the Mountain Rock-masses of the High- 
 lands of Scotland," eclipses all his former successes in grandness of 
 intellectual grasp and simplicity of reduction. Whatever Sir Rode- 
 rick might have attained to as a soldier, — for in early life he served 
 in the Peninsula and elsewhere (1807 to 1816), first under Wel- 
 lesley and Moore, — he must ever be looked upon as a Commander- 
 in-Chief amongst geologists. The same quickness of sight and 
 command of combinations, the same careful and forethoughtful 
 collecting of materials for a decisive blow, and the same decisive 
 energy of attack when the means are ready, which are essential to 
 the General dealing with troops, Sir Roderick exhibits in his in- 
 tellectual marshalling of scientific facts, and his power of hurling 
 them upon the decisive point. But so longj so voluminous, so 
 excellent are his numerous works, that what would form impor- 
 tant items in many a biography sink into secondary positions, or 
 can only receive the merest passing glance, in anything but a spe- 
 cial memoir of his long and indefatigable career. 
 
24 SIR RODERICK IMPEY MURCHTSON. 
 
 A Higlilander by birtli, it must have been a gratification in the 
 highest degree to bring the mature knowledge of his most expe- 
 rienced life to bear upon the grand, massive hills of his childhood, 
 and there to gather his crowning laurels. 
 
 Murchison was born at Taradale, in Eoss-shire (an estate which 
 he inherited), on February 19, 1792. He was first educated at 
 Durham Grammar School, and afterwards at the Military College 
 of Marlow. In 1807 he obtained an ensigncy in the 36th Eegi- 
 ment of infantry, and served in the battles of Vimiero and Roldia, 
 under Sir A. Wellesley, at Corunna, under Moore, and afterwards 
 in Sicily, the Siege of Cadiz, etc. After the close of the great 
 war, seeing no hope of active employment, he retired from mili- 
 tary service with the rank of Captain of Dragoons (6tli regiment). 
 
 After some subsequent years, divided between foxhunting, which 
 he pursued eagerly, and tours in the Alps, Italy, and various parts 
 of Europe, his geological career began with an observant paper, 
 " K Geological Sketch of the North-Western Extremity of Sussex, 
 and the adjoining Parts of Hampshire and Surrey,^^ in which he 
 ably made out and described the succession and physical struc- 
 ture of the Cretaceous and underlying rocks of the western por- 
 tion of that very interesting district the Weald of Sussex and 
 Hampshire. In this year, too, he made a tour, with his accom- 
 plished wife, the only daughter of General Hugonin, of Nursted 
 House, Petersfield, to the Isle of Wight, and along the south coast 
 of England to the Land's End in Cornwall. The summer of 1826 
 was spent in exploring the Scarborough and Whitby coast, the 
 Western Isles and North Highlands of Scotland, and in com- 
 paring Brora, in Sutherland, with the eastern moorlands of York- 
 shire. From 1825 to 1829 Sir Roderick was one of the Secretaries 
 of the Geological Society, and in that period the following papers 
 were contributed by him : — ^'^ On the Coalfield of Brora'^ (1827) ; 
 "On the Isle of Arran" (1828); "On the Primary Rocks and 
 Oolites of the North of Scotland ;" and " On the Bituminous 
 Schists and Fossil Fish of Seefield, in the Tyrol;" and " On the 
 Tertiary and Secondary Rocks of the Alps," in the ' Philosophical 
 Magazine;' the results of personal travels in the north of Italy, 
 the Bassanese Alps (1828-30), and in Central France, and of a 
 second survey of the Scottish Islands (1827-28). There also ap- 
 peared, in conjunction with Lyell, articles " On the Excavation 
 of Valleys in Central France " and " On the Tertiary Beds of 
 
SIR RODERICK IMPEY MURCHISON. 25 
 
 Aix^^ in tlie ' Edinburgli Pliilosopliical Journal;' "On the Lacus- 
 trine Deposits of Cantal/' in the ''Annales des Sciences Na- 
 turelles/ In 1826 Sir Roderick had been elected a Fellow of the 
 Royal Society, and in 1831 and 1832 he filled the office of Presi- 
 dent of the Geological Society. In this period we have further 
 geological essays (in 1830) : — 'Fossil Fox of CEningen;' ' Struc- 
 ture of Austrian Alps;' 'Tertiaries of Lower Styria ; ' and 'Austria 
 and Bavaria;' 'Structure of Eastern Alps' (illustrated from a 
 drawing by Lady Mui-chison) ; ' Secondary Formations of Ger- 
 many ;' 'Austrian and Bavarian Alps;' 'Vertical Stems of Plants 
 in Oolites of the Cleveland Hills.' Besides these, were two most 
 able Presidential addresses^ and a ' Guide to the Geology of 
 Cheltenham.' 
 
 This brings us to 1831, the memorable year in which, by the 
 advice of his friend and instructor Buckland, he commenced those 
 strenuous labours in Shropshire, which next extended to Wales, 
 and subsequently applied to every region of the habitable globe, 
 will make the name of Murchison pre-eminent in all time, and 
 the Silurian System an indelible landmark in geology. The first 
 public announcement of these labours was made at the British 
 Association (of which Sir Roderick was one of the founders) at 
 the York meeting, in October, 1831. From this date until 1837 
 his time was mainly occupied in field investigations in Salop, 
 Hereford, Montgomery, Radnor, Brecknock, Caermarthen, Pem- 
 brokeshire, etc., in collecting and elaborating the details of the geo- 
 logical structure and the succession of the vast primordial fossilife- 
 rous and metamorphic rock-masses, thousands of feet thick, of those 
 strangely contorted regions. Isolated papers from time to time mark 
 the course of his progress in this interval, especially that in the 
 'London and Edinburgh Philosophical Magazine' for July, 1835, in 
 which the term " Silurian System " was first applied to the Ludlow, 
 Wenlock, Caradoc, and Llandeilo formations. This led up to the 
 publication, in 1838-39, of his first grand work, of eight hundred 
 quarto pages and forty plates of fossils, coloured maps, and sections, 
 ' The Silurian System,' — a magnificent work, far beyond the ordi- 
 nary resources of individual efforts, equalled only by the best and 
 finest of imperial and governmental productions, and dedicated to 
 the only man whose name will be ever gloriously linked with Mur- 
 chison's stupendous labours — Sedgwick, of Cambridge. In a list 
 of his published works during this period in our possession, we 
 
 VOL. I. F 
 
26 SIR EODERICK IMPEY MURCHISON. 
 
 find against tlie date 1836 the simple toucliing entry, in Sir Eo- 
 derick^s own handwriting, " death of my mother." No labours, 
 even the highest mental or most active, take off pain of domestic 
 trials, and this slight reference speaks more of filial love and deep 
 respect than marble monument or word-eloquent eulogy. 
 
 Between 1836 and 1838, both inclusive, he first classified, with 
 Sedgwick, the slate and culm rocks of Devonshire, and effected 
 important changes in the geological map of Devon and Cornwall, 
 carried on investigations in the Dudley and Wolverhampton coal- 
 field, showing that coal could be profitably worked (as it has since 
 been) under the Lower New Red Sandstone ; and, completing the 
 Silurian classification, he began that of the Devonian deposits. 
 
 In 1839, after the publication of his great work, 'The Silurian 
 System,^ he worked on these older rocks with Sedgwick and Do 
 Yerneuil in various parts of France, Belgium, and Germany. At 
 the invitation of the Emperor Nicholas I., he was engaged from 
 1840 to 1844, with Count Keyserling and M. de Yerneuil, in the 
 survey of the Russian Empire, having previously applied the Silu- 
 rian classification to Germany. The results of these labours are 
 recorded in another monu.mental work of large dimensions, ' Russia 
 and'the Ural Mountains^ (1845), in two quarto volumes of 1200 
 pages, and 140 plates of fossils, views, maps, and sections, the re- 
 sult of four years of labour. 
 
 The high respect and value in which Murchison's labours were 
 appreciated are testified by the honours conferred upon him by 
 foreign Sovereigns. In 1841, while again President of the Geo- 
 logical Society, the Russian Emperor decorated him with the Cross 
 of St. Anne, second class, in diamonds, and presented him a mag- 
 nificent vase of Siberian aventurine ; and again, three years later, 
 on the completion of his survey, with the Grand Cross of St. Sta- 
 nislaus. In 1844 the Royal Society granted to him their highest 
 honour, — the Copley medal; and in 1846 his own Sovereign con- 
 ferred on him the dignity of Knighthood. 
 
 It was in connection with these foreign labours that, in 1841, he 
 proposed the term " Permian " for the classification of the highest 
 Paleozoic rocks, and which system he subsequently applied to Ger- 
 many, Britain, and other parts of Europe. Besides his labours in 
 Russia, he worked out the Paleozoic Geology of Sweden and 
 Norway by personal inspection, and classified the Silurian and Old 
 Red formations of Scandinavia, — labours for which the King of 
 
SIE RODERICK IMPEY MURCHISON. 27 
 
 Sweden and Norway lionoured him with a Commander's Order of 
 the Polar Star,, and the King of Denmark granted to him the 
 Order of Dannebrog. 
 
 Having suggested^ as eai"ly as 1844, that Eastern Austraha 
 might prove an auriferous country, — which he inferred from the 
 similarity of its rocks to those of the Ural Mountains, — he incited 
 the unemployed Cornish tin-miners in 1848 to emigrate tliither 
 and dig for gold, and in 1848 he received specimens of the metal. 
 Thereon he wrote to Earl Grey, then Her Majesty's Secretary for 
 the Colonies, pointing out that his theory had been realized, and 
 that the Government should take immediate steps to secure the 
 working of the metal on a well-arranged plan. In subsequent 
 years, and also before the so miscalled discovery was made in 
 1851, Sir Roderick lectured on the same subject before the Royal 
 Institute and the British Association for the Advancement of 
 Science, and distinctly expressed his views regarding Australian 
 gold in his article " Siberia and California," in the ' Quarterly 
 Review' (1850). 
 
 In 1847-48 he travelled in the Alps and Italy, his work, ' The 
 Alps, Apennines, and Carpathians,' being the result, and an Ita- 
 lian translation of it was made in 1850 by Professors Savi and 
 Menegheni. This work is considered by many geologists as equal 
 to any of the author's publications, and particularly in the clear 
 demonstration he offered of the transition from the Secondary 
 Cretaceous rocks of the Alps into the nummulitic Tertiary deposits. 
 
 In 1851 he revisited Scotland, and made important investiga- 
 tions, in company with Professor Nicol, proving the existence of 
 Silurian rocks with fossils, and developing their classification, em- 
 bodying the information in two valuable papers before the Geo- 
 logical Society, " On the Silurian Rocks of the South of Scotland," 
 and "On the Geology ol the North-West Highlands of Scotland." 
 
 In 1854 he published his ' Siluria,' a history of the oldest known 
 rocks containing organic remains, — a smaller form of the Silurian 
 system, but embracing the application of the system to all parts 
 of Europe and America ; in which, giving a complete view of the 
 result of his own many years' researches and the contemporary 
 labours of others, he brought up the history of the primary fossi- 
 liferous rocks to the existing level of human knowledge. Three 
 editions have since been printed, and ' Siluria ' is classed with the 
 indispensable standard works of science. The first edition was 
 
28 SIR RODERICK IMPEY MURCHISON. 
 
 dedicated to Sir Henry de la Beche^ whom Sir Eoderick succeeded, 
 in 1855, as Director- General of the Geological Survey of Great 
 Britain and Ireland. 
 
 In 1856 Sir Eoderick published a valuable geological map of 
 Europe. He was also about this period active in applying the 
 Silurian, Devonian, Carboniferous, and Permian classifications to 
 Germany, Scotland, and other countries, and from 1858 down- 
 wards in making out the ascending order of the older rocks be- 
 neath the Lower Silurian and Cambrian of the north-west High- 
 lands of Scotland — labours which produced his crowning reward ; 
 for in 1859 he received from the Eoyal Society of Scotland the 
 first Brisbane gold medal, as a recompense for his classification of 
 the Highland rocks, and for the establishment of the remarkable 
 fact that the fundamental gneiss of the north-west coast is the 
 oldest rock of the British Isles. An entirely new geological map 
 of Scotland followed, in the preparation of which he was ably 
 assisted by Mr. Geikie, of the Geological Survey. 
 
 Nor is Sir Eoderick's name less known among geographers, 
 although his fame chiefly depends on his geological labours. In 
 presiding over the Eoyal Geographical Society during eight years, 
 and in often officiating for other Presidents of that body, his de- 
 votion to its interests and advancement have been always warmly 
 recognized > for he has been the zealous promoter of every bold 
 adventure, and the true friend of every young aspirant for fresh 
 labours in the field. His energy in advocating the search after 
 Franklin, his warm support of Livingstone, and his successful 
 appeal to raise a monument to the French Lieutenant Bellot, who 
 lost his life in the search after Franklin, are among the proofs 
 of his entire self-devotion to such good causes. His recent ad- 
 dress on the discovery of the source of the Nile by Speke and 
 Grant, his analysis of all the recent explorations in Australia, and 
 his comparison of the state of Europe in former periods, show that 
 his energies and intellect are unimpaired. 
 
 We must not omit to state that Sir Eoderick Murchison has 
 been for many years an active Trustee of the British Museum, and 
 that in recognition of his merits the Queen has conferred on him 
 a Commandership of the Bath. 
 
29 
 
 DAVID ROBERTS, R.A. 
 
 The career of this distinguislied artist is an example of the success 
 which often attends the exclusive pursuit of a single branch of art. 
 David Roberts is known to the world as a painter ijctr excellence 
 of architectural subjects. Not confining himself to the techni- 
 calities or even to the ornamental details of the art, he selects 
 some great or celebrated building as the central point of his 
 picture, at the same time generally relieving it by the introduction 
 of a striking landscape or a lively group of figures. So unvarying 
 is this bias of taste, that amongst the many hundi-ed compositions 
 of this artist which most persons familiar with English exliibitions 
 can call to mind, they will not recollect more than one or two which 
 do not possess this characteristic. It is a proof of the painter^s 
 vigour of thought, that under these circumstances, instances of 
 self-repetition occur so seldom as they do in his productions. 
 
 David Roberts was born at Edinburgh, on the 24th of October, 
 1 796, and is said there to have set foot on the ladder of his pro- 
 fession at the very lowest step, by serving as an apprentice to a 
 house-painter. Even in this capacity, his talents were conspicuous, 
 and he was allowed an admittance to the " Trustees' Academy,'' 
 where with Allan, Wilkie, and others, he acquired the rudiments 
 of drawing and colour. In a short time, however, he betook himself 
 to London, and, in 1822, was engaged with his friend Stanfield in 
 painting scenes for Drury Lane Theatre. It would be diflScult, 
 perhaps, to detect any traces of this early discipline in the later 
 works of the two Academicians, but it is probable that their at- 
 tention was thus directed to a practical study of proportion and 
 the multiplication of details, with a view to producing effects of 
 height, size, and distance, and of how to distribute arbitrary 
 masses of colour. In architecture the element of grandeur is 
 
30 DAVID ROBERTS. 
 
 indispensable ; and wlietlier or not from any similarity in one of 
 the aims of this greatest of the arts to those of the humble occu- 
 pation he had been following, it is certain that to architectural 
 delineation David Eoberts devoted his whole powers, and to this 
 result his by no means inferior skill in landscape and figure sketch- 
 ing was always made subordinate. 
 
 In the year 1824 the Society of British Artists was formed by a 
 number of painters, some of them young and ambitious, others 
 probably disappointed or annoyed at the exclusiveness of the 
 Royal Academy. Amongst the first subscribers of twenty guineas 
 each, are to be found John Wilson, W. Linton, Maliphant, P. 
 Nasmyth, C. Heath, Clarkson Stanfield, and David Roberts. The 
 names of Heaphy, John Martin, Burnet, and Noble, are also 
 amongst the first members. For some period David Roberts was 
 Vice-President of this Society. 
 
 In the exhibition of 1824 we find three works by him, a ' View 
 of Dryburgh Abbey, Roxburghshire,^ the ^East Front of Melrose 
 Abbey,' and the ' South Transept of Melrose.' In the following- 
 year, views from Dieppe and Rouen are exhibited. 
 
 In 1826, there are evidences of an intermediate visit to Paris, 
 and besides the View of the Interior of the ' Pantheon or Church 
 of St. Genevieve,' at the British Artists, there also appears in this 
 year the first exhibited work at the Royal Academy, a ' View of 
 Rouen Cathedral.' 
 
 For eight years subsequently there was only one picture (in 
 1830) at the Academy ; but the name of David Roberts appears 
 regularly at the British Artists, aud the locality of the scenes de- 
 picted gives some clue to the districts traversed in the pursuit 
 of his favourite study. In 1828 we find views at Abbeville and 
 Mechlin. In 1829 appeared a picture on an exceptional subject, 
 ' The Departure of the Israehtes out of the Land of Egypt.' This 
 well-known and powerful effort of composition was painted for 
 Lord Northwick, one of the artist's earliest patrons, and was 
 purchased by the late Sir R. Peel. In this year also is a trace of 
 the study of Hindoo architecture in a painting of the Ellora Cave, 
 from a sketch by Captain Grindlay. In 1830 views appear of 
 Caen, Rouen, Terre-le-mont, St. Andrew's, and again a Hindoo 
 study; and in 1831 as many as eight pictures, one a group of four 
 small paintings from studies in England and Scotland, at Rot- 
 terdam, and Oberwesel on the Rhine. A 'View of the Palace of 
 
DAVID EOBEKTS. 31 
 
 Massa;, Portugal/ from a sketch by Charles Landseer, may also be 
 noticed. 
 
 The next year is a blank, which may be set down to absence on 
 a tour in Spain ; for in 1 834 we find recorded at the British 
 Artists, a view of ' The Geralda, Seville/ painted at Seville ; and 
 in the next year the artist again made his appearance at the 
 Academy with his ' Cathedral of Burgos/ a picture which esta- 
 blished his reputation. This work was, with instinctive appre- 
 ciation, immediately acquired by Mr. Vernon, and now forms part 
 of the National Collection. David Roberts now ceased to be a 
 member of the Society of British Artists, and only on one occa- 
 sion afterwards, in 1836, exhibited there two views taken at Bor- 
 deaux and Bayonne. 
 
 Up to the year 1838 one Spanish picture annually appeared at 
 the Academy ; and then there is a blank of two years, during 
 which the artist was prosecuting a tour in Egypt, Palestine, and 
 Syria, whence he returned laden with artistic spoils, and was im- 
 mediately afterwards, in 1839, elected an Associate. The extreme 
 brilliancy of the exhibition of 1840, containing five important 
 works on Eastern subjects, ' The Greek Church of the Nativity, 
 Bethlehem / ' Gate and Mosque, Grand Cairo / ' The Dromos at 
 Edfou, Upper Egypt,^ ' The Statues of Mem.non,' and ' The Re- 
 mains of the Lesser Temple, Baalbec,' took the admiration of the 
 public by storm, unused as they were to see these scenes of stir- 
 ring interest treated with so much breadth, grandeur, and spirit, 
 and with such genial warmth of colouring. David Roberts became 
 the Horace Vernet of Great Britain ; and in the points in which 
 he has approached the great French artist he has surpassed him. 
 
 Consequently in 1841 he exhibited as R.A. elect, and in the 
 same year was elected a full Academician. In that year appeared 
 two well-remembered works, ''Jerusalem from the Mount of 
 Olives,^ and ' Ruins of Baalbec '' (with Mount Lebanon in the dis- 
 tance) . 
 
 For many following years a succession of paintings of the same 
 type, averaging four in number, regularly appeared ; and the vein 
 seemed inexhaustible. A 'View of the Entrance to the Crypt, 
 Rosslyn Chapel,' in 1843, was purchased by Mr. Sheepshanks, and 
 is now the property of the nation, together with a Spanish scene, 
 ' Old Buildings on the Darro, Granada.' 
 
 In 1846 appeared a grand view of 'The Temple of the Sun 
 
32 DAVID EGBERTS. 
 
 at Baalbec/ witli a group of camels and oriental figures in front, 
 painted for John Davies, Esq., of Cranbrook Park, Essex, again 
 exhibited at the International display in 1862 j and in the follow- 
 ing year the same subject, a little varied, was generously pre- 
 sented by the artist to " The Garrick Club,''^ one of whose rooms 
 it still adorns. In 1847 we find a return to Edinburgh, under 
 the title of ^Mine own Romantic Town/ and in 1848 was ex- 
 hibited the work painted expressly for the Yernon Collection, and 
 now forming part of it, ' The Chancel of St. Paul, Antwerp.'' The 
 next exhibition was varied by a production which called forth a 
 great amount of varying criticism, ' The Destruction of Jerusalem 
 by the Eomans.' The success of the work as a massive and spi- 
 rited composition, was indisputable ; but, whether or not from 
 want of confidence in its adequacy as representing an historical 
 event, no similar attempt has since appeared. 
 
 The years 1850 and 1851 witnessed a repetition of the Eastern 
 and Continental scenes. In 1852 appeared the first of a long 
 series, continued down to this very year, taken from St. Stephen's, 
 Vienna ; Venice, also, and A^erona from this date begin to figure 
 largely in the artist's compositions. In 1853 was exhibited the 
 picture painted by command of her Majesty, representing the 
 'Inauguration of the Exhibition of 1851.' 
 
 Two years later, one so-called ' panoramic ' picture of ' Rome,' 
 of large dimensions, attracted attention alike for its vast detail, as 
 for a brilliant gleam of sunset, lighting up the Alban Mountains. 
 This was followed by a series of views from the same city, pro- 
 duced at intervals, and representing other great historical objects. 
 The Coliseum, Forum, etc., in many of which the same conception 
 is repeated with only slight variations. Architectural subjects, as 
 much as any, are susceptible of being grouped in pairs. Between 
 the ' Christmas Day, St. Peter's,' of 1856, and the ' Fete Day, St. 
 Peter's,' of 1861, there is much of this correspondence. So also 
 the '' Interior of Milan Cathedral,' of the present year, brings vi'S'idly 
 to the remembrance the same subject exhibited in 1857 ; and the 
 'Baalbec' of 1861 may be compared not only with that of 1846, 
 already referred to, but with several other repetitions in this 
 country. 
 
 The only marked addition to the above repertory of subjects 
 in later years are the scenes illustrative of London. A series of 
 seven views taken at different points of the river, has been com- 
 
DAVID R()15KHTS. 33 
 
 menced by the artist, of which three were exhibited hist year, 
 and the two views iu this year's Academy Collection also, we pi-e- 
 sume, form part. The rendeiings of St. Paul's have always been 
 particularly happy. This year the dome is seen under two aspects : 
 one looking westward, a bright scene, the other eastward, a dark 
 one. 
 
 To pass any eulogy on the works of a painter who is living 
 amongst us, and daily producing pictures which are the admiration 
 of thousands, is plainly superfluous. It may be not out of place, 
 however, to cite a few remarks on David Roberts's style, from Dr. 
 Waagen. " It would not be easy," says the author of the ' Art 
 Treasures,' " to instance another master who has so successfully 
 treated the architecture of different countries, and in more various 
 forms. Besides making himself thoroughly acquainted with the 
 architecture of France, Spain, and the Netherlands, and that of his 
 own country, he has pursued his studies in Egypt and Palestine. 
 His drawings taken in the last -mentioned countries, and litho- 
 graphed in a masterly way by Haghe, have gained for him a 
 European, and more than a European reputation. The happy 
 choice of position these drawings display, the picturesque con- 
 ception', the favourable light and shade, and the animated 
 figures introduced, — are sufficient to account for this success. 
 All these qualities are displayed still more favourably in his oil 
 pictures ; in addition to which they possess the charm of a power- 
 ful, transparent, and harmonious colouring, of the most effective 
 contrasts of local colour, and of a touch which combines free- 
 dom with delicacy." 
 
 The allusion in the above passage is to that celebrated published 
 volume, without mention of which any record of the artist's life 
 would be incomplete. In 1842-3-4 appeared a folio entitled, 
 ' The Holy Land, Syria, Iduni^a, Arabia, Egypt, and Nubia, from 
 drawings made on the spot by David Roberts, R.A., with his- 
 torical descriptions by the Rev. George Croly, LL.D.; lithographed 
 by L. Haghe.' 
 
 This magnificent collection of 246 subjects, of the size of the 
 original drawings, is that by which, mainly, the fame of the artist 
 has been extended to all quarters of the globe. It is one of the 
 largest works of its class in existence, and in the descriptive por- 
 tions contains many extracts from the artist's journal, describing 
 the experiences of his companions and himself. In addition to the 
 
 VOL. I. u 
 
u 
 
 DAVID JJOBKRTS. 
 
 above, several illustrated works have appeared. At intervals from 
 1847 to 1854, 'Scotland Delineated in a Series of Views/ in 
 lithograph by Harding and others, from designs by some twelve 
 leading artists, including D. Eoberts, was issued in large folio. 
 In 1859 appeared 'Italy, — Classical, Historical, and Picturesque, 
 — Illustrated in a Series of Views from Drawings,' by Stanfield, 
 Roberts, Harding, Prout, Leitch, Brockedon, and others ; also 
 ' The Waverley Album,' illustrated with engravings from his de- 
 signs amongst others. To this may be added the 'Album of 
 Scottish Scenery,' published in 1860; Bulwer's 'Pilgrims of the 
 Rhine ' has been published also with illustrations from the same 
 hand; and designs for several volumes of ' The Landscape Annual ' 
 were furnished by the artist. 
 
 A forcible proof of the value which is set upon David Roberts's 
 works was furnished by the sale of Mr. Bicknell's collection, which 
 took place in May of this year. Mr. Bicknell was connected with 
 the artist by the marriage of their children, and had secured the 
 following and other choice specimens of the works executed from 
 about 1834 to 1844. The following Ust, taken from the 'Atlie- 
 neeum' of May 16, p. 651, states the prices realized for seven of the 
 more important works, as compared with their original cost : — 
 
 1. Interior of Church of St. Miguel, ") 
 Xeres cle Frontera . . .5 
 
 Cost 
 
 £105 . 
 
 Sold for 
 
 £598 10 
 
 
 
 2. Tyre 
 
 3. Sidon 
 
 150 . 
 156 . 
 
 367 10 
 378 
 
 
 
 
 4. Street in Cairo .... 
 
 50 . 
 
 530 5 
 
 
 
 5. Melrose Abbey .... 
 
 6. Interior of St. Gomar, Lierre 
 
 40 . 
 300 . 
 
 273 
 
 1,438 10 
 
 
 
 
 7. Euins of Baalbef 
 
 250 . 
 
 787 10 
 
 
 
 £1051 
 
 £4,373 5 
 
 These figures speak for themselves, and describe more con- 
 vincingly than words the estimation in which these masterly pro- 
 ductions are held. In the name and works of David Roberts, 
 not merely the Royal Academy, but the Fine Arts of Great Britain, 
 possess one of their most admired expositors, and most brilliant 
 ornaments. 
 
THE REV. WILLIAM WHEWELL, D.D., F.R.S., 
 
 MASTER OF TRINITY COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE. 
 
 William Whewell was born in the city of Lancaster, on tlie 24th 
 of May, 1794. Of tlie training to wliicli he was subjected during 
 his early youth, we know little. It is, however, certain that it was 
 of that well-ordered nature, which ensures healthful and vigorous 
 physical development, and which encourages the growth of mas- 
 cuhne mental powers, while at the same time it regulates and 
 refines them. 
 
 The varied works which have emanated from the subject of 
 this memoir, prove the intimate connection of a mind constantly 
 quickened by the impulses of intellectual force, and a body capable 
 of being stirred, through every nerve, into activity, and fitted to 
 endure long-continued and arduous labours without wearying. 
 
 There are but few men who have the power of dealing with 
 equal facility with the hard facts of mathematics, the close in- 
 ductive processes of experimental science, the charms of " divine 
 philosophy," and the wild wingings of fancy over the realms of 
 poetry. 
 
 The earliest labours of Mr. Whewell are found in useful ma- 
 nuals of ' Statics and Dynamics,' and in a ' Mechanical Euclid,' 
 which has compelled the approval of even the German mathe- 
 maticians. An ^Elementary Treatise on Mechanics' (1819), ' On 
 the Free Motion of Points and on Universal Gravitation '(1832), 
 and ' The First Principles of Mechanics,' published in the same 
 year, are valuable contributions to our knowledge of Motion and 
 Force. The sciences of mineralogy and chemistry were next the 
 objects of his profound study, which resulted in the ' History and 
 Philosophy of Inductive Science ;' while the leisure of a busy life 
 could find repose and pleasure in translating the ' Hermann and 
 
 VOL. I. G 
 
3(3 REV. WILLIAM WHEWELL, D.D. 
 
 Dorothea' of Goethe, and in pouring- forth the luxuriant wealth 
 of his mind in words wedded to verse. 
 
 If we examine with care the intellectual world around us, we 
 shall perceive that it is divided between two sets of thinkers, or 
 two schools of philosophy. One of these assumes the existence of 
 innate conceptions, — the reception, or rather the birth, of truth, 
 without the aid of experience; — while the other gives to the mind 
 the highest degree of activity and power, but insists on the acquire- 
 ment of knowledge, by experience. One school belongs to the fol- 
 lowers of Plato, who advanced the powers of the human mind to an 
 almost prophetic condition, and uttered his truths, as it were, with 
 a Divine voice. The other, following in the path which Aristotle 
 trod, collects and groups and systematizes — carefully soliciting 
 Nature to disclose her secrets, and admitting only this kind of 
 sifted evidence in support of truth. On the one hand, the mind 
 thinks out that which is, on the other hand, the result of great 
 labour, in which all the senses are compelled into action. 
 
 To the first of these philosophies Dr. Whewell is wedded, and, 
 individually, he has nobly supported its claims to high considera- 
 tion. In his ' History of the Inductive Sciences ' we find a chro- 
 nological review of the steps of progress in each department of 
 physical inquiry, advancing us steadily towards the high conside- 
 rations which are involved in the ' Philosophy of the Inductive 
 Sciences.' This work may be regarded as a fine example of the 
 exercise of reason in its pure and proper field ; it is a monument 
 of human thought, a record of mental progress, and an indicator 
 of the tract winch promises most to the voyager on the ocean of 
 knowledge. 
 
 In 1828, Dr. Whewell was named the Professor of Mineralogy 
 at Cambridge ; and to complete his knowledge of this department 
 of natural science, he visited Germany. The school of Freyberg 
 attracted his attention, and he studied with assiduity the Cabinet 
 collections of that city, and the mines in its vicinity. The beauti- 
 ful Mineralogical Museum of Vienna was no less a source of plea- 
 sure and instruction to the Cambridge Professor and Tutor. His 
 attention to this division of science led to his election as President 
 of the Geological Society of London in 1836. 
 
 In 1830, Dr. Whewell published his opinions ' On a Liberal 
 Education in General, and with particular reference to the leading 
 Studies of the University of Cambridge.' The question of the 
 
. KEV. WILLIAM WHEWELL^ D.I). 37 
 
 value of matliematics, as conducive to the development of tlio in- 
 tellectual powers, became shortly after this the subject of eager 
 discussion, into which Dr. Whewell entered in a very able pam- 
 phlet, ' Thoughts on the Study of Mathematics as part of a Liberal 
 Education.' In this he contrasts mathematics and logic, and en- 
 deavours to establish the high and general importance of the for- 
 mer, by showing its superiority to the latter as a school of pi^ac- 
 tical reasoning. The question proposed is, Wbat is the best in- 
 strument for educating men to a full development of the reasoning 
 faculty? and the answer given is. Mathematics — insisting that 
 " mathematics are a means of forming logical habits better than 
 logic itself.^' 
 
 The positions maintained by Dr. Whewell were veiy warmly 
 contested by the logicians, but by no one with that power — and 
 may we add, passion — which distinguished the reply to this pam- 
 phlet by Sir William Hamilton. This did not, of course, pass 
 without a rejoinder from the chivalrous defender of the Cambridge 
 system of education ; and it is difficult — now that we can look 
 with calmness on the combatants — to say whether the victory 
 rests with the hero of mathematics, or with him who ever wielded 
 his logical lance with a giant's power. 
 
 In 1834, Professor Wliewell published his 'Astronomy and 
 Physics considered in their Relations to Natural Theology.' In 
 1838, he gave the world his great work, 'The History of the In- 
 ductive Sciences from the Earliest to the Present Times,' In this 
 book we have the first earnest intimations of a favourable leaning 
 to the philosophy of Kant, and of dissent from the schools of 
 Bacon and Locke. In fact, the history is written mainly to prove 
 that science is not inductive ; that we advance in knowledge by 
 ''the colligation of facts." " The particular facts are not merely 
 brought together, hut tliere is a new element added to the comLina- 
 tion hy the very act of tlwught hy irhich they are combined ; the facts 
 are known, but they are insulated and unconnected till the disco- 
 verer supplies from Jiis own store a principle of connection. The 
 pearls are there ; but they will not hang together till some one 
 provides the string." The ' History of the Inductive Sciences' 
 should be read with the most thoughtful attention, and the study 
 completed by a no less earnest perusal of the third book of Mill's 
 ' Logic,' which may be regarded as the finest essay on induction 
 in our language. 
 
88 REV. WILLIAM WHEWELL^ D.D. 
 
 In 1838, Dr. Whewcll was elected Professor of Moral Pliilo- 
 sopliy in the University of Cambridge; and in the same year we 
 again find him discussing the question of the best means of im- 
 parting knowledge, in his pamphlet ' On the Principles of English 
 University Education.' 
 
 Supporting his position as Professor of Moral Philosophy, the 
 ever-active mind of Whewell produced ' The Elements of Morality, 
 including Polity ' (1845),' Lectures on Systematic Morality ' (1846), 
 and ' Lectures on the History of Moral Philosophy in England.^ 
 
 The author of ' Logic,' in his chapters on the " Logic of the 
 Moral Sciences," proposed the name of Ethology as signifying 
 the science of character to distinguish it from Psychology, the 
 science of the elementary laws of mind. The former he would 
 regard as a purely deductive science, the latter being, as the 
 author of ' Logic ' would express it, a science of observation and 
 experiment. Although Dr. Whewell deals most largely and 
 logically with these two divisions of Moral Science, he treats the 
 study of both as being equally dependent on the deductive powers 
 of the mind rather than its inductive experiences. In this he 
 differs from all those who have followed Locke, and allies himself 
 to the band of earnest thinkers who regard Kant as their master 
 amongst moderns, and Plato as the early prophet of their creed. 
 
 The great work of Grotius — ' De Jure Belli et Pacis' — was 
 edited by Professor Whewell in 1854, with a translation and copi- 
 ous English notes, which display in a striking manner his encyclo- 
 pasdic knowledge. Previously to the publication of these works, 
 which we have named as having a direct connection.with the Chair 
 of Moral Philosophy, the sequel and extension of the ' History' was 
 produced as ' The Philosophy of the Inductive Sciences founded 
 upon their History.' Here it is not possible to give the briefest 
 analysis of this fine effort of thought, which aims — not always, as 
 we think, successfully — to exalt the thinking mind above all the 
 the advantages of experience. " Experience," says Dr. Whewell, 
 " must always consist of a limited number of observations ; and 
 however numerous these may be, they can show nothing with re- 
 gard to the infinite number of cases in which the experiment has 
 not been made. . . . Truths can only be known to be general, not 
 iTuiversal, if they depend upon experience alone. Experience 
 cannot bestow that universality which she herself cannot have, nor 
 that necessity of which she has no comprehension." 
 
EEV. WILLIAM WHEWELL, D.D. 39 
 
 These books have lately been issued in a new and expanded 
 form, and with titles more consistent with the train of thought 
 which pervades them. These are — 'The History of Scientific Ideas/ 
 ' Novum Organum Eenovatum/ ' The Philosophy of Discovery/ 
 In these works there is one expressed thought, which should take 
 deep root and grow into a sublime tree ; but it is unfortunately 
 checked in its development by the luxuriant growth of less en- 
 nobling plants. Another one of England^s greatest philosophers 
 says, " Science has scattered her material benefits so lavishly 
 wherever she has been in presence, that no small number of her 
 followers, and all the multitude, have left off gazing on the re- 
 splendency of her countenance in their eager scramble for her 
 (jiffs." Dr. Whewell is not of the multitude, '^ I have not, there- 
 fore, aimed,^' he writes, " at imitating Bacon in those parts of liis 
 work in which he contemplates the increase of man^s dominion 
 over Nature as the main object of natural philosophy ; being fully 
 persuaded that, if Bacon himself had unfolded before him the 
 great theories which have been established since his time, he would 
 have acquiesced in their contemplation, and would readily have 
 proclaimed the real reason for aiming at the knowledge of such 
 truths to be— that they are true." 
 
 ' Indications of the Creator^ was an answer given by Dr. Whe- 
 well to the humiliating philosophy of the ' Vestiges of Creation.' 
 In the 'Indications' there are beautiful outbursts of a true reli- 
 gious feeling, intei'woven with the thoughts of a philosopher who 
 is making his incursions into the realms of unexplored truth, to 
 gather the evidences which are required to destroy the specious 
 and, as he conceives, dangerous arguments of his opponent. The 
 same spirit which has guided Dr. Whewell in the various philo- 
 sophical labours to which we have referred, and that unchained, 
 and too often irrepressible fancy, which is ever and anon flashing 
 forth its meteoric beams, reached a culminating point in ' The 
 Plurality of Worlds.' This work has always been considered as 
 being from the pen of the Master of Trinity, and the authorship 
 has never been denied. There are internal evidences which appear 
 to us to fix it unmistakably upon him. At the same time we are 
 not disposed to consider the argument of the plurality of worlds as 
 the creed of its author. A giant plays with an idle thought as 
 the ambidextrous conjuror deals with his gilded ball, and he be- 
 wilders those who can see only circles of light in its rapid passage 
 
40 REV. WILLIAM WHEWELL, D.D. 
 
 from hand to hand. Upon a premiss of the most unsubstantial cha- 
 racter genius has playfully built a superstructure which looks like 
 the temple of the living truth. To use Dr. Whewell's own me- 
 taphor, slightly modified, the author of ' The Plurality of Woi4ds' 
 has spun from a store within itself that thread on which the pearls 
 — produced by wounding the oyster — are strung. 
 
 In 1859 Dr. Whewell published ' The Platonic Dialogues for 
 English Readers.^ In this work the matter and the manner of 
 the dialogues is given with all fidelity, but numerous prolix and 
 obscure passages are abridged, and this process peculiarly fits the 
 book for those for whom it was intended. Dr. Whewell assures 
 us that this work had been the loved labour of many years. 
 
 We have named already a sufficiently varied series of works as 
 the offspring of one human brain. To these we have yet to add 
 ' Architectural Notes on the Churches of Germany,^ and a trans- 
 lation of AuerbacVs ' Professor's Wife.' Dr. Whewell was also 
 the editor of Butler's Sermons, and of Newton's ' Pi^incipia.' At 
 the recent visitation to the Royal Observatory at Greenwich, we 
 were pleased to meet with this philosopher, who, although in 
 his sixty -ninth year, was as vigorous as ever in mind and body. 
 Two remarkable men stood conversing together in the courtyard 
 of the Observatory — Herschel and Whewell — both philosophers 
 of the highest class, and both of them adding to their various and 
 brilliant accomplishments, poetic talent of so high an order, that 
 if they had not become the priests of the muse of science, they 
 would have become the votaries of her more enthusiastic sister. 
 These philosophers, with but two years of difference in their ages, 
 can look back upon the labours of their well- spent lives with 
 serene pleasure. They have won their admission, by different, 
 but by equally acceptable labours to the Eleusinian mysteries, to 
 behold visions of the creation of the universe, and to see the 
 workings of that Divine agency which controls the whole. While 
 looking on those master minds we felt one regret. If, instead of 
 diffusing their giant powers of intellect over the wide fields of sci- 
 ence, they had brought their strength to bear on one division of 
 them, how vast would have been the gain to human knowledge ! 
 
41 
 
 RICHARD OWEN, M.D., V.P.R.S., D.C.L., F.L.S., etc., 
 
 SUPERINTENDENT OF THE NATURAL HISTORY DEPARTMENT, 
 BRITISH MUSEUM. 
 
 Richard Owen, the youngest son of Ricliard Owen, Esq., of 
 Fulmer Place, Bucks., was born at Lancaster, July 20tli, 1804. 
 He received his classical and mathematical education at the Gram- 
 mar School of Lancaster, under the Rev. Jos. Rowley, M.A., and 
 the Rev. John Beethom, M.A., and his scientific educationat the 
 University of Edinburgh and the Medical School of St. Bartholo- 
 mews Hospital in London. 
 
 He matriculated at Edinburgh in 1824, and, besides the profes- 
 sorial courses in the university (the third Monro, on anatomy and 
 physiology ; Jameson, on natural history ; Hope, on chemistry ; 
 Alison, on the institutes of medicine, etc.), he attended the lectures 
 on anatomy by Dr. Barclay, and the summer course on compara- 
 tive anatomy given by the same learned professor at his private 
 school. Here also Mr. Owen heard the first course of lectures 
 delivered by Dr. Robert Knox, who became the successor to Dr. 
 Barclay. 
 
 During his studentship at Edinburgh Mr. Owen assisted in found- 
 ing the " Hunterian Society " for communications and discussions 
 on medical and physiological subjects by students of the university, 
 the professors granting the use of a room for that purpose. Of this 
 Society, which we believe still flourishes, Owen was elected pre- 
 sident in 1825. He appears to have gone up for his examination 
 at the Royal College of Surgeons in London soon after his arrival 
 in the metropolis ; the date of his membership of the College in 
 the official Hst being 1826, that of his fellowship, 1843. Mr. Owen 
 commenced private practice as a surgeon in Serle Street, Lincoln^s 
 Lm Fields, in 1827, and communicated cases to the Medical Society 
 
42 PROFESSOE OWEN. 
 
 of St. Bartholomew's Hospital, of wliich lie was an active member. 
 His first published paper is, " An account of the dissection of the 
 parts concerned in the aneurism, for the cure of wliich Dr. Stevens 
 tied the internal iliac artery/' in the ' Medico-Chirurgical Trans- 
 actions/ vol. xvi. 1830. Dr. Stevens had transmitted an account 
 of this operation, the first which had been performed on that artery, 
 in 1812, from the island of Santa Cruz, announcing its success. 
 Doubts were entertained, and had been publicly expressed, as to 
 the possibility of reaching so deep-seated an artery. The patient 
 died in 1822. Part of the body was preserved in spirits and 
 brought to England in 1829. "Dr. Stevens," writes Mr. Owen, 
 " at the suggestion of Mr. Lawrence, deposited the preparation 
 in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, and the dissection 
 being entrusted to me, he requested me to communicate the parti- 
 culars to the Society '^ (p. 3). The result of this dissection was to 
 demonstrate the fact of the application of the ligature on the in- 
 ternal iliac, and its effect in the obliteration of the aneurism. 
 
 It appears that about this time, Mr. Owen, having been dissuaded 
 from entering the medical service of the Navy by Mr. Abernethy, 
 who had appreciated at St. Bartholomew's his attainments and 
 skill as an anatomist, accepted an appointment, through Aber- 
 nethy' s recommendation, in the Museum of the Royal College of 
 Surgeons. 
 
 The famous collections of John Hunter, purchased by Parliament 
 in 1799, had been ti-ansf erred to the Company (afterwards the 
 College) of Surgeons. 
 
 The description of the numerous specimens and drawings of the 
 different series, — physiological, pathological, and zoological, — ori- 
 ginally undertaken by Sir Everard Home, was finally abandoned 
 by him in 1825 : the materials published by him in his " Lectures 
 on Comparative Anatomy " were unavailable for the purposes of a 
 catalogue. Public attention was called to this event by the stric- 
 tures of the editor of the newly established journal the ' Lancet.' 
 Mr. Clift, the Curator, required the aid of a competent anatomist 
 and zoologist in this undertaking. The first results of the com- 
 bined labours of Mr. Clift and his young associate were the ' Cata- 
 logue of the Pathological Specimens' (two vols., 1830) and the 
 ^Catalogue of Monsters and Malformations' (in 1831). 
 
 To determine the species of animals dissected by Hunter consti- 
 tuted the great difficulty of the cataloguing and describing, and 
 
PROFESSOR OWEN. 
 
 43 
 
 Ovven^ who had acquired a knowledge of the principles of zoology 
 at Edinburgh, now resumed that study in amicable association 
 with the eminent author of ' Zoological Recreations/ William Bro- 
 derip, whose guidance at this important period of his life is grate- 
 fully acknowledged in Mr. Owen's work, ' On the Archetype and 
 Homologies of the Vertebrate Skeleton.' The ' Catalogue of the 
 Specimens of Natural History in Spirit,' 4to, 1830, was the ear- 
 liest produce of this resumption of zoological studies. 
 
 All such expositions of the contents of public museums make 
 known their needs, and stimulate to the supply of the missing links 
 in the series. The living type of the great extinct group of cham- 
 bered shells, e. g. Ammonites, etc., had long been a desideratum 
 in natural history. The animal of the Nautilus pompilius was trans- 
 mitted from the Pacific by a fellow- student of Owen, Mr. George 
 Bennett, F.L.S., and presented to the Museum of the College. It 
 was anatomized by Owen, and formed the subject of his first Me- 
 moir in Comparative Anatomy. The Board of Curators, in the 
 advertisement to this work, which was published at the expense 
 of the College (4to, 1832), refer to its author as "a gentleman en- 
 gaged under their authority in preparing a descriptive catalogue of 
 the anatomical preparations in the gallery of the Museum." 
 
 On the appearance of this memoir, it was translated into French 
 by Milne-Edwards, and into German by Oken. In it the author 
 enters, in a way characteristic of subsequent memoirs, into colla- 
 teral questions on which the new facts throw light ; he modifies 
 the Cuvierian classification of Cephalopoda, based on characters 
 of the shell, and proposed, on anatomical grounds, the orders 
 Dihranchiata and TetrabmHcJdata, which have been accepted. 
 
 Owen now appears to be fully engaged with his first great work, 
 the ' Descriptive and Illustrated Catalogue of the Physiological 
 Series of Comparative Anatomy,' of the Hunterian Collection, 
 which then occupied the gallery of the single museum in Lincoln's 
 Inn Fields. 
 
 The nature of the task is clearly explained in the author's quiet, 
 business-like preface. Of the thousands of specimens and numerous 
 drawings of animal and vegetable organs left by John Hunter, 
 scarcely one had a record of the species from which it had been 
 derived. Owen saw in the recently-organized ''Zoological So- 
 ciety of London," the important aid which the dissection of the 
 animals d^^ang in their menagerie would afford him in his task, 
 
 H 
 
44 PROPESSOK OWEN. 
 
 He became a life-member in 1830, was soon elected on the council, 
 and took an active share with the then Secretary, Mr. Vigors, the 
 Vice- Secretary, Mr. Ed. Bennett, Messrs. Yarrell and T. Bell, in 
 the establishment of the evening meetings for the purely scientific 
 aims of the Society, and the prompt publication of the facts com- 
 municated. These originally appeared as the ' Proceedings of the 
 Committee of Science^ in 1830, Owen's " Anatomy of the Orang- 
 utan ' forming part of the first volume. They took the title of ' Pro- 
 ceedings of the Zoological Society of London' in 1833, and have since 
 appeared with exemplary regularity. Their value in the progress of 
 Natural History science is appreciated by all its cultivators. A 
 large proportion of Owen's zootomical researches is to be found in 
 these volumes ; the more important of which appear, with their 
 illustrations, in the ' Transactions,' established in 1835. By the ap- 
 plication of the facts thus accumulated, and the knowledge acquired 
 by an extensive range of reading, the first volume of the catalogue, 
 containing the preparations of the organs of motion and diges- 
 tion, was completed and published in 1833. This was followed 
 by a second, including the absorbent, circulating, respiratory, and 
 urinary systems, in 1834 ; and in 1836 by a third, containing the 
 nervous system, organs of sense, and connective and tegumentary 
 systems and peculiarities. The series relative to the generation 
 and development of animals, the most extensive and extraordinary 
 in the whole museum, formed the two concluding volumes of the 
 ' Descriptive and Illustrated Catalogue,' which was completed in 
 1840, the Council of the College acknowledging their " great gra- 
 fication " at these results of '' the unremitting labour which had 
 been for many years bestowed on this work by Mr. Owen, one of 
 the conservators, and now Hunterian Professor of Comparative 
 Anatomy and Physiology to the College." 
 
 As a lecturer, Owen commenced his career at the Medical School 
 of St. Bartholomew's Hospital, where he was appointed to the 
 Chair of Comparative Anatomy in 1834. In the published sylla- 
 bus of the course of lectures delivered in 1 835, first appeared his 
 proposed subdivision of the Zoophytes of Cuvier into the two pro- 
 vinces or subkingdoms Acrita and Nematoneura, the first charac- 
 terized by " frequent repetition of the same organ in the same in- 
 dividual ; no distinct respiratory system ; no abdominal cavity," 
 etc., as contradistinguished from " alimentary tubes separated from 
 the parietes of the body, and contained in an abdominal cavity ; a 
 
PROFESSOR OWEN. 4b 
 
 circulation in vessels and respiratory organs/^ which are amongst 
 the characters of the Nematonenra. Eymer Jones, Arthur Farre, 
 and White Cooper, were amongst the pupils attending this course. 
 In 1835, Owen married the only daughter of his friend and co- 
 adjutor, William Clift, Esq., F.R.S. In 1836 he became F.R.S., 
 and was elected, on the retirement of Sir Charles Bell, to the Pro- 
 fessorship of Anatomy and Physiology in the College of Surgeons. 
 Parliament, in the purchase and transfer of the Hunterian Museum 
 to the College, had stipulated that its contents should be illus- 
 trated in a course of twenty-four lectures. These had previously 
 been divided between the Collegiate Professors of Anatomy and of 
 Surgery. The College had now a man able and willing to grapple 
 with the whole extent of zootomical science, and the stipulated 
 number of lectures was assigned to Owen, with the title of " Hun- 
 terian Professor." He continued the useful practice of printing 
 a ' Synopsis^ of each course ; and those who may have preserved 
 the complete series of these summaries, as they were issued year 
 by year, have the means of estimating the extent of scientific in- 
 formation communicated in the theatre of the College to the Fel- 
 lows, Members, and privileged Visitors receiving tickets from the 
 Council. In the Introductory Lectm'e to the last course delivered 
 by Owen as Hunterian Professor, in 1855, he briefly alludes to the 
 different aspects under which anatomy, properly so called,, had 
 been presented to his audience. First, as in the Hunterian phy- 
 siological series, according to the orgau, each organ or system of 
 organs being successively reviewed and traced from its most simple 
 to its most complex conditions. Second, each organ traced through 
 the progressive stages of its development in the embryo of the 
 several classes of animals. Third, the structure of the animal con- 
 sidered in its totality, and the zoological series anatomically de- 
 scribed from the lowest to the highest species. Two courses of 
 lectures were devoted to the skeletons or hard parts of animals, 
 considered especially in their relations to "philosophical," or 
 what Owen preferred to call " homological anatomy.^^ At length, 
 " having never deemed it the privilege of the Hunterian Professor 
 to repose upon the repetition of the same annual course of lectures, 
 with the mere addition of the chief discoveries of the preceding 
 year,"* Owen entered upon the course of lectures devoted to the 
 
 * ' lutroductory Lecture to the Course on Palasoutology,' appended to 
 ' Hunter's Essays and Observations,' vol. i. p. 284. 
 
40 PROFESSOR OWEN. 
 
 " Organization and Affinities of the Extinct Species of Animals. '^ 
 In the introductory lectures to this course, Owen made known, for 
 the first time, the true position of Hunter in the ' History of Geo- 
 logy and Palseontology,'* Early in the following year Owen re- 
 ceived his appointment as Superintendent of the Natural History 
 Department in the British Museum, and resigned his Professor- 
 ship and Curatorship in the Royal College of Surgeons. He had, 
 indeed, completed the series of labours by which the Hunterian 
 collections of specimens and drawings were rendered available to 
 the students of physiology, zoology, and palaaoutology ; his proper 
 work at the College was done ; and, in that sphere, his services to 
 his country. If the Hunterian collections were worth £30,000 
 without a catalogue, what was now their value ! 
 
 We resume the dates of the catalogues. The first volume of the 
 * Palasontological Catalogue,' containing descriptions of the Fossil 
 Mammalia and Aves, appeared in 4to, with plates, in 1845. Con- 
 cui-rently with these, the catalogues of the recent osteology were 
 proceeded with. These appeared in two 4to volumes of 914 pages 
 of mostly small print, descriptive of 5906 specimens, in 1853. The 
 second volume of the Pala3ontology, inchiding the fossil Re/ptilia 
 and Pisces, was published in 1854. In the meanwhile, a second 
 edition of the first volume of the ' Physiological Catalogue ' had 
 been called for, and was published, at Professor Owen's sugges- 
 tion, in the more convenient form of 8vo, in 1852, containing de- 
 scriptions of numerous additional specimens. The convenience of 
 the public had been consulted by the compilation of a general 
 ' Synopsis of the Contents and Arrangement of the Museum,' of 
 which the second edition, 8vo, from Owen's pen, appeared in 1850. 
 In the interests of the Museum and the convenience of voyagers, 
 he drew up a volume of ' Directions for Collecting and Preserving 
 Animals and Parts of Animals,' published by the College in 1835. 
 
 All these works, with the stimulus of the Hunterian Lectures, 
 led to a rapid and ever-increasing ratio of acquisitions, chiefly by 
 donations to the museum. As the curator of a public museum, 
 Owen had from the first foregone every opportunity to form a pri- 
 vate collection. Every specimen, of whatever rarity or value, and 
 under whatever circumstances pressed upon him, as a mark of per- 
 sonal regard or as a return for information imparted, he invariably 
 
 * These lectures are given in tbe first volume of the ' Essays and Observa- 
 tions, etc., of John Hunter.' 8vo, 2 vols. A^an Voorst. 
 
PROFESSOK OWEN. 47 
 
 declined, save on the conditions of permission to transfer the gift 
 to some pubHc museum. All that were suitable as additions to 
 the Hunterian collection were presented to the College. In 1845, 
 the strain of labour producing its effects, Owen availed himself of 
 the exceptional privilege of eight weeks' vacation to visit Italy. 
 He accompanied Robert Brown and the Baron von Buch to Na- 
 ples, to the meeting of Italian Naturalists held there in that year, 
 and visited the principal cities and museums of Italy. He was 
 everywhere received with marked distinction. At Rome he was 
 the guest of Prince Charles Lucien Bonaparte, at the Palazzo Bo- 
 naparte, at that period containing the Natural History collections 
 of the distinguished author of the ' Fauna Italica.' At Florence, 
 Professor Owen was the guest of the Grand Duke, who desired 
 him to select any subject or series of specimens of wax-models 
 from the laboratory for which Florence has long been famous, and 
 which was then presided over by the accomplished anatomist and 
 artist Signor Luigi Calamai. Professor Owen signified his prefer- 
 ence for the series illustrating the anatomy of the Torpedo ; and 
 at the same time intimated his wish that they should be donations 
 to the museum of the College, explaining the principle on which 
 he had refrained from commencing any private collection. The 
 Grand Duke graciously acceded thus far, that the donation being 
 intended as a mark of esteem for the Professor, he was to regard 
 them as a gift to himself, with liberty to transfer the specimens as 
 his own donation, if he thought them suitable, to the Museum 
 of the College of Surgeons. On the arrival of this beautiful se- 
 ries of wax-models, Professor Owen accordingly presented them 
 to the College. 
 
 The original museum in which Owen commenced his labours 
 at the College, in 1828, was a single, rather heavily ornamented, 
 and not well-lit apartment, with one gallery. In 1835 a more 
 spacious and better-lit hall, with two galleries, designed by Mr., 
 afterwards Sir C. Barry, was substituted for it ; to this were added 
 a second, similar but smaller hall ; and a third, larger hall ; the 
 whole museum, at the conclusion of Owen's curatorship, in 1856, 
 affording at least ten times the amount of exhibition space, and 
 every portion of it well filled. 
 
 The proportion of Mr. Owen's labours devoted to the elucida- 
 tion of those of his great precursor John Hunter, will ever con- 
 stitute an element in the estimate of his character. There arc 
 
48 PROFESSOR OWEN. 
 
 few examples in the history of science of the devotion of so much 
 labour, by an original investigator, and not a mere commentator, 
 to the reputation of a predecessor. 
 
 Some of Hunter^s published papers had been collected in his 
 lifetime from the Philosophical Transactions to constitute the 
 work entitled ' Observations on certain parts of the Animal Eco- 
 nomy/ 4to, 1786. Professor Owen added to these papers every 
 other on cognate subjects that Hunter had published, or sanctioned 
 the publication of, during his lifetime, together with the " Croonian 
 Lectures " which had been read before the Royal Society from 1776 
 to 1782, and brought them out in an octavo edition. The 'Animal 
 Economy^ thus enlarged, with a preface descriptive of Hunter^s 
 real discoveries, which had been more or less misunderstood or 
 overlooked by previous commentators, was published in 1837. The 
 evidence given by Mr. Clift before the Parliamentary Committee 
 on Medical Education had revealed the fact that, during the period 
 between the demise of Hunter (of whom Clift was the last articled 
 apprentice or pupil) in 1793, and the purchase of the "Collection" 
 in 1799, he had availed himself of the manuscripts remaining with 
 the museum in his care, to copy portions of them for his instruc- 
 tion. The portions selected being chiefly those on comparative 
 anatomy and physiology, removed by Home in 1 800, and after- 
 wards destroyed. Certain extracts from these copies were com- 
 municated by Clift to Owen during the formation of the Physiolo- 
 gical Catalogue, and added, by Mr. Clift's permission, as ' Notes ' 
 (vol. iii. p. V. etc.). On the demise of Mr. Clift, these transcripts 
 came into Owen's possession, and he published them in two oc- 
 tavo volumes, entitled ' Essays and Observations on Natural His- 
 tory, Anatomy, etc., by John Hunter' (1861). The labours by 
 which they were prepared for press are briefly detailed in the 
 preface. The original copies by Clift were deposited by Owen in 
 the library of the Royal College of Surgeons ; and in the dedi- 
 cation of this work " to the Fellows and Members of the Royal 
 College of Surgeons in England," Owen speaks of it as " the 
 last of his labours in making known the thoughts and works of 
 the founder of Philosophical Surgery." 
 
 The more congenial labour of comparing the Hunterian prepa- 
 rations with recent dissections, chiefly of exotic animals supplied 
 by the Zoological Society, is at once the key to the secret of 
 Owen's attainment of such profound knowledge of comparative 
 
PROFESSOR OWEN. 49 
 
 anatomy, and the reason wliy most of liis papers have appeared in 
 the Transactions of that Society ; while the dissection of so many 
 animals enabled him to enrich the Hunterian series with many 
 contributions, supplying defective hnks or affording further valu- 
 able demonstrations. 
 
 The first paper communicated by Mr. Owen to the Eoyal Society 
 was on the mammary glands of that strange duck-billed quadi-uped 
 the 0}-)iithorliynclms ijaradoxus ; it was published in the Philoso- 
 phical Transactions in 1832. This was followed by another, on the 
 ova of the same animal, in 1834. 
 
 Some discussion with the famous Geoffrey St, Hilaire, who 
 maintained the oviparity and non-mammiferous nature of the Or- 
 nithorhynchus, ensued. But Owen^s inference from the structure 
 of the ovisac, of the corpus luteum and of the uterine ovum, that 
 the latter must be developed in utero, and the young be born alive, 
 has been adopted in physiology. He was elected " Corresponding 
 Member" of the Academy of Sciences, Institute of France. The 
 problem still remained how a quadruped, with a beak like a duck, 
 and without a nipple, could suck. In 1834 Professor Owen re- 
 ceived specimens of apparently new-born Ornithorhynchi, which 
 he minutely described in a paper printed in the ' Transactions of 
 the Zoological Society.' The beak was soft and short, the mouth 
 adapted to be applied to the areola on which the milk-ducts ter- 
 minate, and to receive the milk that would be injected into the 
 mouth by a muscle surrounding the large mammary gland. Pro- 
 fessor Owen's next step was to settle the questions undecided on 
 the generation of the marsupial animals, viz. the period of uterine 
 gestation, the exact condition of the new-born young, the mode 
 of its passage to the external pouch, and the term of its suspen- 
 sion there. For this purpose he took advantage of the collection 
 of kangaroos, then living at the establishment of the Zoological 
 Society at Kingston ; the impregnated females being transferred, 
 for better observation, to the gardens in Regent's Park. 
 
 The account of these experiments is contained in the Philo- 
 sophical Transactions for 1834. It is to these investigations we 
 owe the knowledge of the state of the new-born kangaroo {Ma- 
 cropus major) . But an inch long, naked and blind, with hind legs 
 shorter than its fore legs, the very reverse of the adult, it is trans- 
 ferred, after thirty-eight days' gestation, by its mother's lips to her 
 nipple within her pouch, where it clings and hangs for a period of 
 
50 PROFESSOR OWEN. 
 
 six montlis, afterwards using the poucli only for shelter, and occa- 
 sionally feeding. 
 
 In the Philosophical Transactions for 1837, the memoir on the 
 brain of the Marsupialia was published, recording the absence of 
 the corpus callosum. This was followed by the articles "Mono- 
 tremata" and "Marsupialia^' in the ' Cyclopedia of Anatomy and 
 Physiology/ showing, among other characteristics, a similar cere- 
 bral structure in the Ornithorhynchus and Echidna. Two papers 
 in the Zoological Transactions, '^ On the Osteology " and '' On the 
 Classification of the Marsupialia/' completed the grounds for 
 forming a primary group or subclass of the Marsupial and Mono- 
 trematous Mammals, for which the names IniplacentaJia or Lijen- 
 cephala were proposed. 
 
 Pursuing his researches into the correlations of the cerebral with 
 other systems of organs in the mammalia. Professor Owen was 
 led to associate the Cuvierian orders or tribes, Edentata, Rodentia, 
 Insectivora, and Cheiroptera, into a second "subclass" called 
 Lissencephala, from the smooth unconvoluted character of the 
 cerebrum. The Cetacea, Pachydermata, Rummantia, Carnivora, 
 Quadrumana form a third subclass — Gyrencephala, or with convo- 
 luted brains. The superior development of the human cerebrum, 
 zoologically marked by its extension over and beyond the cere- 
 bellum with concomitant structures in the posterior lobe, called 
 in human anatomy " hippocampus minor," etc. afforded the cha- 
 racters of a fourth equivalent group in the classification on the 
 brain-system, which is called " Archencephala.'' Cuvier, pointing 
 to the " feet " as fitted for erect stature, and " hands " for perfect 
 manipulation, affirmed them to be peculiar to man, and founded 
 thereon the order Bimana. But modified homologues or rudi- 
 ments of the thumb, great-toe, hinder lobe of the cerebrum, etc., 
 occur in certain species of the lower group approximating the 
 liigher one ; to the objection to his cerebral classification that some 
 of the highest Gijrencepli.ala possessed what might be called rudi- 
 ments of a " hippocampus," etc.. Professor Owen replied by con- 
 trasting those parts as they existed in the gorilla, chimpanzee, 
 etc., and in the human subject. It was as absurd to suppose that 
 he denied the existence of the parts which Tiedemann, Vrolik, and 
 Kuhl had pointed out, as that Cuvier denied the existence of the 
 homologue of the great toe in the orang. The graduation of 
 structures in the chain of living" beings affords similar grounds of 
 
PROFESSOR OWEN. •")! 
 
 attack against all systems of classification, which, nevertheless, are 
 indispensable to the comprehension of the science of animals and 
 plants. 
 
 In 1847 Professor Owen published the facts and reasons for a 
 re-distribution of the Pachydermata and Euminantia of Cuvier into 
 the Ungulata with hoofs in equal number {Artiodactyla) , and into 
 those with hoofs in unequal number [Ferissodactyla) . The Ar- 
 tiodactyles were subdivided into ruminants and non-ruminants, 
 numerous extinct species being shown to have filled up the inter- 
 vals that now exist; while in like manner the Horse tribe, the 
 Solipedes of Cuvier, were shown to be more closely allied to the 
 tapir and rhinoceros by other intermediate Perissodactyles of geo- 
 logical ages than would appear by the examination of living species 
 only. 
 
 In regard to the Quadrumanous family, which makes the nearest 
 approach to man, but little was known, and that imperfectly, at 
 the close of Cuvier's labours. The orang-utan was placed at the 
 head of the order, and both this and the chimpanzee were known 
 to the great naturalist only in their immature condition. The 
 osteological and dental characters of the adults of both forms were 
 made known by Owen in a series of memoirs in the Zoological 
 Transactions for 1835 and 1836, proving that the chief characters 
 supposed to approximate these animals to man are transitory, and 
 peculiar to the young state of the animal with deciduous teeth. 
 The chimpanzee is placed above i^Q orang ; both are character- 
 ized in the adult state by a sexual distinction in the teeth. A 
 smaller species of Bornean orang {Pithecus Morio) is defined : the 
 larger one {Pithecus Wurmhii) had been supposed, from its huge 
 canines and low facial angle, to be a baboon. 
 
 In 1847 Professor Owen^s opinion was sought by an Amei-ican 
 missionary at the Gaboon, as to the skull of a large baboon-like 
 quadrumane, of which Dr. Savage transmitted a drawing : in this 
 was recognized a new species allied to the chimpanzee. It was 
 described by Dr. Savage under the name of the " Gorilla,^' which 
 name Professor Owen adopted, though aware of the improbability 
 of its being the ape so called by Hanno. In a series of elaborate 
 memoirs in the Zoological Transactions and Proceedings, from 
 1848 to 1862, the osteology, dentition, with the external and other 
 characters of the gorilla, are described by Owen, and compared 
 with the chimpanzee, Papuan, and Negro. Our anatomist con- 
 
 VOL. I. I 
 
62 PROFESSOR OWEN. 
 
 eludes, in opposition to Profossors Isidore Geoffrey St. Hilaire 
 and Wyman, that the gorilla ranks above the chimpanzee. The 
 rich collection brought to London by M. du Chaillu illustrated the 
 characters of the female and young of the gorilla ; and through 
 Professor Owen^s consistent support and advocacy of M. du 
 Chaillu, the striking and instructive specimens of this rarest and 
 most interesting of brute-beasts, have been secured for the British 
 Museum, where they are now displayed. 
 
 With regard to the class of Birds, we may refer to Owen's mono- 
 graph on the anatomy of the Toucan in Mr. Gould's work on the 
 Rampliastida, to the paper on the anatomy of the Hornbill {Bucews) 
 in the Zoological Transactions, vol. i.^ and to the two elaborate mo- 
 nographs on the anatomy of the Apteryx in the same Transactions. 
 The incidental notices of the organization of the larger struthious 
 bii'ds in the comparative part of these papers, and above all the 
 accessions to the same wingless order which we owe to the dis- 
 coverer of the Dinornis and Pala2')teryx, supplied the grounds for 
 separating from the Grallae, or order Echassiers of Cuvier,the species 
 that therein form th3 family ''Brevipennes." Other modifications 
 of the Cuvierian system, and an inquiry into the grounds for a 
 binary division of the class, according to the condition of the 
 newly-hatched young, e.g. into Aves altrices and Aves prcecoces, will 
 be found iu the elaborate article Aves, communicated to the Cyclo- 
 paedia of Anatomy and Physiology, in 1836. 
 
 Perhaps none of Professor Owen's researches on fossil remains 
 have excited more general interest than those to which we are in- 
 debted for a knowledge of the gigantic struthious birds of New 
 Zealand, the first paper on which, entitled " Notice of the Fragment 
 of a Femur of a Gigantic Bird of New Zealand," read November, 
 1839, was published in the first part of the third volume of the Zoo- 
 logical Transactions. In this paper the author concludes, "that 
 there existed, and perhaps still exists,* in those distant islands, a 
 race of struthious birds of more colossal stature than the ostrich 
 or any other known species ;" and so confident was Professor Owen 
 of the soundness of his inductions, that he boldly added, " so far 
 as my skill in interpreting an osseous fragment may be credited, I 
 am willing to risk the reputation for it on this statement." Ample 
 confirmation came to hand in 1 843, and has continued to arrive. 
 
 * We trust Mr. Frank Buckland's zeal may be rewarded by tbe ample 
 fulfilment of this prediction. 
 
PROFESSOK OWEN. 
 
 Six or seven successive nionograplis have been devoted to the re- 
 storation of species of Dinoniis, Palapteryx, Noiornis, Aptornis, and 
 other extinct birds of New Zealand. The Museum of the College 
 of Surgeons is enriched by a restoration of the Dinornis gigan- 
 teiis ; that of the British Museum by the i-econstituted skeleton of 
 Dinornis eleiihantopiis, perhaps the most remarkable of all these 
 feathered giants. 
 
 In palaeontology Owen's labours have not been less important 
 than in anatomy and zoology. In 1842 he communicated his first 
 Report on British Fossil Mammalia^ and his second and con- 
 cluding Report on the same class of extinct animals ; both at the 
 instance, and with the aid of grants, of the British Association for 
 the Advancement of Science. The matter of these Reports was 
 incorporated with kindred researches, and beautifully illustrated 
 in the ' History of British Fossil Mammalia and Birds,^ 8vo, 1846. 
 The Coryphodon there indicated by a small fragment brought up 
 from a deep well sunk in the London clay, at Camberwell, has now 
 been almost wholly restored by fossils from the older eocene of 
 France ; but this fragment included an entire tooth. Cuvier re- 
 quired a molar tooth, or a characteristic bone with the articular 
 surface complete, as the basis of his restorations, which at the time 
 appeared so marvellous. When the fragmentary fossil relics brought 
 from Buenos Ayres by Darwin in Admiral Fitzroy's Expedition in 
 1837, were confided to Professor Owen, not having in many in- 
 stances the requisite Cuvierian essentials, he brought the micro- 
 scope to bear upon the portions of teeth, and by the characteristic 
 modifications of the internal structure of seemingly valueless frag- 
 ments, obtained the knowledge which his great predecessor could 
 only predict from a perfect specimen. In the attempt to recon- 
 struct these fragmentary South American fossils, in some cases 
 Mr. Owen had not even fragments of teeth to build upon, nor a 
 bone with the articular extremities. He then resorted to the grooves 
 channelled in the bone by blood-vessels, or the perforations by 
 nerves, and other previously neglected or unthought-of means, 
 which were attended with paramount success. In this way he 
 recognized the affinity to the llama of the long-necked, giraffe- 
 like fossil Macrauchenia from a few neck-bones found petrified on 
 the cliffs of the barren shores of Patagonia ; and made out almost 
 entirely from a study of the nerve-canals in a single fragment 
 of a skull, the extinct GJossotherhim. Unsuspected affinities of 
 
54 I'ROFESSOR OWEN. 
 
 Rudentla to Unyulata were brought out in the restoration of the 
 Toxodon ; but perhaps the most important principle hiid down in 
 the vokime on the ' Fossil Mammalia of the Voyage of the Beagle/ 
 4to, 1838, was the conformity of the types of extinct with those 
 of the existing mammalia characterizing the South American con- 
 tinent. 
 
 About the same time an analogous collection of fossil remains 
 were submitted to Owen by Colonel Sir Thomas Mitchell, from 
 bone-caves and freshwater deposits of Australia : these were de- 
 scribed in an Appendix to Sir Thomas's ' Three Expeditions to 
 New South Wales.' In it the genus Biprotodon was founded on 
 a single fragment of an incisor-tooth. To tliis gigantic marsupial 
 Owen shortly after added the Nototherium, Phijlacoleo, Phascolomys 
 gigas, etc. Summing up the whole of his discoveries in this field, 
 and their general bearings in his " Report on the Extinct Mam- 
 mals of Australia, and on the Geographical Distribution of Plio- 
 cene and Post-pliocene Mammals in general/' communicated to the 
 British Association in 1844. 
 
 It would be too long to cite even the titles of the numerous 
 papers, reports, and works in which the results of Owen's re- 
 searches into the mammalian and reptilian classes of fossils are 
 recorded. We may allude to close observation and reasoning by 
 which the mammalian characters of the oolitic Amphitheria and 
 Phascolotheria, and of the supposed Neocomian Basilosaurus, were 
 established in the sixth volume of the ' Transactions of the Geolo- 
 gical Society,' 2nd series; to the elimination of the parts of the 
 Glyptodon from those of the Megatherium, with which they had 
 been confounded ; to the reconstruction of Glyptodon and Mylodon 
 now the ornaments of the Museu.m of the College of Surgeons ; 
 and to the illustrations of the adaptation of the skeleton of MyIodo7i 
 and Megatherium to the task of uprooting trees, fully developed by 
 Owen in his '^Memoir on the Mylodon,' 4to, 1842, and the grandly 
 illustrated work on the Megatlieriuui, finally completed and issued 
 in 1862, 4to. 
 
 The results of a general survey of all accessible specimens of 
 British fossil reptilia appeared in two Reports, communicated to, 
 and published by, the British Association ; the first in their volume 
 for 1889, the second in that for 1842. The matter of these Re- 
 ports, and of subsequent discoveries, has been methodized into a 
 systematic ' History of British Fossil Reptiles,' of which six parts 
 
PKOFESSOK OVVKN. 55 
 
 have been issued, in quarto, pp. 274, illustrated by 125 plates : we 
 trust the author may be spared to bring this great work to a 
 conclusion. 
 
 The curious edentulous reptile, the Rhynchosaurus, is described 
 in the Transactions of the Philosophical Society of Cambridge. 
 The allied but still more extraordinary Dicynodonts and Oude- 
 nodonts of South Africa were described in the Geological Trans- 
 actions and Proceedings. These carry the Saurian grade of struc- 
 ture as far back as the Triassic series. In the Keuper of Germany, 
 fossils had been found which were referred to a genus Mastodon- 
 saurus ; and in the older coal-deposits other remains, on which the 
 genus Archegosaurus was founded. Owen, applying the microscope 
 to the structure of the teeth, obtained very striking results, which, 
 with other characters, led him to refer the supposed Saurians to a 
 lower type of reptiles, more nearly akin to the Batrachia, but with 
 affinities to sauroid fishes and saurian reptiles. More decisive ba- 
 trachian characters were pointed out in the reptile from the coal- 
 deposits of Nova Scotia, which he called Bendrerpeton. The Laby- 
 rinthodont type was shown in the Baphetes of the Picton coal, and 
 in the Parahatrachus of the Scotch Carboniferous series. In the 
 class of Fishes he has added improvements, both on the old system 
 of Cuvier as also to the more recent one of classification by scales, 
 proposed by Agassiz chiefly for simplifying the study of the im- 
 perfect remains of fossil fishes. The entire range of researches on 
 extinct animal species has been condensed and summarized in 
 Owen^s work on ' Paleontology,^ of which two editions have ap- 
 peared. (8vo: Black, 1860 and 1861.) 
 
 So inseparably interlinked have living and fossil forms been in the 
 labours of Professor Owen, that it would be impossible to regard 
 him in a separate light either as an anatomist or a jDaleeontologist, 
 for we cannot fail of speaking of him as both in the very same 
 breath. Neither can we follow his labours in order of time, nor of 
 subject. To-day he is investigating "parthenogenesis,^'' to-morrow 
 the " nature of limbs ;" on one occasion he is demonstrating the 
 existence of entophyta, or parasitic plants, as well as entozoa in 
 the bodies of animals ; at another, defining the footprints of fossil 
 animals, and assigning them to the various classes of animals that 
 made them. The paper on the Protichnites, in the Quarterly 
 Journal of the Geological Society vol. viii. (1852), is a good ex- 
 ample of his mode of work in this very difficult line of interpre- 
 tation. 
 
56 
 
 PROFESSOR OWEN. 
 
 Oweii^s discovery, in 1835, of the most extraordinary of human 
 entozoa, the Trichina spiralis, infesting the muscles of the human 
 body in such vast numbers as to produce sometimes cases of violent 
 death in the midst of apparent health ; his observations of the 
 " blood-disks " wliich he published in the ' Medical Gazette/ in 
 1839, with other analogous investigations, — impressed him deeply 
 with the value of the microscope for anatomical and physiological 
 researches. Other branches of microscopical study being carried 
 on about this time by Farre, Bowerbank, Busk, and a few other 
 observers, a "Microscopical Society" was formed in 1840, of 
 which Professor Owen was the first President; its proceedings 
 being published under the title of the 'Microscopical Journal and 
 Structui-al Eecord,^ the first paper in which was by himself, " On 
 the Structure of Fossil Teeth from the Central Division of the Old 
 Red Sandstone, indicative of anew Genus of Fishes — Dendrodus." 
 
 His study of the microscopic structure of teeth was carried on 
 in a laborious, searching, critical spirit, unsurpassed in any special 
 investigation by any naturalist whatever. He was led to it by 
 receiving from Mr. Darwin fragments of the teeth of the extinct 
 megatherium and other animals from South America, in an in- 
 cipient state of decomposition, when he was struck with the fact 
 that instead of their being resolved, like the fossil tusks of the 
 mastodon and mammoth, into parallel superimposed conical la- 
 mellae, they separated into fine fibres arranged at right angles to 
 the plane of the layers. From this he went on to examine the 
 differences in the microscopical structure in the teeth of every class of 
 animals, — fish, reptiles, mammals ; the result being the production 
 of a book unique for amount, completeness, and value of research, 
 and beauty and correctness of illustrations : his ' Odontography,' in 
 1840-45, consisting of two thick quarto volumes of 650 pages 
 and 168 most exquisitely executed plates. 
 
 Owen became a Fellow of the Geological Society in 1836, and 
 the '' Wollaston Medal" was awarded to him in 1838. 
 
 In 1844 he received the Royal Medal from the Royal Society 
 for his admirable description of certain Belemnites preserved with 
 a great proportion of their soft parts in the Oxford clay. 
 
 No fossil shell had given rise to more conflicting opinions as 
 to the affinities of its construction than the Belemnite. The ap- 
 plication of the principles of physiological correlations had indi- 
 cated its general relationship with the cuttle-fishes ; but the speci- 
 
PROFESSOR OWEN. 
 
 67 
 
 mens from Cbristian-Malforcl, in Wiltshire, ])resented to tbe College 
 of Sui'geons by the Marquis of Northampton, displayed in a mar- 
 vellous manner such traces of those soft and perishable parts so 
 essential to determining* the true nature of its living form, as to 
 permit no longer any doubt of the nature and character of the ani- 
 mals to which they belonged; and the uncinated arms, the ten- 
 tacles with their numerous booklets, the muscular tunic of the 
 mantle, the expiratory tube, the ink-bag and duct, the lining mem- 
 brane of the stomach, and all the general details of the anatomy 
 of the fossil Belemnites, were compared in the most complete and 
 convincing manner with the corresponding parts of the recent 
 cuttle-fishes and with those of the Nautilus pompilius, first dis- 
 sected by Mr. Owen in 1831. The Belemnitidoi, though possess- 
 ing the chambered and siphonated shell, were thus shown to 
 belong to the higher, or dibranchiate order of Cephalopoda. 
 
 As examples of anatomical monographs, we may refer to the 
 memoir ' On the Lepidosiren annectens/ and those on the singular 
 and beautiful Sponge {Eupledella) , in the Linnean Transactions ; 
 
 * On the Rhinoceros ;' ' On the Giraffe ;' ' On the Great Anteater ;' 
 ' On the Brachiopoda; '^ On the Aye-aye {Chiromys)/ in the Zoo- 
 logical Transactions ; ' On the Development of the Carapace and 
 Plastron of the Chelonia •/ ' On the Dentition of the Phacochoerus / 
 
 * On the Exogenous Processes of Vertebree ;' and ' On the Placenta 
 of the Elephant,' in the Philosophical Transactions, We cannot, 
 however, attempt to enumerate the many papers that have pro- 
 ceeded from his pen. In the ' Bibliographia Zoologiee,' published 
 by the Pay Society in 1853, there are recorded upwards of two 
 hundred and thirty of his published productions, and many of these 
 are of the most voluminous and laborious character ; and the works 
 that have emanated from him since are not proportionably less in 
 number or importance. His laboiu-s have been as varied as nume- 
 rous, and have extended to every branch of animal life, living and 
 fossil ; and it has been justly said of him that, " from the sponge to 
 man, he has thrown new light on every subject he has touched.'" 
 In this series of untiring and uninterrupted researches, Owen has 
 had steadily in view the higher generalizations of his science. The 
 principle of " vegetative or irrelative repetition,'' hinted at in his 
 ' Synopsis of the Lectures' in 1835, is fully developed in the vo- 
 lume of ' Lectures on the Invertebrate Animals,' published in 1843. 
 (8vo : Longman; second edition. 1855.) 
 
58 PROFESSOR OWEN. 
 
 The President of the Royal Society, in presenting to Professor 
 Owen the Copley Medal, awarded to him in 1851, thus alludes to 
 this most important of Owen's scientific labours : — 
 
 " The progress of all sciences is a perpetual struggle after genera- 
 lizations of a higher and higher order. Anatomy and physiology, so 
 actively cultivated in the time of Ciivier, had afforded at the latter end 
 of his career glimpses of generalizations, vihich, under the vague terms 
 of ' unity of organization,' became subjects of sharp controversy. The 
 idea, so expressed, had two applications, — one, to the analogies which 
 exist between the permanent organization of the lower animals, and 
 certain transitory states of the higher species ; the other, to the corre- 
 spondences traceable between the parts composing the organization of 
 different species. 
 
 " With reference to the first of these applications, I cannot do better 
 than quote the author's own account of his conclusions, as given in 
 the last lecture of his course on the Invertebrate Animals, published 
 in 1843. 
 
 " ' The extent to which the resemblance, expressed by the term ' Unity 
 of Organization,' may be traced between the higher and lower organized 
 animals, bears an inverse ratio to their approximation to maturity. All 
 animals resemble each other at the earliest period of their development, 
 which commences with the manifestation of the assimilative and fissipa- 
 rous properties of the polygastric animalcule : the potential germ of the 
 mammal can be compared, in form and vital actions, with the Monad 
 alone, and, at this period, unity of organization may be predicated of the 
 two extremes of the animal kingdom. The germ of the Polype pushes 
 the resemblance furthei', and acquires the locomotive organs of the ]Monad 
 — the superficial vibratile cilia — before it takes on its special radiated 
 type. The Acalephe passes through both the Infusorial and Polype 
 stages, and propagates by gemmation, as well as spontaneous fission, 
 before it acquires its mature form and sexual organs. The fulness of 
 the unity of organization which prevails through the Polypes and larval 
 Acalephes, is diminished as the latter acquire maturity and assume their 
 special form. 
 
 " ' There is only one animal form which is either permanently or transi- 
 torily represented throughout the animal kingdom, — it is that of the in- 
 fusorial Monad. 
 
 " ' Other forms are represented less exclusively in the development of 
 the animal kingdom, and may be regarded as secondary forms. These 
 are — the polype, the worm, the tunicary, and the lamprey ; they are se- 
 condary in relation to the animal kingdom at large, but are primary in 
 respect of the primary divisions or sub-kingdoms. 
 
PE0FES80K OWEN. •'')0 
 
 "'Thus the Radiata, after having passed through the Monad stage, 
 enter that of the Polype ; many there find their final development ; 
 others proceed to be metamorphosed into the Acalephe or the Echi- 
 noderra. 
 
 " ' All the Articulata, at an early stage of their development, assume 
 the form or condition of the apodal and acephalous worm ; some find 
 their mature development at that stage, as the Entozoa : others proceed 
 to acquire annulations ; a head ; rudimeutal feet, jointed feet, and 
 finally, wings : radiating in various directions and degrees from the 
 primary or fundamental form of their sub-kingdom. 
 
 " ' T\\e Ilollicsca pass from the condition of the ciliated Monad to that 
 of the shell-less Acephalan, and in like manner either remain to work 
 out the perfections of that stage, or diverge to achieve the development 
 of shells, of a head, of a ventral foot, or of cephalic arms. 
 
 '"The vertebrated ovum having manifested its monadiform relations by 
 the spontaneous fission, growth, and multiplication of the primordial nu- 
 cleated cells, next assumes, by their metamorphosis and primary arrange- 
 ment, the form and condition of the finless cartilaginous fish, from which 
 fiindameutal form development radiates in as many and diversified direc- 
 tions and extents, and attains more extraordinary heights of complica- 
 tion and perfection than any of the lower secondary types appear to be 
 susceptible of.' 
 
 " To the second application of the principle I must more particularly 
 refer, as the subject on which perliaps Professor Owen's investigations 
 have been more fully and elaborately and systematically carried out, and 
 have exercised a more important and universal influence on these 
 sciences than any other, — I mean the doctrine of Homologies, or the 
 correspondency of parts and of plan in the construction of animals. 
 This had been the subject of close and sharp discussions in the Academy 
 of Sciences between Cuvier and Geoft'roy St. Hilaire, which are summed 
 up by the latter in the ' Principes de Philosophie Zoologique,' published 
 in 1830 ; and it can be no matter of surprise, that with an antagonist 
 so strong in his well-founded reputation as a great master in science, 
 and so skilful in applying the weapons of a severe and sarcastic logic, 
 Geoff'roy St. Hilaire should have failed to impress the physiological 
 world v.ith those views which Cuvier objected to, as being based upon 
 it priori speculation. 
 
 " The effect of these discussions may be traced in most of ttie ablest 
 works on Anatomy and Physiology which subsequently appeared, as, e.y. 
 those of Professor John Miiller, Professor Wagner, Milne-Edwards, 
 Siebold and Stannius, in Sir Charles Bell's work ' On the Hand,' and 
 in the ' Outline of the Animal Kingdom ' and ' Manual of Comparative 
 Anatomy,' bv Professor Jones, of King's College, London. By all these 
 
 VOL. I. K 
 
•>" PROFESSOR OWEN. 
 
 authors the principle of unity of organization, as it has been attempted 
 to be illustrated and applied by Geoffroy St. Hilaire, and by the German 
 anatomists of the Transcendental School of Schelling, is tacitly or 
 avowedly abandoned. By M. Agassiz it was directly opposed. 
 
 " Nevertheless, the question whether the principle of a common pat- 
 tern, or the principle of final causes, or, as Cuvier called it, ' conditions 
 of existence,'— I say, which of these two principles, or in what degree 
 both have governed the development of organization of animals — the 
 greatest question which can occupy the philosophical anatomist— was 
 still far from having been satisfactorily decided. 
 
 "It enforced itself upon the most serious consideration of Professor 
 Owen, when he was called upon to prepare the catalogue of the Osteo- 
 logical Collections in the museum of the Royal College of Surgeons ; and 
 the results of this consideration were promulgated in his Lectures on 
 Comparative Osteology. 
 
 " What those results are, may now be studied in his ' Eeport on the 
 Homological Eelations of the Skeleton,' submitted to the British Asso- 
 ciation at Southampton in 184G ; in his ' Lectures on the Vertebrate 
 Animals,' ] 846 ; and in his works entitled ' On the Archetype and Homo- 
 logies of the Vertebrate Skeleton,' 1848, and ' On the JSature of Limbs.' 
 
 The President of the Royal Society then quotes the opinions on 
 these works, expressed by Dr. Carpenter in his ' Principles of 
 Physiology, General and Comparative;' by Sir Charles Lyell, in 
 liis ' Anniversary Address to the Geological Society, 1 850 / and 
 by Dr. Carus, who, " in the attempt to follow out the homologies 
 of the muscles, on the principles laid down by Professor Owen, 
 acknowledges them as ' indicating the only true way to the com- 
 prehension of a scientific myology.' '' 
 
 "A great aim of Professor Owen's works on Homological Anatomy, 
 appears to be to put an end to the old controversy so long maintained, on 
 the assumption that a special adaptation of parts was incompatible 
 with a common type of construction. Having, after long painstaking 
 researches, arrived at a clear conception of the archetypal plan of the 
 vertebrate structures, he associates that idea with as clear a recognition 
 of the teleological signification of the great principle as our finite capa- 
 cities are able to attain to. ' For it is certain,' writes Professor Owen, 
 ' that in the instances where the analogy of a machine fails to explain 
 the structure of an organ, such structure does not exist in vain if its 
 true comprehension lead rational and responsible beings to a better con- 
 ception of their own origin and Creator.' (Proceedings of the Eoyal 
 Society, vol.vi. pp. 110-112.) 
 
PKOFESSOK OWEN. (31 
 
 This and other evidences of the spirit pervading the philosophical 
 writings of our anatomist did not, however, shield him from at- 
 tacks, in which the charge of atheism or pantheism was insinuated. 
 Owen had been, finally, led by the accumulated proofs of the unity 
 of plan in the vertebrate and articulate types of structure ; by the 
 evidence of " progressive departure from a general to a special type, 
 given by the succession of extinct forms of animals ;" and " by the 
 analogies which the transitory embryonal stages in a higher species 
 bear to the mature forms of lower species,^' as also by some of the 
 phenomena of " parthenogenesis," to the hypothesis of a " con- 
 tinuously operative secondary creational law." His first announce- 
 ment of this stage of his philosophical faith was made in his ' Dis- 
 course on the Nature of Limbs ;' but whilst admitting the princii^le, 
 he acknowledges that he knew not how it worked : — 
 
 " To what natural laws or secoudary causes the orderly successiou aud 
 progression of such organic phenomena may liave been committed, we, 
 as yet, are ignorant. But if, without derogation of the Divine Power, 
 we may conceive the exiotence of such its ministers, and personify them 
 by the term ' nature,' we learn from the past history of our globe that 
 she has advanced with slow and stately steps, guided by the archety- 
 pal h'ght, amidst the wreck of worlds, from the first embodiment of the 
 vertebrate idea under its old ichthyic vestment, until it became arrayed 
 in the glorious garb of the human form " (p. 8G). 
 
 On the announcement of this conclusion as to the creation of 
 species by the agency of natural law or secondary causes, an acute 
 logician at once denounced this passage and the general scope of 
 the homological works as supporting the "theory of develop- 
 ment." 
 
 " This theory, as our readers may know, assumes that God did 
 not interpose to create one class of creatures after another, as a 
 consequence of each geological revolution ; but that, through long 
 course of ages, one class of creatures was developed from another." 
 " It is not German naturalists alone who are contributing to dif- 
 fuse scientific Pantheism." {' Little Lectures on Great Topics,^ 
 1849.) 
 
 To this attack Owen briefly replied ; we may quote one passage : 
 — " The true state of the case is simply this : my assailant has 
 his own notions of the exterminating character ' of each geological 
 revolution,' " and of the way in which " God, thereupon, interposed 
 to create one class of creatures after another." 
 
62 PROFESSOR OWEN. 
 
 But there are phenomena whicli God, in His nnsearcliable 
 ways, permits to be known by His observant instruments ; and 
 these phenomena, faithfully interpreted, plainly indicate that he 
 has been pleased to operate differently from what some prefer to 
 believe : thereupon the intrepreter is charged with " blotting God 
 out of Creation." But in such charge truly lies the impiety. 
 Could the pride of the heart be reached when such imputation 
 came, there would be found, unuttered, — " Unless every living 
 thing has come to be in the way required by my system of theo- 
 logy, Deity shall have no share in its creation." 
 
 The reasoning by which Owen shows that a creative power is 
 fully recognizable, through wli ate ver succession of regulated means 
 it may operate in the production of species, we may refer to the 
 concluding section of one of his late monographs, ' On the Aye-aye,' 
 Zool. Trans., vol. v. p. 87. 
 
 Two or three hypotheses or guesses of the mode of operation of 
 the secondary creational law have been propounded. The facts by 
 which Buffon's and Lamaixk's views could be tested are so applied 
 in several of Owen's works and papers, more especially on the 
 Anthropoid Apes. In his monograph on the Aye-aye, he apphes 
 certain facts in its organization and native habits to the latest pro- 
 pounded hypotheses by Mr. Darwin. 
 
 A few incidents in the biography of Professor Owen remain to 
 be briefly noted. He resumed the appointment of " Fullerian Pro- 
 fessor of Physiology," in the Royal Institution of Great Britain, 
 in 1858. 
 
 On the revival, under the new statute made by the University 
 of Cambridge, of Sir Robert Reade's foundation of public lec- 
 tures. Professor Owen was appointed lecturer, and received the 
 permission of the Trustees of the British Museum to hold the office 
 in March, 1859. The "Reade's Lectures" date so far back as 
 1524; but during a long series of years they had ceased to be 
 delivered. On the performance of this duty in 1859, Professor 
 Owen was honoured by the University with the degree of Doctor 
 of Laws. The University of Oxford had previously conferred on 
 Owen a similar degree. 
 
 H. R. H. the Pi'ince Consort, desirous that the Royal children 
 should receive the elements of natural history, made arrangements 
 for the delivery of courses of such lectures at Buckingham Palace : 
 those on zoology and geology were given by Professor Owen; 
 those on botany, by Professor Henslow. 
 
PROFESSOR OWEN. 63 
 
 The Institute of France decreed to Professor Owen, in 1856, the 
 triennial Cuvierian prize in comparative anatomy ; and on the de- 
 mise of the great botanist Robert Brown, Owen was elected to 
 fill his place as one of the eight foreign Associates of the Institute. 
 
 The Emperor of the French transmitted, in 1855, to Owen the 
 Order of the Legion of Honour ; the King of Prussia sent the 
 " Ordre pour le Merite " in 1852 ; the King of Italy, through his 
 Minister of Public Instruction, Matteucci, transmitted him the 
 order of St. Maurice and St. Lazare. Her Majesty was graciously 
 pleased to assign to Professor Owen, in 1852, his present residence, 
 near Sheen Gate, Richmond Park. 
 
 The career of Professor Owen, of which the foregoing is a brief 
 sketch, placed him before the public in such a position as inevi- 
 ably led to demands upon his time and talents for co-operation in 
 those public services which his science might be expected to pro- 
 mote. The late Sir Robert Peel, in 1843, recommended the forma- 
 tion of a " Commission for inquiring into the state of Large Towns 
 and Populous Districts," and the following were nominated Com- 
 missioners by Her Majesty : — Duke of Buccleuch ; Lord Lincoln 
 R. A. Slaney, M.P. ; George Graham, Esq. ; Sir H. Delabeche 
 Professor Lyon Playfair ; Dr. D. B. Reid ; Professor Richard Owen 
 Captain W. Denison; J. R. Martin, M.D.; James Smith, Esq. 
 Robert Stephenson, Esq., and William Cubitt, Esq. 
 
 The commission issued two general reports, besides special or 
 local reports from particular members. The " Report on the State 
 of Lancaster," Svo, 1845, is by Owen. It has been followed by a 
 system of water-supply and di'ainage which is regarded as exem- 
 plary, and has been attended with marked diminution of disease 
 and death amongst the '' wage-classes," as Owen usually designates 
 the "working-classes," or "lower orders." The termination of the 
 labours of this commission was followed by the formation of a second 
 "^Commission, in 1846, for in quiring into the State of the Metropolis," 
 of which Owen was a member, in association with Dr. Southwood 
 Smith, Mr. Edwin Chadwick, and others. Two reports were issued 
 by this commission, which terminated its labours in 1849. At the 
 latter part of that year a commission was appointed to inquire into 
 the live and dead meat-markets of London ; including Sir G. Corne- 
 wall Lewis, M.P.; Hon. Fred. Byng ; Sir Harry Verney, Bart., 
 M.P.; Sir James Duke, Bart., M.P.; William Miles, Esq., M.P. ; 
 Professor Richard Owen, and Mr. John Wood (Councilman of 
 Aldersgate Ward Without). 
 
64 PROFESSOR OWEN, 
 
 Owen strongly advocated the suppression of intramural slaughter- 
 houses ; but a compromise was carried by the City members, and 
 these were retained, whilst the market itself, for live cattle, was 
 suppressed. The consequence is that the streets of London con- 
 tinue on certain days to be obstructed and defiled by droves of 
 oxen and sheep on their way from Islington to the slaughter- 
 houses in the midst of the metropolis. With the exception of the 
 first, the above commissions were " unpaid.^^ We infer from the 
 fact of Owen's being the only name on each in succession that he 
 showed business-like qualities, in attendance, and the preparation 
 of the reports which recommended him to the Governments under 
 which the commissions were issued. 
 
 Owen took an active part on the committees for the arrange- 
 ments, classification, and other preliminary work towards carrying 
 out the Prince Consort's grand idea of an " Exhibition of the 
 Works of Industry of all Nations." He accepted the office of 
 Chairman of the Jury IV., " Raw Materials from the Animal King- 
 dom,'' etc. ; he contributed an elaborate report on the subjects 
 and awards of his jury, published in the official volume, and, at the 
 suggestion of H.R.H. the Prince Consort, Owen delivered at the 
 Society of Arts (Dec. 16, 1851) the lecture on "Raw Animal Pro- 
 ducts and their Uses in Manufactures." 
 
 On the organization of the " Exposition Universelle " at Paris, 
 in 1855, Owen was requested to act on the Jury XI., for a similar 
 class of objects (Alimentary Substances) as in 1851. The Prince 
 L. Lucien Bonaparte was the chairman ; he appointed Owen his 
 vice-chairman, and on the arrival of Owen in Paris, resigned to 
 him the office. In the ' Notes on Objects in the Paris Universal 
 Exhibition/ furnished to the Board of Trade, octavo, 1855, the 
 section on " Alimentary Substances " is from the pen of Owen. 
 In the ' Admiralty Manual of Scientific Inquiry ' the section " On 
 Zoology," containing instructions for collecting and preserving 
 animals, was confided to Professor Owen, and has been published 
 as a separate treatise (12mo, 1859). 
 
 In 1858, Professor Owen was President of the British Associa- 
 tion at its meeting at Leeds, having always been one of its most 
 active and influential members. He was succeeded in the Presi- 
 dential Chair by H.R.H. the Prince Consort, at Aberdeen. We 
 need not say his address was an excellent one. It gives a lucid 
 sketch of the progress and state of zoology, physiology, and palas- 
 
PROFESSOR OWEN. 65 
 
 ontology^ and the astronomical, mechanical, and other physical 
 sciences were not overlooked by this great master of Natural His- 
 tory. The application of scientific principles to practical purposes 
 is also elucidated, and the claims of science to administrative coun- 
 tenance and support were boldly advocated. 
 
 Since his appointment, in 1856, to the office of Superintendent 
 of the National Natural History Collections, he has persistently 
 and consistently advocated an extension of space for their display. 
 In his series of Annual Reports, and in a special one with a plan, 
 printed in a return ordered by the House of Commons, 16th March, 
 1859, the grounds are assigned, on which the estimate of a space 
 of five acres is founded for such increase as may be expected to the 
 Natural History Sei-ies in the next thirty years, for the proper dis- 
 play of a Natural History Collection worthy of the commerce and 
 rank of our country. His views, although at first deemed exces- 
 sive, have been so entirely confirmed by the subsequent calcula- 
 tions and operations of Agassiz and other able naturalists, and the 
 estimates for other museums, that no question is now made on this 
 point. To the proposed transference of the Natioual Collections 
 Professor Owen has only so far assented, that believing the ground 
 at Bloomsbury would cost more than any Chancellor of the Ex- 
 chequer would be willing to apply to Parliament to expend, he 
 considers the advantages to be gained for science by adequate 
 means of display, so great and so pressing, that it would be desi- 
 rable to have the requisite space in any accessible locality. Pro- 
 fessor Owen's views on this subject are set forth in detail, with 
 plans, in his work ' On the Extent and Aims of a National Museum 
 of Natural History,' octavo, 1862. We trust that this question 
 may receive a favourable and final consideration in the next Ses- 
 sion of Parliament, and that Professor Owen may be preserved to 
 us, with health and strength, to realize his grand idea of a Na- 
 tional Museum of Natural History. 
 
' '> 
 
 p 
 
 i 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 > 
 
 ^•^jmuJ:^i$l^ 1 
 
 ^ra.' r 
 
 T^^l 
 
 
 r i 
 
 
 'P fl 
 
 j^EHr ^W^^^ws^y^^^ul 
 
 \ 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 ■■pi^'S» '"''^ 
 
 m 
 
 -^, 
 
 
07 
 
 GEORGE GILBERT 8C0TT, ESQ., R.A. 
 
 The revival of the national style of Architecture, conventionally 
 called " Gothic/' is not the least among the events which will cause 
 the reign of Queen Victoria to be memorable in history. For 
 centm-ies the national taste in architectural matters had been fall- 
 ing lower and lower, until it reached a point of degradation below 
 which it seemed almost impossible to descend. From this slough 
 of despond, however, architecture has been drawn out, as it were, 
 and revivified, by the untiring exertions of an earnest, thoughtful 
 band of men, among the leaders of which stands the name of 
 George Gilbert Scott. 
 
 Mr. Scott is the grandson of the Rev. Thomas Scott, whose 
 Commentary on the Bible is so well known and so highly esteemed 
 as to have become a necessary of almost every English household. 
 Another ancestor of Mr. Scott was that brave old navigator Sir 
 Humphrej^ Gilbert, who, with his half-brother Sir Walter Raleigh, 
 Avas one of the early colonists of the great Western continent. 
 
 The Rev. Thomas Scott, father of the subject of this biography, 
 was incumbent of Gawcott, in Buckinghamshire ; and at that quiet 
 little village George Gilbert Scott was born, in the year 1811. 
 
 At a very early period of his life Mr. Scott displayed an extra- 
 ordinary fondness for roaming over ancient churches and other 
 buildings ; and before any settled walk in life had been selected 
 for him, he had enriched his sketch-book with numerous drawings, 
 taken from the unexplored stores of Gothic architecture afforded 
 by the sacred edifices reared by the pious zeal of his media3val an- 
 cestors. It was thus that the mind of the young architect became 
 imbued with those principles which have guided him throughout 
 his pi'ofessional career. 
 
 VOL. r. 1, 
 
6S (IKOROE GILBEKT SCOTT. 
 
 Followiug out tlie instincts whieli thus early developed them- 
 selves, Mr. Scott was articled to Mr. Edmeston, of the City of Lon- 
 don, and during the term of his apprenticeship he devoted himself 
 with ardour to the task of mastering the most intricate details of 
 his profession. At the time we are writing about, scarcely any 
 architect ventm-ed to propose to his client a design for a church or 
 other building in the Gothic style of architecture. Classic was im- 
 perial, and the young student had ample opportunities afforded 
 him of becoming acquainted with the principles of the prevailing 
 architecture ; but he never for a moment lost sight of the great 
 fact that our national style was adapted to all the requirements of 
 the country. He worked with untiring perseverance, storing his 
 mind with the details of those beautiful examples of architecture 
 which his native England affords in such rich variety and profusion. 
 At a comparatively early period of his life Mr. Scott commenced 
 practice, and devoted himself to his profession with so much zeal, 
 that after a few years success came to reward him. 
 
 The first great Gothic work carried out by him was that beauti- 
 ful Cross at Oxford, known as "The Martyrs' Memorial," which 
 was erected in 1841. Such a triumphant proof of the applicability 
 of the despised Gothic gained many converts ; and in the same 
 year Mr. Scott supplied a design, at the instigation of the late Mr. 
 Herbert Minton, for a church at HartshiU, near Stoke-upon-Trent. 
 
 In the folloAving year, the old parish church of St. Giles, Cam- 
 berwell, having been destroyed by fire, Mr. Scott was selected to 
 erect a new edifice. The beauties of a pure style of building were 
 thus brought under the immediate eyes of metropolitan inhabit- 
 ants, and "the Revival" moved forward with rapid strides. 
 Shortly after this period, Mr. Scott was entrusted with the erection 
 of churches in the City Road, Islington, also at Leeds, Croydon, 
 and Liverpool. 
 
 In ] 846 the great fire occurred at Hamburg, which destroyed, 
 among many other pubHc buildings, the church dedicated to St. 
 Nicholas. In a most commendable spirit, the city authorities in- 
 vited architects of all nations to compete for the honour of erecting 
 a new church, and Mr. Scott's designs were finally selected. This 
 magnificent church is now nearly completed, and approaching, as 
 it does, to the importance and magnitude of a cathedral, is a work 
 of which any city might justly be proud. The cost of St. Nicho- 
 las, up to the present time, has been about £200,000. The tower 
 
GEORGE GILBERT SCOTT. Oi> 
 
 and spire remain to be completed ; but exertions are being made 
 to raise sufficient funds for this purpose, and there is every reason 
 to hope that in anotlier year or two the city of Hamburg will pos- 
 sess one of the finest churches in Europe. 
 
 Another of Mr. Scott's works, erected about this time, is the 
 cathedral at St. John's, Newfoundland, which bears out the high 
 reputation of its architect. 
 
 The grand old parish church of St. George, at Doncaster, having 
 been unfortunately destroyed by fire, the erection of a new edifice 
 was determined upon, and Mr. Scott was the architect selected to 
 carry out the work. The church was consecrated in 1861 ; and it 
 is a standing evidence that the careful study of ancient examples 
 will enable an architect of the present time to build a church 
 worthy of ranking with the glorious productions of the middle 
 ages. 
 
 In 1855 the city of Hamburg oflered a premium for a design of 
 an Hotel de Ville. Architects of all nations were invited to com- 
 pete, and once more Mr. Scott was successful. His design has 
 not yet been carried into execution, but there is good reason to 
 hope that no long time will elapse before steps are taken to realize 
 one of the most perfect ideas of its accomplished author. 
 
 It would be tedious to particularize all the original works which 
 have been erected from Mr. Scott's designs, but amongst them we 
 may name, as worthy of especial notice, the church of All Souls, 
 at Halifax; the Chapel, Library, and Master's Lodge, at Exeter 
 College, Oxford; St. Paul's, Dundee; the Library of University 
 College, Oxford ; the Chapel and Library at Harrow ; the Chapel 
 of Welhngton College ; All Saints' Church, Taunton. 
 
 The restoration of our magnificent cathedrals has in many in- 
 stances been undertaken and carried out in a worthy and conser- 
 vative manner, within a very recent period. Mr. Scott's extensive 
 knowledge of his art has been brought to bear upon sevei-al of these 
 venerable fanes, with the most signal and successful results. The 
 interior of Ely Cathedral has been restored thoroughly under 
 Mr. Scott's careful and painstaking superintendence ; and at this 
 time he is engaged in erecting the lantern over the central portion 
 of the cathedral, as a memorial to the late Dean Peacock, to whose 
 untiring exertions the architect is mainly indebted for being en- 
 abled to bring his great labour of love to so successful a comple- 
 tion. The other cathedrals whose restorations have been and are 
 
7U GEORGE GILBERT SCOTT. 
 
 being" superiutended by Mr. Scott, are Liclifield, Hereford, Durham, 
 Peterborough, SaHsbury, Ripon, Chichester, Chester, St. David^s, 
 St. Asaph, and St. George^s, Windsor. 
 
 For several years, also, Mr. Scott has been conservating archi- 
 tect to the Dean and Chapter of Westminster ; and at all times his 
 earnest and careful attention are devoted to the preservation of the 
 Abbey, and the restoration of its original features in their inte- 
 grity. 
 
 Other restorations, in all parts of the kingdom, have been car- 
 ried out by Mr. Scott ; and, in all instances, they exhibit a conser- 
 vative spirit, which, while restoring, has carefully avoided the in- 
 troduction of any features without ample warrant. We will in- 
 stance the church of St. Mary's, Stafford ; St. Mary's, at Notting- 
 ham; the parish church of Aylesbury; St. Michael, St. John, and 
 Holy Trinity, at Coventry ; the Priory Church, at Brecon ; the old 
 church at Dover Castle; the parish church at Loughborough; 
 Holy Trinity and St. Mary's, at Hull ; St. Mary's, at Oxford; St. 
 Mary the Great and St. Mary the Less, at Cambridge ; and St. 
 Cuthbert's, at Darlington. 
 
 Among the more important domestic buildings erected from Mr. 
 Scott's designs are Kelham Hall, the seat of J. H. Manners Sut- 
 ton, Esq. ; Walton House, the residence of Sir Charles Mordaunt ; 
 Pippbrook House, at Dorking, for W. Forman, Esq. ; and Hap- 
 dunos House, for H. E. Sandbach, Esq. 
 
 The great difficulty experienced by the pioneers of " the Revi- 
 val " was the absence of text-books and examples ; but the most 
 formidable of all was the inability of workmen to carry out the de- 
 signs made by the architects. This want Mr. Scott set himself to 
 supply in a thoroughly pi-actical manner, by the formation of a 
 Museum of Architecture, comprising books, pictures, and photo- 
 graphs bearing upon the history of the art ; also examples of orna- 
 ment and detail, represented by plaster casts,, selected from the 
 most perfect of the works of medigeval architects, both English and 
 foreign; and this collection Mr. Scott proposed to make practi- 
 cally useful, through the medium of lectures addi^essed to art work- 
 men. Much time and thought were devoted by the founder of the 
 Museum to its success, and the result is that a large number of 
 books, pictures, casts, and models has been brought together in an 
 apartment at the South Kensington Museum, accessible at all 
 times to those who wish to improve themselves in the study of 
 
GEORGE GILBERT SCOTT. 71 
 
 architecture and the arts bearing upon it. There can be no doubt 
 that to this Museum we owe it^ in a great measure, that we have 
 at the present time an increasing number of skilled artisans, capable 
 of realizing the ideas of architects, and of carrying out those ideas 
 worthily and successfully. 
 
 In 1857 Mr. Scott was elected an Associate of the Royal Aca- 
 demy, and for some time subsequently, he, in conjunction with Mr. 
 Smirke, undertook to deliver the lectures on architecture. These 
 addresses were directed to the education of students in the prin- 
 ciples of Gothic architecture, the history of the rise and progress 
 of the style, and its adaptibility to the wants and requirements of 
 our country. 
 
 During this year the great competition took place for the new 
 Government Offices, and Mr. Scott received a premium of £300 
 for his design, which was, of course, in the Gothic style. 
 
 In 1858 he was appointed, by Lord Derby's Government, ar- 
 chitect for the new Foreign Office. He prepared all his plans, 
 after most laborious and careful consideration; tenders were applied 
 for and accepted; but on the accession of Lord Palmerston to 
 power, Mr. Scott's Gothic design was abandoned, and he was re- 
 quired by the Premier to produce a Classic design. Being fully 
 conversant with both styles, Mr. Scott, after having proposed^ 
 but in vain, as a tertium quid, an Italian design founded on the 
 Early Venetian or Semi-Byzantine style, and after ample protest^ 
 prepared a new set of plans, from which the Foreign Office is 
 now being built. 
 
 Mr. Scott is joint architect with Mr. Digby Wyatt for the new 
 India Office, which is of similar design, and forms a part of the 
 comprehensive scheme for the concentration of all the Government 
 Offices on the vacant space south of Downing Street. 
 
 The chief works now being built from Mr. Scott's designs, in 
 addition to the above, are the New Infii-mary at Leeds, the Town 
 Hall and Markets at Preston ; the Chapel, Master's Lodge, and 
 contiguous apartments at St. John's College, and the University 
 Library, at Cambridge. 
 
 In the year 1860 Mr. Scott was elected a Royal Academician, 
 filling the vacancy occasioned by the death of Sir Charles Barry ; 
 and in 1861 the gold medal of the Royal Institute of British Ar- 
 chitects was awarded to him. 
 
 In 1862, a public subscription having been entered into with the 
 
72 GEORGE GILBERT SCOTT, 
 
 view of erectint^ a memorial to the late Prince Consort^ seven of 
 the leading architects of England were invited to send in designs. 
 These having been submitted to the Queen in the early part of the 
 present year, her Majesty was pleased to select Mr. Scott's design 
 of a Gothic cross, which decision was endorsed by the Eoyal Com- 
 missioners, and by the favourable opinion of the country at large. 
 This beautiful work will very shortly be commenced, and it is to be 
 earnestly hoped that the ideas of the architect will be carried out to 
 their fullest extent ; for, if so, England, instead of being a byword 
 for her public memorials, will be able to boast of the possession of a 
 national monument second to none in the world for beauty of de- 
 sign and perfection of detail and execution. Of other public mo- 
 numents designed by Mr. Scott in recent years the principal are 
 the " Raglan Memorial " at Westminster, and the " Hotham Me- 
 morial" at Melbourne. 
 
 Besides being a Eoyal Academician, Mr. Scott is a Fellow of the 
 Royal Institute of British Architects, Fellow of the Royal Antiqua- 
 rian Society, Fellow of the Institute of Architects of America, and 
 of Holland ; he is also an honorary member of numerous learned 
 societies, both in London, the provinces, and foreign countries. 
 
 Not only has Mr. Scott been an industrious architect, but, in the 
 brief intervals of his business, he has found time to produce seve- 
 ral literary works. His chief publications, besides a considerable 
 number of lectures and papers read to learned societies and printed 
 in their records, are, ' A Plea for the Faithful Restoration of An- 
 cient Churches,' ' Gothic Architecture, Secular and Domestic ' 
 (which has already passed through several editions,) — 'The Conser- 
 vation of Ancient Architectural Remains,' and ' Outlines of West- 
 minster Abbey.' 
 
SIR GARDNER WILKINSON, D.C.L., F.R.S. 
 
 It is not too mucli to say tliat during tlio last fifty yeai^s tlie his- 
 tory of the ancient eastern monarchies has been recovered. The 
 truth of this assertion may be ascertained by a comparison of any 
 cyclopeedia published at the beginning of the nineteenth century 
 with one of the present day. In the former, the articles Egypt, 
 Assyria, and Babylonia, consist, in their portions relating to early 
 history, of fabulous or doubtful statements on second-hand autho- 
 rity, or of vague generalizations : in the latter, a more or less 
 systematic outline is filled with authentic details derived from an- 
 cient contemporary sources. This advance is due to two great 
 discoveries, by which the hieroglyphic and cuneiform characters 
 have been intei^preted after two thousand years of ignorance. 
 
 England may fairly claim the largest share of these discoveries 
 as the work of her scholars ; and whether in the rank of those who 
 have interpreted the long-unknown characters, or of those who 
 have applied the results to the development of ancient history. Sir 
 Gardner Wilkinson must alw-ays hold a high position. The his- 
 tory of the results of hieroglyphical discovery in its widest sense, 
 as elucidating the religion, manners, and life of the ancient Egyp- 
 tians, could not be better given, had we space, than in this bio- 
 graphical notice. 
 
 Sir Gardner Wilkinson was born October 5th, 1797. His 
 father was the Rev. John Wilkinson, of Hardendale, in Westmore- 
 land, and his mother was descended from the ancient and noble 
 family of Lovell, of Harleston. Having lost both his parents at 
 an early age, he was left to the care of a guardian, the Rev. Dr. 
 Yates, one of the chaplains of Chelsea College, and at liis own re- 
 quest aud that of his uncle, who was a Harrow man, he went to 
 
 VOL. I. M 
 
/-* SIR GARDNER WILKINSON. 
 
 Harrow in 1813; and the same University being selected for him of 
 which his father was a member, he matricidated at Exeter College, 
 Oxford, in 18 IG. With a similar idea of conformity, his guardian 
 recommended that he should adopt his father's profession, the 
 Church ; but this was not destined to be his future career, and the 
 impressions of his early childhood had an influence upon him 
 which seems never to have been effaced. He had listened as a 
 child to the adventures of Jackson, the well-known traveller in 
 Morocco, and the days when he was expected to dine at his father's 
 house were always looked upon as dies fasti, and the interest 
 thus awakened was not a little increased by the fact of his father 
 having been one of the Fellows of the African Association. The 
 first indication of a love of roaming, to be afterwards so ex- 
 tensively gratified, seems to have shown itself in a desire to enter 
 the Royal Navy, and he was doubtless prompted to choose that 
 profession from having been taken to the Downs, in 1808, to visit 
 Captain (afterwards Admiral) Richardson, a cousin of his father, 
 Avho was flag-captain to Sir Richard Strachan in the unfortunate 
 expedition to Walcheren, then preparing ; and if this wish was 
 opposed by his friends, he still clung to the dream of his childliood, 
 and in after times, during his long sojourn with the Bedawees, it 
 often occurred to him how singularly his childish wishes had been 
 realized in the wild life he passed in the desert, and how tho- 
 roughly his disposition enabled him to enjoy that mixture of soli- 
 tude and excitement which was rendered not less attractive by the 
 privations a long journey in the desert often entails. For a life in 
 the desert is very different from the usual mere passage across it. 
 Instead of traversing a known route, marked by its wells and 
 halting-places, the traveller enters a region where a scanty supply 
 of brackish water can only be obtained, sometimes after a march 
 of seven days, meat is a luxury, and every necessary required for 
 a sojourn of several months must be provided beforehand. 
 
 There were other influences to account for the interest which 
 the future Egyptologist showed at an early age for archaeological 
 pursuits. His father was a Fellow of the Society of Antiquaries, 
 and the plates published by that body may have suggested to him 
 to make copies of ancient sculptures, — a pursuit in which he de- 
 lighted while a boy and did not abandon at Oxford, where his 
 pencil was often employed in the Arundel Collection, and which 
 induced that taste for architecture which led him at school to 
 
•SIR GARDNER WILKINSON. 75 
 
 make sketches of every church within a radius of several miles 
 round Harrow^ rising early in the summer mornings, and re- 
 turning from his secret expeditions in time not to be found 
 ''absent" at the call of names. These tastes and his love of 
 travelhng were more fully gratified while he was at Oxford 
 by repeated visits to the Continent during the vacations. No 
 sooner had he passed the examination for his Bachelor's degree 
 than he took a more extensive journey, intending afterwards to 
 enter the Army; but while in Italy, having become acquainted 
 with Sir William Gell, and having shown an unusual interest 
 in antiquarian researches, he was persuaded by that eminent ar- 
 chaeologist to examine the monuments of Egypt more minutely 
 than could be done in a hasty journey. He devoted the autumn 
 of 1821 to the study of the principal works, ancient and modern, 
 which treated of Egypt ; and thus prepared, he left for Alexandria 
 in October of tlie same year. Abandoning his intention of enter- 
 ing the Army, Mr. Wilkinson now devoted himself to archaeologi- 
 cal pursuits ; and furnished with the essays embodpng the inter- 
 esting discoveries of Dr. Young, which were the groundwork of 
 the alphabetic mode of reading the hieroglyphics, and by which 
 the names of the kings, the numbers, dates of years and months, 
 and other essential points had been determined, he was able to 
 make a large collection of drawings from the sculptures relating 
 to the history, the religion, and other important matters connected 
 with ancient Egypt. At that time the phonetic system of Cham- 
 pollion (like the "lanrus" of old) nondu.m erat, and the alpha- 
 betic value of the letters advocated by Dr. Young had not been 
 admitted by the French savant, yv\\o even opposed at first what he 
 afterwards claimed as his own discovery. The fact that the alpha- 
 betic value of hieroglyphics had already been set forth as early 
 as the summer of 1821, is proved by the note-books of Sir Gard- 
 ner, containing memoranda of the attempts then made by him, 
 under the guidance of Sir William Gell, to decipher hieroglyphics 
 alphabetically. It must always be regretted that one so talented 
 as Champollion should have denied the claims of Dr. Young, when 
 fairness and candour would only have enhanced the credit so jusrly 
 due to him for having elucidated the Egyptian grammar, and re- 
 dviced to a system the proper mode of reading the hieroglyphics, 
 and carried the study to a point which no other person could have 
 reached. 
 
76 SIE GARDNER WILKINSON. 
 
 Mr. Wilkinson soon established himself at Cairo, with other 
 English gentlemen of like pursuits, among whom, at one time, 
 were Mr. Lane, INIr. Hay, of Linplum, the late Mr. James Hali- 
 burton, and Mr. Bonomi. Here he learnt Arabic, the spoken 
 language of Egypt, and applied himself to the study of Coptic, 
 the later form of ancient Egyptian. Making Cairo his head- 
 quarters, he examined every part of Egypt and Lower Nubia. 
 Twice he ascended the river as far as Wadee Halfah, the Second 
 Cataract, and several times as far as Thebes, staying at the latter 
 site for more than twelve months during two of these visits, and he 
 made long journeys in the deserts on either side of the Nile and 
 to the Egyptian Oases. His first journey from Cairo was under- 
 taken in February, 1822, in the company of his friend and fellow- 
 collegian Mr. Wiggett (of Allanbay Park, Berks), and during the 
 six months he then passed in Upper Egypt and Nubia, he made a 
 very extensive collection of drawings of hierogh^hic inscriptions 
 and sculptures from the monuments, part of Avhich he sent to Dr. 
 Young, by whom they were published in the Transactions of 
 the Egyptian Society, — the parent of the better-known Eoyal 
 Society of Literature. Having in 1823 spent half a year in the 
 deserts between the Nile and the Eed Sea (which he after- 
 wards explored more in detail), he sent a short account of the 
 portion of that district between Suez and El-Kuseyr to the 
 Eoyal Geographical Society, which was printed in the second vo- 
 lume of their journal. This was but a small part of the survey 
 of Egypt he afterwards completed, and which included the whole 
 of the eastern desert, from the north of Suez to about thirty miles 
 south of Berenice, comprising nearly seven degrees of latitude, 
 on the east side of the Nile, and the whole of the Oases of Egypt 
 on the west, together with the Valley of the Nile from the Delta 
 to the First Cataract. This survey was on a scale of about ten 
 inches to a degree, and though for more than twenty years in the 
 hands of an eminent geographical publisher, has, we regret to say, 
 not yet appeared. It is probable that Sir Gardner's great ' Survey 
 of Thebes^ would have met with a like fate, if he had not caused it 
 to be engraved at his own expense. 
 
 A desire to collect whatever might be useful, and to impart it to 
 others, led Mr. Wilkinson to present to the British Museum the 
 antiquities he obtained in Egypt during his first visit, consisting 
 of more than three hundred objects, besides numerous specimens 
 
SIR GARDNER WILKINSON. 77 
 
 of natural history ; and the same principle will no doubt influ- 
 ence him in the disposal of the very interesting antiquities he has 
 since amassed^ principally during his subsequent visits to Egypt 
 and Italy. It must be remembered that these various collections 
 were formed under circumstances of no ordinary difficulty. He 
 had to endure no slight privations during his desert journeys, 
 especially while mapping those districts, and making extensive 
 collections and coloured drawings of their aboriginal flora. On 
 one occasion he was for more than two montlis without tasting 
 good water^ especially during a journey along the coast of the 
 Eed Sea; and while with the ^Ababdeh Arabs he subsisted for 
 a whole month on bread made from the food of camels, his 
 own provisions having been exhausted, partly by the length of 
 the journey, partly by his relieving the poor Arabs of that deso- 
 late district from the efi'ects of the famine of 1826_, from which 
 they had been long suficring. The influence he obtained over 
 the Arabs was so great, that for years after he had left the desert 
 they frequently came to him at Thebes, Cairo, and other places, 
 in order to give him whatever further information they could 
 obtain respecting the curious objects which had appeared to 
 interest him during his sojourn with them. His kindness to 
 the people of Thebes, especially in lightening the responsibihty 
 of the native governors during their diflflculties with an exacting 
 and inexorable government, so endeared him to them also, that 
 for more than twenty years after he had left that place they 
 continued to keep intact and in repair the abode he had formed 
 amidst the tombs of El-Kmmeh, as a voluntary and disinterested 
 tribute of gratitude to one whom they did not forget even after 
 so long an absence. 
 
 During his first visit to Egypt, which lasted twelve years, 
 Mr. Wilkinson not only furnished Dr. Young with copies of in- 
 scriptions previously unknown, bvit composed and published his 
 first work, ' Materia Hieroglyphica, containing the Egyptian Pan- 
 theon, and the succession of the Pharaohs,^ etc., which was printed 
 at Malta in 1828, and issued with another, called ' Extracts from 
 several Hieroglyphical Subjects,' written at Thebes in 1827, and 
 printed at Malta in 1830. These works contain very important 
 information on the difficult subjects to which they relate ; and 
 the drawings, executed and lithographed in Egypt by the author, 
 for accuracy of design and beauty of execution, have, rarely been 
 
78 SIR GARDNER WILKINSON. 
 
 equalled, never excelled. On account of the small number printed, 
 tliis volume is, unfortunately, extremely rare. 
 
 In 1833, Mr. Wilkinson was compelled, by failing health, to 
 return to England ; but he could not remain idle, and soon pub- 
 lished a general account of Egypt, with the title, ' Thebes and 
 Ancient Egypt.' This work was fuller and far more accurate than 
 any upon the same subjects published after the interpretation of 
 hieroglyphics had been discovered, and is remarkable as contain- 
 ing the first account of the manners and customs of the ancient 
 inhabitants. The latter subject Mr. Wilkinson soon afterwards 
 decided to treat in a separate work, fully illustrated by drawings 
 of the ancient paintings and sculptures; and in 1837 the first 
 portion of his great work, ' The Manners and Customs of the 
 Ancient Egj^tians,' appeared in three volumes. Though he left 
 England in 1838 and 1839 to visit Spain and Italy for his health, 
 he did not abandon his enterprise, and in 1841 he published two 
 more volumes of text and a volume of plates ; this completing 
 the work. The ' Ancient Egyptians ' is one of those remarkable 
 books that make an epoch in literature, establishing a new pro- 
 vince of knowledge, and taking a position as works of reference 
 from which they cannot be displaced. In variety of information 
 on every subject connected with the old inhabitants of Egypt, and 
 for extensive and accurate illustrations, it is quite unrivalled ; and 
 those who wish to understand the ancient Egyptians must do so 
 with this work for their guide. Upon the pubhcation of the first 
 part, the author was at once recognized to be the Enghsh autho- 
 rity on ancient Egypt ; and in 1 839 he received the honour of 
 knighthood for his literary services. The 'Ancient Egjqotians ' 
 had scarcely been completed when a new work on the monu- 
 ments, ' Modern Egypt and Thebes,' appeared, being published in 
 the next year. It was long the guide-book for travellers on the 
 Nile, and is still indispensable as the scientific account of the 
 monuments to all learned travellers. Sir Gardner also undertook 
 a condensed edition of this work for Mr. Murray's series of Hand- 
 books. 
 
 After an absence of eight years, Sir Gardner again visited 
 Egypt in 1841 ; and leaving England in 1843, travelled in Greece, 
 paid a third visit to Eg}q)t, visited Syria, Constantinople, Tunis, 
 and Sicily, and returned, after being absent two years, by the 
 Illyrian coast of the Adriatic. While in the Regency of Tunis he 
 
SIR GARDNER WILKINSON. 79 
 
 was fortunate in being able to visit the sacred city of Keyrawan, 
 and make drawings of its Arab monuments. He executed many 
 interesting architectural sketches du.ring this tour, and acquired 
 fresh materials relating to ancient Egypt. The chief published 
 result is his important work on ' Dalmatia and Montenegro.^ Re- 
 turning home in 1845, he revisited Egypt in 1848, and for the 
 first time ascended the Nile beyond the second cataract, to exa- 
 mine the remains of Napata, Tirhakah's capital, at Gebel-Berkel, 
 thought by M. de Rouge to be the Noph of the Bible. He made 
 a careful plan of the site, which ought to be published as a com- 
 panion to the ' Survey of Thebes.' Having visited Italy and 
 other countries, he came home in 1850. Immediately on his re- 
 turn, his work on the ' Architecture of Ancient Egypt ' appeared, 
 containing many accurate and beautiful drawings. It was suc- 
 ceeded by the ' Turin Papyrus of Kings,' a facsimile, with expla- 
 natory letterpress, of an important Egyptian chronological docu- 
 ment, which Dr. Lepsius had previously published, but in a less 
 complete manner. 
 
 A long study of ancient monuments, and especial attention to 
 architecture, naturally directed Sir Gardner's mind to the subject 
 of taste ; and this bent was confirmed by his becoming interested, 
 both as a juror and as an exhibitor, in the Great Exhibition of 
 1851. Some years afterwards he published the results of long 
 and elaborate investigations, in a valuable essay ' On Colour, and 
 the Necessity for a General Diffusion of Taste among all Classes.' 
 
 In 1855 Sir Gardner paid a fifth visit to Egypt to examine the 
 remains of early Christian architecture, and while drawing at Thebes 
 in the heat of the sun, suffered from a coiip de soleil, which com- 
 pelled him to return home, though, as soon as he was sufficiently 
 recovered, he utilized his homeward journey by making an exami- 
 nation of the French cathedrals. Soon afterwards the ' Popular 
 Account of the Ancient Egyptians,' in many respects a new 
 work, was published, and in 1857 an entirely new essay, ' The 
 Egyptians in the time of the Pharaohs,' as a companion to the 
 Crystal Palace Guides. Sir Gardner Wilkinson was also occupied 
 at this time in annotating the Rev. George Rawlinson's ' Hero- 
 dotus ;' and he has at various times contributed papers to the Pro- 
 ceedings of the Royal Institute of British Architects, and of other 
 Societies. 
 
 In 1856 Sir Gardner Wilkinson married Caroline Catherine, 
 
80 SIR GARDNER WILKINSON. 
 
 eldest daugliter of Henry Lucas, of Uplands, county Glamorgan, 
 Esq., by Caroline, daugliter and co-heir of Ponsonby Tottenham, of 
 Eosegarland, county of Wexford, Esq., M.P., a descendant of 
 Sir Thomas Lucas, one of whose brothers. Sir Charles Lucas, is 
 famous in history for his defence of Colchester Castle against 
 General Fairfax in the Great Rebellion, and for his tragical 
 death on the capitulation ; while another. Lord Lucas, of Shen- 
 field, was father of Margaret, the celebrated Duchess of New- 
 castle. Lady Wilkinson takes an interest in botany, and has 
 published an elegant work on British Wild Flowers, as well as an 
 account of the ancient British Church, supporting the well-founded 
 opinion that there was a native church in this island before the 
 preaching of St. Augustine. 
 
 Sir Gardner Wilkinson has during late years been occupied in 
 examining the remains of the Britons in England, but more par- 
 ticularly in South Wales, Devonshire, and Cornwall, having visited 
 and fully explored many sites, and made careful drawings and plans, 
 especially of the ancient gold-mines in Wales. Some of these 
 results have been made public in the Transactions of Learned 
 Societies. 
 
 Notwithstanding his numerous publications, filling no less than 
 twenty-two volumes, four of which are of plates from the author's 
 drawings, — in one case lithographed by himself, — besides con- 
 tributing to the publications of Societies, a great mass of mate- 
 rials remains in Sir Gardner's hands. His note-books are full 
 of drawings beautifully and clearly executed, as well as careful 
 memoranda of every object he met interesting to a student of 
 archaeology and art. His works exhibit but a selection, and it 
 would be a boon to knowledge could he be prevailed upon to pub- 
 lish these note-books as they stand. 
 
 Sir Gardner Wilkinson is an Honorary Member of the Eoyal 
 Institute of British Architects, a Corresponding Member of the 
 Royal Imperial Academy of Sciences of Vienna and the Royal 
 Academy of Turin, an Honorary Fellow of the Ethnological So- 
 ciety of London, and an Honorary Member of the Entomological, 
 Oxford Architectural, and American, Oriental, and Ethnological 
 Societies. 
 
-g^ 
 
SIR WILLIAM JACKSON HOOKER, 
 
 K.II., LL.D. AND D.C.L. OXON., F.R.S., L.S., AND A.S., etc, 
 
 DIRECTOR OF THE ROYAL GARDENS, KEW. 
 
 In tlie long career of this distinguished naturalist we have a bright 
 example of untiring energy in the pursuit of a comparatively ab- 
 struse science, which he has of late made eminently conducive to 
 the instruction and delight of the people. Commencing with an 
 ardent desire for ti'avel, followed by the occupation of an academic 
 chair, in which the lecturer took care to enliven the labours of his 
 class-room with genial field-work, Sir W. J. Hooker ever kept the 
 element of usefulness in view. When, therefore, a vacancy occurred 
 in the Directorship of our Royal Botanic Gardens, no better ap- 
 pointment could have been made than that which secured his ser- 
 vices to the country. Here he has not only continued to labour 
 unceasingly as a scientific botanist, but has devoted himself to 
 collecting and utilizing the botanical products of foreign climes for 
 national purposes ; and the result — as we shall presently show — 
 has proved of no small importance to Britain and her numerous 
 dependencies. 
 
 William Jackson Hooker was born in Norwich, on the 6th of 
 July, 1 785, in which city he received his education. His family 
 was originally of Exeter, and boasts a kindred descent with the 
 learned author of ' Ecclesiastical Polity.^ Early in life he inherited 
 an ample competency, and having imbibed a taste for natural 
 history, especially Botany, which was warmly encouraged by Sir 
 James Smith and his futiare father-in-law, Mr. Dawson Turner, 
 Mr. Hooker, in 1809, at the suggestion of Sir Joseph Banks, under- 
 took a voyage with the view of exploring the natural productions 
 of Iceland. He made ample collections of specimens and draw- 
 ings, but, unfortunately, they were lost soon after his embarkation 
 
 VOL. I. N 
 
82 SIR WILLIAM JACKSON HOOKER. 
 
 for England^ through the destruction of the ship by fire. Happily, 
 the hfe of the young botanist was spared j and he has given us an 
 interesting reminiscence of his adventures in his first contribution 
 to literature, ' Recollections of a Tour in Iceland.^ As early as 
 1812, he was elected a Fellow of the Royal Society of London, 
 and accepted in 1820 the Chair of Regius Professor of Botany 
 in the University of Glasgow. '^ As a Professor," wrote a contem- 
 porary botanist nearly forty years ago, '' Dr. Hooker is deservedly 
 popular. His extraordinary zeal and the singular amenity of his 
 manners are sure to gain the regard of his pupils, whom he 
 annually gratifies by an excursion into the Highlands of Scotland. 
 The same qualities have also won him the most extensive botanical 
 correspondence and probably the largest herbarium in Britain." 
 
 In 1841, Sir W. J. Hooker, having received the honour of 
 Knighthood six years previously, in consideration of his botanical 
 attainments, entered upon the important charge of Director of the 
 Royal Botanic Gardens of Kew. The limited portion then open 
 to visitors was so rich in the vegetable productions of the southern 
 hemisphere, derived from the exploring voyages of Sir Joseph 
 Banks, CajDtain Flinders, Mr. Robert Brown, Mr. Allan Cunning- 
 ham and others, that an opinion began to be loudly expressed 
 throughout the country that the Gardens should be placed upon 
 an improved footing, and rendered available as a national scientific 
 establishment. A Commission was appointed to investigate the 
 subject ; a return was made to the House of Commons in the shape 
 of a report from Dr. Lindley, who surveyed the Gardens in con- 
 junction with two eminent practical gardeners, and before twelve 
 months had expired, the suggestions of the report were carried 
 into execution. 
 
 One of the first acts of Sir W. J. Hooker in his new appoint- 
 ment, was to admit the public daily to the Gardens. Not only 
 the grounds, but the plant-houses were thrown open ; and while 
 the grounds have been enlarged, through the kind consideration of 
 her Majesty, to upwards of three hundred acres, the plant-houses 
 have been increased in dimensions and grandeur, through the wise 
 liberality of the House of Commons, to an extent unequalled in 
 any country of the world. To show how largely the public parti- 
 cipate in the enjoyment arising from this grand development of 
 Sir W. J. Hooker^s views, we may refer for a moment to the sta- 
 tistics of the number of visitors. During the twenty years from 
 
SIR WILLIAM JACKSON HOOKER. 83 
 
 1841 to 1860, the annual number gradually rose from 9174 to 
 425,314, until in 1862, tlie year of the second International Exhi- 
 bition, it exceeded half a million. On Sunday, August the 24th 
 of that year, there were no fewer than 18,120 visitors, nearly as 
 many as entered the Gardens during the whole first two years of 
 Sir W. J. Hooker's Directorship. 
 
 But the Eoyal Gardens of Kew must be viewed as an establish- 
 ment of scientific renown, and not a mere resort for recreation. 
 Previous to 1841 England had no national Botanic establishment 
 like those of Paris, Berlin, Vienna, Gottingen, St. Petersburg, 
 Copenhagen, and Stockholm. The Kew establishment now sur- 
 passes all these in efiiciency and importance. It comprises up- 
 wards of thirty Plant-houses (besides extensive heated Pits and 
 Frames), including the great Palm-stove and a Temperate Con- 
 servatory of still larger dimensions, three important Museums, and 
 a Library and Herbarium. Here horticulture and scientific botany 
 are vigorously encouraged, promoting the useful arts which depend 
 on vegetable produce, and supplying information to botanists, 
 merchants, and manufacturers ; here, also, plant-collectors and 
 gardeners are trained for home, colonial, and foreign service ; and 
 here are exhibited useful and ornamental plants from all lands and 
 climates, together with their products, whether as food, drugs, 
 dyes, timbers, textiles, or cabinet-work. Such is the happy ad- 
 mixture of the scientific, ornamental, and useful elements at Kew, 
 that while foreman a is busy tending his forty-four thousand 
 bedding-out plants for the ornamental borders, and foreman h is 
 trimming the trees, lawns, walks, clumps, and flowering-shrubs, 
 foremen c, d, e,f, g, and h are looking after the conservatories of 
 stove-plants, orchids, ferns, pitcher-plants, water-lilies, palms, 
 spices, the arboretum of hardy trees and shrubs, and the nurseries 
 for rearing trees and shrubs for the gardens and metropolitan 
 parks ; the objects in the museums are also being carefully ar- 
 ranged and labelled by well-informed Curators, and learned men 
 of all countries are consulting books and dried specimens in the 
 Library and Herbarium. 
 
 The Museum buildings, devoted to the illusti-ation of Economic 
 Botany, are no fewer than three in number. It was in 1847 that 
 the formation of this portion of the establishment suggested itself 
 to the fertile mind of Sir W. J. Hooker. With his usual caution, the 
 Director first sought permission to occupy a single but large apart- 
 
84 SIR WILLIAM JACKSON HOOKER. 
 
 ment (in a building originally used as a royal fruit-store) with a 
 display of some contributions from himself and friends, intimating 
 that they might prove useful to the merchant_, the manufacturer, 
 the timber-dealer, the cabinet-maker, or the druggist. So hvimble 
 a request could not but be cheerfully granted. The instructive 
 aspect of the room led to the occupation of the entire house with 
 one hundred large cases : the overflowing of the house led to the 
 construction of a new edifice of three extensive floors, with ano- 
 ther hundred much larger cases ; and now the spacious Orangery, 
 erected a century ago by Sir William Chambers for Augusta, then 
 Princess Dowager of Wales, is being filled with that most won- 
 derful collection of Colonial Woods lately assembled in the Inter- 
 national Exhibition. 
 
 To complete the scientific usefulness of the establishment a 
 Botanical Library and Herbarium were needed; and Sir W. J. 
 Hooker commenced the formation of these by opening his own 
 valuable collections to scientific botanists, on condition of their 
 being accommodated with a suitable building. A mansion at 
 the entrance to the gardens, formerly occupied by the King of 
 Hanover, was granted for this purpose ; and now, other collections 
 having been added as gifts, it contains the most extensive and 
 practically useful Library and Herbarium ever formed, and in- 
 cludes more than 30,000 original drawings of plants, mainly col- 
 lected and presented by the Director, and many of them executed 
 by himself. A large proportion of the most valuable botanical 
 works published in Europe during the last ten years have been 
 prepared within its walls, authors both of this and foreign countries 
 having frequently taken up their abode at Kew for weeks, and 
 even months, for the purpose. Another important feature in the 
 scientific department of the Kew establishment is the service 
 rendered to horticulture and botany in the several exploring mis- 
 sions that have been carried out of late years. Valuable assistance 
 has also been given towards the foundation and maintenance of 
 similar less ambitious establishments both at home and abroad. 
 Cinchonas, for example (trees yielding quinine), have been reared 
 in great numbers at Kew, and exported to the botanic gardens 
 and pharmaceutical plantations of India, Ceylon, and the West 
 Indies. 
 
 All this involves an enormous amount of correspondence, nice 
 discrimination of materials, and a wise economical distribution of 
 
SIR WILLIAM JACKSON HOOKER. 85 
 
 time and labour. Sir W. J. Hooker, in his seventy-ninth year, 
 is still vigorously engaged in the management of Kew Gardens, 
 aided by his son Dr. Joseph Hooker, as Assistant-Director, him- 
 self one of the most accomplished, and probably the most philo- 
 sophic, botanists of our time. 
 
 Among the works produced by Sir W. J. Hooker up to this 
 time may be mentioned — 
 
 ' Tour in Iceland ' (two editions) . 
 
 ' Descriptions of the Cryptogamic Plants in Humboldt's Gen. 
 et Sp. Plant. Orbis Novi.' 
 
 ' Muscologia Britannica' (1 vol.), in conjunction with Dr. Taylor 
 (two editions). 
 
 New edition of ' Curtis' Flora Londinensis ' and three volumes 
 of Supplement, in folio. 
 
 ^British Jungermannias.' 1 vol. large 4to. 
 
 ' Musci Exotici.' 2 vols. 4to and 8vo. 
 
 ' Flora Scotica.' 1 vol. 8vo. 
 
 'British Flora' (1 vol. 8vo), which has gone through eight edi- 
 tions, the last two in conjunction with Dr. Arnott. 
 
 Vol. V. of Sir James Smith's 'English Flora' (or Vol. II. of 
 ' British Flora'), comprising the Cryptogamite of Great Britain. 
 
 'Exotic Flora.' 2 vols, large 8vo, the plates in 4to. 
 
 'Icones Filicum ' (2 vols, folio), in conjunction with Dr. Greville. 
 
 ' Botanical Miscellany.' 3 vols, large 8vo. 
 
 ' Journal of Botany,' being a second series of the preceding ; a 
 third series, under the title of 'London Journal of Botany;' and 
 a fourth series, entitled 'Kew Garden Miscellany.'' 20 vols. 8vo. 
 
 ' Botanical Magazine,' of which the first fifty-three volumes were 
 conducted by Mr. Curtis, Dr. Sims, and Mr. Gawler; the rest, 
 vol. liv. to Ixxxix. (of the present year, 1863), by Sir W. J. Hooker. 
 This is probably the oldest periodical scientific work in existence, 
 having been commenced by Mr. Curtis in 1793 and continued un- 
 interruptedly to the present time, and comprises upwards of 5400 
 figures oxecvited by Sydenham Edwards, John Curtis, and (by far 
 the greater number and the best) Mr. Fitch. 
 
 ' Companion to the Botanical Magazine.' 2 vols. 8vo. 
 
 'Flora Boreali- Americana.' 2 vols, large 4to. 
 
 The botanical portion of ' Murray's Encyclopedia of Geography.' 
 8vo. 
 
 ' Icoues Plantarum Rariorum,' with 1000 plates, accompanied 
 
86 SIR WILLIAM JACKSON HOOKER. 
 
 by full descriptions, 8vo. The last volume, being the tenth, was 
 also issued separately, under the term of ' A Century of New or 
 Bare Ferns.-' Large 8vo. 
 
 ' Genera Fihcum,^ illustrated with Figures of all the Genera by 
 Francis Bauer. 
 
 ' A Second Century of New or Bare Ferns.' Large 8vo. 
 
 ' The Botany of Captain Beechey's Voyage,' in conjunction 
 with Dr. Arnott. 1 vol. 4to. 
 
 * History of the Victoria Regia.' Imperial folio. 
 
 ^Species Fihcum' (5 vols. 8vo), of which a sujipleraentary vo- 
 lume is preparing. 
 
 ' British Ferns.' 1 vol. large 8vo. 
 
 ' Filices Exoticee.' 1 vol. 4to. 
 
 ' Garden Ferns.' 1 vol. large 8vo, etc. 
 
 Most of the above works are illustrated by very numerous figures, 
 partly executed by Sir W. J. Hooker, but chiefly from the talented 
 pencil of Mr. Fitch. 
 
WILLIAM STERNDALE BENNETT, 
 
 PEOFESS. ET MUS. DOC. CANTAB. 
 
 The early career of this eminent musical composer, like that of 
 many others of his countrymen in science, art, and commerce, was 
 of a chequered character. Born in 1816, at Sheffield, in Yoj'k- 
 shire, he had the misfortune to lose not only his father, — Robert 
 Bennett, a musician of more than average ability, and the organist 
 of the parish church of that town, — but his mother also, at an age 
 so early that he has scarcely any recollection of them. Not very 
 long after this severe loss, — indeed, whilst he was only three years 
 old, he was taken charge of by his grandfather, John Bennett, 
 who held the appointment of Vicar Choral, or Lay Clerk, in 
 King's College, Cambridge. Having discerned the dawning of 
 musical genius in his interesting iwoteije, and with a view to make 
 the acquirement of its theory and practice a means for the future 
 livelihood of the somewhat precocious boy, John Bennett entered 
 him as a chorister of his own College when he had reached his 
 eighth year, the age at which boys are usually admitted into Cathe- 
 dral and Collegiate choirs, — those nurseries of musical, as they ought 
 also to be, agreeably to the statutes of founders and benefactors 
 ■ — but which they now are not — of classical education. Here Wil- 
 liam Sterndale Bennett's progress was so rapid, and his talent so 
 obvious, that he attracted the attention of the Rev. W. F, Hamil- 
 ton, a member of Peter House, and speedily secured his j)atron- 
 age. This gentleman, being persuaded that the gifted chorister of 
 King's could have no chance of rising to future eminence if he re- 
 mained merely as a singing-boy in the choir of that College, neg- 
 . lected as to his musical no less than as to his ordinary education, 
 made interest with the authorities of the Royal Academy of Music, 
 then but recently established in Hanover Square, London, who 
 
88 WILLIAM STERNDALE BENNETT. 
 
 admitted liim into that Institution at the earliest moment its rules 
 permitted^ — ten years of age^ — and forthwith took charge of his 
 studies. In entering this musical seminary it is customary for the 
 pupil to make choice of the instrument which he purposes to adopt 
 as his speciality in after life. This choice, however, not precluding 
 the possibility of change at some future time, William Sterndale 
 Bennett, after a short time, gave up the violin as his instrument, 
 and finally abandoned it for the pianoforte. The usefulness of his 
 first selection has, however, been of considerable service to him in 
 the prosecution of his studies, since it not only gave him a greater 
 insight into the means of writing for stringed instruments, but en- 
 abled him, by the correct judgment of the ear, to decide at once 
 as to the key-note of any chord, and even of any single note which 
 might be struck. This peculiarity is indeed possessed by violin 
 players in a much more accurate degree than by those of any other 
 instrument ; and it needs no elaborate proof to indicate how highly 
 important and advantageous the acquirement of such a facility 
 must be to any musician who makes composition his stu.dy and 
 pursuit. 
 
 The violin having been discarded for the pianoforte, William 
 Sterndale Bennett now assiduously applied himself to obtain a 
 mastery of the mechanical difficulties of the latter instrument. 
 In his practice he had at first the assistance of Mr. William 
 Holmes, an accomplished pianist of acknowledged merit. Under 
 that gentleman^s tuition his progress was so rapid that he was 
 speedily transferred to the care of Mr. Cipriani Potter, who had 
 been the pupil of Attwood, Calcott, and Crotch, each eminent 
 EngHsh musicians in their respective departments, with, whom he 
 was afterwards most worthily to be compared. Mr. Potter was not 
 only competent to instruct the young pianist in the sound method 
 of musical practice peculiar to this country, but, having pursued 
 his own studies in Germany after he had been parted -with by the 
 English worthies with whom he had in earlier life been associated, 
 and having also enjoyed the friendship, advice, and assistance of 
 Beethoven, he was able to instil into his juvenile pupil's mind 
 those comparatively modern adaptations which belong especially 
 to the German school, and are of incomparable value. This Mr. 
 Potter did with uncompromising fidelity, whilst, from the perse- 
 verance of his pupil, he was able to prognosticate his future 
 celebrity. 
 
WILLIAM STERNDALB BENNETT. 89 
 
 During the time, however, that Wilham Sternclale Bennett was 
 prosecuting his design of becoming a well-skilled pianist under 
 such competent instructors as Mr. William Holmes and Mr. Cipri- 
 ani Potter, he did not omit to give his attention to the study of 
 the theory and rules of composition. Here, again, he was sin- 
 gularly fortunate in obtaining the aid of Mr. Lucas, himself one 
 of the earliest and most accomplished pupils whom the Royal 
 Academy of Music "built '' for the profession. Afterwards he be- 
 came the pupil of Dr. Crotch in the department of theory ; but 
 he obtained very little assistance or tuition from that Professor, 
 who, upon his retirement from the Royal Academy, transferred 
 him to Mr. Cipriani Potter, in whose competency he was able to 
 place the utmost confidence. 
 
 No sooner had the crude system of musical notation and the 
 strict rules of harmony been mastered, than William Sterndale 
 Bennett turned his attention to composition, and produced, as one 
 of the first specimens of talent, that which was afterwards to give 
 him more perhaps of Continental than of native renown, a Sym- 
 phony, written upon the models of Haydn and Mozart. This 
 Symphony was much admired, not only for the freshness of its 
 phrases, but on account of the cleverness of instrumentation by 
 which every inotivo is coloured. The fertility of William Stern- 
 dale Bennett's musical invention, whilst under Mr. Lucas's tuition, 
 was considerable. He was incessantly at work, and produced in 
 tapid succession a series of fugues, as well as an overture to ' The 
 Tempest,' which indicated unquestionable talent and the largest 
 promise. Amongst the most noteworthy of the specimens he was 
 then constantly throwing ofi* at brief intervals, his Pianoforte Con- 
 certos in D minor, E flat, and C minor may be particularly men- 
 tioned. These Concertos were written whilst he was Mr. Potter's 
 pupil, and the two latter were performed at concerts of the Phil- 
 harmonic Society by the special invitation of the Directors, con- 
 tributing to his rising reputation, and indicating that a brilliant 
 career was before him. He also had written two Pianoforte Con- 
 certos in F minor, an overture entitled ' Parisina,' and an instru- 
 mental Sestet for pianoforte, two violins, viola, violoncello, and 
 double-bass, before he had completed his twentieth year. But 
 very few of these specimens have been published; and as they 
 have been laid aside because of the mod.esty of the composer, 
 rather than on account of any imperfection of structure, their very 
 
 VOL. I. o 
 
90 WILLIAM STERNDALE BENNETT. 
 
 existence is forgotten^ altliough thei^e is not one, amongst them 
 that will not bear comparison with similar efforts of several of the 
 best and oldest masters. 
 
 In the year 1836, after he had left the Eoyal Academy of Music, 
 having published several of his early compositions, William Stern- 
 dale Bennett had the good fortune to make the acquaintance and 
 win the esteem and regard of Mendelssohn. By the invitation, 
 and at the earnest entreaty of that great and accomplished 
 maestro, he was induced to visit Germany and take up his resi- 
 dence at Leipsic, where several of his works, particularly his 
 overtures the ' Naiades ' and ' Waldnymphe ' (written after he 
 left England), and his Pianoforte Concerto in C minor, were per- 
 formed at the celebrated Gewandhaus Concerts, under Mendels- 
 sohn's own personal direction. So great is its popularity, that 
 the former of these compositions is constantly played at Leipsic, 
 no less than in every other town of Germany where purely clas- 
 sical music is cultivated; indeed, no scheme of thoroughly ac- 
 knowledged merit or character is ever drawn for the best German 
 instrumental concerts without the overture to the ' Naiades ' 
 forming one of its features. 
 
 In spite of the promise indicated by his compositions, and the 
 assurance of success if he could but enjoy the benefits of Conti- 
 nental experience, the world had hitherto not smiled very be- 
 nignantly upon the rising professor. His published compositions 
 were much too classical to command a rapid sale, and but for 
 the liberality of Messrs. Broadwood and Sons, the renowned 
 pianoforte makers, it is doubtful whether the juvenile aspirant 
 could have accepted the patronage of Mendelssohn. They, how- 
 ever, stepped in to his assistance, and sent him on his way, with 
 such encourag'ement as only delicacy of feeling and kindness of 
 heart can proffer. They had confidence both in the integrity and 
 the talent of Wilham Sterndale Bennett, and they have not been 
 disappointed in him, either as a man or as a musician. 
 
 Whilst residing in Germany, where he remained during the 
 years 1837 and 1838, William Sterndale Bennett often played in 
 public at the Gewandhaus Concerts, — his own Concerto in C minor 
 most frequently, — and also brought out several of the overtures 
 he had previously written, but not published in England, all of 
 which, especially the '^ Naiades,' as has been mentioned, being 
 most favourably received. At the end of two j^ears — years of in- 
 
WILLIAM STEENDALE BENNETT. 91 
 
 tense application and study — lie returned to London, where lie 
 established himself, and at once obtained the highest reputation 
 as a composer, a pianist, and a teacher of music. At this time 
 he had the good fortune to make the acquaintance and win the 
 affections of Miss Wood — herself an accomplished pianist from 
 having had the advantage of being instructed by Mrs. Anderson 
 — the daughter of Captain Wood, an officer in the Royal Navy, 
 who resided at Southampton. A few years after William Stern- 
 dale Bennett's return to London he married this lady, with whom 
 he lived in the most perfect harmony and affection of married life 
 until last year (1862), when, after several months of severe afflic- 
 tion, she died, to the almost inconsolable grief of her husband and 
 three children — a son and two daughters — who survive her. 
 Whilst a pupil in the Royal Academy and paying his addresses to 
 this lady, he wrote an overture (amongst the most facile and ele- 
 gant of his several orchestral preludes), now well known from 
 being annexed to his popular Cantata, ' The May Queen,' written 
 expressly for the Musical Festival at Leeds in 1858, which he 
 himself conducted. This overture, to which he had at first given 
 the title ' Marie-le-Bois,' had not been previously published. 
 
 Soon after his return from Gei-many and his establishment in 
 London, William Sterndale Bennett brought out his overtures, 
 the ' Naiades,' and ' Wood Nymphs,' better known at Leipsic by 
 its German title, ' Waldnymphe,' and afterwards that which he 
 had entitled ' Parisina ' previously to his leaving England. Each 
 of these orchestral preludes contain many elegant and original 
 specimens of part writing, and fully confirm Mendelssohn's judg- 
 ment respecting their mei-it. After producing these compositions 
 he gave his attention almost exclusively to tuition, and has rarely 
 devoted himself to the higher department of his profession, except 
 when any special occasion has called for the exercise of his powers. 
 
 Independently, however, of his standing as a London musician 
 and Conductor of the Philharmonic Society, William Sterndale 
 Bennett also holds another honourable office, as Professor of Music 
 in the University of Cambridge. To this Professorship he was 
 unanimously elected in 1856, upon the death of Dr. Walmsley; 
 the duties which devolve upon him in this office are not, how- 
 ever, onerous, being chiefly confined to the examination of exer- 
 cises for musical degrees, and to conducting two or three concerts 
 during the winter and spring terms. 
 
1»2 WILLIAM STERNDALE BENNETT. 
 
 Of late years, with the exception of the two Cantatas written to 
 order, — ' The May Queen/ for Leeds ; that for the opening' of the 
 (rreat International Exhibition of 1862 ; the Fantasia-overture, 
 ' Paradise and the Peri,-* for the Jubilee Concert of the Philhar- 
 monic Society, and his Ode for the Installation of the Duke of 
 Devonshire as Chancellor of the University of Cambridge, — the 
 last three works all written last year, — William Sterndale Bennett 
 has written nothing of note ; neither has he published any other 
 works upon the theory and study of music than his ' Classical 
 Practice for the Pianoforte,^ which appeared in 1841, and a ' Dis- 
 course upon Harmony,' which followed in 1849. Truly, therefore, 
 may every lover of music endorse the following remarks, recently- 
 made by another eminent musical Professor (Herr Ernst Pauer) : — 
 " For myself, I must be permitted to express my regret that this 
 accomplished master now writes so little, and leaves an expectant 
 public without fresh publications. Has the minstrel hung up his 
 lyre for ever '? It is to be hoped not." 
 
ROBERT GORDON LATHAM, M.D., F.R.S, 
 
 Robert Gordon Latham, eldest son of the Eev. Thomas Latham, 
 of Billing-borough, Lincolnshire, was born in the vicarage of that 
 village, March 24, 1812. Early in 1819 he was entered at Eton, 
 at the bottom of school, for which he was educated by his father 
 with the special view of a Fellowship of King's College, Cam- 
 bridge. 
 
 About two years afterwards he was admitted on the Foundation ; 
 and, in May, 1829, having narrowly escaped the equivocal advan- 
 tage of getting what was then called the Montem, went off to King's, 
 where he took his Fellowship and degrees in the regular manner. 
 With his Fellowship, — all the more valuable, in his eyes, for being 
 a lay one, — he was in no hurry about a profession, and passed the 
 first year after his B.A. degree at a little village near Hamburg, 
 in Copenhagen, and in Christiania. This was perhaps the most 
 important year in his life, as, during it, his reading was largely, 
 if not exclusively, philological. Professor Carliugberg in Ham- 
 burg, and Mr. C. L. Daae, then a student, and now Professor of 
 History in the University of Christiania, had much to do in the 
 direction of his studies ; especially in familiarizing him with the 
 Comparative Grammar of Bopp, of which the first number was 
 just pubhshed, and the writings, en masse, of the great Danish 
 philologue Eask. His early introduction to these he has always 
 considered a great advantage. 
 
 In 1835 he declared for Medicine, and attended the necessary 
 lectures, those of Drs. Haviland, Bond, and Clarke, and of Professor 
 Henslow, at Cambridge, making the most of the opportunities 
 afforded by the Addenbrooke Hospital. In London he was a 
 student (chiefly in the wards of his relation. Dr. P. M. Latham), 
 at St. Bartholomew's. 
 
 VOL. I. P . 
 
94 ROBERT GORDON LATHAM. 
 
 Literature, however, kept pari yassii with Medicine, or, rather, 
 ran ahead of it. A few weeks after obtaining (in 1842) his 
 License from the College of Physicians, he was elected to the 
 Physicianship of the St. George's and St. James's Dispensary. 
 He then became Lecturer on Forensic Medicine, and afterwards 
 on Materia Medica, at the Middlesex Hospital. Finally (in 1844) 
 he was elected Physician to that Institution, He always refers 
 his promotion to the first and last of these offices to dint of can- 
 vassing, and to the effect of a general, rather than a professional, 
 reputation for ability, — adding, with what is doubtless genuine sin- 
 cerity, that he kept fitter men out of each place. In 1849 he 
 resigned his appointments and such private practice as he had, 
 taking leave of the active part of the profession, but ever retaining 
 a lively sense of the value of a medical education, and a feeling of 
 satisfaction of having followed the calling. 
 
 We must now go back fifteen years and follow his literary his- 
 tory, which was, of course, to a great extent, concurrent with his 
 medical. The effect of his Scandinavian studies was to send him 
 back to England an ardent admirer of the great Danish philologue, 
 a strong advocate for the system of metagraphy, or transliteration as 
 applied to alphabets other than European, and (as akin to this) a 
 phonetic speller. Hence, during the year 1834, came out his three 
 first literary essays — short pamphlets or tracts. 1. 'An Abstract 
 of Rask's Essay on the Sibilants,' with his alphabet for the transli- 
 teration of the Georgian and Armenian languages. 2. ' An Address 
 to the Authors of England and America,' in favour of Phonetic 
 Spelling. 3. 'A Greek Grammar,' with the Greek in English cha- 
 racters. 
 
 Then came an edition of Cicero's * Epistolae ad Familiares,' and 
 ' Ad Atticum,' with English notes. Then a time for mixing in 
 political journalism through the Cambridge liberal paper, followed 
 by small contributions to periodicals now extinct, in verse as well 
 as in prose. Then, in 1838, translations of Frithiof's Saga and 
 Axel, from the Swedish of Tegner. Then (in 1840) 'Norway and 
 the Norwegians.' All this seems to have been writing for the 
 mere pleasure of doing so. We have not heard that any of these 
 lucubrations were even mistaken for a work that " no gentleman's 
 library should be without." In his translation of Frithiof's Saga, 
 a notable share was taken by his old school-fellow and brother- 
 in-law. Professor, now Sir Edward, Creasy ; indeed the work is a 
 
ROBERT GORDON LATHAM. 95 
 
 joint production. In 1839, the resignation by Professor Rogers of 
 the Chair of Enghsh Language and Literature^ in University Col- 
 lege, London, left a vacancy, which Mr. Latham was chosen to fill 
 up. The result was his first work of any note, ' The English Lan- 
 guage,' published in 1841. Though this appointment fixed him for 
 the greater part of the year in London, he was still able and wiUing 
 to pass the vacations in Cambridge ; and it was not until he took 
 his license that he cast anchor for good in London. 
 
 To the Transactions of the Philological Society, established in 
 1843, he was an early and a somewhat liberal contributor, writing 
 miscellaneous papers on outlying subjects, de omnibus Unguis et 
 quibusdam aliis : translator, too, of Sydenham for the Sydenham 
 Society, and, what looks more like a literary man, ex professo, a 
 regular contributor to the 'Morning Chronicle,' then under the po- 
 litical influence of Sir John Easthope, and the editorship of his 
 son-in-law. 
 
 Largely modified by his medical education, his Philology gra- 
 dually developed itself on the side of Ethnology, and in the eyes of 
 many has, of late, become merged in it. In 1844, he attended the 
 York Meeting of the British Association 'for the Advancement of 
 Science, and in conjunction with Drs. Prichard, Hodgkin, and King, 
 worked hard in getting Ethnology recognized as a subject suffi- 
 ciently scientific to be allowed a place at the meetings. At first 
 it was attached to Medical Science, with which it amalgamated 
 badly. Eventually, however, it joined partnership with Geography ; 
 Geography itself associated with Geology, having been nearly 
 swamped by its more popular rival. In 1850 he published 'The 
 Varieties of Man,' followed by ' The Germania of Tacitus, with 
 Ethnological Notes,' and somewhat later by ' Man and his Migra- 
 tions,' ' The Ethnology of Europe,' ' The Ethnology of the British 
 Colonies,' and ' The Ethnology of the British Islands,' — these four 
 last small works. Meanwhile, his ' English Language ' had been 
 reproduced in several smaller volumes, and adapted, in different 
 forms, for schools and scholars of various kinds. In 1852 he 
 undertook the direction of the Ethnological Department of the 
 Crystal Palace, the whole plan, of which his was only a part, being 
 a noble one. Its general character was sketched in a vigorous, 
 though rough draft, by the late Edward Forbes, and approved 
 by Sir Joseph Paxton. An adequate, not to say liberal sum, was 
 to be devoted annually for Natural History — Natural History 
 
VM) ROBERT GORDON LATHAM. 
 
 meaning Zoology, Pala3ontology, Botany, and Ethnology. The 
 grouping was to give the plants, the animals, and the human in- 
 habitants of the different parts of the world in an accurate geogra- 
 phical association. Of the work hitherto done, it may fairly be 
 said that it is sufficient to show that the great diJ05culties con- 
 nected with so bold and comprehensive an undertaking were not 
 insurmountable. 
 
 ^The Native Kaces of the Kussian Empire' (published, as we may 
 guess a imorl, in the year of the Crimean War), and a largely 
 annotated edition of Prichard's ' Eastern Origin of the Celtic Races,' 
 were followed in 1858 by 'Descriptive Ethnology,' for which the 
 account of Polynesia and America has still to be written ; this 
 last being followed, in 1862, by 'Comparative Philology.' 
 
 Concerning Dr. Latham's opinions upon the higher questions 
 connected with the Natural History of Man, we find little that is 
 either very definite or very explicit. He seems to prefer the deli- 
 very of facts and the exhibition of methods to general theories, and 
 is often silent where a decided opinion is expected. From two 
 papers, however, an article in the 'Philosophical Journal,' and an- 
 other on the Antiquity of Man, in the ' Westminster Review,' the 
 general bias of his opinion may be ascertained. In the first, he 
 commits himself to the doctrine that definite classes are obtained 
 only when there has been an obliteration of transitional forms ; in 
 the second, he holds that the origin of protoplasts is extra- scien- 
 tific, and that it must rest, not on inference, but on specific his- 
 torical evidence, being a physical effect without any cause within 
 the range of physical induction. Consistency in these views must 
 of course make the origin, as well as the antiquity of man, an open 
 question at the very least. 
 
 The oinis magnum, however, of Dr. R. G. Latham, — a new 
 edition of Johnson's Dictionary, wliicli has been for some years in 
 his hands, — is to be published, we believe, within a few weeks. 
 
p£l 
 
 n 
 
 ,.,.,.,.,...'?^.:-^S.JJ^^ 'MV 
 
 
 lXXi/.yyi'V^^i££«^i^'f^^£f^<^ "^ "^K ■JL 4^B 
 
 : 4 
 
 m^^^ 
 
WILLIAM FERGUSSON, F.R.S. 
 
 William Fergusson was born at Prestonpans — celebrated as the 
 scene of Johnny Cope's rapid ride — in the year 1808. He re- 
 ceived his early education first at a local school^ and subsequently 
 at the High School of Edinburgh and the University. When the 
 time came to fix upon a profession, he turned his attention to 
 the law, and actually began to study it ; he soon however tired 
 of that, which seemed very dull work, and betook himself to the 
 more congenial pursuits of anatomy and surgery. At this period. 
 Dr. Knox, one of the most extraordinary men of his day, was in 
 the height of his reputation as an anatomical teacher, holding this 
 position until the period of the Burke and Hare business, when 
 an excited mob attacked his dissecting rooms, under an absurd 
 idea that he was not ignorant of the manner in which the unfor- 
 tunate victims of these wretches had met their death. An espe- 
 cial feature in Knox was his power of instiUing into his pupils a 
 somewhat similar kind of love for anatomy as existed in himself; 
 and young Fergusson soon became a devoted admirer both of the 
 great artist who took so much pains to teach, and of the pursuit 
 itself. In course of time he went through his studies, took his 
 surgical diploma before he was twenty-one, and in another year 
 passed the examination for the Fellowship of the College of Sur- 
 geons, the highest distinction a surgeon could obtain. Knox's 
 reputation as an anatomical teacher was now so great that he 
 required some one to assist him in his arduous work, and he at 
 once offered terms to his old pupil Fergusson, who entered heart 
 and soul into his work, and began to lecture both on anatomy and 
 surgery, and thus laid the solid foundation for the great success 
 which followed in after life. He was soon in great repute, both 
 
98 WILLIAM FERGUSSON. 
 
 as a Teacher of Anatomy and as a Surgical Practitioner, and it 
 was evident that although so miich younger than either of thcni, 
 he would shortly be the competitor with the great chiefs of Edin- 
 burgh surgeiy, Liston and Syme ; but after a period of little less 
 than ten years from the date of his career as a public teacher, 
 during which time he had become married to a lady of property, 
 and had been acquiring a good practice, an event which turned 
 out to be the most important in his career occurred. The dirty, 
 shabby-looking old workhouse of St. Clement Danes, at the 
 corner of Portugal Street, was taken by the authorities of King^s 
 College, London, which had rapidly obtained great repute as a 
 Medical School, and converted into a hospital containing 120 
 beds. Here was an opportunity for a young and enterprising 
 surgeon to distinguish himself, and Fergusson determined to cast 
 in his lot with the many others who were trying for the post ; and 
 such was his well-known character in Edinburgh, that he was at 
 once elected Professor of Surgery in King's College, and Surgeon 
 to the Hospital. This happened in the year 1840, when Mr. Fer- 
 gusson was only thirty-two, and he had to betake himself and his 
 household goods to the great metropolis and to commence his career 
 over again in the midst of formidable difficulties ; for it must be 
 borne in mind that a certain number of years must elapse before 
 the most skilful surgeon can make way in a place like London, and 
 a large expense was of necessity entailed upon Fergusson in re- 
 moving, and keeping up an appearance suitable to his position. 
 The celebrated Robert Liston had a few years previously adopted 
 the same course, by removing from Edinburgh to the University 
 College, and he, after a sharp struggle, was meeting with great 
 success, and holding a most prominent position amongst the giants 
 of surgery, of whom there were then not a few. Sir Astley Cooper, 
 Brodie, Guthrie, Key, Lawrence, and Tyrrell, with a host of others, 
 were carrying off the prizes of their calling, and apparently leaving 
 little room for any one else, however enterprising ; but Fergusson 
 had not shown himself long in the wards and operating theatre of 
 King's College Hospital, before he began to attract universal at- 
 tention to his extraordinary feats of surgery. Those who witnessed 
 his operations were struck with the manner in which he accom- 
 plished them, and his reputation began to spread rapidly. Most 
 severe cases were brought to him for operation, and amongst 
 others, in the year 1843, was a young woman who had the most 
 
WILLIAM FERGUSSON. 99 
 
 extensive disease of the upper jaw ; she had been an inmate of one 
 of the London Hospitals, and under the care of one of the most 
 celebrated surgeons of the day, but nothing was done for the poor 
 woman, who, hearing of Fergusson's repute as an operator, betook 
 herself to King's College Hospital. As a skilful surgeon, he did 
 not hesitate, but determined to perform the hazardous and then 
 little known operation of removal of the entire upper jaw on one 
 side. This proceeding was accomplished in the most masterly- 
 manner before a large crowd of medical men, and the patient 
 made an excellent recovery. Perhaps no single case of surgery 
 did more good to Fergusson than this, although he was surely 
 and rapidly gaining ground and outstripping his numerous com- 
 petitors in the race of fame, who in various ways evinced no little 
 jealousy of the young parvenu from the north country. After a 
 few trying and anxious years, practice began rapidly to come in, 
 and this was greatly increased by the death, first of Listen, who 
 died in 1847, and secondly, of Aston Key, who was carried off by 
 cholera in 1849. Sir Benjamin Brodie was at this time, and for 
 some years afterwards, the leader in surgeiy ; but with this one 
 exception, the subject of our memoir stood forward as the first, 
 and as an operator certainly the most prominent, since the deaths 
 of Listen and Key; and now since the decease of Brodie, he 
 is looked upon by universal consent as the foretnost surgeon in 
 Britain. 
 
 As might be expected, Mr. Fergusson has acquired all the 
 honours which it is possible for a man in his position to obtain. 
 He is an F.B.S., both of Edinburgh and London. He was in 
 1848 elected Surgeon Extraordinary, and in 1849 Surgeon in Ordi- 
 nary to the late Prince Consort, and a few years later was made 
 Surgeon Extraordinary to Her Majesty. He was appointed Exa- 
 miner in Surgery to the London University, and in 1861 he was 
 elected on the Council of the Royal College of Surgeons. This 
 latter event is perhaps one of the most memorable in his career, 
 and if we mistake not, one of the most pleasing, for it took place 
 under most peculiar circumstances, and evinced in what high esti- 
 mation he was held by his professional brethren. 
 
 A seat on the Council is the height of every eminent surgeon's 
 ambition, but according to the bye-laws of the charter of the Col- 
 lege, granted in 1843, a surgeon, whatever be his eminence or 
 skill, must be a certain number of years a member of the College 
 
100 WILLIAM PERGUSSON. 
 
 before he can be a candidate for the Council ; now as Fergusson 
 did not pass bis examination until 1 840^ tlie year lie came to Lon- 
 don, it can be readily understood that there were a great many 
 men senior to him who availed themselves of their position and 
 right to become Councillors ; consequently some surgeons of much 
 less repute but more advanced in years than Mr. Fergusson be- 
 came elected, whilst mauy others, still his seniors, were awaiting 
 their turn, and in the natural course of things several years would 
 elapse before his candidatiire. 
 
 For some years, it had been felt by many that notwithstanding 
 his being a junior, Mr, Fergusson's eminence in his profession 
 fully entitled him to a seat on the Council ; but the elderly gentle- 
 men who constituted that body did not wish their old rule to be 
 broken through. Several of Mr. Fergusson^s friends, however, 
 amongst whom were some of the most active and influential junior 
 Fellows of the College, determined to bring his name forward in 
 1861. The contest was a keen one, for it was well known that the 
 whole body of Councillors, sticking to their ancient traditions, had 
 banded themselves together to prevent one so far out of his turn from 
 coming amongst them, and the influence of these gentlemen was 
 very gTeat, but they strove in vain ; Mr. Fergusson's high profes- 
 sional and personal character gained him the day, and much to the 
 chagrin of the board he was elected a Councillor. It is however 
 very evident that these gentlemen have become more than recon- 
 ciled to his presence amongst them, for he has been recently elected 
 Professor of Surgery to the College of Surgeons, and this election 
 was made by the very body who so strenuously opposed his intro- 
 duction among them. 
 
 Although Mr. Fergusson's time has been mainly spent in the 
 active duties of his profession, he has contributed in no slight de- 
 gree to its literature. In 1840 he brought out his work on Prac- 
 tical Surgery, which at once took a high position amongst the 
 standard works, as is evinced by the issue of three other editions 
 since that period. This book is much resorted to as a text-book 
 by his pupils, as well as by surgeons in every part of the globe. 
 In 1845 he published his paper on Staphyloraphy, or the operation 
 for Cleft Palate, a beautiful application of Anatomy and Physiology 
 to the surgical relief of one of the most distressing deformities to 
 which man is liable. Before his views and practice were made 
 known and resorted to, all was dark and uncertain regarding the 
 
WILLIAM FERGUSSON. 101 
 
 treatment of this malformation ; but the mode of operation adopted 
 by Mr. Fergusson has proved to be most successful, and if he pos- 
 sessed no other claim, this beautiful discovery alone would entitle 
 him to the' highest rank of scientific surgery. Other papers on 
 Practical Surgery have from time to time been published by him 
 in the Transactions and Journals. 
 
 Mr. Fergusson has more particularly distinguished himself in 
 connection with two of the most important operations in surgery 
 which have of late years been practised, viz. excision of the head 
 of the femur in old and incurable cases of hip disease, and excision 
 of the knee in like instances of disease in that joint. Each of these 
 operations had been occasionally performed many years ago, but 
 they had become abandoned, and the unfortunate subjects of these 
 complaints were left to die in the one instance, or undergo ampu- 
 tation of the thigh in the other. Mr. Fergusson revived the first- 
 mentioned operation in the year 1845, and the latter in 1850. 
 Great opposition was excited against both these proceedings, but, 
 thanks to the unwearied energies of Mr. Fergusson, and of those 
 surgeons who followed in his footsteps, they have both become 
 recognized operations in surgery, and wooden legs are much more 
 rarely seen than formerly. Mr. Fergusson has highly distin- 
 guished himself also in connection with the subject of Lithotomy 
 and Lithotrity, the simplest and most efficient instrument for per- 
 forming the latter operation being his own invention. 
 
 Perhaps it may not be out of place to compare the subject of 
 this memoir as a great surgeon with a man to whom he was 
 similar in many points, and of whose surpassing surgical attain- 
 ments he was a most devoted admirer, — we allude to the late 
 Kobert Listen. They were both educated in the same school, and 
 each seemed to be imbued with the same intense love for anato- 
 mical and surgical pursuits. Both of them were singularly gifted 
 by nature with that manual dexterity without the possession of 
 which it is impossible for a man to be a good surgeon in the 
 amplest sense of the word, and consequently they both became 
 most brilliant operators ; indeed, to no two men is operative sur- 
 gery more indebted for the perfect state to which it has now been 
 brought than to Listen and Fergusson. As an operator, Liston 
 has never been surpassed, but Fergasson may well be considered 
 his equal. It is true Liston possessed a more powerful frame and 
 more strength of hand than does Fergusson, but in all other 
 
 VOL. I. Q 
 
102 WILLIAM PERGUSSON. 
 
 1-espects there was little diffbrence between them. Listen's temper 
 was hasty, and at times he possessed little self-control, conse- 
 quently he was led into one or two rash errors which would have 
 seriously damaged a less eminent man. Fergusson's calm temper 
 and perfect self-control effectually prevent him from judging or 
 acting rashly, and here he had the advantage over Listen ; and it 
 is a question whether Fergusson^s personal qualities would not 
 have caused him to outstrip his gigantic rival in public estimation, 
 had the latter been spared for many years longer. 
 
 Mr. Fergusson possesses all the qualities necessary to form a 
 great surgeon, both physically and morally. He is tall and well- 
 developed, and very active, and wields that best of all surgical 
 instruments, a well-formed and massive right hand, with great 
 power, yet with singular precision and gentleness, so that the 
 master-spirit which guides it is as perceptible in the most delicate 
 of surgical manoeuvres, as in those calling for the exercise of the 
 greatest power and energy. He possesses a remarkable eye for 
 detecting and discriminating the varied forms of surgical disease 
 which present, and although, like the majority of his countrymen, 
 slow and cautious in expressing an opinion, it is evident to those 
 who have watched him at the bedside, that, he quickly decides in 
 his own mind as to the nature of the case. 
 
 He has a wonderful self-control, and possesses a serenity of 
 temper which is scarcely ever ruffled under the most trying cir- 
 cumstances. Intent on his work, and firm in purpose, he rapidly 
 acquires the confidence both of the patients and of the professional 
 men to whose assistance he is so frequently called in the most 
 trying emergencies. 
 
SOLOMON ALEXANDER HART, RA. 
 
 Solomon Alexander Hart was born at Plymouth^ in Devonsliire, 
 — a locality that has probably furnished more artists than any 
 other in the kingdom, — in a county that is notorious for its singular 
 indifference and apathy towards the cultivation of arts. In his 
 day, Prince was so proud of the products of his county as to have 
 chronicled a history of the more celebrated of his '' Worthies of 
 Devon/^ At a later period Brockedon, a native of Totness, was 
 wont to say that the only countenance ever shown him was the 
 purchase of one of his sketches, which, as a presentation, served the 
 purpose of an electioneering bribe; while, fi"om the commencement 
 of his career. Hay don was left totally unheeded, and other artists 
 lived to see the preference given to strangers of inferior preten- 
 sions and talents, — exemplifying again the force of the adage of 
 the lacking of honour to the prophet in his own country. There is 
 now no chronicler for the worthies of the county ; and it is almost 
 the only county in the kingdom unrepresented by any annual ex- 
 hibition of fine arts in any one of its towns. 
 
 Amid such local disadvantages of means of training, the subject 
 of this notice left his native town for the great metropolis in the 
 year 1820, with the intention of becoming a pupil of Mr. Charles 
 Warren, then celebrated as an engraver of book-prints from illus- 
 trations by Smirke, Stothard, Westall, and others of the literature 
 current at that time. 
 
 The earliest instruction the artist received was at the hands of 
 his father, Mr. Samuel Hart, a person of considerable intelligence, 
 who had studied miniature painting under Mr. Abraham Daniels, 
 a miniature painter, a native of Bath, who, like the Italian artists 
 of the middle ages, combined with the painter's art the practice 
 
104 SOLOMON ALEXANDER HAHT. 
 
 of jewellery^ chasing, tlie art of setting precious stones, and en- 
 graving. In Bromley's ' Catalogue of British Engravers ' tlie elder 
 Mr. Hart is mentioned as the engraver of certain figure-subjects, 
 though it does not appear that he pursued this branch of the art 
 to any great extent. He drew from the antique in Loudon, under 
 the auspices of James Northcote; but he soon quitted London and 
 the fine arts to return to Plymouth, to fulfil an engagement he had 
 contracted with the mother of the subject of our present memoir. 
 The experience and knowledge which he had derived from previous 
 essays in fine art were communicated to his son, and served as 
 the basis of an art education which was afterwards to undergo the 
 discipline supplied by an organized school of art. The negotia- 
 tions with Mr. Charles Warren, and afterwards with Mr. Scriven, 
 a chalk or stipple engraver, having gone off, Mr. Hart in 1823 
 entered as a probationer into the schools of the Koyal Academy, 
 received in due course his ticket as a student, studied afterwards 
 in the Life academy, but did not make use of the Painting school 
 for any other purpose than investigating the motives of such pic- 
 tures as were from time to time lent to this department, belie^dng 
 that copying servilely from a variety of styles and various practices 
 only tended to promote torpor of those powers that should be 
 exercised in the investigation of principles ; and that copying, at 
 best, only cultivated mechanism and terminated in manufacture. 
 Like most persons emerging into active life, Mr. Hart had, in 
 addition to the struggles and vicissitudes of a professional career, 
 the charge of domestic duties. On reference to the Exhibition 
 Catalogues of the Royal Academy, we find some of the earliest 
 productions of his pencil miniatures, among which may be noticed 
 the miniature of the parent to whom, as we have said, he owed 
 his earliest indoctrination in his profession. 
 
 The repetition of the motives and the construction of the minia- 
 ture, and the commonplaces to which siich a devotion of time would 
 lead, were little in accordance either with the tastes or the am- 
 bition of the youthful artist, who craved for more extended dimen- 
 sions on which to expatiate, and sought themes of more g-eneral 
 interest than the gratification of personal vanity or the record of 
 the casualties of nature. Accordingly, in 1828 his first picture in oil, 
 exhibited at the British Institution, manifested the aspirations of the 
 painter, and met with recognition at the hands of a Mr. Hudson, 
 who immediately purchased it from its walls. In 1830 the first of 
 
SOLOMON ALEXANDER HART. 105 
 
 a series of pictures, illustrative of ceremonies of the Jewisli religion, 
 exhibited at the Suffolk Street Exhibition, attracted much atten- 
 tion, was purchased by the late Mr. Vernon (now in the Vernon 
 Gallery), and was followed by many commissions for other sub- 
 jects as well from the Roman Catholic as the Jewish ritual. For 
 Mr. Vernon, Mr. Wells, the late Lord Lansdowne, Lord Farn- 
 borough, and other noblemen and gentlemen then distinguished 
 as collectors, Mr. Hart continued a series of illustrations which, 
 being singular in their treatment and novel in their themes, were 
 very popular. But the artist was now anxious to illustrate some 
 phase in history, poetry, or fiction. In 1833 appeared at the Suf- 
 folk Street Gallery ' Wolsey^s Arrival at Leicester Abbey by Torch- 
 light,^ purchased by J. P. Ord, Esq. ; and in 1834 a picture on ex- 
 tended dimensions, subject, 'The Quarrel Scene, from Shakspeare's 
 Henry the Eighth, between Wolsey and Buckingham,' attracted the 
 notice of the late Lord Northwick, in whose collection it remained 
 until the contents of the gallery were dispersed. This was fol- 
 lowed in 1835 by another large picture, an illustration from Sir 
 Walter Scott's ' Tales of the Crusaders,' — the scene between 
 Richard Creur-de-Lion and Saladin disguised as a physician, in 
 which the monarch is in vain advised not to drink the medicated 
 water, — a work which won for its author the Corporation Prize of 
 £50 from the town of Liverpool, in which place it was shown after 
 its exhibition in the Royal Academy. It was in consequence of 
 this production that in the month of November of the same year 
 Mr. Hart was admitted into the ranks of the Royal Academy as 
 an Associate, in which class he remained until the year 1841 ; 
 having meanwhile, in 1836, exhibited at the Royal Academy a 
 large picture of ' Sir Thomas Jones receiving his Father's Bene- 
 diction in the Court of King's Bench,' it having been the custom 
 of the Lord Chancellor, previous to taking his seat in the Court of 
 Chancery, to pass into the Court of which his father was a Puisne 
 Judge, and kneel to receive this diurnal benediction. This pic- 
 ture was purchased by Alderman Salomons, and is now a con- 
 spicuous feature in the gallery at Broom Hill, Tunbridge Wells. 
 
 In 1839 two smaller pictures only ajopeared, one, entitled 
 'An Early Reading of Shakspeare,' was afterwards lodged by 
 the artist as his diploma presentation work on being elevated 
 to the rank of an Academician, — an event that took place in the 
 month of February, 1841, consequent on the appearance of the 
 
106 SOLOMON ALEXANDER HART. 
 
 artistes largest picture and most extensive composition, 'Tlie 
 Execution of Lady Jane Grey on Tower Hill/ exhibited at the 
 Royal Academy the previous year (1840). 
 
 At the end of the summer of the year 1841 Mr. Hart left 
 England for the first time, to make acquaintance with those 
 works of art which, while they constitute the glories of the several 
 cities which they adorn, form to the student and the man of 
 taste the canons of principle and codes of practice of the art. 
 Having passed through Paris and visited the Louvre, our artist 
 sought without unnecessary delay the cJiefs-cVoeuvre of the most 
 distinguished masters in the strongholds or chief localities of their 
 practice in Italy. Passing through Turin and Milan, after behold- 
 ing the glories of the Brera, inspecting the Eclectics at Bologna, 
 and Correggio at Parma. Florence, — the cradle of the Arts, as it 
 has been justly termed, — detained him some weeks with the fasci- 
 nation that church, monastery, and gallery present in fresco and oil 
 picture, from the so-called revival to the latest days of practice. 
 Pisa, with its Campo Santo, offered great interest in some of the 
 earliest, as Rome did of the later times ; from Giotto to Raphael, — 
 the Alpha and the Omega of art practice. Returning from Naples 
 by way of Rome, the Tuscan territory, (after visiting Perugia and 
 Assisi,) with the towns of Arezzo, Siena, Pistoia, etc., all contained 
 matters of illustration in Art history. Proceeding homeward by 
 way of Florence to Forli, across the Apennines from the Mediterra- 
 nean to the Adriatic, Ravenna gave another exemplification of the 
 prowess of Giotto, as well as the degree in which the shepherd- 
 painter availed himself of the Byzantine mosaic wall -picture. Nor 
 was this influence unfelt in Padua, where, after having left Ferrara, 
 the works of Giotto and his school again appear. The Arena, the 
 Church of the Santo, were in striking contrast, in motive as well 
 as in conduct, with the works in fresco by Titian. In Venice the 
 most accomplished efforts of the great school of colourists can alone 
 be estimated, to an efficient appreciation of which a journey in the 
 Friulian Alps formed a good preparation. Treviso, Castel Franco, 
 Bassano and its neighbourhood, attested the origin of many of the 
 motives of the pictures from the hands of her native painters. 
 Not only colour, but in the architectural forms supplied by the 
 palaces of Venice, Verona, Vicenza, the antiquities of Brescia, and 
 in the intermediate villages, every place supplied or teemed with 
 evidences of artistic inspiration, often explaining the origin of 
 
SOLOMON ALEXANDER HART. 107 
 
 much with which we accredit the aiithor for originahty of de- 
 sign or ingenuity in contrivance. Returning home at the end of 
 the year 1842 through the Tyrol, after a tour of sixteen months, 
 by way of Munich, the art condition of that city was expres- 
 sive rather of the reproductive than the originative spirit of her 
 artists, and the strong German analytic spirit fostered by the Poet- 
 King Ludwig has, at least, the merit of having set up the Tuscan 
 metropolis as the model for her own capital city. To the inquir- 
 ing student a visit to the German and Ehenish cities, if made 
 after the tour of those of Italy, is deeply instructive of the source 
 of the excellence beheld in the architecture and painting of the 
 last generation in Germany. The works of Rubens and Vandyke, 
 whether in the Pinacothek at Munich, or in the churches or 
 gallery of Antwerp, instruct in the degree in which Rubens had 
 looked at Michael Angelo, and together with his pupil Vandyke, 
 had both studied the colour of Titian. 
 
 There is a unanimity of opinion on the value of foreign travel 
 at a time when the artist has arrived at something like a resolu- 
 tion in his own practice, after many trials, successes, failures, and 
 the experience they bring. Then it is that he is capable of estimating 
 the labours and the excellences of those who have preceded ; he is 
 then enabled to estimate the motives of every square inch of their 
 productions ; then it is that he is enabled to ascertain their de- 
 grees of originality ; then it is he can estimate the relative values 
 of schools conspicuous for 'widely differing qualities. Time thus 
 spent brings with it better consequences than slumbering over a 
 copy of some favoured picture, or pursuing desultory studies in 
 various towns, or in setting up an easel to perpetuate the ethno- 
 graphy of the Trinita del Monte steps, often at most but imperfect 
 counterfeits of the neighbouring peasantry, the mere hackneyed 
 model decked out in mimicry of the actual contadini, often in 
 costumes and in properties at variance with, or in contradiction of 
 the veritable costumes special to the different villages or mountain 
 cities of the Pontificate or the Regno. 
 
 We have stated that Mr. Hart first attracted attention by his 
 series of pictures illustrative of the ceremonies of the Jewish re- 
 ligion. After his sojourn in Italy he returned with increased 
 power to this class of subjects. Between 1843 and 1853 appeared 
 ' Simchath Torah, or Festival of the Law,' ' Scene in a Polish Sy- 
 nagogue,' etc., followed by numerous subjects from the Old Testa- 
 
108 SOLOMON ALEXANDER HART. 
 
 iiiGiit^ sucli as ' Hannah the Mother of Samuel and Eli the High 
 Priest/ ' Solomon pondering the Flight of Time/ ' Righteousness 
 and Peace/ etc. Mr. Hart has, however, embraced many other 
 subjects, including especially history and biography, among which 
 may be noted his ' Galileo observing the Oscillations of the Lamp 
 in the Cathedral of Pisa,^ ' Milton visiting Galileo in the Prison 
 of the Inquisition,^ ' The Parting of Sir Thomas More and his 
 Daughter,^ ' The Three Inventors of Printing, Gutenberg, Fust, 
 and Schoffer, studying the Invention of Moveable Types.^ Mr. 
 Hart has also produced several characteristic Shakspearian pic- 
 tures, ' Othello and lago,^ ' Jessica,' etc. ; and a few striking por- 
 traits, among which may be mentioned those of the Duke of Sus- 
 sex and Sir Anthony Rothschild for the Jews' Hospital, Sir Moses 
 Montefiore for another Jewish Institution, and Alderman Salomons 
 for the Guildhall. 
 
 "When, on the retirement of Mr. Leslie from the office of the 
 Professorship of Painting in the Royal Academy, that office be- 
 came vacant, it was suggested to Mr. Hart that he should offer 
 himself as a candidate, and in consequence he was elected, and 
 delivered his first course in 1 855, — his previous journey in Italy 
 having qualified him for the duty of preparing a set of papers, 
 which he continued to deliver until the close of the season of 
 Academic teaching in March, 1863. 
 
 His lectures during this period " show," says a contemporary, 
 " that he not only possesses adequate professional learning for the 
 office, but that by his earnest inculcation of intellectual exertion, 
 of the necessity of a wide range of study, constant reference to 
 the fundamental principles of art, observation of the predominant 
 sentiment and essential characteristics of a composition, and of 
 reflection, discrimination, and self-reliance in choice of subjects, 
 he is a valuable guide-monitor to the enthusiastic student at the 
 commencement of his career." 
 
ROBERT BROWNING. 
 
 A POET wlio, at the age of fifty, can look back with satisfaction to 
 thirty years of the inspiration of his mnse, and to the third edition 
 of his collected works, may fairly be said to have attained a point 
 of eminence in literature. There are few writers of verse, how- 
 ever, whose earnest thoughts and high imaginings have been less 
 promptly understood, and appreciated as the emanations of a 
 poetic genius, than those of Robert Browning. His dramas, not- 
 withstanding the advantage of having an admiring and zealous 
 exponent, kept but a brief existence on the stage ; his poems, 
 extolled by some, were denounced by others as being of the mys- 
 tical and spasmodic school, and one able critic went so far as to 
 describe them as incomprehensible, — annoying the judgment by 
 obscurity, and offending the ear by discord. " But we have read 
 most of the pieces with pleasure,''^ adds the same authority, " be- 
 cause we like to hear what a thoughtful, generous man has to say 
 on a variety of subjects.'^ 
 
 Robert Browning was born in 1812, at Caraberwell, and re- 
 ceived his education at the London University. Music, painting', 
 and the drama have in turn occupied his thoughts, and some of 
 the best years of his life have been spent in Italy, in the society of 
 a wife of yet higher poetic genius, Elizabeth Barrett Browning, 
 who died in 1861. 
 
 Mr. Browning's first published work, ' Paracelsus,' a poem in 
 five scenes, appeared in 1835. It is founded on Renauldin's his- 
 tory of one of the travelling literati of the early part of the six- 
 teenth century, who spent their days in wandering from country 
 to country, predicting the future by astrology and cheiromancy, 
 evoking apparitions, and practising magic and alchemy ; and was 
 
 VOL. I. K 
 
110 KOBERT BROWNING. 
 
 inscribed by its author to liis affectionate friend Amedee de 
 Eipert-Monclar. Two years later, Mr, Browning appeared in the 
 more difficult and arduous character of a tragic dramatist. In 
 May, 1837, was produced at Covent Garden Theatre his historical 
 tragedy of ' Strafford/ supported in the delineation of its prin- 
 cipal characters by Macready, Vandenhoff, and Helen Faucit. It 
 was not very successful. As an acting play, the interest fails after 
 the third act, when Strafford is overthrown. The fourth act, in 
 which he does not appear, somewhat lingers on the stage, amid 
 the plots for his destruction and the vacillation of the King ; and 
 though his prison scene is touching, our sympathies are not suffi- 
 ciently aroused for Charles, who is drawn more weak and trea- 
 cherous throughout than even adverse history represents him. 
 Mr. Browning made large amends^ however, for this apparent 
 want of sympathy for the royal martyr by his spirited ' Cavalier 
 Tunes :' — 
 
 " God for King Charles ! Pym and such carles 
 To the Devil that prompts 'em their treasonous paries ! 
 Cavaliers, up! Lips from the cup, 
 Hands from the pasty, nor bite take nor sup. 
 Till you 're marching along, fifty score strong. 
 Great-hearted gentlemen, singing this song." 
 
 In 1840 appeared ' Sordello,^ a poem in six books, and in 1841 
 the drama ' Pippa Passes,^ with the following inscription : — " I 
 dedicate my best intentions in this poem, admiringly to the 
 author of ' lon,^ affectionately to Mr. Serjeant Talfourd." Its 
 opening is highly characteristic of what has been termed Mr. 
 Browning's spasmodic style of utterance, full, however, of poetic 
 fervour : — 
 
 " Day ! 
 
 Faster and more fast. 
 
 O'er niglit's brim, day boils at last ; 
 
 Boils, pure gold, o'er the cloud-cup's brim 
 
 Where spurting and supprest it lay — 
 
 For not a froth-flake touched the rim 
 
 Of yonder gap in the solid gray 
 
 Of the eastern cloud, an hour away ; 
 
 But forth one wavelet, then another, curled, 
 
 Till the whole sunrise, not to be supprest. 
 
 Rose, reddened, and its seething breast 
 
 Flickered in bounds, grew gold, then overflowed the world. 
 
ROBERT BROWNING. 1 1 1 
 
 " Ob, Day, if I squander a wavelet of thee, 
 A mite of my twelve-hours' treasure. 
 The least of thy gazes or glances, 
 
 (Be they grants thou art bound to, or gifts above measure 
 One of thy choices, or one of thy chances, 
 Be they tasks God imposed thee, or freaks at thy pleasure) 
 — My Day, if I squander such labour or leisure. 
 Then shame fall on Asolo, mischief on me !" 
 
 Mr. Browning's next production, in 1842, was a tragedy, entitled 
 ' King Victor and King Charles,' founded on some stirring events 
 in Italian history during the middle of the last century, between 
 Victor Amadous, first king of Sardinia, and his son Charles Em- 
 manuel, Prince of Piedmont. In 1842 he published his first 
 volume of collected poems, imder the title of ' Dramatic Lyrics ;' 
 and it was followed at intervals of three and ten years by his 
 ' Dramatic Romances,' and ' Men and Women,' all of which are 
 now dedicated " to their promptest and staunchest helper," John 
 Forster. In 1843 Mr. Browning produced two acting tragedies 
 of considerable poetic merit — ' The Return of the Druses,' and 
 'A Blot in the 'Scutcheon.' The latter was represented on the 
 stage of Drury Lane Theatre, but with only moderate success. 
 Then came his play of ' Colombo's Birthday,' dedicated in the fol- 
 lowing manner to Mr. Bryan Procter : — " No one loves and honours 
 Barry Cornwall more than does Robert Browning ; who, having 
 nothing better than this play to give him in proof of it, must 
 say so." The last of Mr. Browning's acting tragedies, ' Luria,' ap- 
 peared in 1 846, dedicated in the plenitude of his enthusiasm, with 
 extravagant eulogy, to Mr. Landor : — '' I dedicate this last attempt 
 for the present at dramatic poetry to a Great Dramatic Poet ; 
 ' wishing what I write may be read by his light :' if a phrase ori- 
 ginally addressed, by not the least worthy of his contemporaries, 
 to Shakespeare, may be applied here, by one whose sole privilege 
 is in a grateful admiration to Walter Savage Landor." 
 
 Two other dramatic poems of less pretension, — ^ A Soul's Tra- 
 gedy,' Part First being what was called the Poetry of Chiappino's 
 Life, and Part Second its Prose ; and ' In a Balcony, a Scene,' — 
 complete the Hst of Mr. Browning's productions in this branch 
 of poetry. But in 1850 a spirited poem, of between two and three 
 thousand lines, made its appearance, with the title ' Christmas Eve 
 and Easter Day,' commencing in the following somewhat eccentric 
 style : — 
 
112 KOBEKT BROWNING. 
 
 '• Out of the little chapel I flung, 
 luto the fresh uight-air' again. 
 Five minutes I waited, held my tongue 
 In the doorway, to escape the rain 
 That drove in gusts down the common's centre, 
 At the edge of which the chapel stands. 
 Before I plucked up heart to enter. 
 Heaven knows how many sorts of hands 
 Reached past me, groping for the latch 
 Of the inner door that hung on catch, 
 JNIore obstinate the more they fumbled, 
 Till, giving way at last with a scold 
 Of the crazy hinge, in squeezed or tumbled 
 One sheep more to the rest in fold, 
 And left me irresolute, standing sentry 
 In the sheejjfold's lath-and-plaster entry, 
 Four feet long by two feet wide, 
 Partitioned off from the vast inside — 
 I blocked up half of it at least. 
 No remedy ; the rain kept driving." 
 
 The latest and most singular episode in Mr. Browning's literary- 
 career was tlie publication, in 1852, of a long introductory Essay, 
 accompanying twenty -five letters alleged to be from the pen of 
 Percy Bysshe Shelley, which afterwards proved to be forgeries. 
 Mr. Browning edited the volume in which these letters appeared 
 at the invitation of the late Mr. Moxon, the publisher, who bought 
 them at a sale, and the clever deception was a great annoyance to 
 both. The discovery of the forgery was made accidentally by Mr. 
 Palgrave, while on a visit to Mr. Tennyson. Happening one day 
 to be turning over the pages of a copy of Mr. Moxon's volume 
 that had been sent to the Poet Laureate, Mr. Palgrave suddenly 
 recognized, in a letter set forth as having been written by Shelley 
 from Florence to Godwin, a portion of an article written more than 
 ten years before by his father. Sir Francis Palgrave, for the ' Quar- 
 terly Eeview.' Inquiries were set on foot by a literary detective, 
 most of the letters proved to be of spurious manufacture, and the 
 volume had to be suppressed, along with a similar volume of al- 
 leged letters of Byron, which proved also to be forgeries by the 
 same skilful hand. 
 
JOHN EDWARD GRAY, Ph.D., F.E.S., 
 
 KEEPER OF THE ZOOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS OF THE BRITISH 
 MUSEUM. 
 
 Dk. J. E. Gray and his ancestors of three generations are iden- 
 tified in no unimportant degree with the progress of the study of 
 natural history in this country. Born at Walsall, in Staffordshire, 
 on the 12th of February, 1800, he is the second son of Samuel 
 Frederick Gray, author of the ' Supplement to the Pharmacopoeia,' 
 including the first well-marked extension and improvement of 
 Pay's method of the Natural Arrangement of Plants, whose father 
 was translator of the ' Philosophia Botanica,' and whose uncle, 
 grand-uncle of Dr. J. E, Gray, was Dr. Edward Whitaker Gray, 
 Secretary of the Royal Society, and one of the Trustees of the 
 Hunterian Museum, and Curator of the then-called '' Natural and 
 Artificial Curiosities " of the British Museum. 
 
 While assisting his father as a pharmaceutical chemist and sur- 
 geon, John Edward Gray formed a strong predilection for his pur- 
 suits in natural history. He made frequent excursions into the 
 country to collect and examine animals and plants, and in 1817 
 was elected by his fellow-pupils to undertake the lectures of a 
 botanical class that had been founded in the neighbourhood by 
 Mr. Salisbury, partner of William Curtis, author of the ' Flora 
 Londinensis ' and founder of the ' Botanical Magazine.' His father 
 being compelled by ill-health to retire from business, Mr. J. E. 
 Gray entered as an assistant, at the age of eighteen, the labora- 
 tory of Mr. Willat, chemist, of Fore Street, Cripplegate. Shortly 
 afterwards he commenced a course of medical studies as a pupil 
 of St. Bartholomew's and the Middlesex Hospitals, and at the pri- 
 vate school of Mr. Taunton, in Hatton Garden and Maze Pond, 
 
IM JOHN EDWARD ORAY. 
 
 where he and his father subsequently delivered lectures on botany 
 with the view of teaching the Jussieuan method. 
 
 In the same year, 181 6, Mr. Gray becoming accidentally ac- 
 quainted in one of his rambles with James Francis Stephens, the 
 British entomologist, was introduced by him to Dr. Leach, who 
 then had the care of the zoological collections of the British Mu- 
 seum. Dr. Leach greeted with enthusiasm a young man, whom he 
 perceived to have a knowledge of the works of Cuvier, Lamarck, 
 and Latreille, and offered him every facihty for study. He intro- 
 duced him to Sir Joseph Banks, who, with his well-known libe- 
 rality, gave him free access to his extensive natural histoiy libi'ary 
 in Soho Square, and there he made the acquaintance of the leading 
 scientific men, including Sir Everard Home, Professor De Can- 
 dolle, Burchell, and others. It was in Sir Joseph Banks's library 
 that young Gray prepared the papers on the " Annual Progress of 
 Botany " which appeared in Thompson's ' Annals of Philosophy,' 
 as well as the systematic portion of the '' Systematic Arrangement 
 of British Plants,' which was published, under his father's name, 
 in 1821. This was the first work in the English language on the 
 Natural Method of Arrangement ; and when proposed by some 
 friends, knowing him to be the author of it, for election into the 
 Linnean Society, he was black-balled on account of his being 
 opposed to the Linnean system, although the celebrated author 
 of ' Systema Naturae ' had no more ardent an admirer, and had 
 himself published and was predisposed in favour of the Natural 
 Method. 
 
 This opposition, as Dr. Gray stated some years afterwards at a 
 Linnean Anniversary Dinner, was a great stimulus to his advance- 
 ment in the study of the natural sciences, leading him to withdraw 
 from the medical profession as soon as opportunity offered. At 
 the British Museum he made the acquaintance of several natu- 
 ralists of eminence, including among foreign visitors Cuvier, De 
 Blainville, and Spurzheim, and was deputed by Dr. Leach to show 
 them some of the sights of London. Often has Dr. Gray related 
 the circumstance of his taking Cuvier to the hustings of the West- 
 minster Election when Captain Murray was the Tory proposed, 
 and the great French naturalist had to make a hasty retreat to 
 escape the missiles intended for the obnoxious candidate. 
 
 Dr. Leach was now succeeded at the British Museum by Mr. 
 Children, who being impressed with Dr. Gray's zeal and interest 
 
JOHN EDWARD GRAY. 115 
 
 in natural history, invited him to assist in preparing a Catalogue 
 of the Reptiles. This engagement was prolonged, and by gradual 
 promotion he attained the post of Keeper of the Zoological De- 
 partment of that Institution, which appointment he still holds. 
 The chief cause of his success in the large increase and systematic 
 arrangement of the collections under his care has been the Catho- 
 licism of his taste, having no predilection for any one series of 
 animals more than another, but a desire to collect all that came in 
 his way and to make the specimens as speedily as possible avail- 
 able to the student. 
 
 Dr. Gray was Secretary of the old Entomological Society that 
 merged into the Zoological Club of the Linnean Society and ex- 
 panded subsequently into the Zoological Society of London, of 
 which he is a Vice-President and has contributed largely to its 
 publications. He has been also Secretary and President of the 
 present Entomological Society. He was also President of the 
 Botanical Society, as having been the introducer of the Natural 
 Arrangement of Plants into England. He is a Fellow of the 
 Royal, Linnean, Geological, and Geographical Societies, and an ho- 
 norary member of the Academies of Moscow, Rome, and Ratisbon. 
 By the University of Munich he was elected an Honorary Phil. Dr., 
 for having formed " one of the largest zoological museums.^' 
 
 The scientific public are indebted to Dr. Gray for the commence- 
 ment of a long series of Catalogues of the different sections of the 
 Zoological Collection in the British Museum, which are the nearest 
 approach to a '' Systema Naturas' that we can expect in these days ; 
 they are prepared, as was explained in his evidence before the Par- 
 liamentary Committee on the British Museum, on the plan of en- 
 gaging the person best acquainted with the subject that could be 
 procured, to make the Catalogue, at a fair remuneration to be fixed 
 beforehand, with as little ofl&cial interference as possible, so that 
 the author knows that he will have whatever credit he deserves. 
 The plan has been eminently successful, producing excellent works, 
 which have excited the admiration and envy of the officers of other 
 Institutions, and have been imitated in France, Germany, and 
 Holland, and in some of our local or special Museums ; and fur- 
 ther, the plan has since been followed by the Master of the Rolls, in 
 editing the Calendars of State Papers and other official documents, 
 and by Sir W. J. Hooker in preparing the Colonial Floras. 
 
 When change of occupation was necessary for the purpose of re- 
 
IIG JOHN EDWARD GRAY. 
 
 laxation^ Dr. Gray used liis exertions to extend Education and Sci- 
 ence among the people at large, and whatever lie believed would 
 be beneficial to the rising generation. He strongly advocated in 
 his Papers, and especially before the different Parliamentary Com- 
 mittees,, the more liberal opening of the British and other Mu- 
 seums, Galleries of Art (especially Hampton Court and the Gardens 
 at Kew), declaring, from what he had observed, that English 
 visitors were to be trusted with the care of such exhibitions, even 
 without the strict police supervision that was used on the Con- 
 tinent; and experience has proved the truth of the position. He 
 has also advocated the establishment of Parks and Playgrounds 
 near large cities ; the establishment of small well-arranged Mu- 
 seums of the more interesting animals in the Provinces, and es- 
 pecially on the outskirts of London; and the institution of comfort- 
 able, well-formed, and even decorated coffee and tea houses, for the 
 use of the pubhc, as rivals to the richly-embellished gin palaces 
 and dancing saloons, which are supported by a rich and powerful 
 trade organization. 
 
 While residing at Blackheath, he established a Mechanics' Insti- 
 tution at Greenwich, giving Lectures, and making excursions with 
 the Members in the evening, after his return from the Museum ; 
 thus introducing the Members to the Book of Nature at first 
 hand, and teaching them how to observe, in the way which has 
 since been dignified with a name and called Field Naturalist Clubs. 
 This Institution is now, after more than thirty years, one of the 
 few that still prospers and keeps to its object. It has a large 
 Building, with a beautiful News Room, a large Library for cir- 
 culation, and there is a prosperous School attached to it, all 
 managed by the Members, who generally consist of the smaller 
 tradesmen and workmen of the district. The great source of its 
 success and permanence is the low rate of the subscriptions, and 
 especially the determination of the Members from the first to de- 
 pend on their own exertions, and not on the patronage and sub- 
 scriptions of the richer inhabitants. 
 
 He was elected a delegate from more than one Mechanics' In- 
 stitution to the Mechanics' Institution Union that was suggested 
 by Lord Brougham, in connection with the Society of Useful 
 Knowledge, — a suggestion that was before its time, and which 
 has since been carried into practice in the North of England, and 
 by the Society of Arts. 
 
JOHN EDWARD GRAY. 117 
 
 Being in the habit of visiting tlie Continent almost annually, 
 to examine the different Museums and Institutions connected with 
 Education^ etc., in retui-ning from one of these visits he brought 
 from Hamburg, and presented it to the Hoyal Humane Society, a 
 Boat, used for the purpose of recovering persons who have fallen 
 through the ice, which have an open well in the centre, through 
 which the person can be recovered without any fear of the boat 
 being overset. This boat was extensively used, and has been the 
 model from which have been derived the various contrivances now 
 nsed for recovering persons from the ice and water. 
 
 The Royal Humane Society in consequence elected liim an 
 Honorary Life Member, and he afterwards brought before the 
 Society the Memoir of M. Le Roy d'Etoile, showing the evil 
 which was sure to arise from the use of the bellows to restore 
 animation, especially by unprofessional persons ; but he suggested 
 a system by which the elasticity of the ribs could be used to ex- 
 cite respiration wdiich had been suspended, but the Society waa 
 disincHned to adopt the suggestion to abolish the use of the bel- 
 lows, as they feared it might have an injurious effect on their repu- 
 tation ; though it may be observed that most of the means which 
 they now recommend should not be used, have at one period of 
 their existence been recommended by them. This only shows the 
 rapid increase of knowledge on this important subject. 
 
 He was an active Member of the Council of the Central Society 
 of Education, and of the Metropolitan Improvement Society, be- 
 ing the colleague of Mr. Duppa, Messrs. Austin, Chadwick, and 
 others, which were the forerunners of the Metropolitan Board of 
 Health and Works, and the Committee of Privy Council on Edu- 
 cation. 
 
 More lately, he opposed the attempt to introduce a decimal sys- 
 tem of accounts with the pound for the unit, before the Royal 
 Commission, showing that the present system of coinage and ac- 
 counts was far preferable, and that the only effect of attempting 
 to introduce such a change would be the concurrent existence of 
 two systems for an indefinite period in the place of the excellent 
 uniform system that is now universally used and understood. He 
 commenced the discussion that ensued in the ' Times ' by a letter, 
 signed in defence of the " Poor Man's Penny,'^ and he wrote many 
 articles in the journals, and issued several pamphlets on the 
 subject. 
 
1 1 8 JOHN EDWARD GRAY. 
 
 Dai'ing tlie discussions on the Stamps of Newspapers^ and tlie 
 Ecform of the Post-Office, which were inaugurated by the Duke 
 of Richmond after the passing of the lleform Bill, he was induced 
 to study the question, and suggested that the prepayment of the 
 Postage by Stamps should be used for Letters as well as for News- 
 papers. He stated in the preface to his ' Catalogue of Postage 
 Stamps/ apparently as a reason for collection of them, '"' I began 
 to collect postage-stamps shortly after the system was established, 
 and before it became a rage, as I took great interest in their use 
 and extension, as I believe 1 was the first who proposed, in 1834, 
 the system of a small uniform rate of Postage to be prepaid by 
 Stamps, — having satisfied my own mind that the great cost of the 
 Post-Office was not the reception, carriage, and delivery of the 
 letters, but the complicated system of accounts that the old system 
 required, and having learned from the best writers on political 
 economy that the collection of money by stamps was the most cer- 
 tain and economical. It was, in fact, the mere application of the 
 system used with regard to newspapers to letters in general.^' 
 
 In 1826 Dr. Gray married the widow of his cousin, a lady whom 
 he afiectionately designates, in a dedication prefixed to his edition 
 of Turton's ' British Land and Ffeshwater Shells,^ as " my help- 
 mate in all my studies and all my cares,^' and who is the author 
 of a useful collection in five volumes of etchings of molluscous 
 animals, copied from various sources. 
 
E. H. BAILY, R.A. 
 
 Mr. E. H. Baily was born on the 10th of March, 1788, at No. 1, 
 Red Lodge Court, in the city of Bristol. His father was a ship- 
 head carver of much ability and knowledge of art, and it may be 
 this fact which induced in young Baily an early taste for the arts. 
 At the age of fourteen he was placed in a merchant's office; 
 but disliking a mercantile life, he left his situation at the age of 
 fifteen, and commenced the world as a modeller in wax. At this 
 time, Flaxman and Bacon were the great sculptors of the day ; 
 and it was by the inspection of a monument by the latter artist, 
 erected to the memory of Mrs. Draper, the Eliza of Sterne, in 
 Bristol Cathedral, that young Baily was awakened to a knowledge 
 of what high art meant, and the importance of visiting the metro- 
 polis to pursue his studies. There was some little difficulty attend- 
 ing this step, but with the assistance of a sm'geon of the name of 
 Leigh, who was a lover of art, and had a high appreciation of young 
 Baily's talent, the difficulty was overcome ; and after modelling 
 for this gentleman two designs from Flaxman's illustration of the 
 'Odyssey' and 'Iliad,' he reached London -vvdth a letter of intro- 
 duction to the great sculptor, who instantly received him into his 
 study. 
 
 During the first few years Mr. Baily passed in the studio of 
 Flaxman, he devoted his days to carrying on the works of his 
 master and patron, and his evenings to the Royal Academy schools 
 and lectures, or preparing works for the ensuing exhibitions. 
 His progress as a student was exceedingly rapid. Before the 
 age of nineteen, he had secured the silver medal at the Society of 
 Arts and the silver and gold medals of the Royal Academy, with a 
 purse of fifty guineas, for his model of ' Hercules restoring Alcestia 
 
 i 
 
120 E. H. BAILY. 
 
 to Admetus ; while ' Cupid and Pysclie/ ' Hercules throwiug Ly- 
 cas/ a statue of ' Flora/ and ' Apollo dischartring his Arrows/ 
 models of considerable merits formed his first exhibition gi-oups. 
 In 1812 his reputation as an artist was established^ and over- 
 tures were made to him by Messrs. Rundell and Bridge, the great 
 goldsmiths of that day, to occupy the post in their establishment 
 of chief modeller, — an offer which he at once accepted. 
 
 Up to this time the greatest cordiality had existed between Baily 
 and Flaxman ; the latter had always expressed a conviction that 
 his pupil would become a distinguished artist, and upon hearing 
 of Mr. Baily's decision, and fearing the consequences of his aban- 
 doning legitimate sculpture for the insignificance of silver model- 
 ling, he persisted in endeavouring to induce his pupil to recon- 
 sider the proposal ; but the agreements had been signed, and 
 Mr. Baily shortly after left the studio of Flaxman. Flaxman's 
 fears, however just, were not realized, for in 1817, at the age of 
 twenty-nine, Mr. Baily produced his celebrated statue of ' Eve at 
 the Fountain,' a statue of world-wide reputation, from which two 
 copies were at a much later period executed ; one for the late 
 Mr. Ellice, M.P., and the other for the late Mr. Bicknell, the origi- 
 nal being the property of the institution in Mr. Baily's native city. 
 Four years after the production of this work, he was elected a 
 Royal Academician. 
 
 Before the conclusion of Mr. Baily's six years' service with Messrs. 
 Eundell and Bridge, he was entrusted with the execution of a mo- 
 nument to the memory of General Pousonby, designed by the late 
 William Theed, for erection in St. Paul's Cathedral. The death 
 of Mr. Theed threw this work into Mr. Baily's hands, and so ably 
 was it carried out, that he received the thanks of the committee, 
 and was recommended to the execution of the sculpture which en- 
 riches the Picton Memorial at CardiS*. After passing five years 
 with Messrs. Rundell and Bridge (whose business was rapidly de- 
 clining), he proposed to cancel the agreements, — a suggestion 
 readily complied with by the firm ; and now, determining to pursue 
 legitimate sculpture only, he secured a study at No. 8, Percy Street, 
 Bedford Square, where, and at No. 10 in the same street, most of 
 his finest works were produced. 
 
 In 1824, Mr. Baily received his first commission for a public 
 work, the statue of Earl St. Vincent, erected in St. Paul's Cathe- 
 dral at the expense of the Government, and shoiily after he was 
 
E. H. BATLY. 121 
 
 appointed to execute portions of the external and internal sculp- 
 tural decoration for Buckingham Palace^ consisting of the centre 
 pediment of the now enclosed front, the wind dial, a basso-relievo, 
 illustrative of English History, and statues of poetry, painting, and 
 sculpture, as well as half, or one side, of the Marble Arch which now 
 faces Hyde Park. Mr. Baily had now obtained immense popu- 
 larity ; his ' Eve at the Fountain ' at once established his repu- 
 tation as a poetic sculptor, and his works then in progress became 
 the art-conversation of the day. 
 
 A subscription statue of Telford, the engineer, erected in St. 
 Paul's, followed the recently- erected monument to St. Vincent, 
 and received no less commendation than his Sir Richard Bourke, 
 executed in bronze at the expense of the people of Sidney, and 
 there erected. These statues established the fame of Mr. Baily as 
 a portrait-sculptor, and shortly after followed commissions for the 
 execution of his colossal statue of Eai-1 Grey at Newcastle, and 
 Sir Astley Cooper in St. Paul's. 
 
 Although Mr. Baily had been extensively occupied with com- 
 missions of this class, his poetic mind was busily at work, and at 
 the same time he produced his famous Sleeping Nymph, pur- 
 chased by Lord Monteagle, in whose possession it now is, as well 
 as a posthumous recumbent statue of Mrs. M^Connell, of Man- 
 chester, which much increased his popularity in that city. Up to 
 tliis period in Mr. Baily's career, the lesser branch of his art, bust 
 portraiture, had not been neglected, and his industrious hand had 
 already chiselled some of the most famous men of the day. 
 
 In 1834 the great competition in connection with the erection 
 of a monument to Nelson opened a wide field for the exhibition of 
 his poetic mind, and although his design was superseded by the 
 column which now exists, it was pronounced a work " worthy of 
 any age and of any nation." The statue which surmounts the 
 column in Trafalgar Square is from Mr. Baily's chisel ; the original 
 model is in the Hall of the Admiralty. 
 
 The late Joseph Neild, Esq., a great patron of art, and admirer 
 of Mr. Baily's genius, largely employed him. In his gallery at 
 Grittleton House, Wiltshire, are deposited Mr. Baily's marbles of 
 ' Eve listening to the Voice,' ' The Tired Huntsman,' ' Nymph pre- 
 paring to Bathe,' 'The Graces,' 'Adam consoling Eve after the 
 Fall,' and 'Maternal Affection;' of his plaster works, statues of 
 Flaxman and Stothard, and an alto-rlJievo of a ' Mother and 
 
122 E. H. BAILY. 
 
 Child :' they are now the property of Sir John Neild. The late 
 Mr. Bicknell was another admirer of Mr. Baily's talent, and among 
 his collection, until recently, were four statues by this artist — 
 ' Paris and Helen/ and ' Cupid and Psyche.' Of Mr. Baily's 
 works of a monumental character, the most conspicuous are those 
 to the memory of Lord Holland in Westminster Abbey, and Lord 
 Egremont at Petworth ; but numerous specimens of his genius in 
 monumental design are distributed throughout the country, espe- 
 cially in his native city, among which may be mentioned a statue 
 of Piety, to the memory of Mrs. Middleton, erected in the Cathe- 
 dral, and another in the same edifice, to record the death of 
 Philip Miles, Esq. His statue of Dr. Wood, of Cambridge, was 
 placed in St. John's College in 1839. It is, probably, Mr. Baily's 
 fi.nest production in portraiture, and so highly were its merits ap- 
 preciated at Cambridge that a sum of money was raised, and on 
 the work being completed, Mr. Baily was presented with a costly 
 silver inkstand and the thanks of the College. 
 
 From this date, 1839, until 1858, Mr. Baily was largely employed 
 upon works of a public character, amongst which were statues of the 
 Duke of Sussex for the Freemasons' Hall, in marble; Judge Tindall, 
 in bronze, erected at Chelmsford ; Dean Dawson, for Dublin ; Sir 
 Charles Metcalf, for India ; Sir Pultney Malcombe, for St. Paul's ; 
 Dr. Flemming, erected in the Manchester Cathedral ; Stephenson, 
 for the London terminus of the North-Western Railway ; a colossal 
 statue of Sir Robert Peel, for Bury, Lancashire ; Judge Mansfield 
 and Fox, for the vestibvile of the Houses of Parliament ; the Morn- 
 ing Star and Milton's Genius for the Mansion House. Upon Mr. 
 Baily retiring from the active pursuit of his profession, many of 
 his original models found a home in the Crystal Palace, and 
 many others were purchased by private individuals. The last work 
 upon which Mr. Baily was engaged was a female statue, ' Resigna- 
 tion,' exhibited in 1858. 
 
JAMES ORCHARD IIALLIWELL, F.R.S. 
 
 The forthcoming' tercentenaiy commemoration of tlie birtli of 
 Shakespere will draw passing attention to the career of many who 
 have contributed by their labours to the elucidation of the Poet's 
 works. The name of James Orchard Halliwell has long been 
 identified with the history of Shakesperian criticism, and his re- 
 searches, as we shall presently show, have assumed a character of 
 almost national importance. One of the secrets of Mr. HalliwelPa 
 literary success has been his unflagging industry and devotion to 
 one subject. " In matters requiring deep research/^ once wrote 
 Mr. Halliwell in the cause of literature, ^' it is impossible for any 
 one, however industrious, to do justice at one and the same time 
 to a great variety of subjects ; and I should strongly advise young 
 men who may be intending to devote themselves to the literature 
 of research, to ponder well on the selection of a subject for study, 
 but, having made that selection, to exclude other topics, however 
 seductive their consideration may appear." 
 
 James Orchard Halliwell was born in Sloane Street, Chelsea, in 
 1820. Having imbibed a taste for antiquarian research, he com- 
 menced to study literature chiefly from that point of view, and 
 at the. age of nineteen produced his first publication, 'A Chronicle 
 of the First Thirteen Years of the Reign of Edward IV., by John 
 Warkworth, edited from the original MS., with Introduction and 
 Notes.'' In the same year (1839) he was elected a Fellow of the 
 Royal Society. In 1840 appeared ''The Chronicle of WilHam de 
 Rishanger, and the Miracles of Simon de Montford, edited from 
 the Cottonian MSS., with Introduction and Notes,' and in 1841 
 by his ' Ludus Coventrise, a Collection of Mysteries formei'ly repre- 
 sented at Coventry, from the Cotton MS., with Introduction and 
 Notes.' 
 
 VOL. I. T 
 
12 i JAMES ORCHAKD HALLIWELL. 
 
 Mr. Halliwell's first contribution to Shakesperian literature ap- 
 peared in 1841, witli the title ' An Introduction to Shakespere's 
 Midsummer Niglit's Dream/ followed in tlie same year by another, 
 entitled, ' On the Character of Sir John FalstaflF as originally ex- 
 hibited by Shakespere in the Two Parts of Henry IV. / and the 
 nature of Mr. Halliwell's studies during the two-and-twenty years 
 that have elapsed since, may be gathered from a list in chronolo- 
 gical order of the principal works which he has produced up to the 
 present time. 
 
 ' The Nursery Rhymes of England, collected principally from 
 Oral Traditions.^ (Frequently reprinted.) 
 
 '■ The Private Diary of Dr. John Dee, and a Catalogue of his 
 Library, from the original MSS., with Introduction and Notes.' 
 
 ' The First Sketch of Shakespere's JNIerry Wives of Windsor, 
 with an Introduction and Notes.' 
 
 * The First Sketches of the Second and Third Parts of Henry 
 YL, with Introduction and Notes.' 
 
 ^ Tarlton's Jests and News out of Purgatory, with Notes, and 
 some Account of the Life of Tarlton.' 8vo. 
 
 ' The Thornton Romances, edited from MSS. at Lincoln and 
 Cambridge, with Introduction and Notes.' 4to. 
 
 ' Illustrations of the Fairy Mythology of a Midsummer Night's 
 Dream.' Svo. 
 
 ' Shakespere's Play of Henry lY., from a contemporary MS., 
 with Introduction and Notes.' Svo. 
 
 ' A Dictionary of Archaic and Provincial AYords, Obsolete 
 Phrases, Proverbs, and Ancient Customs.' 2 vols. Svo. 
 
 * A Life of Shakespere.' Svo. 
 
 ' Popular Rhymes and Nursery Tales.' Svo. 
 
 ' Marston's Works, with Notes and Life.' 3 vols. Svo. 
 
 ' An Introduction to the Evidences of Christianity.' Svo. 
 
 * Notes of Family Excursions in North Wales.' 4to. 
 
 ' Rambles in Western Cornwall by the Footsteps of the Giants.' 
 4to. 
 
 'The Works of WilHam Shakespere; the Text formed from a 
 New Collation of the early editions : to which are added all the 
 Original Novels and Tales on which the Plays are founded, co- 
 pious Archaeological Annotations on each Play, an Essay on the 
 Formation of the Text, and a Life of the Poet.' Folio. To be 
 completed in fifteen volumes, eleven of which have been issued. 
 
JAMES OECHAED HALLIWELL. 125 
 
 ^A Descriptive Calendar of the Ancient Manuscripts and Ee- 
 cords in the possession of the Corporation of Stratford-upon- 
 Avon.' Folio. 
 
 It will be seen that the maijunm opus of Mr, Halliwell is his 
 larg'e folio edition of Shakespere's works, of which eleven are piib- 
 lished, and four more are in preparation. This magnificent pro- 
 duction is quite a marvel in literature, but it does not surpass in 
 g-randeur of conception the plan which Mr. Halliwell has formed 
 for the jDreservation of the Poet's historical remains. 
 
 In the spring of 1801, the site of New Place, the last residence 
 of Shakespere, and the small garden attached to it, were put up for 
 sale. No public interest was excited at the time, and the estate 
 w^as bought in; but, on the occasion of its being put up for re-sale 
 in the following autumn, Mr. Halliwell ventured to appeal to the 
 press, with the view of securing it for the public, and the idea 
 was so kindly and vigorously supported by the leading papers, the 
 object proposed was attained readily and successfully. 
 
 The old proverb says that it never rains but it pours. New Place, 
 which had for some months gone begging, now became a public 
 favourite, and no fewer than three persons came forward to rescue 
 the property from the hands of speculative builders. The libe- 
 rality of the public, however, rendered it unnecessary to have re- 
 course to the purse of any one individual for the accomplishment 
 of the object in view. 
 
 Through the ardent personal exertions of Mr. Halliwell, the suc- 
 cess of this movement led in October, 1861, to the establishment 
 of the Shakespere Fund, for the promotion of the following objects: 
 — 1. The purchase of the gardens of Shakespere at New Place. 
 2. The purchase of the remainder of the birthplace estate. 3. The 
 purchase of Anne Hathaway's cottage, with an endowment for a cus- 
 todian. 4. The purchase of Getley's copyhold, Stratford-on-Avon. 
 5. The purchase of any other properties at or near Stratford-on- 
 Avon, that either formerly belonged to Shakespere, or are intimately 
 connected with the memories of his life. The calendaring and 
 preservation of those recoi^ds at Stratford-on-Avon which illustrate 
 the Poet's life, or the social life and history of Stratford-on-Avon 
 in his time ; and, 7. The erection and endowment of a Shakespere 
 Library and Museum at Stratford-on-Avon. 
 
 About four thousand pounds have already been subscribed, but 
 much more is of course required to effect these objects. The 
 
126 JAMES ORCHARD ITALLIWELL. 
 
 Slmkespei^o Fund is at present in a"beyance, that its wm-king may 
 not interfere with the collection of public subscriptions in aid of 
 the approaching tercentenary celebration ; but after the latter has 
 passed and gone, the claims of the Fund will, it is hoped, receive 
 that public attention which is now temporarily interrupted. 
 
 Mr. Halliwellj who is a member of several foreign literaiy and 
 scientific societies^ has long been an enthusiastic collector of old 
 and rare books, and curious typographical fragments. In 1851 
 he presented to the Chetham Library, of Manchester, a valuable 
 collection of proclamations, ballads, poems, bills, and other broad- 
 sheet literature, comprising upwards of 3000 pieces of more or 
 less historical importance, all industriously indexed. 
 
w^^ 
 
 IHH 
 
 p 
 
 
 Il^^^^^^^HC^ 
 
 
 pi 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^C... . M 
 
THOMAS HENRY HUXLEY, F.R.S., Pii.D. (Bieslau), 
 
 PROFESSOR OF NATURAL HISTORY, ROYAL SCHOOL OF MINES, AND 
 
 HUNTERIAN PROFESSOR OF COMPARATIVE ANATOMY AND 
 
 PHYSIOLOGY TO THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS. 
 
 •Thomas Henry Huxley was born on the 4tli of May, 1825, at tlie 
 •village of Ealing, near London, and received part of his education 
 at Ealing School, in which his father was a master. For the rest, 
 apart from a large appetite for miscellaneous reading, he is in- 
 debted to the works of Mr. Carlyle and of Mr. Mill ; to the dili- 
 gent study of German scientific literature; and to the training 
 and example of a distinguished English anatomist and physiolo- 
 gist, Mr. Wharton Jones. 
 
 . Prevented by circumstances from devoting himself to the pro- 
 fession of his choice, — that of an engineer, — Mr. Huxley, while 
 still a mere boy, commenced the study of medicine under the tute- 
 lage of a physician, his brotlier-in-la.w ; but a too prolonged and 
 inquisitive devotion to his first anatomical inquiry wellnigh put 
 an end to his career at once, by inducing a painful and lingering 
 disease, under which his unformed constitution nearly sank. Be- 
 tween 1842 and 1845 Mr. Huxley went through his curriculum 
 as a student of medicine, attending one or two courses of lec- 
 ■tures at Sydenham College, but owing the rest of his instruction 
 to the Charing Cross Hospital Medical School. Attracted by the 
 .admirable teaching of the Lecturer on Physiology at the latter 
 institution, Mr. V*^harton Jones, he devoted himself, with much 
 zeal, to the study of Physiology and Histology ; and, in 1845, pub- 
 lished his first paper, containing an account of the discovery of a 
 new structure in the sheath of the human hair. Mr. Huxley com- 
 pleted his medical studies, and passed the first examination for the 
 
JZO THOMAS HENRY HUXLEY. 
 
 degree of M.B. at the University of London, taking honours in 
 physiology, in 1845 ; but, as the College of Surgeons requires its 
 members to be at least twenty-one years of age, he was still too 
 young to become a qualified practitioner in the early part of 1846. 
 Lamenting his enforced inaction to a fellow-student, Dr. Fayrer, 
 now Professor of Surgery at the Calcutta Medical College, the 
 latter suggested an application to the late Sir William Burnett 
 for an appointment in the Navy. A letter, concocted between the 
 two friends, was at once written and dispatched, and after passing 
 the requisite examinations, Mr. Huxley found himself, in March, 
 1846, borne on the books of H. M.S. Victory, for service at Haslar 
 Hospital. 
 
 Sir John Richardson, the celebrated naturalist and Arctic voy- 
 ager, was at that time Medical Inspector at Haslar, and the newly- 
 appointed assistant-surgeon had the good fortune to fall under his 
 orders. Sir John, as was his wont, not saying much, but noting 
 most things, and always taking a kindly interest in his subordi- 
 nates, endeavoured to obtain a permanent appointment to the 
 Museum of the Hospital for the new-comer ; but failing in that, 
 introduced him to the late Captain Owen Stanley, who, on com- 
 missioning H.M.S. Rattlesnake for a surve3dng and exploring cruise 
 to the South Seas, applied to Sir John Richardson to find for him an 
 assistant-surgeon who might be able to make use of the scientific 
 opportunities the voyage would afibrd. Mr. Huxley gladly ac- 
 cepted the appointment, and left England in the winter of 1846. 
 The principal object of the cruise was to survey the so-called "inner 
 passage '' between the great Barrier Reef and the East Coast of 
 Australia; but, that end achieved. Captain Stanley was left at 
 liberty to explore the adjacent coasts of New Guinea and the 
 Louisiade Archipelago, as much as he might think proper. The 
 ' Rattlesnake ' visited Madeira^ Rio, the Cape of Good Hope, Mau- 
 ritius, and Tasmania^ on her way to Sydney. Making that place 
 her head-quarters for about three months in each year^ the ' Rattle- 
 snake ^ spent most of the rest of three successive years among the 
 reefs and islands off the Eastern and Northern Coasts of Aus- 
 tralia^ her crew seeing no civilized faces but their own, and receiv- 
 ing letters but once during the intervening eight or nine months. 
 Although officers and men had a great deal of boat-service, and 
 lived, what most shore-going folk would be inclined to think a 
 hard life, the casualties were remarkably few until 1850^ when Cap- 
 
THOMAS HENRY HUXLEY. 129 
 
 tain Stanley, whose liealtli had been broken down by the cruise of 
 the preceding season in New Guinea, died suddenly ; and after- 
 wards a strange epidemic, originated by a scratch of the hand of 
 one of the quartermasters by a beef-bone, spread through the ship 
 and cost some lives. The death of the captain put an end to the 
 cruise ; and the ' Rattlesnake ' returned, by way of New Zealand, 
 the Falkland and the Western Islands ; reaching England, after 
 just four years' absence, in the winter of 1850. 
 
 Whatever may have been the value, in other respects, of the 
 voyage of the 'Rattlesnake' (an excellent account of which has 
 been published by the naturalist of the ship, Mr, Macgillivi-ay) , it 
 was assuredly of immense importance to her assistant-surgeon as a 
 training school, not only in science, but in practical life. To learn 
 what the essentials of human existence are, and that it is quite 
 possible to make oneself perfectly happy in an open boat, with 
 a vertical sun frying the piece of salt pork which is one's dinner, 
 and warming the glass of grog which is to wash it down ; to ascer- 
 tain experimentally, that habits of strict subordination, though 
 unpleasant at first, are very useful and necessary under certain cir- 
 cumstances ; to find out, in the same way, that a man's real status 
 always depends upon his faculties and his character, — it was well 
 worth while to spend four years amidst the infinite disagreeables 
 of ship-life, and the racket of a midshipman's berth, to which the 
 assistant-surgeons of that day were condemned. And, on the 
 other hand, regarded from a scientific point of view, the ' Rattle- 
 snake ' was a sort of floating museum, with the advantage that 
 her collections were all outside her and alive, in any number of 
 acres of space. Unless the weather was very bad, a towing-net, 
 pvit for half-an-hour over the ship's side, would always bring up 
 material which a persevering observer, lashing his microscope and 
 jamming his head against the window of the chart-room to keep 
 it and himself steady, could easily turn to account. Sometimes, 
 indeed, and this most provokingly, in those dead equatorial calms 
 when the sea swarms with life, 
 
 " And slimy things did crawl with legs 
 Upon the slimy sea," 
 
 the huge ocean-swell would send the old ship lurching on lier 
 beam-ends, and observer and observed ignomiuiously to leeward; 
 but such mishaps could be easily remedied. 
 
130 THOMAS HENRY HUXLEY. 
 
 It was a matter of very great moment for tlie miinstructed ami 
 untrained beginner in Comparative Anatomy, tliat the organisms 
 tlius obtained were of such, a kind as to lead, by a direct and easy 
 path, to all the highest generalizations of biological science ; 
 while many of them were so imperfectly known, that a reasonably 
 careful and diligent inquirer could not fail to meet with novelties 
 on all sides. In 1847 Mr. Huxley sent to the Linnean Society, 
 of which the Bishop of Norwich, the father of Captain Stanley, 
 was then President, a memoir on the ' Physalia,^ and in 1818 
 another, on the structure of the allied ' Diphydse •' following them 
 up in 1849 by a third, on the anatomy and affinities of the 'lAe- 
 dnsa3,^ which was transmitted to the Royal Society, and in which 
 the results of the previous inquiries were summed up and gene- 
 ralized. Of the fate of these essays Mr. Huxley received no tidings 
 until his return to England, so that he had ample opportunities of 
 forming a habit of finding the reward of labour in itself, which 
 he has since doubtless discovered to be of great service. 
 
 It was none the less satisfactory, however, to learn, on his 
 return in 1850, that the Royal Society had printed his last me- 
 moir; which, indeed, obtained for him, in 1852, the further en- 
 couragement (of great practical value to a young man struggling 
 with many difficulties) of the award of a Royal Medal. 
 
 The work thus published was the expansion of only a small part 
 of the mass of notes and drawings collected during four years 
 and as the heads of the Admii^alty had prefixed to the Manual of 
 Scientific Inqu.iry, published under their sanction, a minute stating 
 their opinion that " it would be to the honour and advantage of 
 the Navy, and conduce to the general interests of science, if new 
 facilities and encouragement were given to the collection of infor- 
 mation upon scientific subjects by the officers, and more parti- 
 cularly by the medical officers of Her Majesty's Navy when upon 
 foreign service,^' Mr. Huxley's friends and advisers (among whom 
 the genial and warm-liearted Edward Forbes occupied a chief 
 place) not unreasonably imagined that the Admiralty would af- 
 ford such encouragement by contributing towards the publication 
 of his researches. The history of the negotiations which took 
 place ; how the Clovernment Grant Committee very properly de- 
 clined to expend the funds at their disposal upon work which the 
 Admiralty stood pledged to aid ; how, on the other hand, the 
 Admiralty, steadily ignoring its minute, yet gave the troublesome 
 
THOMAS HENRY HUXLEY. ISl 
 
 assistant- surgeon full pay for tliree years to do that which they 
 refused him the means of doing-, may be found by those who 
 are interested in such matters, in the preface to the ' Oceanic Hy- 
 drozoa, a description of the Calycophoridie and Physophorida^ ob- 
 served during- the Voyage of H.M.S. Rattlesnake/ which did 
 not make its appearance till 1859. For, though, on Mr. Hux- 
 ley^s ceasing to be a naval officer in ]85i, the Government 
 Grant Committee at once voted him £300 for the publication of 
 his work, he had in the meantime necessarily drifted into other 
 occupations which interfered with its completion. 
 
 In 1851 he submitted to the Royal Society memoirs on Salpa 
 and Pyrosoma^ and on Appendicularia and Doliolum ; and in this 
 and the following year published other papers of minor import- 
 ance. In 1852 he delivered his maiden lecture on 'Animal Indi- 
 viduality,' as a Friday evening discourse, at the Royal Institution 
 in Albemarle Street ; and undertook, in conjunction with Mr. Busk, 
 the translation of ' Kolliker's Human Histology ' for the Sydenham 
 Society. In this year he was elected a Fellow of the Royal Society. 
 Still working out the materials collected during his voyage, Mr. 
 Huxley presented to the Royal Society, in 1853, a memoir on the 
 Morphology of the Cephalous Mollusca, in which an attempt is 
 made to reduce the structure of these animals to a common plan, 
 and to show how the plan is modified in each subdivision of the 
 group j and his attention being necessarily much du-ected to his- 
 tological questions in the course of translating his share of Kol- 
 liker's work, he wrote, in this and the following year, papers on 
 the Development of the Teeth, on the Corpuscula Tactiis, on the 
 Structure of the Spleen, on the Cell Theory, and an article for 
 Todd's Cyclopaedia, on the 'Tegumentary Organs,' besides sundry 
 contributions to Comparative Anatomy. 
 
 In 1855 Mr. Huxley was appointed to the Chair of Natural His- 
 tory (including Comparative Anatomy and Palgeontology) at the 
 Royal School of Mines in Jermyn Street, vacated by the trans- 
 lation of Professor Edward Forbes to Edinburgh. In the course 
 of the year he delivered a lecture at the Royal Institution on the 
 Hypothesis of Progressive Development in Time, in which he 
 denied that the known facts of Palaeontology afford any direct 
 support to that hypothesis, and furthermore impugned the com- 
 mon assumption that reasoning from final causes is an important 
 part of the methods of interpretation of the paleeontologist. Ap- 
 
 VOL. I. u 
 
132 THOMAS HENRY HUXLEY. 
 
 pointod Fulloniin Professor of Physiology to tlie Royal Institution 
 in 1855, lie delivered courses of lectures in 1856-7-8 in that ca- 
 pacity. In the same year he became Examiner in Physiology and 
 Comparative Anatomy to the University of London, a post which 
 he held up to 1862. 
 
 In 1857 he commenced the publication of his lectures at the 
 Royal School of Mines in the ' Medical Times '; and, accidentally 
 associated with his friend Professor Tyndall, dabbled a little in the 
 Glacier question ; and in this and the following year he published 
 sundry contributions to Comparative Anatomy and Paleeontology. 
 One of the most important of these is that on the Agamic Re- 
 production and Morphology of Aphis, in which an exact analysis 
 of the strange phenomena observed by Bonnet in the Aphides 
 is given, and an attempt is made to demonstrate the typical 
 construction of the head and body of articulate animals. Ap- 
 pointed Croonian Lectui'er to the Royal Society for 1858, Mr. 
 Huxley took for his subject the Theory of the Vertebrate Skull, 
 and endeavoured to demonstrate that the skull is not a modified 
 series of vertebras, but that it is constructed on a plan of its own ; 
 he attempted further to prove the identity of certain bones in 
 all vertebrate skulls ; and he called attention to the supreme im- 
 portance of the study of development in relation to this question. 
 In the same year Mr. Huxley contributed to the Geological Society's 
 Journal papers on Cephalaspis and Pteraspis demonstrating the 
 piscine nature of the latter fossil, which had been called in ques- 
 tion ; on a new species of Plesiosaurus ; an essay on the Structure 
 and Affinities of Pterygotus to the Memoirs of the Geological Sur- 
 vey ; a paper on the Anatomy of Nautilia to the Linnean Society ; 
 and a Report on the Deep Sea Soundings, collected by Captain 
 Dayman, R.N., during the survey preliminary to the laying down 
 of the Atlantic telegraph, which was conducted by that officer, to 
 the Admiralty. He also published a paper in the Quarterly Jour- 
 nal of the Microscopical Society, in which it is demonstrated that 
 the so-called homocercal fishes of the present day are in reality ex- 
 tremely heterocercal. 
 
 In the winter of 1 858, the remarkable remains, some of which 
 had previously been considered to be Ich thy elites, which had been 
 discovered near Elgin in sandstones, supposed to be of Devonian 
 age, were placed by Sir R. I. Murchison in Mr. Huxley^s hands for 
 identification and description. In 1859 the results of this inquiry, 
 
THOMAS HENRY HUXLEY, 133 
 
 demonstrating the remains to be reptilian, and to belong partly 
 to Teleosauria, allied to the Reptilia of Trias, and partly to La- 
 certilia, allied to the Rhynchosanriis of the Trias, were communi- 
 cated to the Greological Society, with the effect of reopening the 
 question as to the age of the beds, — a question which has not yet 
 received its final settlement. If the Elgin sandstones should turn 
 out to be Devonian, these will be the oldest reptilian remains at 
 present known. This inquiry necessitated a revision of the 
 characters of the existing Crocodilia (pubhshed in the Quarterly 
 Journal of the Linnean Society) , and led to a good deal of other 
 palaiontological work. 
 
 In 1859, the ^Oceanic Hydrozoa^ at length appeared j and, in 
 the winter of the same year, a preliminary essay, on the develop- 
 ment of Pyrosoma, the elaboration of which into a long memoir, 
 published in the Linnean Transactions, occupied much of the 
 year 1860, The importance of the paper lies in its professing to 
 describe a new and unique method of animal development. In 
 this year Mr. Huxley became one of the Secretaries of the G eolo- 
 gical Society, an office which he held until 1862, when the in- 
 creasing pressure of his occupations obliged him to withdraw from 
 that position. 
 
 On the appearance of Mr. Darwin's great work on the Origin 
 of Species, in ]859, Mr. Huxley, though no admirer of the doc- 
 trine of progressive development as it had been put forward by 
 Lamarck and the author of the ^ Vestiges,^ perceived, like many 
 other naturalists, that that hypothesis had, in Mr. Darwin's hands, 
 taken an altogether new position; had, in fact, for the first time, 
 obtained scientific standiiig-ground. While carefully guarding 
 himself, therefore, against being supposed to see no difficulties in 
 the way of Mr. Darwin's views, Mr, Huxley thought it his duty to 
 exert himself on all occasions to obtain a fair hearing for them, 
 and to show that, though Mr, Darwin's argument may not be 
 complete, yet the case of his adversaries, so far as it is based upon 
 anatomical arguments, is much weaker. Hence a good deal of 
 controversy, sometimes about matters on which difference of opi- 
 nion may fairly exist — sometimes upon questions regarding which 
 the ascertainment of the truth is a matter of ocular insjjection. 
 The upshot of all these discussions is to be found in the ' Evi- 
 dence as to Man's Place in Nature,' pubhshed in 1863, a wor 
 which has received the ordinary honours of popularit}', viz. trans- 
 lation in Germany, and piracy in America. 
 
184 THOMAS HENRY HUXLEY. 
 
 Mr. Huxley published several papers on palajontological and 
 anatomical subjects in 1860 and 18G1, tliemost important of wliich 
 is the Preliminary Essay to Decade X. of the publications of the 
 Geological Survey, containing a new arrangement and diagnosis 
 of the suborders of fossil Ganoid fishes. 
 
 In 1862, in the absence of the President, Mr. Huxley was called 
 upon to deliver the annual address to the Geological Society, in 
 which he took occasion to expand and enforce the views he had 
 put forward in 1855. In the same year, he described several new 
 genera of Carboniferous Labyrinthodonts, which had recently been 
 obtained from the Scotch coal-fields ; and became a member of a 
 Royal Commission, appointed to inquire into the operation of the 
 Acts relating to Trawling on the West Coast of Scotland. Ap- 
 pointed President of Section D at the meeting of the British As- 
 sociation at Cambridge, he in that capacity delivered an address 
 upon the present condition and prospects of Biological Science; 
 in the course of which he ventured to suggest that no encourage- 
 ment to the study of the physical sciences at the Universities 
 would be likely to have any practical eflfect, so long as the pro- 
 portion of the Fellowships to be obtained by proficiency in such 
 sciences remained as small as at present. 
 
 In the winter of this year Mr. Huxley became a member of the 
 Royal College of Surgeons of England, and shortly afterwards re- 
 ceived the appointment, which he holds at present, of Professor 
 of Comparative Anatomy and Physiology to that body. He de- 
 livered six lectures to the working men in Jermyn Street, expla- 
 natory of Mr. Darwin^s work upon the ' Origin of Species,^ which 
 were subsequently pubHshed from the notes of a shorthand writer ; 
 and he presented a preliminary description of a new specimen of 
 Glyptudon, in the Museum of the College of Surgeons, to the 
 Royal Society. In the course of the spring he delivered his first 
 course, as a Professor of the College, on the ' Classification of the 
 Animal Kingdom, and on the Structure of the Vertebrate Skull,^ 
 and has since published these lectures in the ' Medical Times.^ 
 
JAMES FERGUSSON, F.E.S. 
 
 James Feegusson, boru at Ayr in 1808, was the second son of the 
 late Dr. William Fergusson, Inspector-General of Military Hos- 
 pitals. He received the early part of his classical education at the 
 High School of Edinburgh, but afterwards, on his father leaving 
 that place and coming to reside at Windsor, he was transferred to 
 a private school in England, W^hen the time came for the choice 
 of a profession, an opportunity offered itself which left littlp room 
 for hesitation. His grand-uncle was John Fergusson, of Doonholm, 
 who is accidentally known to fame as the friend and patron of W^il- 
 liam Burns, the father of the Ayrshire poet. He, in conjunction 
 with Mr. Fairlie, bad founded one of the large agency -houses of 
 Calcutta, and his .nephew, of the same name, had succeeded him 
 in the house, and like him realized a large fortune in it. TT- 
 was succeeded by Mr. Fergusson^s elder brother, 
 sequently in a position to lend a helping hand t ^ 
 members of the family whom fancy or interest mi. ue 
 
 East. 
 
 Probauly, i)i c i,.jt.^ this family h India, 
 
 young Fergusson^ s attention was early turned lu thu .^cudy of 
 India and its antiquities, and he eagerly embraced an opportunity 
 of visiting a country so full of grandeur and poetry as India really 
 is, even without the adjuncts of youthful imaginings, and willingly 
 adopted a profession which promised to lead to independence by 
 an easier road than any other which was then open to him. This 
 being arranged, he was sent to Holland for two years, nominally to 
 leai'n business, but he employed the time more usefully in improv- 
 ing liis drawing, and in the acquisition of modern languages. 
 
 After a short apprenticeship in a counting-house in London, 
 
13G JAMES FERGUSSON. 
 
 Mr, Fergusson sailed, in February, 1829, for Calcutta. On arriv- 
 ing there lie found two courses open to him, — one a seat at the desk 
 in Calcutta, with a good salary and ''great expectations," the 
 other that of an Indigo planter's assistant, with sixty pounds per 
 annum and plenty of hard, but out-of-door work. This last, how- 
 ever, was coupled with great independence of position, and plenty 
 of leisure for study. It also had the immense advantage of afford- 
 ing opportunities of learning more of native habits and customs in 
 a few months, than could be acquired in Calcutta in as many 
 years. With these advantages for forwarding what really was the 
 secret ambition which rendered India and everything connected 
 with it so attractive to him, he was not long in choosing, and the 
 first four years of his sojourn in India were spent most happily at 
 an Indigo planter's in Jessoro. It is true that district did not 
 afford much scope for archgeology ; but Dacca and Eajnugger 
 were within reach of a boat journey in the rains. Neither of these 
 places are, it must be confessed, of the highest class. But there 
 is a grandeur of conception, combined with a delicacy of detail, in 
 all the buildings of a certain age in India which has never been 
 surpassed, and when these are combined with the gorgeousness of 
 a tropical vegetation and all the picturesque adjuncts of Eastern 
 life, they produce an effect that far surpasses anything in the cold 
 grey West. 
 
 Circumstances connected with the commercial crisis of 1833 in- 
 duced Mr. Fergusson to leave Jessore for a time to settle in Cal- 
 cutta, and during the summer of the following year an opportunity 
 offered itself of visiting the upper provinces. Leaving Calcutta 
 on the 2nd of July, he performed a dawk journey to Benares in 
 the height of the rains, — a thing pronounced impossible before 
 starting, — and reached Mussoorie, in the Himalayas, visiting all the 
 great cities on his route. On returning to Delhi, he found that his 
 friend Blake had organized a journey for him to Jeypore (where 
 Blake himself was afterwards murdered) . This enabled him to 
 see some of the most important cities in Rajapootana; and then 
 returning from Allahabad by water, he had, during four months' 
 absence, seen a great deal, and acquired a firm basis of knowledge 
 in the favourite study of his life. 
 
 The following year an excursion to the celebrated festival of 
 Juggernath, at Puri, enabled him to visit the Orissa Temples, 
 which are the most extensive group of Hindoo Temples in the 
 
JAMES FERGUSSON. 137 
 
 Bengal Presidency, and also tlioronglily to explore the group of 
 Cave Temples at Udyagiri, the oldest, and probably, for an anti- 
 quary, the most interesting of those in India, 
 
 Having now acquired a tolerably correct idea of the practice of 
 Indian art, a voyage to China in the following year afforded a 
 most important addition to the theory. It may be that there is 
 not much to admire in the architecture of the Chinese, but the ai't 
 with them is still a living art. They neither look to the East nor to 
 the West for precedents, and have no great respect for the autho- 
 rity of antiquity in these matters. They build what they think 
 will be most convenient and suitable for their purpose, and orna- 
 ment it according to the newest dictates of taste. 
 
 Money matters having, by an unusual coincidence^ prospered 
 more rapidly than architectural studies, in 1838 Mr. Fergusson 
 found himself in a position to retire from business, and to carry 
 out his long-cherished intention of a thorough exploration of the 
 antiquities of India. For this purpose he left Calcutta in Sep- 
 tember of that year, and proceeded up the valley of the Ganges, 
 revisiting many of the places he had seen before, and many others 
 which were new to him, but this time extending his journey to 
 Loodianah, on the Sutlege, in the hopes of being able to penetrate 
 to the Punjaub, possibly to Cashmere. The political circumstances 
 of the time rendered this impracticable ; and in consequence, turn- 
 ing his face southward, he wandered down through Eajapootana, 
 reaching Bombay just eight months after leaving Calcutta. As 
 he had been incessantly in motion during this period, always tra- 
 velling alone with the lightest possible camp equipage, and with 
 one well-defined object before him, he was enabled to visit almost 
 every site in Central India which presented any object of archaso- 
 logical interest ; and as everything worth drawing was drawn on 
 the spot, and. a description written with the object before him, 
 Mr. Fergusson was enabled to add very considerably to the know- 
 ledge he had before acquired. The most important result of this 
 journey was a more thorough and systematic exploration of the 
 Eock-cut Temples of Western India than had before been at- 
 tempted, — Adjunta, Ellora, Karli, Salsette and Elephanta being 
 visited in succession, and plans and drawings made of all their 
 more important peculiarities. With the knowledge of the subject 
 previously acquired, aided by the decipherment of Indian inscrip- 
 tions by Mr. Prinsep and others, it was not difficult for Mr. Fer- 
 
138 JAMES FERGUSSON. 
 
 gnsson to arrange all the examples in a clironometi-ic series rela- 
 tively to one another^ nor to feel certain tliat the whole were com- 
 prised within the twelve centuries that elapsed between 200 b.c. 
 and 1 000 a.d. 
 
 On his way home, Mr. Fergusson landed at Cossier, and pass- 
 ing the desert, thence visited Thebes, and all the important places 
 on the Lower Nile; and after a short tour in Greece and Italy, 
 he reached England in the autumn of 1839. Notwithstanding 
 the extent of these journeys, Mr. Fergusson still felt that there 
 was a portion of India which he must see before he could speak 
 with anything like confidence on the subject of Indian architec- 
 ture. The Madras Presidency is inhabited by races differing in 
 every essential from those occupying the plains of Bengal. Their 
 architecture, he knew, must consequently be different; but the 
 exact ratio in which the races and their art differed, could only 
 be known by inspection ; he hailed therefore with pleasure the 
 opportunity which presented itself in 1841 of revisiting India for 
 a short period. This time he landed at Bombay, and proceeding 
 down the coast in an open boat, landed at Goa, Cannanore, and 
 Calicut, and proceeded thence across the country to Madras, visit- 
 ing all the temples and cities which lay in his route, or within an 
 accessible distance on either hand. 
 
 The first result of these studies was embodied in a paper read 
 by Mr. Fergusson to the Asiatic Society, December, 1842, ' On 
 the Eock-cut Temples of India.' This he afterwards republished 
 in a separate form, accompanied by a folio volume of plates, from 
 his own sketches, illustrating the principal types of Cave Archi- 
 tecture. This was followed in 1847 by a more ambitious work, 
 entitled ' Picturesque Illustrations of Ancient Architecture in Hin- 
 dostan,' and he intended that it should have been followed by a 
 third on the Mahometan styles. The expense of these works, 
 however, is so great, and the sale so limited, that no publisher 
 would undertake the continuation, and the proposed work still re- 
 mains unpublished. 
 
 In the same year with the work last mentioned, Mr. Fergusson 
 published a volume on the ' Ancient Topography of Jerusalem,' 
 written evidently with the most intense belief in the truth of the 
 views he propounds, and the most undoubting faith in his argu- 
 ment carrying conviction to the minds of every one else. The 
 views of the topography which were put forth in this work were. 
 
JAMES FERGUSSON. 180 
 
 however, of so novel and of so startling a nature, that the public 
 refused sternly to accept them at the hands of an untried and 
 unknown author, and the book remained a dead letter till recently, 
 when, in consequence of some articles written by him in Smith's 
 ' Dictionary of the Bible,' and a lecture delivered at the Royal 
 Institution, public interest has been recalled to it. 
 
 Mr. Fergusson's next literary attempt was not more successful 
 than the last. The result of his Eastern explorations, as well as 
 his subsequent studies of the principal buildings, both ancient 
 and modern, during several extensive journeys since his return to 
 Europe, had led him to certain very definite conclusions as to the 
 theory of architecture, and architectural design in general ; these he 
 proposed to embody in a treatise entitled, ' An Historical Inquiry 
 into the True Principles of Beauty in Art,' the first volume of which 
 was published by Longmans in 1849. This was evidently intended 
 by its author should have been his magnum opus, and to embody 
 the result of all his thoughts on the subject of architecture, and of 
 his investigations in the different countries he had visited. The 
 public were not, however, prepared to receive dogmatic instruction 
 on such a subject from one they did not know, and who had not 
 yet earned his title to speak with authority on such subjects ; the 
 work accordingly had no sale, and was abandoned after the ap- 
 pearance of the first volume. 
 
 In 1851 Mr. Fergusson published a work entitled, ^ The Pa- 
 laces of Nineveh and Persepolis Restored,' which was more suc- 
 cessful, being undertaken at a time when the discoveries of Botta 
 and Layard were exciting considerable attention, and when any 
 attempt to explain the construction of buildings whose form and 
 uses were so mysterious, was sure to attract attention. In con- 
 sequence of this publication, Mr. Fergusson was employed to de- 
 sign and superintend the erection of the Nineveh Court at the 
 Crystal Palace; and the connection then formed led in 1855 to his 
 appointment as Greneral Manager of the Company. 
 
 Between the appearance of these two last-named works, Mr. 
 Fergusson published ' An Essay on a Proposed New System of 
 Fortification.' This was followed up by a pamphlet entitled ' The 
 Peril of Portsmouth,' and another, called ' Portsmouth Protected,' 
 with other essays on the same subject. These excited considerable 
 attention at the time, and were not without influence in directing 
 public attention to the defenceless state of the country ; this led 
 
 VOL. I. X 
 
140 JAMES FERGUSSON. 
 
 to the appointment of a Royal Commission to inquire into the sub- 
 ject, of which Mr. Fergusson was a member, and in consequence 
 of which he is still employed at the War Office, as one of a com- 
 mittee to advise how the recommendations of that commission 
 could best be carried into effect. 
 
 Before joining the appointment of Manager to the Crystal Palace 
 Company, Mr. Fergusson published his ' Illustrated Handbook of 
 Architecture,' which is the work by which he is most generally 
 known. This beautifully illustrated work the author always con- 
 sidered to be in reality a popular edition of his ' True Principles 
 of Beauty in Art,' already alluded to, — all that was really original 
 or scientific in the former work being cut out so as not to offend 
 the weak digestive organs of his readers, and the whole written 
 down more nearly to the level of the state of architectural know- 
 ledge in this country in the present day. " Recider pour mienx 
 sauter," the author held was his motto in composing this work, 
 and to this is probably owing its popularity. 
 
 Mr. Fergusson's last work is the ' History of the Modern Styles 
 of Architecture,' published last year, and forming practically a 
 third volume to the ' Handbook,' though written in a much less 
 timid style. Besides these, Mr. Fergusson is the author of nu- 
 merous pamphlets and essays, contributed to the leading journals 
 or to the Transactions of various literary and scientific societies ; 
 among these the more remarkable appear to be, ' Observations 
 on the British Museum, National Gallery, and National Record 
 Office,' published in 1849, and 'A Restoration of the Mausoleum 
 of Halicarnassus,' published last year, etc. 
 
THE REV. F. D. MAURICE, M.A. 
 
 Amongst our living di^dnes, few occupy a more elevated station 
 in public esteem, whether for intellectual energy or practical effort^ 
 than the Eev. Frederick Denison Maurice. His opinions are in- 
 deed marked by some peculiarities, which, whilst they have pro- 
 voked censure, have yet, on the other hand, endeared to him 
 the regards of a large circle of friends and admirers. Mr. Mau- 
 rice is entitled to a notice here because he occupies a somewhat 
 peculiar position among English divines. He is almost equally 
 unpopular with those who are called High Churchmen, Low 
 Churchmen, and Broad Churchmen. He has spoken with vehe- 
 mence against all these names, though he maintains that those 
 who bear them are indispensable elements in the Church, and 
 bear witness, each in their own way, for eternal Truths. How he 
 has arrived at these convictions may be partly explained by his 
 especial mental culture and experience; and so far as influences 
 of this kind are known to have existed in his case, they may be 
 briefly recounted here. 
 
 Mr. Maurice was the son of a Unitarian minister of great worth 
 and nobleness of character, and was born in 1805. At the usual 
 age he was sent to Trinity College, Cambridge, where Julius 
 Charles Hare, the late distinguished Archdeacon of Lewes, was 
 then tutor. Here it was that he formed the acquaintance of 
 many since distinguished men ; among the rest, of John Sterhng, 
 of whose life the two memoirs, that of Archdeacon Hare, fol- 
 lowed by the ' Life ' by Carlyle, will be in every reader^s recol- 
 lection. From Trinity College, Sterling and Maurice both mi- 
 grated to Trinity Hall; the former appears to have left Cam- 
 bridge without having gone up for examination, and Maurice, 
 whose name is found in the First Class in Civil T^aw for the year 
 
 VOL. I. Y 
 
142 RKV. V. D. MAURICE. 
 
 1826-7, being a Dissentei% was unable to take a degree. Possibly 
 Civil Law was the only faculty open to an undergraduate in his 
 circumstances ; whether or not, a First Class in Civil Law, from 
 the small number of competitors, could not then, whatever it may 
 now, indicate any great amount of academical success. After col- 
 lege the two friends met in London ; and during the latter part of 
 1828, and throughout 1829, Maurice became editor of the 'Athe- 
 nasum,^ then lately started by Mr. Silk Buckingham. To this ad- 
 venture Sterling contributed a series of sketches of contempo- 
 rary writers, some stirring tales, and a number of reviews, indi- 
 cating the vivacity and variety of his gifts. But the element of 
 commercial success was wanting; and at the end of the period 
 mentioned it was handed over to Mr. Dilke, father of the present 
 Sir C. Wentworth Dilke, under whose arrangements the paper 
 has been gradually raised to its present flourishing condition. 
 At this period the doctrines of Coleridge were, as Mr. Carlyle^s 
 readers will remember, the favourite study of the youthful spirits 
 of the time, and amongst those who listened and pondered over 
 what fell from the sage, few, we imagine, were more lastingly im- 
 pressed or deeply imbued than Maurice. No one can fail to see in 
 the mode in which religious and social questions are dealt with 
 in Mr. Maurice's writings, a habit of thinking which must have 
 been in a great measure derived from Coleridge. About this 
 time appeared a novel by Mr. Maurice, ' Eustace Conway,^ wild 
 enough in plot and conception, but giving evident tokens of this 
 philosophical influence. By degrees, the views of the writer and 
 student, aided by the influence of Coleridge's Church theories, 
 began to concentrate themselves in theology; and before long 
 Mr. Maurice found that the path of practical activity in life led 
 him inevitably to the Church of England, and finally to join its 
 ministry. A degree being necessary to Orders, Mr. Maurice be- 
 took himself to Oxford; and in Gladstone's year, 1831, we find 
 his name in the second class of classical honours at Exeter Col- 
 lege, of which Society he is still a member. His ministerial 
 duties commenced at a small caracy in Warwickshire, where he 
 hved from 1834 to 1836. In the latter year he was elected 
 Chaplain of Guy's Hospital, an ofiice which he filled for ten years. 
 This was the time during which, as we know from Carlyle, the in- 
 timacy with Sterling was closely renewed; and in 1837 Mr. Mau- 
 rice married Miss Anna Barton, a younger sistei- of John Sterling's 
 
REV. P. D. MAUKICE. 143 
 
 wife, who died in 1845, leaving him two sous. Shortly after ap- 
 jaeared one of the most important of Mr. Maurice's earlier works, 
 ' The Kingdom of Christ ; or. Hints on the Principles, Ordinances, 
 and Constitution of the Catholic Church,' in letters to a Quaker. 
 In these volumes the writer lays down an elaborate exposition of 
 the existence, nature, and constitution of the Catholic Church, and 
 of its relations to mankind. The work, originally published in 
 1838, was completely rewritten and remodelled in a second edi- 
 tion, which appeared in 1842. 
 
 Before this time Maurice had been asked by the Rev. Hugh 
 James Rose to undertake the article on Moral and Metaphysical 
 Philosophy in the ' Encyclopgedia Metropolitana,^ — a work com- 
 menced many years before, with a preface by S. T. Coleridge, and 
 of which Mr. Rose was then the editor. When the ' Encyclopfedia,' 
 after its completion, fell into the hands of the late Mr. Griffin, the 
 principal articles in it were republished separately. Maurice's 
 swelled into four volumes, on Ancient, Early Christian, Mediaeval, 
 and Modern Philosophy. It was not finished till the year 1861. In 
 the year 1844 occurred the lamented death of Sterling, of whom a 
 memorial by his friend exists in the shape of a small volume, en- 
 titled ' Remarks on the Fable of the Bees,^ by Wilham Law, with 
 an Introduction by F. D. Maurice. Carlyle relates that this pub- 
 lication was undertaken at the request of Sterling, who, shortly 
 before his death, was so struck with the refutation of Mandeville 
 by Law, that he desired his brother-in-law's assistance to repro- 
 duce it. 
 
 In 1846 Mr. Maurice was appointed to deliver the course of 
 lectures founded by Bishop Warburton at Lincoln's Inn, and in 
 the same year was elected Chaplain of that Society, at which post 
 he continued down to 1860. He had been since 1840 Professor of 
 Modern History and English Literature — in 1846 he became also 
 Professor of Ecclesiastical History — at King's College; he was 
 further nominated by the Bishop of London, in 1845 and 1846, to 
 preach the series of lectures founded by Robert Boyle, to be 
 preached in one of the London churches, " against notorious infi- 
 dels, — to wit. Atheists, Theists, Pagans, Jews, and Mahometans.'^ 
 The fruits of his labours in these fields of duty appeared from time 
 to time in the publication of volumes of sermons and lectures. 
 ' Christmas Day and other Sermons,' delivered at Guy's Hospital, 
 had been previously brought out in 1843; in 1848 we find 'The 
 
144 KEY. F. D. MAURICE. 
 
 Lord's Prayer,^ a course of nine sermons preached at Lincoln's 
 Inn; ' The Church a Family ' in 1850; 'The Old Testament' in 
 1851 ; ' The Prayer-Book considered in reference to the Romish 
 System' in 1852 ; and ' The Prophets and Kings of the Old Tes- 
 tament' in 1853. 
 
 In 1849 Mr. Maurice married the sister of Archdeacon Hare, 
 who had previously married the sister of Mr. Maurice. 
 
 Among Mr. Maurice's addresses many had express reference to 
 the questions and events of the day. As early as in 1839 he had 
 contributed a volume of lectures on the education question, in which 
 he maintained that the function of the State is to govern, and of the 
 Church to educate, a countiy ; and that each suffers if it interferes 
 with the work of the other. The Warburtonian Lectures of 1846 
 are preceded by a treatise directed against the " Theory of Deve- 
 lopments," by Mr. J. H. Newman. In 1852 the Boyle Lectures 
 Avere published, and attracted much attention. The following sen- 
 tences will be a guide to their purport and intention; Mr, Maurice 
 says : — " I propose to examine the great religious systems which 
 present themselves to us in the history of the world, not going 
 into their details, but inquiring what is their main characteristical 
 principle. If we find, as the objectors say, good in each of them, we 
 shall desire to know what this good is, and under what conditions 
 it may be preserved and made effectual ; we may then be occupied 
 with considering in what relation does Christianity stand to these 
 different faiths." This may be considered to represent one of 
 Mr. Maurice's characteristic views in matters theological. In the 
 following year a volume of Sermons was published, three of them 
 relating to the Sabbath Day. The author contended that the 
 meaning of the Jewish Sabbath was to be learnt from the teaching 
 of our Lord, who explained the Fourth Commandment in its true 
 and natural sense, and rescued it from the perversions of the Pha- 
 risees of those days and of later days. The Jerusalem Bishopric, the 
 right and wrong methods of supporting Protestantism, and the 
 Oxford Controversy in Mr. Ward's time, were the subjects of occa- 
 sional letters and pamphlets. On the subject of Subscription to the 
 Articles, Mr. Maurice wi'ote a pamphlet, entitled, ' Subscription no 
 Bondage,' shortly after he took Orders. He maintained in it that 
 the Articles were intended to be guides to a course of manly 
 study in theology, ethics, and literature, and to protect students 
 fi-om superstitions which would interfere with the freedom of their 
 
REV. F. D. MAURICE. 145 
 
 inquiries. Since the doctrine of Mr. Disraeli has gone forth, that 
 the clergy are bound by their subscription not to be free in- 
 quirers, Mr. Maurice has declared that on his principles it is un- 
 tenable, and should be abandoned. 
 
 In 1853 appeared 'Theological Essays/ the volume which, of 
 all others, has provoked the greatest amount of hostile criticism, 
 and has been accompanied by the most serious consequences. In 
 this work Mr. Maurice contended against the ordinary doctrine of 
 the endlessness of Future Punishment, as inconsistent with the 
 Gospel of Christ^s Redemption, and as founded on an Arian abuse 
 of the word Eternal. The publication of this work provoked a 
 storm of opposition from more than one section of the Church ; 
 and one of its results was that the author was, in the same 
 year, dismissed from the two professorships he had hitherto 
 held at King's College. In the succeeding year were published 
 ' Lectures on the Ecclesiastical History of the First and Second 
 Centuries/ founded on notes of extempore lectures delivered at 
 King's College, remodelled and prepared for the pi-ess by the 
 lecturer. 
 
 At this period in Mr. Maurice's life we find stronger traces of 
 the movement with which his name has been since connected, as 
 the advocate of a system of social combination amongst workmen 
 on Christian principles. This principle was explained in a series 
 of lectures delivered at Willis's Rooms in 1854, shortly after the 
 establishment of the "Working Men's College," now in Great 
 Ormond Street, of which Mr. Maurice is Principal. This in- 
 stitution has been supported by the voluntary aid of numerous 
 fellow -labourers from the educated classes of society, who express 
 a strong hope that the College will bear fruits on the whole land, 
 through the teachers and pupils who pass from its walls to other 
 scenes of action. Mr. Maurice has been one of the foremost also 
 in the establishment and maintenance of " The Ladies' College," 
 in Harley Street. 
 
 In 1854 was published a work, entitled, ' The Doctrine of Sacri- 
 fice deduced from Scripture.' This sei'ies of lectures, delivered 
 in the Chapel of Lincoln's Inn, was dedicated to the members 
 of the Young Men's Christian Association, to whom some vehe- 
 ment strictures upon the 'Theological Essays' had been addressed 
 by Dr. Candlish. In the same year appeared 'The Unity of the 
 New Testament/ a synopsis of the Gospel narratives. Later still. 
 
14(3 REV. F. D. MAURICE. 
 
 in 1857, we find the ' Gospel of St. John/ a sci-ies of lectures ad- 
 dressed to the congTegation in Lincoln^s Inn ; and, in the same 
 year, the '^ Epistles of St. John/ a treatise on Chi'istian Ethics, 
 addressed to the students at the Working Men^s College. 
 
 In 1855 we find Mr. Maurice lecturing at Edinburgh on the 
 'Religion of the Old Eomans;^ and amongst his latest produc- 
 tions is a seines of sermons, preached at Lincoln's Inn, on the 
 'Indian Crisis.' 
 
 Mr. Maurice is said by the religious periodicals of all schools 
 to be a " misty " writer. We are assured, nevertheless, that he 
 takes some pains to address the congregation in the Chapel of St. 
 Peter's, Vere Street, Oxford Street, to which he was appointed in 
 1860, in simple English, and to divest his sermons, as much as may 
 be, of technical phraseology. And he declares, we have heard, 
 that some of his most affectionate and earnest listeners have been 
 found among men and women of the humblest classes, even among 
 agricultm-al labourers, when he has had the opportunity of preach- 
 ing the Gospel to them. 
 
MICHAEL FARADAY, D.C.L., F.E.S. 
 
 Mr. Da vies Gilbert, who was the early friend and patron of Sir 
 Humphry Davy, and subsequently President of the Royal Society, 
 is said to have remarked that " the greatest discovery Davy ever 
 made was the discovery of Michael Faraday/' Certainly no cir- 
 cumstance reflects more honour on the name of the discoverer of the 
 metallic bases of the alkalies and earths, than the disinterested 
 patronage which he bestowed on the bookseller's apprentice when 
 he was struggling to enter into the service of Science. 
 
 Michael Faraday was the son of a smith ; he was born at New- 
 ington, on the 22nd September, ] 791 . The limited means of his 
 parents did not allow of their extending the education of the young 
 Michael, beyond that afforded by a common day-school in the 
 neighbourhood. Here he was instructed in reading, writing, and 
 arithmetic ; and he picked up, from such books as fell in his way, 
 so much information of a general character, as deeply interested 
 him, and induced a fondness for reading, at the same time as it 
 quickened those habits of careful observation which appear to 
 have been of natural growth in this young philosopher. When 
 thirteen years of age, Michael Faraday was apprenticed to Mr. 
 Riebau, of Blaudford Street, a bookseller and binder. The desire 
 of the boy to be amongst books appears to have led to this arrange- 
 ment ; and some scientific treatises falling into his hands, kindled 
 in him that spirit of scientific inquiry, which has led him onward 
 to those brilliant results, which add lustre to the history of British 
 Science. 
 
 We are informed that thus early, in the intervals of business, 
 which were few, he made an electrifyiug machine with a glass 
 phial, and that subsequently he succeeded in constructing one with 
 
148 MICHAEL FARADAY. 
 
 a proper cylinder. With this instrument he made himself familiar 
 with all the phenomena of this Force then known, and discovered 
 the extent of the field of inquiry opening before him. Mr. Dance, 
 who frequented Mr. Riebau's shop, was a Member of the Royal 
 Institution, and being interested in the intelHgence and industry 
 of the apprentice, he took him to hear some of Davy's lectures. 
 But this important event in the life of the philosopher is best de- 
 scribed in his own words, taken from a letter to Dr. Paris, written 
 in 1829 :— 
 
 " When I was a bookseller's apprentice I was very fond of experi- 
 ment, and very averse to trade. It happened that a gentleman, a Mem- 
 ber of the Eoyal Institution, took me to hear some of Sir 11. Davy's 
 last lectures in Albemarle Street. I took notes, and afterwards wrote 
 them out more fairly in a quarto volume. 
 
 " My desire to escape from trade, whicli I thought vicious and self- 
 ish, and to enter into the service of Science, which I imagined made 
 its pursuers amiable and liberal, induced me at last to take the bold 
 and simple step of writing to Sir Humphry Davy, expressing my wishes, 
 and a hope that, if an opportunity came in his way, he would favour my 
 views ; at the same time I sent the notes I had taken at his lectures. 
 
 "The answer, which makes all the point of my communication^ I send 
 you in the original,* requesting you to take great care of it, and to let 
 me have it back, for you may imagine how much I value it. 
 
 " Tou will observe that this took place at the end of the year 1812, 
 and early in 1813 he requested to see me, and told me of the situation 
 of Assistant in the Laboratory of the Eoyal Institution then just vacant. 
 At tlie same time that he thus gratified my desires as to scientific em- 
 ployment, he still advised me not to give up the prospects I had before 
 me, telling me that science was a harsh mistress, and in a pecuniary 
 point of view but poorly rewarding those wlio devoted themselves to 
 her service. He smiled at my notion of the superior moral feelings of 
 philosophic men, and said he would leave me to the experience of a 
 few years to set me right on that matter. 
 
 " Finally, through his good efforts I went to the Royal Institution 
 early in March of 1813, as assistant in the laboratory ; and in October 
 
 * " To Mr. Faraday. December 24th, 1812. — Sir, I am far from displeased 
 with the proof you have given me of your confidence, and which displays 
 great zeal, power of memory, and attention. I am obliged to go out of town, 
 and shall not be settled in town till the end of January ; I wilf then see you 
 at any time you wish. It would gratify me to be of any service to you. I 
 wish it may be in my power. I am, Sir, your obedient humble Servant, 
 H. Davy." 
 
MICHAEL rARABAY. 149 
 
 of the same year went witli him abroad as liis assistant in experiments 
 and in writing. I returned with liim in April, 1S15, resumed my 
 station in the Eoyal Institution, and have, as you know, ever since 
 remained there." 
 
 The duties of an assistant in a laboratory where Davy, Wollaston, 
 and others were busy in original researches, or in examining the 
 discoveries made by Continental and British chemists, at a time 
 when science progressed rapidly, left Faraday but little time for 
 any inquiries of his own. This was, however, the period of his 
 apprenticeship as an experimental philosopher, and zealously did 
 he cultivate those divisions of knowledge Avhich have aided him in 
 the maturity of his fame. 
 
 The progress of an experimentalist is to be marked only by his 
 discoveries. In the quiet of the laboratory there would be but 
 few incidents which would add colour to the portrait of the true 
 philosopher. 
 
 In 1820 Mr. Faraday published his discovery of that interesting 
 substance the chloride of carbon, and in that year CErsted an- 
 nounced his. great discovery of the relation of electricity and mag- 
 netism. In the October of the same year Faraday commenced 
 his investigations on this subject, with which his name must be for 
 ever connected; and in a paper dated September 11, 1821, he 
 published his discovery of " New Electro-Magnetic Motions,^ ^ and 
 added thereto " A Theory of Magnetism," in the ' Quarterly Jour- 
 nal of Science.' In 1823 the condensation of chlorine into a liquid 
 was first effected by our young chemist, and an account of his 
 experiments published in the ' Philosophical Transactions,' with a 
 note by Davy, " On the Condensation of Muriatic Acid Gas into 
 the liquid form." In this year the English chemist was elected 
 Corresponding Member of the Academy of Sciences of Paris. 
 
 We have been informed that the only feeling of anything ap- 
 proaching to jealousy shown by Davy towards Faraday, was ex- 
 hibited iu connection with this discovery of the condensation of 
 the gases, and sundry papers by Davy show how deeply he was 
 interested in the problem which had been solved by Faraday. 
 
 Davy is said to have discouraged the idea of recommending 
 Fai-aday for election into the Royal Society, and certain it is, that 
 he was elected a Fellow on the 8th January, 1824, mainly through 
 the instrumentality of the late Richard Phillips, the chemist, wdao 
 
150 MICHAEL FARADAY. 
 
 was, to the day of his death, regarded by Faraday as his especial 
 friend. The desirabihty of producing a very perfect glass for 
 optical purposes engaged Mr, Faraday's attention for a con- 
 siderable period, and we find him appointed by the Eoyal Society 
 to deliver the Bakeriau Lecture in 1829— the subject of it being 
 " On the Manufacture of Glass for Optical Purposes.'' A very 
 elaborate inquiry was also conducted by him into the composition 
 of steel, and the effects of alloying it with other metals. 
 
 In 1831 began the series of Experimental Researches in Elec- 
 tricity, which have been published from time to time in the Trans- 
 actions of the Royal Society ; and the fourteen series which had 
 then appeared were pubhshed in 1839 in a separate volume, which 
 has been followed by two others, bringing those Researches down 
 to a very recent period. 
 
 Those Researches in electricity are beyond all doubt the choicest 
 series of examples of pure and well-regulative induction to be 
 found in this or in any other language. 
 
 The high character of those Researches led the University of 
 Oxford in 1832 to confer on their author the honorary degree of 
 Doctor of Civil Law. In 1833 Mr. Fuller founded the Chair of 
 Chemistry in the Royal Institution, and at his express desire Dr. 
 Faraday was nominated the first Fullerian Professor. In 1835 
 Lord Melbourne's government recognized the importance of his 
 scientific discoveries by making Dr. Faraday the recipient of a 
 pension of £300 per annum. 
 
 With unwearying industry the subject of this brief memoir pur- 
 sued his investigations ; and in addition to the lectures regularly 
 given by him in the Royal Institution, commencing in 1827, he, 
 from 1829 to 1842, as regulai^ly lectured on Chemistry to the Ca- 
 dets at the Royal Military Academy, at Woolwich. 
 
 Dr. Faraday is one of the eight Foreign Associates of the Im- 
 perial Academy of Sciences at Paris ; a Commander of the Legion 
 of Honour ; a Knight of the Prussian Order of Merit ; and member 
 of numerous Scientific Bodies on the Continents of Europe and 
 America. 
 
 These honours, won by the industry and the zealous truthfulness 
 with which his scientific investigations have been carried on, mark 
 the appreciation of the English experimentalist by foreigners. Of 
 him a Frenchman writes : " Mr. Faraday must be regarded as a 
 penetratiiig and patient investigator, and as a profound and cir- 
 
MICHAEL FARADAY. 151 
 
 cumspect philosopher, who knows how to subordinate his most 
 cherished ideas to the control df discussion and experiment. An 
 hypothesis is to him only the stone on which he supports himself 
 in rising toward the positive result.'' 
 
 No one has done so much as Dr. Faraday has done towards 
 proving the relation of electricity to all forms of matter, and show- 
 ing the action of matter in modifying the conditions which this 
 force assumes. The names of CErsted, Ampere, and Faraday are 
 for ever associated with electrical science as its high-priests. To 
 the last especially is due the discovery of the obedience of matter to 
 the influence of magnetic and dia-magnetic powers, and hence the 
 conclusion, that all the forms assumed by the material elements of 
 nature are due to those subtile influences which have their origin 
 in the source of light and heat — the sun. 
 
 Dr. Faraday's mind, peculiarly gifted and educated in a school of 
 its own, is remarkably inductive. Step by step, and every step 
 most cautiously taken and carefully secured, he advances towards 
 the truth. By this power, patiently exerted, he has extended the 
 boundaries of human knowledge, and rendered his race greatly his 
 debtor. Beyond the memoirs which we have named, several others 
 might have been quoted, as showing the extensive surface over 
 which his inquiries ranged. Indeed, he has scarcely left a branch 
 of chemical or physical science untouched; and whenever Faraday 
 has taken up an inquiiy, he has let light in upon its hidden truths. 
 
 As a lecturer on science, Dr. Faraday was without his equal. At 
 the table in the theatre of the Royal Institution, with his beauti- 
 fully devised apparatus around him, he was perfectly at home and 
 at ease. The first words which fell from his lips conveyed to all 
 an impression of thorough earnestness, an intense desire to know, 
 and to impart to others his knowledge of, — the truth. You felt that 
 you were in the presence of a guide of the highest order, with whom 
 you might go foi'ward without fear of being led into error. No- 
 thing but the truth could fall from his lips. Every truth would be 
 made as clear as it was possible for a man to make it within the 
 limits of the lioui', and with the limited resources of the lecture- 
 table. 
 
 Dr. Faraday's language was always simple ; there was no oi'na- 
 ment, and the only poetry in which he ever indulged was the 
 earnest expression given to some of the great truths of which he 
 was the discoverer. He sought to reach the mind of every hearer 
 
152 MICHAEL FA.RADAY. 
 
 tliroug-li more senses than one. He never told liis listeners of an 
 experiment, lie always showed it them, however simple and well- 
 known it might have been. 
 
 " If/^ Dr. Faraday once said to a yomig lecturer, " I said to my 
 audience, ' this stone will fall to the ground if I open my hand,' I 
 should open my hand and let it fall. Take nothing for granted 
 as known ; inform the eye at the same time as you address the ear." 
 This was the great secret of Faraday's success. Every one left 
 the theatre satisfied that he had acquired knowledge, and more 
 than this, that he had gained that knowledge without much labour. 
 
 After a long and earnest struggle with nature for the discovery 
 of her truths, and after having placed himself in the high position 
 of being enabled to show that nature, in answer to his inquiries, had 
 revealed many of her secrets to him. Dr. Faraday has, to some 
 extent, retired from active duty. The evening of the days of such 
 a man must be a period of happiness, far beyond that which can 
 be enjoyed by ordinary men. The consciousness that mankind has 
 been advanced by the labours of his life might render even a well- 
 constituted mind proud. But the spirit of our experimental phi- 
 losopher has been so carefully trained, and so beautifully controlled 
 by the influences of a pure and simple piety, that instead of pride 
 in his powers or his works, he expresses only a prayer of thankful- 
 ness that he has been guided to good, and aided in the perform- 
 ance of his duty — the search after truth, for its own exceeding 
 great reward. 
 
GEORGE CRUIKSHANK. 
 
 It seems scarcely credible tliat George Cruiksliank — painter of 
 ' The Worship of Bacchus ' lately exhibited in London, Vice- 
 President of the National Temperance League, and Lieutenant- Co- 
 lonel of the Teetotal 48th Middlesex Volunteers, or ' Havelocks ' as 
 they ai^e also called — is the same George, the caricaturist of half 
 a century ago, contemporary of Gilray and Rowlandson. But so 
 it is ; and the vigour even of his humorous sketches remains un- 
 impaired to this day. The quaint illustrations just published with 
 the ' Ingoldsby Legends,' are by the same unfaltering hand which 
 amused the town and lashed the follies of the age, between 1809 
 and 1814, in the 'Scourge' and 'Meteor;' Avhich seven years 
 later exposed some of the fashionable vices of the close of the 
 Georgian era, in the Adventures of Tom and Jerry in ' Life in 
 London ;' and which, after the lapse of twenty more years, helped 
 Charles Dickens into notice with its admirable illustrations to 
 ' Sketches by Boz ' and ' Oliver Twist/ How many thousands of 
 young hearts, too, has the veteran moralist delighted by his 
 charming nursery pictures, his exquisite delineation of fairies, ce- 
 lestial and terrestrial, angelic and diabolic. The delicate pencil 
 which, only lately imparted to our children so marvellous a fairy- 
 like conception of Cinderella, Jack the Giant-Killer, and Puss in 
 Boots, is guided by the same inventive brain and kindly heart 
 that defended Queen Caroline in Hone's ' Every Day Book ' 
 and ' Political Showman,' and amused the town after the Peace 
 of 1815 with the caricature of Louis XVIII. trying on Boney's 
 Boots. 
 
 George Cruiksliank was born in London, of Scottish parents, on 
 the 27tli of September, 1792. His father, Isaac Cruikshank, was 
 
154 GEORGE CRUIKSHANK. 
 
 an artist in water-colours, when water-colour drawings were, how- 
 ever, little more than coloured outlines, and also a caricaturist ; 
 and it was in helping his father in drawing blocks for children's 
 books, and in the illustrations of a humorous publication called 
 ' The Drolls,' that the subject of our memoir commenced his 
 career. The elder Cruikshank's drawings were exposed for sale 
 at the shop of Messrs. Whittle and Laurie, printsellers, of Fleet 
 Street. " Jemmy Whittle," as he was called, was an an oddity, 
 and his house was a favourite resort of actors^ dramatists, and 
 wits. Here the boy George, having for a time indulged in the 
 thought of going to sea, formed a liking for the stage. On the 
 death of his father, and when at the age of seventeen, he sought 
 an introduction to Mr. Eaymond, the manager of Drury Lane 
 Theatre, as assistant scene-painter, with the idea of becoming an 
 actor, but it does not appear that he followed either profession. 
 He began now to be fully employed in etching frontispieces for 
 song-books, jest-books, dream-books, and other cheap publica- 
 tions of the time, especially children's books, and he shortly em- 
 barked in the periodical satires already mentioned, the ' Scourge' 
 and the ' Meteor.' He had evinced a desire to follow art in the 
 higher department, and attempted on one occasion to study at the 
 Academy. The schools at that time were restricted in space 
 and much crowded. On sending up to Fuseli his figure of a 
 plaster cast, the rough-grained and eccentric Professor of Painting 
 returned the message — " He may come, but he will have to fight 
 for a seat." Thus discouraged, the young artist never repeated his 
 attempt to enter the Academy as a student, although he has ap- 
 peared in it in the evening of his life as an exhibitor. 
 
 To enumerate the works of George Cruikshank would be impos- 
 sible. The nearest approach to a complete list is contained in an un- 
 published manuscript catalogue, compiled by a bibliophile of the day, 
 and presented to the artist, with the title, ' An Attempt at a List 
 of Works Illustrated by George Cruikshank.' From it we gather 
 that his works are about 200 in number, and his illustrations up- 
 wards of 2300. The first of any importance appears to have been 
 the ' Hvimorist,' in four volumes, with forty plates, published in 
 1819. Li 1821 appeared 'Life in London,' with thirty-six plates, 
 followed in 1822 by ' Life in Paris,' with forty-three. Then, not to 
 mention small things, appeared in 1823, 'Forty Illustrations to 
 Byron,' followed in 1 824 by ' Points of Humour,' with twenty 
 
GEORGE CRUIKSHANK. 155 
 
 illustrations; in 1828, 'Punch and Judy/ ^vitll thirty; in 1830, 
 'Three Courses and a Dessert/ with fifty-one; in 1831, 'Robin- 
 son Crusoe/ with forty; in 1831 and some following years, 'My 
 Sketch-Book/ with two hundred; in 1835 and nineteen following 
 years, ' The Comic Almanac/ with two hundred and thirty-eight ; 
 in 1838, 'Sketches by Boz,^ with forty, and 'Oliver Twist,^ with 
 twenty-four; in 1840, 'Jack Sheppard,^ with twenty-seven, and 
 'Tower of London,^ with ninety-eight; in 1842, 'George Cruik- 
 shank^s Omnibus/ with one hundred; in 1847, the 'Bottle,^ in 
 eight sheets, and in the following year a sequel to it, the 
 'Drunkard's Children,' also in eight sheets; in 1855, the 'Table 
 Book,' with twelve steel-plates and one hundred and fifteen wood- 
 engravings, etc. Latterly George Cruikshank turned his atten- 
 tion to oil-painting, and has contributed several pictures to the 
 exhibitions of the Royal Academy and British Institution, among 
 which may be mentioned his ' Disturbing a Congregation,' a 
 richly humorous scene in church, the effect on a rural congrega- 
 tion of a boy having accidentally dropped his peg-top, painted for 
 the late Prince Consort ; ' A New Situation,' ' Dressing for the 
 Day,' ' Tam-o'-Shanter,' ' Titania and Bottom the Weaver,' ' Cin- 
 derella,' ' A Runaway Knock,' and lastly his great picture, the 
 ' Worship of Bacchus.' 
 
 Of this last-named work we cannot do better than quote a de- 
 scription which appeared in the 'Times' of May 15th, 1863, on 
 the occasion of its being exhibited by the painter himself in 
 Exeter Hall. It is from the pen of Mr. Thackeray. 
 
 " In a quiet little room in Exeter Hall a veteran lecturer is 
 holding forth all day upon a subject which moves his heart very 
 strongly. His text, on which he has preached before in many 
 places, is still 'the Bottle.' He divides his sermon into many 
 hundreds of heads, and preaches with the most prodigious em- 
 phasis and grotesque variety. He is for no half-measures. He 
 will have no compromise with the odious god Bacchus; the wicked 
 idol is smashed like Bel and Dagon. He will empty into the 
 gutter all Master Bacchus's pipes, his barrels, quarter-casks, demi- 
 johns, gallons, quarts, pints, gills, down to your very smallest 
 liqueur-glasses of spirits or wine. He will show you how the 
 church, the bar, the army, the universities, the genteel world, the 
 country gentleman in his polite circle, the humble artisan in his, 
 the rustic ploughman in the fields, the misguided washerwoman 
 
156 GEORGE CRUIKSHANK. 
 
 over her suds and tubs, — liow all ranks and conditions of men are 
 deteriorated and corrupted by the use of that abominable strong 
 liquor ; he will have patience with it no longer. For upwards of 
 half a century, he says, he has employed pencil and pen against 
 the vice of drunkenness, and in the vain attempt to shut up 
 drinking- shops, and to establish moderate drinking as a universal 
 rule ; but for seventeen years he has discovered that teetotalism, 
 or the total abstaining from all intoxicating liquors, was the only 
 real remedy for the entire abolition of intemperance. His thoughts 
 working in this direction, one day this subject of the ''Worship of 
 Bacchus ' flashed across his mind, and hence the origin of a work 
 of art measuring 13 ft. 4 in. by 7 ft. 8 in., which has occupied the 
 author no less than a year and a half. 
 
 " This sermon has the advantage over others that you can take 
 a chapter at a time, as it were, and return and resume the good 
 homilist's discourse at your leisure. What is your calling in life ? 
 In some part of this vast tableau you find it is de tefahula. In 
 this compartment the soldiers are drinking and fighting ; in the 
 next the parsons are drinking 'Healths to the Young Christian.' 
 Here are the publicans, filthily intoxicated with their own horrible 
 liquors ; yonder is a masquerade supper, ' where drunken masque- 
 rade fiends drag down columbines to drunkenness and ruin.' Near 
 them are Hhe public singers chanting forth the praises of the 
 God of Wine.' ' Is it not marvellous to think,' says Mr. Cruik- 
 shank in a little pamphlet, containing a speech by him Avhich is 
 quite as original as the picture on which it comments, '' Is it not 
 marvellous what highly talented poetry and what harmonious 
 musical compositions have been produced from time to time in 
 praise of this imaginative, slippery, deceitful, dangerous myth ?' 
 
 '' This ' myth ' the spectator may follow all though this most won- 
 derful and labyrinthine picture. In the nursery the doctor is handing 
 a pot of beer to mamma; the nurse is drinking beer ; the little boy 
 is crying for beer ; and the papa is drawing a cork, so that ' he and 
 the doctor may have a drop.' Here you have a group of women, 
 victims of intemperance, ' tearing, biting, and mutilating one 
 another.'' Yonder are two of the police, carrying away a drunken 
 policeman. Does not the mind reel and stagger at the idea of 
 this cumulated horror ? And what is the wine which yonder 
 clergyman holds in his hand but the same kind of stuff" which has 
 made the mother in the christening- scene above 'so tipsy that she 
 
GEORGE CRUIKSHANK, 157 
 
 has let lier child fall out of her lap, while her idiotic husband 
 points to his helpless wife, and exclaims, ' Ha, ha, she's dr-unk'? 
 
 " With what vigour, courage, good humour, honesty, cheerful- 
 ness, have this busy hand and needle plied for more than fifty 
 years ! From 1799, 'when about eight or nine years of age,' 
 until yesterday, the artist has never taken rest. When you would 
 think he might desii-e quiet, behold he starts up lively as ever, 
 and arms himself to do battle with the demon drunkenness. With 
 voice and paint-brush, with steel-plate and wood-block, he assails 
 ' that deceitful, slippery, dangerous myth !' To wage war against 
 some wrong has been his chief calling ; and, in lighter moments, to 
 waken laughter, wonder, or sympathy. To elderly lovers of fun, 
 who can remember this century in its teens and its twenties, the 
 benefactions of this great humourist are as pleasant and well re- 
 membered as papa's or uncle's ' tips ' when they came to see the 
 boys at school. The sovereign then administered bought dehghts 
 not to be purchased by sovereigns of later coinage, tarts of incom- 
 parable sweetness which are never to be equalled in these times, 
 sausages whose flavour is still fragrant in the memory, books con- 
 taining beautiful prints (sometimes ravishingly coloured) signed 
 with the magic initials of the incomparable ' G. Ck.' " 
 
 George Cruikshank has had no more kindly and generous an 
 admirer of his works and sentiments than the writer of the fore- 
 going article. Twenty years ago Mr. Thackeray concluded an 
 elaborate paper on the subject of our memoir in the 'Westminster 
 Review' in the following words : — " Look at one of Mr. Cruik- 
 shank's works, and we pronounce him an excellent humourist. 
 Look at all, his reputation is increased by a kind of geometrical 
 progression, as a whole diamond is a hundred times more valuable 
 than the hundred splinters into which it might be broken would 
 be. A fine, rough, English diamond is this about which we have 
 been writing." And again, ten years later, in the ' Quarterly 
 Review' for December, 1854, in an article on 'Pictures of Life 
 and Character,' Mr. Thackeray thus sums up his analysis of 
 Cruikshank's w^orks : — " Among the veterans, the old pictorial 
 satirists, we have mentioned the famous name of one humorous 
 designer who is still alive and at work. Did we not see, by his 
 own hand, his own portrait of his own famous face, and whiskers, 
 in the ' Illustrated London News ' the other day ? There was a 
 print in that paper of an assemblage of Teatotallers in Sadler's 
 
158 riEORGE CRUIKSHANK. 
 
 Wells Theatre, and we straightway recognized the old Roman 
 hand — the old Roman's of the time of Plancns — George Cruik- 
 shank's. There were the old bonnets and droll faces and shoes, 
 and short trousers, and figures of 1820 sure enough. And there 
 was George (who has taken to the water- doctrine, as all the world 
 knows) handing some teatotalleresses over a plank to the table 
 where the pledge was being administered. How often has George 
 drawn that picture of Cruikshank ! Where haven't we seen it ? 
 How fine it was, facing the effigy of Mr. Ainsworth in ^Ainsworth^s 
 Magazine' when George illustrated that periodical ! How grand 
 and severe he stands in that design in G. C.'s ' Omnibus,' where 
 he represents himself tonged like St. Dunstan, and tweaking a 
 wretch of a publisher by the nose ! The collectors of George's 
 etchings — the charming etchings ! the dear old German 
 popular tales! — the capital ^Points of Humour' — the delightful 
 Phrenology and scrap-books, of the good time, our time — Plan- 
 cus's in fact ! — the collectors of the Georgian etchings, we say, 
 have at least a hundred pictures of the artist. Why, we remember 
 him in his favourite Hessian boots in ' Tom and Jerry' itself; and 
 in woodcuts as far back as the Queen's trial. He has rather de- 
 serted satire and comedy of late years, having turned his attention 
 to the serious, and warlike, and sublime. Having confessed our 
 age and prejudices, we prefer the comic and fanciful to the his- 
 toric, romantic, and at present didactic George. May respect, and 
 length of days, and comfortable repose, attend the brave, honest, 
 kindly, pure-minded artist, humourist, moralist !" 
 
 JOII^ EDWARD TAYLOR, PRINTER, 
 LITTLE aUEEN STREET, LINCOLN'S INN FIELI 
 
MEN OF EMINENCE 
 
 I N L ITER .4 T U R 15, S fi [ E N E, A N D A U T 
 
PORTRAITS 
 
 OF 
 
 MEN OF EMINENCE 
 
 IN LITERATURE, SCIENCE, AND ART, 
 
 WITH 
 
 |jiogr:rpbica( UlcmoiB. 
 
 THE PHOTOGRAPHS FROM LIFE, BY ERNEST EDWARDS, B A. 
 
 EDITED BY 
 
 LOVELL REEVE, F.1..S. 
 
 VOL. II. 
 
 m 
 
 ^^ 
 
 LONDON : 
 
 LOVELL REEVE & CO., 5, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GAEDEX 
 
 1864. 
 
JOUX EDWARD TAYl.OH, PIUNTER, 
 LITTLE QUEEX STREET, LIXCOLN'S INN EI! 
 
CONTl^lNTS. 
 
 Page 
 BENEDICT, JULIUS 47 
 
 BERESFORD-HOPE, ALEX. J. BERESFORD 103 
 
 BERKELEY, REV. M. J 5 
 
 BOWERBANK, JAMES SCOTT lo3 
 
 CARPENTER, W. B 77 
 
 CUMING, HUGH ... 41 
 
 FAED, THOMAS 65 
 
 GOULD, JOHN 59 
 
 HOOKER, DR 93 
 
 HUNT, ROBERT 120 
 
 MARTIN, SIR JAMES RANALD 1 
 
 MAURY, MATTHEW FONTAINE 107 
 
 MILLER, WILLIAM ALLEN 137 
 
 PANIZZI, ANTONIO 17 
 
 PYE, JOHN 89 
 
 RAWLINSON, MAJOR-GENERAL SIR H. C 69 
 
 SMART, SIR GEORGE THOMAS 9 
 
 ST. DAVID'S, THE RIGHT REV. THE BISHOP OF .... 51 
 
 THORNYCROFT, THOMAS 127 
 
 TYNDALL, JOHN 25 
 
 WARREN, SAMUEL 37 
 
 WESTWOOD, JOHN OBADIAH 97 
 
 WINSLOW, FORBES 123 
 
 WOOLNER, THOMAS 33 
 
SIR JAMES RANALD MARTIN, C.B., RR.S. 
 
 This distinguislied surgeon^ now Examining Physician to the Se- 
 cretary of State for India in Council, was born about the year 1800, 
 in the Isle of Skye, his father being the Rev. Donald Martin, his 
 mother a sister of Adjutant- General Sir John Macdonald, G.C.B. 
 Having acquired a knowledge of mathematics, geology, and phy- 
 sical geography at the Royal Academy of Inverness, under Pro- 
 fessors Nimmo and Tullock, he resolved to enter the military ser- 
 vice in a medical capacity. With this object he became, in 1813, 
 a pupil at St. George's Hospital, London, and devoting himself 
 with earnestness to the study of his profession under the advan- 
 tages then enjoyed by that institution of the services of Sir 
 Everard Home, Sir Charles Bell, Wilson, and Brodie, he, at the 
 expiration of three years, passed his examination at the College 
 of Surgeons, and in 1817 embarked for India. On his arrival at 
 Calcutta, Mr, Martin passed quickly through the usual probationary 
 course, and having joined the 1 7th and 59th Eegiments, he was 
 nominated Assistant Garrison Surgeon of Fort William. Here he 
 greatly distinguished himself by the prompt skill and humanity 
 which he displayed during an outbreak of malignant cholera, and 
 in 1819 he was appointed First Assistant-Surgeon of the General 
 Hospital of Calcutta. It was at this period that the subject of our 
 memoir commenced that important study of the diseases of Eu- 
 ropeans in India which led to the peculiar knowledge of tropical 
 maladies upon which his reputation is mainly based. 
 
 In 1821, the Marquis of Hastings, then Goveimor-General of 
 India, observing the rising talents of James Ranald Martin, and 
 appreciating his unwearied devotion to the interests of the service, 
 appointed him to the medical charge of his Body Guard, and, not 
 
 VOL. 11. B 
 
2 SIR JAMES RANALD MAETIN. 
 
 unfrequently in opposition to the Medical Board of Bengal, lie 
 carried into active operation several extensive sanitary improve- 
 ments. In consequence of ailing liealtli, Mr. Martin retired on 
 sick leave to tlie Island of Mauritius ; he returned, however, to 
 liis military duties in 1823, when he was summoned to Hyderabad 
 to attend professionally on Sir C. Metcalfe, then dangerously ill ; 
 and now commenced a friendship with that illustrious Governor 
 which continued uninterruptedly during the remainder of his life. 
 Mr. Martin was summoned in 1826 to Barrackpore to attend Lord 
 Amherst, and accepted the appointment of First Assistant-Surgeon 
 to the General Presidency ; he shortly, however, returned to Cal- 
 cutta, and settling himself in that city in regular medical practice, 
 he filled successively the offices of Surgeon to the Governor-Ge- 
 neral, Lord William Bentinck, of Presidency- Surgeon of Calcutta, 
 and of Surgeon to the Native Hospital of Calcutta. 
 
 Mr, Martin continued to devote himself to the study of the dis- 
 eases of both Europeans and natives, especially those of the Delta 
 Ganges or Bengal proper, and drew up for the consideration of the 
 Government a Report of the result of his investigations. In 1832, 
 Mr. Martin originated and performed the now universally adopted 
 operation for the radical cure of hydrocele by retained injection of 
 diluted tincture of iodine. In 1835, he devoted his energies more 
 especially to the subject of medical topography and statistics, and 
 the practical results deduced from this elaborate iuquuy being 
 formally submitted to the Governor- General and to Sir C. Met- 
 calfe, it was pronounced to be the most important sanitary mea- 
 sure for India that had been hitherto propounded. The author's 
 suggestions for sanitary reform embraced an area larger than the 
 whole of Europe, and they affected the well-being of more than a 
 hundred millions of souls. Mr. Martin also submitted to the Go- 
 vernment, about this time, a comprehensive plan for the cure and 
 prevention of diseases prevailing more especially in Calcutta and 
 its surrounding districts, which led to a Commission of Inquiry 
 into the medical topography and health history of the locality, 
 and to a series of legislative enactments by the Supreme Council 
 of India, which have by their practical issue done a large amount 
 of good, not only to the natives, but also to the resident Euro- 
 peans. In 1838, Mr. Martin originated the great Fever Hospital 
 of Calcutta, and shortly after, his health failing, he availed himself 
 of the offer of the Governor of Bengal to retire for a time to his 
 
SIR JAMES RANALD MARTIN. 3 
 
 residence at Barrackpore. He still occupied himself, however, in 
 preparing a report on the relative and comparative salubrity of the 
 line of the Valley of Irawaddy, and of that across the Araccan 
 Mountains, in Upper Ava. 
 
 In January, 1840, Mr. Martin, to the warmly expressed regret 
 of the Governors of the Native Hospital, left the scene of his 
 twenty-two years' labours — a long period for official service in India 
 — and returned to England. A large meeting of Mr. Martin's 
 patients and friends was convened in the Town Hall of Calcutta, 
 and a subscription was entered into for the presentation of a piece 
 of plate, as a mark of the high esteem they entertained of his per- 
 sonal character and professional services. Sir Charles Metcalfe, 
 writing to him soon after his arrival in London said, in reference 
 to this testimonial : " The just compliment paid to you on quitting 
 Calcutta must have been very gratifying. There is in such an 
 indication of kind feeling, something that touches the heart, and 
 produces some of the most pleasing sensations that we can ex- 
 perience, mixed, however, with pain at parting from those who 
 show such friendship :" while Dr. Farr, of the Registrar- General's 
 Office, alluding to the scientific and economic results of Mr. Mar- 
 tin's services, said, '' I look upon the well-conducted sanitary 
 reform commenced in Bengal as one of the most important under- 
 takings of the age in India, useful to science and to England, and 
 creditable to Sir J. E. Martin, with whom it originated." 
 
 In 1 843, Mr. Martin was elected a Fellow of the Eoyal College 
 of Surgeons, and has since acted with distinction as a Consulting 
 Surgeon; not, however, to the neglect of liis studies in sanitary 
 science, for which he had been famous in India. He was appointed 
 by the Government of Sir Robert Peel a member of the Royal Com- 
 mission for inquiring into the sanitary condition of large towns in 
 England and Wales, and served two years on this Commission, 
 having in the meantime drawn up a Report, of which a large 
 number were printed by the Government for general circulation. 
 Subsequently, at the suggestion of the Duke of Buccleuch, he 
 directed his attention to the sanitary condition of the French ca- 
 pital, and having proceeded to Paris for that purpose, he collected 
 a number of valuable reports. In 1845, Mr. Martin assisted in 
 publishing the well-known work of Dr. Robert Jackson, ' On the 
 Formation, Discipline, and Economy of Armies,' and in tlie same 
 year he was elected a Fellow of the Royal Society. In 1848, he 
 
SIR JAMES RANALD MARTIN. 
 
 was employed by Government on a commission to report on tlie 
 capabilities of metropolitan workhouses for tlie reception and 
 treatment of cbolera cases, when his Eeport was largely circulated. 
 In 1859, Mr. Martin succeeded Dr. Scott as Physician to the India 
 House, and in the following year he received the honour of Knight- 
 hood and was made Companion of the Bath. 
 
 Sir J. Ranald Martin is the author of a valuable treatise ' On 
 the Influence of Tropical Climates on European Constitutions.'' 
 On the abolition of the East India Company, he received the 
 appointment, corresponding to that which he previously held, of 
 Physician to the Council of India. 
 

 r 
 
 1 
 
 r. 
 
THE REV. M. J. BERKELEY, M.A., F.L.S. 
 
 The department of learning in whicli tlie subject of our present 
 memoir ranks as the most eminent of living authors is that of 
 cryptogamic botany. In early life Mr. Berkeley directed his at- 
 tention to the study of our native land and freshwater mollusks, 
 many of which he delineated with a degree of artistic skill and 
 anatomical accuracy not previously attained in this country ; but 
 his genius for minute observation was soon drawn to that wider 
 field of nature which includes seaweeds, mosses, lichens, funguses, 
 and all minute forms of vegetable life, involving the most difficult 
 and delicate microscopic investigation ; and to the study of these, 
 especially Fungi, he has devoted his life. 
 
 Miles Joseph Berkeley was born at Biggin, in the parish of 
 Oundle, Northamptonshire, on the 1st of April, 1803 ; and is a 
 lineal descendant of Thomas Berkeley, Esq., of Colwell, Hereford- 
 shire, youngest brother of Sir Robert Berkeley, one of the Judges 
 of the King^s Bench in the time of the Commonwealth, who was 
 buried at Spetchley, in Worcestershire, where the family are now 
 seated. Having received the earlier portion of his education at 
 the Grammar School of Oundle, Mr. Berkeley proceeded to Rugby. 
 In 1821 he was entered at Christ's College, Cambridge, of which 
 he was a scholar, and in 1825 he graduated as 5th Senior Optime. 
 Mr. Berkeley became attached to natural history from an early pe- 
 riod ; and his scientific tendencies, both zoological and botanical, 
 which had been fostered at Rugby, were kept in action at Cam- 
 bridge by an intimate acquaintance with the late Professor Hens- 
 low. His first attempts as an author were given in the London 
 ' Zoological Journal,' in some papers on the Anatomy of MoUusca.* 
 
 * Some of Mr. Berkeley's eavly drawings were not published until they 
 appeared m Mr. LoveJl Eeeve's recent work on the ' Land and Freshwater 
 Mollusks of the British Isles.' 
 
6 REV. M. J. BERKELEY. 
 
 A summer residence at Loch Lomond in 1823, and at Oban in 1824, 
 gave him opportunities of making considerable collections of speci- 
 mens of the lower forms of animals and plants; and at the latter place 
 he formed an acquaintance with a zealous and well-known botanist 
 of that day, Captain Carmichael, who opened out to him his nu- 
 merous discoveries in cryptogamic botany. The life of a naturalist 
 is generally marked by a more than common spirit of perseverance 
 and zeal ; and we might follow Mr. Berkeley in his numerous re- 
 searches at Torquay, Weymouth, and other favourite collecting 
 localities on the British coast, but the details of these zoological 
 and botanical explorations are better desci-ibed in journals appro- 
 priated to those subjects. In 1826 Mr. Berkeley was ordained, 
 and after a short residence in two small curacies, he entered, in 
 1829, on the more important curacy of Margate. His leisure time, 
 though very limited, was still devoted to scientific pursuits, and 
 he pursued his anatomical studies with Mr. G. H. Hoffman, in con- 
 junction with whom he published a detailed anatomy of a curious 
 mollusk inhabiting the swamps of India {Gerithium telescopiuvi) , 
 from living specimens sent to England by Mr. Benson. 
 
 While residing previously at Stibbington, in Huntingdonshire, 
 Mr. Berkeley made a large number of drawings of Fungi, and was 
 so fortunate, in the course of his researches, as to ascertain the real 
 structure of the hymenium in Agarics, though the discovery was 
 not published till some years later. When Sir W. J. Hooker was 
 engaged upon the cryptogamic volume of the ' English Flora,^ Mr. 
 Berkeley offered him the use of these drawings, and Sir William 
 thereupon invited him to undertake the preparation of the Fungi. 
 About the same time Mr. Sowerby requested him to record the 
 observations he had made on new and rare Algee, in a sort of 
 supplement to ' English Botany,^ under the title of ' Gleanings of 
 British Algae.' The volume on Fungi in the ' English Flora ' ap- 
 peared in 1836 ; and since that period so many collections of exotic 
 Fungi have been submitted to Mr. Berkeley for examination, 
 such, for example, as the Fungi collected during the Antarctic 
 Exploring Expedition by Dr. Joseph Hooker, that he has almost 
 retired from the investigation of other cryptogamic forms, except 
 so far as may be necessary to acquire an intimate acquaintance 
 with their general structure and the development of vegetable 
 tissue. 
 
 In 1833 Mr. Berkeley was presented to the two small perpetiml 
 
REV. M. J. BERKELEY. 7 
 
 curacies of Apethorpe and Woodnewton, Northamptonshire, which 
 he holds at the present time, and in which he continues to find 
 leisure for his favourite pursuits. A connection with the *■ Gar- 
 deners' Chronicle' has, during this time, led him to pay much im- 
 portant attention to the diseases of plants, not only as connected 
 with parasites, but with morbid conditions of their tissues ; and the 
 results of his investigations have been published in that journal in 
 a long series of articles on vegetable pathology, which, we trust, 
 will ere long be given to the public in a separate form. Among 
 other subjects a study of the Potato Murrain was necessarily in- 
 duced, and, in later years, of Vine and Hop Mildew. From the 
 very first Mr. Berkeley was convinced that Potato Murrain was 
 due to the agency of a minute fungus [Botnjtis infestans), an opi- 
 nion in which he has never wavered, and which is almost univer- 
 sally acknowledged to be correct. In like manner, Vine Mildew 
 was pronounced to be the work of a fungus {Oldium Tuclieri), a 
 decision which was rewarded by the French Government with a 
 portion of the grant of money awarded to those who had worked 
 out the history of this important disease. 
 
 In 1857 Mr, Berkeley published a valuable 'Introduction to 
 Cryptogamic Botany,' in one thick octavo volume, and in 1860 a 
 volume of nearly similar dimensions, entitled ' Outlines of British 
 Fungology,^ containing descriptions of above a thousand species, 
 copiously illustrated, with a perfect list of the smaller species, 
 which has been followed by an equally elaborately illustrated 
 ' Handbook of the British Mosses.'' 
 
 Mr. Berkeley was elected a Fellow of the Linnean Society in 
 1836, and is a Member of several Foreign Societies. The latest 
 honour received by Mr. Berkeley was the award, in the present 
 session, of one of the Royal Society's Royal Medals, with the fol- 
 lowing address from the President : — 
 
 " Mr. Berkeley's labours as a cryptogamic botanist for upwards 
 of thirty-five years, during which they have been more especially 
 devoted to that extensive and most difficult order of plants the 
 Fungi, have rendered him, in the opinion of the botanical mem- 
 bers of the Council, by far the most eminent living author in that 
 department. These labours have consisted in large measure of 
 the most arduous and delicate microscopic investigation. Besides 
 papers in various journals on Fungi from all parts of the globe, 
 and in particular an early and admirable memoir on British Fungi, 
 
REV. M. J. BERKELEY. 
 
 the volume entitled ' Introduction to Cryptogamic Botany/ pub- 
 lished in 1857, is one v^rhich especially deserves to be noticed here. 
 It is a work which he alone was qualified to write. It is full of 
 sagacious remarks and reasoning ; and particular praise is due to 
 the special and conscientious care bestowed on the verification of 
 every part, however minute and difficult, upon which its broad 
 generalizations are founded. Mr. Berkeley's merits are not con- 
 fined to description or classification ; there are facts of the highest 
 significance, which he has been the first to indicate, and which, in 
 many cases, he has also proved both by observation and experi- 
 ments. We refer to his observations on the development of the 
 reproductive bodies in the three orders of Thallogens — Algfe, 
 Lichens, and Fungi — and on the conversion, under peculiar condi- 
 tions, of certain forms of their fruit into others ; — to the exact de- 
 termination of the relations and sometimes of the absolute specific 
 identity of various forms of Fungi previously referred to different 
 tribes ; and to the recognition, in many species and genera, of a 
 diversity of methods of reproduction in giving origin to parallel 
 series of forms. As intimately connected with the life-history of 
 Fu.ngi, the intricate subject of vegetable pathology has been greatly 
 elucidated by him ; and he is indeed the one British authority in 
 this department. His intimate acquaintance with vegetable tis- 
 sues, and with the effects of external agents, such as climate, soil, 
 exposure, etc., has enabled him to refer many maladies to their 
 source ; and to propose methods, which in some cases have proved 
 sviccessful, of averting, checking, and even curing diseases in some 
 of our most valuable crops. In this line of research he has also 
 demonstrated on the one hand that many so-called epiphytal and 
 parasitic Fungi are nothing but morbid conditions of the tissues of 
 the plant ; on the other hand, that microscopic Fungi lurk and 
 produce the most disastrous results where their presence had been 
 least suspected.'^ 
 
SIR GEORGE THOMAS SMAirj\ Kt., 
 
 HONORARY MEMBER OF THE MUSEUM OF SALZBURG, ETC. ETC. 
 
 George Thomas Smart^ cue of the few remaining links between 
 the musical celebrities of the past and present times^ was born in 
 London, on the lOtli of May, 1776. At a very early age he mani- 
 fested a taste for music, and gave so promising an indication of 
 correctness of ear, that his father, himself connected with the mu- 
 sical profession, determined to encourage it. Of the three chief 
 metropolitan schools of music then existing — St. PauFs, West- 
 minster Abbey, and the Chapel Royal, St. James's — the last was 
 selected as the best for the training of its future composer and 
 organist; and it soon became apparent, from the assiduity with 
 which he prosecuted his studies under the tuition of Dr. Ayrton, 
 and the aptitude he evinced in mastering the technicalities of the 
 art of composition, that a brilliant career was before him. 
 
 Although the tendency of a cathedral training, under which the 
 musical tuition of the Chapel Royal wholly ranges, is much more 
 conducive to promote the cultivation than to facilitate the deve- 
 lopment of the more serious styles of progressive harmony, yet the 
 youthful aspirant did not permit himself to be trammelled by its 
 heavy rules and severe proportions. Handel had only been dead 
 seventeen years when George Thomas Smart was born, and the in- 
 fluence of that master's majestic compositions, better appreciated 
 afterwards than previously to his decease, was rapidly increasing. 
 The attention of the juvenile student was naturally drawn to Han- 
 del's larger and broader compositions. Nevertheless he did not, 
 on tliis account, neglect that master's lighter specimens, which 
 had been written during his earHer career for the Italian opera, 
 
 A^OL. II. t,' 
 
10 SIR GEORGE THOMAS SMART. 
 
 which he may be said to have introduced into England. These, 
 indeed, he carefully noted and studied, no less than the more stu- 
 pendous passages of the great German^s massive oratorios. In- 
 tuitively of a lively and versatile temperament, as he has conti- 
 nued to be throughout a long and highly successful life, George 
 Thomas Smart, upon leaving the Chapel Eoyal, was attracted to 
 the great metropolitan theatres, where Dr. Arne had made " the 
 power of music " to be so much felt, as to have caused English 
 opera to become a rival of the drama. Into the progress of mu- 
 sical dramatic art he threw himself at once, with the greatest 
 energy ; and by the skill with which he arranged and directed the 
 performances at the houses in which he was engaged, he elevated 
 the tone and increased the popularity of this comparatively novel 
 means of public entertainment. During the years, however, in 
 which his more arduous services were demanded by professional 
 and theatrical engagements, he did not cease to pay attention to 
 the cathedral services of the Church; but becoming, at the Cha- 
 pel Eoyal, the deputy of Dr. Dupuis, who had given him lessons 
 on the organ, whilst John Baptist Cramer was his master for the 
 pianoforte, and at Westminster Abbey of Dr. Arnold when he had 
 scarcely reached manhood, he prosecuted his studies with the 
 utmost perseverance, being determined to rise in his profession 
 rather by the legitimate means of scholarship and talent than by 
 mere favoritism or patronage. The activity of the early career 
 of George Thomas Smart was indeed a source of constant remark 
 amongst those who were aware of the numerous duties he punc- 
 tually and assiduously fulfilled ; whilst his invariable aptitude for 
 meeting and overcoming difficulties, and his invariable kindness of 
 disposition and happy tact in allaying the differences of contending 
 musicians, — always, like poets and authors, an irritahile genus, — 
 endeared him to all classes with whom he was brought in contact. 
 
 In the year 1811, being called to Dublin to conduct a series 
 of musical performances, the Duke of Richmond, at that time 
 Viceroy of Ireland, conferred upon him the honour of knight- 
 hood, as a mark of consideration for the efficiency of his arrange- 
 ments, and especially for the manifestation of his musical talents. 
 From that time he was invariably known in his profession as Sir 
 George Smart. 
 
 Having now permanently established his reputation. Sir George 
 Smart, ou his return to London, assumed the highest grade in the 
 
SIR GEORQE THOMAS SMART. 11 
 
 musical profession— that of an orchestral conductor. The advance 
 of music in popular favour had not then attained to anything ap- 
 proaching the dimensions it has now assumed. The patronage 
 bestowed upon it was, in a measure, merely partial, and emanated 
 rather from the rich and prosperous than from the multitude. 
 The performance of Handel's oratorios, during the season of 
 Lent, attracted some attention ; but until Sir George Smart was 
 entrusted with the direction, they met with little consideration, 
 and were shorn of half their importance. During the thirteen 
 years that he filled this arduous post at Drury Lane and Covent 
 Garden theatres, contending against the frivolities of one set of 
 patrons, and the requirements of another, as well as against a 
 large amount of public indifference, he yet maiiaged to assert the 
 claims of the higher woi'ks of musical science ; and however much 
 he was pained and annoyed at the necessity for interspersing 
 with lighter and more frivolous compositions one part at least of 
 those Lenten entertainments, designated by the name of Oi-ato- 
 rios, he permitted no season to pass without having done some- 
 thing to ensure progress. Even so early as the year 1814, the 
 second season of his Oratorio administration at Drury Lane 
 Theatre, he contrived to introduce, on the 25th of February, Beet- 
 hoven's " Christus am Oelberge," better known in this country 
 as " The Mount of Olives." He also brought out, at the same 
 theatre, on the 10th of February, 1815, that master's celebrated 
 " Battle Symphony." Although, however, the former work failed 
 to obtain the general appreciation to which Sir George Smart was 
 convinced the genius of Beethoven was entitled, it yet marked 
 a period in the advancement of musical science, which led up to 
 that appreciation of the great master which is now of world-wide 
 extent. Of the capability Sir George Smart manifested at this 
 period of his career as a conductor, it was well said by a severe 
 but honest critic, — " That no man in the profession possessed so 
 large an experience, so acute and so sound a tact, so profound a 
 judgment in apprehending what would take most surely with the 
 public, such unwearied energy and steadiness in the prosecution 
 of a plan, and such promptitude in seizing an advantage or re- 
 pairing an unexpected evil, as Sir George Smart." 
 
 In 1816 Sir George Smart was selected, as one of the most 
 eminent musicians of the time, to take part in the conducting of 
 the concerts of the Philharmonic Society, which had been insti- 
 
12 SIR GEORGE THOMAS SIM ART. 
 
 tuted three years before for tlie performance of the works of the 
 more celebrated modern masters. During his membership with 
 this Society, Sir George Smart invariably evinced the spirit of a 
 true artiste ; for not only did he occupy the post of conductor at 
 forty-nine concerts between the years 1816 and 1844, when he re- 
 signed his appointment, but he never hesitated to undertake a 
 minor duty, if the perfection or success of a performance could 
 thereby be heightened. Thus, when Haydn visited London in 
 1 791, to produce the first six of those great master-pieces — his 
 twelve Symphonies written to Salomon's order — he undertook on 
 one occasion to beat the drums, and faithfully and diligently ob- 
 served and carried out the great maestro' s wishes and directions. 
 
 A few years previously to Sir George Smart's retirement from a 
 share in the immediate direction of the Philharmonic Concerts, at 
 which his services were always given gratuitously, he was pre- 
 sented by the wind instrument performers of the orchestra with an 
 elegant hdton, upon which the names of the donors were engraved, 
 as a mark of their high esteem and respect. He did not, how- 
 ever, cease to be a member of the Philharmonic Society on ac- 
 count of his retirement from his share in the musical direction. 
 He and Mr. Charles Neate, the once eminent pianist, the friend 
 of John Baptist Cramer, are the only persons now living who were 
 amongst the original founders of the Society in 1813. 
 
 Whilst thus actively engaged as the conductor of oratorios and 
 secular concerts. Sir George Smart still adhered to his attach- 
 ment for the cathedral school in which he had been originally 
 trained; and having been appointed in 1822 one of the organists, 
 and in 1838 one of the composers, of the Chapel Eoyal, St. 
 James's, he found time not only to fulfil the duties of the former 
 position, but to add to the roll of classical productions which a 
 long succession of eminent musicians, from the time of the Re- 
 formation, had provided for the services of the Church. Scarcely 
 any of these compositions have hitherto been published, but it will 
 be a gratification to the musical world to know that Sir George 
 Smart is preparing, and has almost completed, an entire series of 
 his Cathedral Services and Anthems, which have received her 
 Majesty's permission to be dedicated to herself. He has also re- 
 cently published a selection from his Glees. 
 
 In the discharge of his functions as one of the organists of the 
 Chapel Eo3^al, Sir George Smart presided at the organ at the 
 
SIR GEORGE THOMAS SMART. 13 
 
 funeral of George IV. ; at the coronation and funeral of William IV.; 
 at tlie coronation and marriage of her Majesty ; and at many other 
 royal and public ceremonies of importance. 
 
 In 1834^ it was determined to celebrate^ in Westminster Abbey, 
 the seventy-fifth anniversary of HandeFs death, and on this occa- 
 sion the entire musical arrangements were placed in Sir George 
 Smart^s hands. The successful issue to which he brought that great 
 and arduous undertaking maybe inferred from the testimony borne 
 to the efficiency of the entire proceedings by the performers, who 
 presented him with a costly and massive silver inkstand, bearing 
 the following highly flattering, but no less well-merited inscrip- 
 tion : — 
 
 " Presented to Sir Geobge Smart by the vocal and instrumental per- 
 formers engaged at the Eoyal Musical Festival held in Westminster Abbey, 
 1834, under the patronage of their Most Gi-acious Majesties King William 
 IV. and Queen Adelaide, to mark their esteem for his character as a man, 
 and his talent as a musician ; also, as a token of their approbation of the able 
 manner in which, he conducted the performances." 
 
 The metropolitan reputation of Sir George Smart naturally en- 
 sured for him many provincial engagements, where his talents 
 were as fully appreciated as his character was respected. In the 
 course of his lengthened career, he conducted musical festivals and 
 concerts in no less than twenty-three provincial cities and towns, 
 viz. Bath, Bristol, Edinburgh, Reading, Liverpool, Manchester, 
 Birmingham, Norwich, Newcastle-on-Tyne, Bury St. Edmund's, 
 Dublin, Derby, Cambridge, Hull, Greenwich, Woolwich, Colches- 
 ter, Brighton, Coventry, Cheltenham, Nottingham, Clifton, and 
 Hereford. The most remarkable perhaps of all these provincial 
 engagements was that which he undertook at Norwich in the au- 
 tumn of 1824. So successful, indeed, was the well-remembered 
 festival of that year, and so entirely was its musical efficiency 
 attributable to Sir George Smart, that the Committee of Manage- 
 ment voted him a gold snuff-box of the value of thirty guineas ; 
 whilst the Corporation^as that of Dublin had previously done — 
 conferred the Freedom of the City upon him, " for the zeal, energy, 
 and ability he had exerted." 
 
 In the year 1825, Sir George Smart was induced to pay a visit 
 to Vienna, where he was most cordially received and welcomed by 
 Beethoven, whose genius he was one of the first musicians of this 
 country to acknowledge. His chief object in undertaking so long 
 
14 ^ SIR GEORGE THOMAS SMART. 
 
 and tedious a journey as was the transit from the English to the 
 Austrian capital at that period, was to ascertain from Beethoven 
 himself the times of his Sinfonias and other compositions, in order 
 that they might be rendered in England according to his own ex- 
 press wish and determination. In this respect Sir George Smart 
 was as greatly interested as he has always been in preserving 
 and maintaining the traditions of Handel, which he himself re- 
 ceived from Joah Bates, who had taken them immediately from 
 Handel himself. As to the method which the great master of ora- 
 torio adopted in giving the accurate time of his various works 
 according to his own will and purpose, and also as to the manner 
 in which his songs were rendered by Madame Mara, Mrs. Billing- 
 ton, Mrs. Salmon, and Miss Stephens, by Harrison, Bartleman, 
 Braham, and Vaughan, no one could have more accurate infor- 
 mation than Sir George Smart himself. Not only was he taught 
 by the friend whom Handel himself had directed, but he had 
 heard all the older, and instructed most of the younger, of the 
 above-named singers in the very method originally intended. It 
 may be a source of congratulation to the musical world to learn 
 that " those traditions " will not be lost. Sir George Smart having, 
 with the utmost care and pains, prepared a work, which, it is to be 
 hoped, may soon be published, in which each is in every particular 
 
 On returning from his visit to Beethoven at Yienna, Sir George 
 Smart made the acquaintance of Mendelssohn at Berlin, and in- 
 duced him to visit England ; and it is not amongst the least of 
 the honours which he has attained in the course of his emi- 
 nent career, that he may be said to have introduced Mendelssohn's 
 great specimen of pure oratorio composition, ' St. Paul,' to the 
 English public, having himself conducted its first performance at 
 Liverpool, in the autumn of 1836. Between Mendelssohn and 
 Sir George Smart, esteem and affection were indeed as mutual as 
 the same sentiments had been between Weber and himself. He 
 was, indeed, the first amongst the musicians of his country to 
 recognize the talents of the composer of ' Der Freischiitz ' as of 
 the author of ' The Mount of Olives,' and to make them known 
 by the introduction of the overture of the former work at those 
 festivals and concerts which he conducted. The performance of 
 the overture to ' Der Freischiitz ' speedily led to the production of 
 one or more versions of the entire opera at several of the great 
 
SIR GEORGE THOMAS SMART. 15 
 
 London theatres. Its success, although it was presented in a 
 somewhat mutilated form, made the author so popular in England 
 that nothing appeared to promise greater eclat than to engage 
 him to compose, and bring him over to conduct, the music of 
 another opera. For this purpose Sir George Smart proceeded 
 to Germany in company with Mr. C. Kemble, the result being 
 the engagement of Weber to write his last opera, and to support 
 by his presence the reputation he had already gained in England. 
 On reaching London, Weber became the inmate of Sir George 
 Smart's house in Great Portland Street, and there he completed 
 the entire score of ' Oberon,' the libretto of which was supplied 
 by Mr. Planche. When this celebrated musician arrived in this 
 country, in the month of March, 1826, he was in the last stage 
 of consumption ; he, however, brought out his opera, and con- 
 tinued to fulfil his public engagements and prosecute his private 
 studies with the utmost assiduity and cheerfulness. He had even 
 fixed to leave England on his return to Germany on the 7th of 
 June ; but on the morning of the 5th, he was found dead in his 
 bed in Sir George Smart's house, which he had never left as a 
 place of residence from the time of his arrival. 
 
 From the position Sir George Smart occupied as organist and 
 composer of the Chapel Royal, and from the skill and tact he in- 
 variably manifested in the direction both of sacred and secular 
 music, he obtained the patronage and encouragement of several 
 members of the Royal Family, nearly all of whom, especially the 
 Prince Regent, afterwards George IV., and the Duke of Sussex, 
 were sound and accomplished musicians. So greatly, indeed, did 
 he enjoy the confidence of the latter Royal Duke, that he was 
 nominated by him to the office of organist of " The United Grand 
 Lodge of Free and Accepted Masons," of whom he (the Duke of 
 Sussex) was for many years the Grand Master. The wisdom of 
 this appointment was apparent at all the great Masonic Festivals, 
 since a rich musical treat was provided for the entertainment of 
 the brethren of this ancient and mysterious Order, the composi- 
 tions selected for illustration being always of so classical a cha- 
 racter as to add quite as much to the charm as to the celebrity of 
 those popular reunions. 
 
 Among the many professional pupils who have had the advan- 
 tage of Sir George Smart's tuition, the following may be named 
 as having obtained something more than a transient or ordinary 
 
16 SIR GEORGE THOMAS SMART. 
 
 celebrity, viz. Miss Paton (now Mrs. Wood), Miss .Louisa Pyne, 
 the Misses Cawes, etc. etc., Messrs. T. Welsh, Henry Phillips, 
 and Lockey, and more especially for sacred music and the tradi- 
 tions of Handel and the English masters, Mme. Sontag, Mme. 
 Lind-Goldschmidt, Mme. Rudersdorff, and Signer Belletti. 
 
 Throughout a lengthened and an arduous career, Sir Greorge 
 Smart rose to eminence and estimation, — acknowledged quite as 
 much upon the Continent as at home, — by his general acquaintance 
 with the details of business, by gentlemanly manners, by skill in 
 his profession, and by honour and integrity in its exercise, no less 
 than by a liberality which was both generous and beneficial to 
 those towards whom it was extended. To many an unfortunate 
 and unsuccessful artiste he has afforded sympathy and aid, quite as 
 much by his advice and counsel as by his purse. Beloved by his 
 family, respected by his friends, his society has ever been eagerly 
 sought by those who appreciate worth. He has attained a good old 
 age, is still active and cheerful, and possessed of all his faculties, 
 taking as deep an interest as ever in the progress of his art, and 
 manifesting the same genial and versatile disposition which has 
 endeared him to all who have had the privilege of his friend- 
 ship and esteem. 
 
ANTONIO PANIZZI. 
 
 In a workj tlie object of wliicli is to illustrate Literature, Science, 
 and Art, by tlie biographies of men eminent in tlie cultivation of 
 those branches of human knowledge, some notice of the career of 
 the Principal Officer of the British Museum ought to be found. 
 Placed at the head of an Institution comprehending in itself the 
 finest specimens of ancient art, the varied productions of nature, 
 and one of the largest libraries in the woi4d, he cannot but exer- 
 cise an important influence over every channel of human thought. 
 
 Antonio Panizzi was born at Brescello, in the Duchy of Mo- 
 dena, on the 16th of September, 1797. Modena at that time 
 formed a part of the Cisalpine Eepublic. After prosecuting his 
 studies in the Lyceum at Eeggio, where he remained vmtil about 
 seventeen years of age, he proceeded to the University of Parma. 
 In 1818 he took his degree of Doctor of Laws, and then quitted 
 the University and prepared himself for practice in the superior 
 branches of the legal profession. Taking a deep interest in the 
 political state of his native country, he, while yet a student, en- 
 tered into the revolutionary movement which ultimately broke out 
 in Naples in 1820, and in Piedmont in the following year. In 
 this year his participation was made known to the Modenese au- 
 thorities, through the weakness of one of the conspirators, aud he 
 judged it prudent to provide for his safety. He therefore quitted 
 Brescello, and when at Cremona narrowly escaped seizure. A 
 polite message was conveyed to him from the commissary of 
 police, requesting his attendance, and it was from the office of 
 this functionary that he saved himself by a hasty flight. The 
 charge against him was tried in his absence, he was found guilty 
 per contumaciam, and sentenced to death and the confiscation of 
 
 VOL. II. . D 
 
18 ANTONIO PANIZZI. 
 
 liis property. He first sought a refuge in Lugano, the capital of 
 the Swiss Canton of Ticino, but was obliged to quit it on the de- 
 mand of Austria, and betook himself to Geneva. Here^ however, 
 he was not allowed to remain in peace. The repi'esentatives of 
 Austria, France, and Sardinia, demanded the expulsion of himself 
 and other Italian political refugees from the soil of Switzerland, 
 who therefore determined to proceed to England. Being desirous 
 of taking the route through France, but uncertain whether they 
 would be allowed to do so, they sent forward one of their number 
 (Mr. Aubrey Bezzi) , as a pioneer. He was stopped at Gex, stripped, 
 and nothing being found upon him, was ordered to return, where- 
 upon they made their way by the Bhine and the Netherlands, and 
 arrived in England in the month of May, 1823. Mr. Panizzi re- 
 mained for some months in London, and then, on the recommen- 
 dation of his friend Ugo Foscolo, he turned his steps towards Li- 
 verpool. He was received with more than friendly interest by 
 Dr. Shepherd, the author of the life of Poggio Bracciolini, and by 
 William Roscoe, the author of the Life of Leo X., to both of whom 
 Foscolo introduced him, and by whom he was soon treated as a 
 son. He spent here several years, maintaining himself by teaching 
 his native language, and enjoying the best society of the place. 
 In 1828, when the London University was founded under the 
 auspices of Lord Brougham, Mr. Panizzi was invited by the noble 
 lord to fill the chair of Italian Language and Literature, and after 
 hesitating some time whether he should give up the agreeable society 
 he was then enjoying for a new career, he accepted the proffered 
 chair. In March, 1831, the post of extra-assistant keeper in the 
 Department of Printed Books in the British Museum became va- 
 cant, and by the support and influence of Lord Brougham, who 
 had by this time become Lord Chancellor, and other influential 
 friends, Mr. Panizzi obtained the appointment. He was now in a 
 situation in which he might indulge his taste for books, and soon 
 distinguished himself by his energy and bibliogi-aphical acquire- 
 ments. 
 
 The library of the British Museum was at this time in a very 
 unsatisfactory state ; although extensive, the deficiencies in every 
 branch were large and important, and there was no regular annual 
 grant by which these lacunce could be filled up. In 1835 and 
 1836 a Committee of the House of Commons was appointed to in- 
 quire into the state of the Museum, and Mr. Panizzi was exa- 
 
ANTONIO PANIZZI. 19 
 
 mined as a witness. In his evidence before the Committee lie 
 stated liis views freely, and suggested many improvements wliich 
 lie has subsequently been enabled to carry out. He also visited 
 the Continent, for the purpose of examining foreign libraries, and, 
 with the view of aiding the inquiry, collected a vast mass of 
 highly interesting and important particulars respecting them. In 
 short, while some of the witnesses showed what the library had 
 been and was, and explained why it could not at that time be 
 better, Mr. Panizzi showed what it ought to be, and how it might 
 be made so. 
 
 This inquiry led to great alterations in the system of manage- 
 ment. It gave the first impulse to the changes which have subse- 
 quently taken place in the Institution, and opened the way to the 
 great development it has subsequently undergone. It was felt 
 that a young and vigorous man was wanted at the head of the 
 Department of Printed Books, and when Mr. Baber, the then 
 keeper, resigned his post in June, 1837, Mr. Panizzi was appointed 
 to be his successor. He now found ample employment for all his 
 strength and energy. The printed books were to be removed 
 from Montague House to a new library, occupying the ground- 
 floor of the north wing of the new building ; the diiferent cata- 
 logues of the collection under his charge, wliich had been drawn 
 up at different times, and on various plans, were to be revised and 
 reduced to one catalogue, compiled on one general plan, and ad- 
 ditions were to be made to the libi-ary on a larger scale than here- 
 tofore. The service of the Reading-room underwent revision, with 
 the double object of supplying books more readily to the readers, 
 and increasing the safeguards of the collection. To suggest, or- 
 ganize, and superintend at this period, involved a vast amount of 
 labour. He was anxious that the National Library should be 
 worthy of the nation, and keeping this object constantly before 
 him, he endeavoured to make every step tend towards this point. 
 In 1845 he laid before the Trustees a report, showing the great 
 deficiencies in the library. This report having been approved by 
 the Trustees, was submitted to the Lords of the Treasury in De- 
 cember of the same year, and ordered to be printed by the House 
 of Commons, 27th March, 1846. This led to the grant of the 
 sum of £10,000 annually for the purchase of printed books, until 
 the deficiencies were filled up. At the expiration of two years, 
 however, the state of the pubhc finances rendered it advisable to 
 
20 ANTONIO PANIZZI. 
 
 reduce this grant, and indeed had this cause not arisen, the limited 
 space in the Hbrary for new acquisition would have rendered such 
 a step necessary. 
 
 Mr. Panizzi^s exertions were not always sweetened by the ap- 
 proval of those in whose behalf they were made. The question of 
 the revisal and re-adjustment of the catalogue led to much discus- 
 sion. Some wished things to remain as they were ; some objected 
 to the plan upon which it was determined that the new catalogue 
 should be drawn up ; some, again, objected because they could not 
 get books which did not exist ; and those who knew nothing about 
 the matter were the greatest objectors of all. It was natural that 
 this state of things should result in something, and they did result 
 in a commission to inquire into the constitution and management 
 of the British Museum, which held its first sitting on the 10th of 
 July, 1847. Mr. Panizzi took this opportunity to challenge all 
 who disapproved in any way of the manner in which he admin- 
 istered the affairs of the department under his charge, to come 
 forward and state their objections before the Commissioners. 
 This challenge was very extensively accepted, and Mr. Panizzi 
 was thus enabled to explain his motives and justify his proceedings 
 to the full satisfaction of the Commissioners, while under an exa- 
 mination which lasted eighteen days. The report of the Commis- 
 sioners is the best comment upon these attacks. They say : — 
 '' We have had occasion, in the course of our inquiry, to ascertain 
 the prevalence, among many persons, of an impression which attri- 
 butes to that gentleman (Mr. Panizzi) not only the adoption of a 
 plan for a catalogue, of which those parties, on various grounds 
 presently to be noticed, disapprove, but also the delay of which 
 they complaiu in the execution of the plan so adopted. It be- 
 comes our incidental duty to do him justice in these particulars. 
 From what we have already stated, it will appear that, with respect 
 to the system and form of the catalogue, Avhatever be its defects, 
 Mr. Panizzi can be charged with nothing further than the con- 
 stant approval and acceptance of one leading principle, that of ful- 
 ness and accuracy, suggested on high authority, adopted by an 
 able superior and predecessor in office, indicated by the statutes 
 of the Museum, and enforced by the deliberate sanction of the 
 Trustees and the recommendations of a Parliamentary Committee.''^ 
 Again : — " Whatever be the judgment formed on the points at 
 issue, the pages in question {i. c. Mr. Panizzi^s evidence) contain 
 
ANTONIO PANIZZI. 21 
 
 frequent proofs of the acquirements and abilities^ the manifesta- 
 tion of which in subordinate office led to Mr. Panizzi's promotion 
 to that which he now holds^ under circumstances which, in our 
 opinion, formed on documentary evidence, did credit to the prin- 
 cipal Trustees of the day." 
 
 It is unnecessary to multiply extracts. It will suffice to say 
 that Mr. Panizzi satisfied not only the Commissioners, but the public, 
 for no more complaints have been heard from that time. 
 
 The want of space for the collection was an evil which be- 
 came more and more serious, and after various schemes had been 
 proposed and rejected, a plan, submitted by Mr. Panizzi, was 
 adopted by the Trustees. This plan comprehended the erection of 
 a new Eeading Eoom, with surrounding library, in the inner quad- 
 rangle of the Museum. It was laid before the Trustees on the 
 5th of May, 1852, and after full investigation and discussion, was 
 adopted, and the excavations were commenced in the month of 
 May, 1854. The first brick was laid in the September of the same 
 year ; the first iron standard was fixed in the month of January, 
 1855 ; and in the month of May, 1857, the structure was com- 
 pleted. This building is 258 feet long by 184 in width, and covers 
 an area of 47,472 square feet. The construction is quite novel ; 
 it may not, therefore, be uninteresting to give some details 
 respecting it. The Reading Room is circular. The dome is 
 140 feet in diameter, and its height 1 06 feet. The diameter of 
 the lantern is 40 feet. In its diameter the dome of the Reading 
 Room exceeds all others, with the exception of the Pantheon of 
 Rome, which is about two feet wider. The surrounding libraries 
 are 24 feet in height, with the exception of that part which runs 
 round the outside of the Reading Room, which is 32 feet high, the 
 spring of the dome being 24 feet from the floor of the Reading 
 Room, and the ground excavated 8 feet below this level. The 
 new Reading Room contains 1,250,000 cubic feet of space, and the 
 surrounding libraries 750,000. Upwards of 2000 tons of iron 
 have been employed in the construction of the Reading Room and 
 the surrounding hbraries. The weight of the materials used in 
 the dome is about 4200 tons, or upwards of 200 tons on each of 
 the 20 iron piers by which the dome is supported. The quantity 
 of glass used amounts to about 60,000 superficial feet. 
 
 The Reading Room will accommodate 302 readers, each of 
 whom has allotted to him a space of at least 4 feet 3 inches in 
 
22 ANTONIO PANIZZI. 
 
 lengtli, by 2 feet 1 inch in depth. . He is screened from the oppo- 
 site occupant by a longitudinal division_, which is fitted with a 
 hinged desk^ graduated on sloping racks^ and a folding shelf for 
 spare books. The framework of each table is of iron, forming- 
 air- distributing channels. A tubular footrail also passes from end 
 to end of each table, which may have a current of warm air through 
 it at pleasure, and be used as a foot-warmer if required. 
 
 The arrangement of the presses is peculiar throughout the new 
 libraries. The shelves within the Reading Room contain about 
 60,000 volumes of more than average size ; the new building alto- 
 gether will accommodate about 1,300,000 volumes. The standards 
 of the bookcases are formed of malleable iron, galvanized and 
 framed together, having fillets of beech inserted between the iron 
 to receive the brass pins upon which the shelves rest. The frame- 
 work of the bookcases forms the support for the iron perforated 
 floors of the gallery avenues, which are generally 8 feet wide. 
 
 The shelves are formed of iron galvanized plates, edged with 
 wainscot, and covered with russet-hide leather. The shelves rest 
 upon brass pins, the holes for which are pierced at | of an inch 
 apart from centre to centre ; but by a contrivance in cranking the 
 shaft of the pin, which may be turned upwards or downwards, this 
 interval may be halved, and the position of the shelves may be 
 altered | of an inch at a time. There are 2,750,000 of these holes. 
 The building contains 3 miles lineal of bookcases 8 feet high ; as- 
 suming them all to be spaced for the size of the average octavo 
 volume, the entire ranges form 25 miles of shelves. 
 
 The inner surface of the dome is divided into 20 compartments 
 by the moulded ribs, which are gilded with leaf prepared from un- 
 alloyed gold, the sufiites being in ornamental patterns, and the 
 edges touching the adjoining margins fringed with a leaf-pattern 
 scalloped edge. Each compartment contains a window (having 
 double sashes), with hot-water pipes between them, with three panels 
 above, the central one being medallion-shaped; the whole bor- 
 dered with gilt moulding and lines, and the field of the panels 
 finished in encaustic azure blue, the surrounding margin being of 
 a warm cream-colour. The details of the windows are treated in 
 like manner. The moulded rim of the lantern fight is painted and 
 gilded to correspond. The sash is formed of gilt moulded ribs 
 radiating from a central medallion, in which a monogram, formed 
 of the letters V. A., is alternated with the imperial crown. The 
 
ANTONIO PANIZZI, 23 
 
 cornice from which the dome springs is massive and almost wholly 
 gilded. Each compartment of the dome is marked by a bold en- 
 riched gilt console, which forms at once the support of the main 
 rib and the base for a colossal marble statue, a series of which, it 
 was proposed in Mr. Panizzi's plan, should be placed on the cor- 
 nice. 
 
 The above description may enable the reader to form some idea 
 of the result of Mr. Panizzi^s plan. A more perfect success could 
 hardly have been anticipated or desired, and the constant applica- 
 tions for admission, both for the purposes of study and to view the 
 building, show that both the reading and sight-seeing public have 
 fully appreciated the boon conferred upon them. The bust of Mr. 
 Panizzi, executed by Marochetti, and placed over the door of the 
 Eeading Room, in the passage from the entrance-hall, was a very 
 pleasing memorial from the department of Printed Books. This 
 bust was paid for by subscription from every person in that de- 
 partment, no others being allowed to contribute. 
 
 In the month of February, 1856, Sir Henry Ellis retired from 
 the service of the Trustees, and Mr. Panizzi was appointed to suc- 
 ceed him as principal librarian (or, in other words, as the chief 
 officer or administrator of the whole Museum) on the 6th of March 
 following, being about a month before the completion of the new 
 reading-room and libraries. 
 
 The same energy and ability which marked his career as keeper 
 of the printed books have not deserted him as principal librarian. 
 Many subjects out of the ordinary routine of his duties have de- 
 manded his attention, of which the most important is the question 
 of space for the constantly-growing collections. One of the early 
 fruits of the construction of the new reading-room and library was 
 the regranting the annual sum of £10,000 to the department of 
 printed books, and which has been continued for the last seven 
 years. But the other departments remained as much inconve- 
 nienced by want of room as before. Mr. Panizzi, in his evidence 
 before the Committee of the House of Commons in 1835-36, ex- 
 pressed his opinion that it would be for the- advantage of the Mu- 
 seum and of natural history that the collections then under the roof 
 of Montague House should be separated, and the portion relating 
 to natural history be removed elsewhere. This opinion he has al- 
 ways conscientiously maintained, and repeatedly urged ; and a plan 
 which he drcAv, embracing alterations and additions to the present 
 
24 ANTONIO PANIZZI. 
 
 Museum building, to adapt it for the collections of art and litera- 
 ture after the removal of those relating to natural history, has been 
 generally approved by the Trustees and the Governors. The 
 principle of separation has thus been adopted by a majority of 
 the Trustees and by the Government, but the sanction of the 
 House of Commons has not yet been given to it. It depends upon 
 this decision whether the study of natural history is to be wor- 
 thily promoted in this country, or to be cramped and checked by 
 retaining the collections which are necessaiy for its development 
 as an inferior portion of the great national Museum, where there 
 is no room for them, instead of giving them a capacious home of 
 their own. 
 
 Mr. Panizzi has been so much occupied in providing literary 
 materials for others that he has had little leisure for literary la- 
 bours himself. His works, however, are : — 1 . An Elementary Italian 
 Grammar, 12mo, London, 1828, 2. Extracts from Italian Prose 
 Writers, 12mo, London, 1828. 3. Orlando Furioso di Bojardo, Or- 
 lando Furioso di Ariosto, with an Essay on the Romantic Narrative- 
 Poetry of the Italians ; Memoirs and Notes ; 9 vols. 8vo, London, 
 1830-34. 4. Sonetti e Canzoni di Bojardo, edited with notes, 4to, 
 London, 1835 ; printed for private circulation. 5. On the Supply 
 of Printed Books from the Library to the Reading Room, 8vo, 
 London, 1846; printed for private circulation. 6. A short Guide 
 to that portion of the printed books [in the British Museum] now 
 open to the public, 12mo, London, 1851. 7. Chi era Francesco da 
 Bologna? 16mo, London, 1858 ; an Essay to prove that Francesco 
 da Bologna, the artist who cut the types for Aldus, was the 
 celebrated painter Francia ; printed for private circulation. 8. 
 Le prime quattro edizioni della Divina Commedia ; letteralmente 
 ristampate per cura di G. G. Warren, Lord Vernon ; edited by A. 
 Panizzi; folio, London, 1858. Mr. Panizzi has also contributed 
 articles to the 'Quarterly,' *^ Edinburgh,' and 'North British' Re- 
 views. 
 
 It is known to the writer of this memoir that about two years 
 ago the honour of knighthood was offered to Mr. Panizzi, in recog- 
 nition of his public services, but was by him respectfully declined. 
 The honorary degree of D.C.L. was conferred upon him by the 
 University of Oxford. 
 
JOHN TYNDALL, F.RS., etc, 
 
 PEOFESSOR OF NATURAL PHILOSOPHY IN THE ROYAL INSTITUTION AND 
 IN THE ROYAL SCHOOL OF MINES. 
 
 About tlie middle of the seventeenth century^ some members of 
 one of the Enghsh famiUes of the name of Tyndall or Tyndale 
 emigrated to Ireland, on the eastern or Saxon fringe of which 
 island a few of their descendants are still scattered. Their for- 
 tunes, as to social position, have been various; but probably to no 
 member of the family fell a more lowly lot in life than to John 
 Tyndall, the Professor's father, though few of them, perhaps, 
 merited a higher. He was a man of personal courage, intellectual 
 power, and delicacy of mind and feeling. From his forefathers 
 he inherited a taste for religious controversy, as far as this related 
 to the Churches of Rome and England, and thus the earliest in- 
 tellectual discipline of his son consisted in exercises on the doctrines 
 of Infallibility, Purgatory, Transubstantiation, and the Invoca- 
 tion of Saints. The works of Tyndale, Chillingworth, Tillotson, 
 Faber, Poole, and others, constituted, in fact, the first text-books 
 of the future natural philosopher. By the silent operation of his 
 character — by example as well as by precept — this remarkable 
 man inspired the intellect of his boy, and taught him to love, 
 above all things, a life of manly independence. He died in May, 
 1847, quoting to his son'a little before he died the words of Wol- 
 sey to Cromwell, " Be just, and fear nothing." 
 
 Professor TyndalFs earliest education was received at a school in 
 the neighbourhood of Leighlin Bridge, in which village he was 
 born about 1820. Mr. John Conwill, one of his tutors, appears 
 to have possessed considerable mathematical knowledge, and to 
 have been the first to impart to his pupil a decided taste for pure 
 
26 PROFESSOR TYNDALL. 
 
 geometry. In the year 1839 Mr. Tyndall quitted scliool, to join, 
 in tlie capacity of " civil assistant," a division of the Ordnance 
 Survey, which was stationed in his native town, under the com- 
 mand of Lieutenant George Wynne, now Colonel Wynne, Com- 
 manding Engineer at Corfu. He joined the Sui-vey with the 
 determination to make himself master of all its details, and, 
 thanks to the excellent officer and true gentleman under whose 
 superintendence he found himself, he was enabled to carry out his 
 resolution. He quickly acquired a practical knowledge of every 
 branch of the Survey ; he became in turn a draughtsman, a com- 
 puter, a surveyor, and a trigonometrical observer; and in subse- 
 quent years tui'ned his experience to account in his investigations 
 on Alpine Glaciers. 
 
 A simple circumstance which occurred to Mr. Tyndall in 1841, 
 when he was stationed in Cork, and which, as he has often related 
 to us, formed a kind of tui'ning-point in his career, ought here to 
 be noted. At that time he worked, at mapping, in the same room 
 with Mr. Lawrence Ivors, a pupil of Lovell Edgeworth, of Edge- 
 worthstown, and a very able man. Ivors was looked up to with 
 great respect by his younger colleagues, the most of whom, like 
 himself, were Catholics, Various circumstances connected with 
 young Tyndall's work and conduct were noted by Mr. Ivors ; and 
 one day, while walking with his young fi-iend across the barrack- 
 square of Cork, he asked him how his leisure hours were employed. 
 The answer not being quite satisfactory to him, he rejoined, " You 
 have five hours a day at your disposal, and this time ought to be 
 devoted to systematic study. Had 1," he continued, " when I was 
 your age, had a friend to advise me as I now advise you, instead 
 of being in my present subordinate position, I should be the equal 
 of Colby .'^ Next morning, Tyndall was at his books before five 
 o'clock, and for twelve years never swerved from the practice. 
 
 In 1844, seeing no definite prospect before him, Mr. Tyndall 
 resolved to go to America, whither, in the early part of the pre- 
 sent century, some members of his father's family had emigrated. f 
 
 * Colonel Colby was tlien Director of the Ordnance Survey. 
 
 t One of these is at the present moment a distinguished officer in the 
 Federal army. This is the Hector Tyndale who, some years ago, to use the 
 words of Mr. Wendell Phillips, went down to Harper's Ferry with his life 
 in his right hand to receive the dead body of John Brown, and deliver it over 
 to his widow. We may add, too, that by a curious coincidence. Major Tyndale 
 
PROFESSOR TYNDALL. 2/ 
 
 The intention, however, Avas opposed by many of his finends, and 
 by none so strenuously as by Richard Boyle Bernard, Dean of 
 Leig-hlin, a descendant of Robert Boyle, the natural philosopher. 
 The extraordinary development of our railway system occurred at 
 this juncture, and happily kept Mr. Tyndall at home. In 1844 
 he was engaged by a firm in Manchester, and in the autumn of 
 that year was occupied with engineering operations in the plea- 
 sant valleys of the Churnet and the Dove, as well as on the banks 
 of the Great Ouse, in Bedfordshire. In 1845 he removed to Hali- 
 fax, in Yorkshire, where he remained throughout the exciting 
 period of the " Railway Mania," taking his full share in the ter- 
 rible toils which that period involved. In the same office was an 
 articled pupil, Mr. Hirst, whose subsequent life was determined 
 wholly by the example and influence of his truest friend. 
 
 Thus nearly five years of Mr. Tyndall' s life were spent on the 
 Ordnance Survey, and about three years more were connected 
 with railwa^^s. Extreme caution and accuracy, together with 
 dauntless perseverance under difficulties, characterized then, as 
 now, the performance of every piece of work he took in hand. 
 Habitually indeed he pushed verification beyond the limits of all 
 ordinary prudence, and on returning from a hard day's work, he 
 has been known to retrace his steps for miles, in order to assure 
 himself of the security of some " bench-mark," upon whose per- 
 manence the accuracy of his levels depended. Previous to one of 
 those unpostponable thirtieths of November, when all railway 
 plans and sections had to be deposited at the Board of Works, a 
 series of levels had to be completed near Keithly, in Yorkshire, 
 and Manchester reached before midnight. The day was stormy 
 beyond description ; levelling staves snapped in twain before the 
 violent gusts of wind ; and level and leveller were in constant peril 
 of being overturned by the force of the hurricane. Assistants 
 grumbled " impossible," and were only shamed into submissive 
 persistence by that stern resolution, which, before night-fall, tri- 
 umphed over all obstacles. 
 
 In 1847, finding his railway- work unpromising, and still ani- 
 
 afterwards held possession of, and commanded at, Harper's Ferry. At Au- 
 tietam nearly half his men were cut to pieces ; he himself was carried, appa- 
 rently dead, from the battle-field, and for his gallant behaviour on the occasion 
 was made Brigadier- General. 
 
28 PROFESSOR TYNDALL. 
 
 mated by an irrepressible desire to augment liis knowledge, 
 Mr. Tyndall resigned bis situation at Halifax, and cbanged bis 
 profession. He accepted an appointment as teacber at Queen- 
 wood College, in Hampsbire, — a new institution, devoted partly 
 to a junior scbool, and partly to tbe preliminary tecbnical edu- 
 cation of agriculturists and engineers. It was surrounded by 
 800 acres of land, uj)on wbicb, besides farming, surveying, level- 
 ling, and otber engineering operations were to be practically 
 taught. As migbt be anticipated in a college tbus constituted, 
 cases of insubordination, especially amongst tbe older students, 
 not unfrequently occurred. In sucb cases Mr. Tyndall, though 
 inexperienced as a teacber, was invariably called upon to restore 
 order. In doing so be did not trust to tbe harsh expedients behind 
 which scholastic incompetence too frequently seeks refuge, but to 
 the pure force of character. The ringleaders quailed before the 
 '' potential energy " stored up in their young tutor, convinced, 
 doubtless, that this energy, once rendered " active,^^ would be 
 more than sufficient to crush tbe most formidable resistance they 
 were prepared to oppose. 
 
 An able resident chemist was also attached to the college, and 
 in his laboratory Mr. Tyndall hoped to be able to turn his spare 
 time to account. Durmg part of his residence at Queenwood he 
 renounced a portion of his small income, in order to secure addi- 
 tional time for the pursuit of his studies ; but he soon longed for 
 better opportunities than he could there command, and ultimately 
 satisfied his longing in the following way : — The chemist just re- 
 ferred to was Mr., now Professor, Frankland, the well-known col- 
 league of Professor Tyndall at the Royal Institution. In 1848 
 they quitted England together, and repaired to the University of 
 Marburg, in Hesse Cassel. They were drawn thither by the fame 
 of Professor Bunsen as a teacher, and to this eminent man Profes- 
 sor Tyndall owes the final determination of his career. Bunsen was 
 celebrated not only as a chemist, but as a highly accomplished na- 
 tural philosopher. Mr. Tyndall attended his lectures, and worked 
 practically in his laboratory. The stores of the great master's in- 
 tellect, and the resources of bis cabinets, were alike freely opened 
 to the student, who was requested, in fact, to regard what the 
 laboratory of Marburg contained as his own, and to make corre- 
 sponding use of it. He worked hard, more through a sense of 
 duty than through the hope of external recognition. Mr. Tyndall 
 
PROFESSOR TYNDALL. 29 
 
 has often gratefully mentioned to us the influence of Thomas Car- 
 lyle on this portion of his life. 
 
 In Marburg, he also attended the physical lectures of Pro- 
 fessor Gerling, now dead, and of Professor Knoblauch, now of 
 Halle, and likewise worked practically in their physical cabinets. 
 He attended, too, the mathematical lectures of Professor Stegmanu, 
 and had also the advantage of private instruction from this excel- 
 lent teacher. His first scientific paper was a mathematical essay 
 on " Screw Surfaces,^^ which formed the subject of his inaugural 
 dissertation when he took his degree. But the investigation which 
 first made him known to the scientific world was one " On the 
 Magneto-Optic Properties of Crystals, and the Relation of Magne- 
 tism and Diamagnetism to Molecular Ai-rangement,^' which inves- 
 tigation, executed in connection with Professor Knoblauch, was 
 pubhshed in the ' Philosophical Magazine^ for 1850. 
 
 In 1851 Mr. Tyndall went to Berlin, and continued his re- 
 searches on the newly- discovered force of diamagnetism and on 
 the magnetic properties of crystals, in the laboratory of Professor 
 Magnus. The apparatus of this distinguished physicist was placed 
 generously at his disposal, while kindness, courtesy, and hospi- 
 tality ever awaited him in the Professor's house. After making 
 the acquaintance and securing the friendship of many eminent 
 men in Berlin, Mr. Tyndall returned to London, where, during the 
 same year, he first became personally known to Professor Faraday. 
 It was about this time, too, that General Sabine, struck by the 
 originality of his investigations, wrote to Mr. Tyndall, and offered 
 to prepare the way towards his election as Fellow of the Royal 
 Society; the election itself followed in 1852. Dr. Bence Jones, who 
 first heard in Berlin of the existence of Mr. Tyndall, invited him, 
 shortly afterwards, to give a Friday-evening discourse at the Royal 
 Institution. The invitation was accepted, and the lecture, given 
 on February 14th, 1853, was so successful that offers from various 
 institutions immediately poured in upon the lecturer. His ap- 
 pointment in the Royal Institution was strongly urged by Dr. 
 Bence Jones, and was also recommended by Mr. Faraday. The 
 antecedents of this renowned institution, and the thought of being 
 closely connected with that grand and simple soul whose labours 
 alone would have immortalized any institution, at once decided 
 Mr. Tyndall's choice ; accordingly, he was unanimously elected, in 
 June, 1853, to the appointment which he now holds, of Professor 
 of Natural Philosophy. 
 
30 PROFESSOR TYNDALL. 
 
 The first three years of Mr. Tyndall's residence in London were 
 devoted to an exhaustive investigation of diamagnetic polarity, 
 and the general phenomena of the diamagnetic force, — magne- 
 crystallic action included. In the Philosophical Transactions and 
 Philosophical Magazine he published various memoirs on these 
 subjects, all of which were received with considerable favour by 
 the scientific world. 
 
 Very striking features of Mr. TyndalPs character are illustrated 
 by his excursions in Switzerland, which country he first visited in 
 1849, for the sole objects of healthful relaxation and exercise. It 
 was in 1856, and in the company of his friend Professor Huxley, 
 that he first visited the Alps with an express scientific object, — the 
 application of certain views regarding the cleavage of slate-rocks to 
 the structure of glacier-ice. On their return, the two friends pub- 
 lished joint papers on the structure and motion of glaciers. In 
 1857, Mr. Tyndal] spent nearly six weeks at the Moutanvert, and, 
 assisted by his friend Mr. Hirst, made a complete investigation of 
 the Mer de Glace and its tributaries. This investigation neces- 
 sitated many perilous expeditions, all of which are described with 
 remarkable vigour in the narrative-portion of Mr. TyndalFs work 
 ' On the Glaciers of the Alps,"" which was published in 1860. To- 
 wards the close of their six weeks^ invigorating and instructive 
 labom-s, the two friends, accomj)anied by a single guide, made 
 their first ascent of Mont Blanc. After leaving the Grands Mulcts, 
 up to which point they were accompanied by Professor Huxley, 
 the little party went astray ; and it was only at the expiration of 
 seventeen hours of excessively exhausting toil that they succeeded 
 in reaching the summit, and regaining the ice-bound rock upon 
 which their anxious friend had meanwhile been imprisoned. The 
 year 1857 was devoted to the detailed investigation of a single 
 glacier; but in 1858, wishing to render his knowledge more varied 
 and general, Mr. Tyndall visited almost all the great glaciers of 
 the Alps. This year he ascended the Finsteraarhorn with a single 
 guide, and Monte Rosa, first with a single guide, and secondly 
 alone. It was on the latter occasion that he was so neai-ly isolated 
 from the world below, by the slipping away from him of his ice- 
 axe.^ The same year he made a second ascent of Mont Blanc, 
 and in 1859 he again visited Chamouni, and spent, in company 
 
 * • Glaciers of the Alps,' p. 157. 
 
PROFESSOR TYNDALL. 31 
 
 with Professor Frankland, a whole night upon the summit of the 
 mountain, "oath a view to scientific observations. On Christmas 
 night of this same year, we find him, hip-deep in snow, again at 
 Chamouni ; his object now being to make himself acquainted with 
 the winter aspects and phenomena of glaciers. With great labour 
 he succeeded in attaining his old quarters at the Montanvert, 
 where he spent two days and two nights, and, before returning, 
 determined accurately the winter motion of the glacier. 
 
 The scientific part of his ' Glaciers of the Alps ' contains a full 
 and lucid exposition of the origin and phenomena of glaciers. 
 More complete investigations of isolated and contested points, 
 relative to the structure and motion of glaciers and to the physical 
 properties of ice, were published by Mr. Tyndall in the Philoso- 
 phical Transactions of these years. 
 
 What he did in the way of climbing in the year 1860, in com- 
 pany with Mr. Yaughan Hawkins, is described by Mr. Haw- 
 kins and himself in ' Vacation Tourists ' for that year ; and in 
 a letter to the ' Times ^ of 8th September, 1860, will be found a 
 description of his visit to the scene of the well-remembered dis- 
 aster on the Col du Geant. In 1861, he succeeded in reaching 
 the hitherto untrodden summit of the Weisshoi-n, believed by 
 competent judges to be the noblest mountain of the Alps. An ac- 
 count of his tour of that year is given in his extremely interesting 
 and poetically thoughtful little book entitled ' Mountaineering in 
 1861.' In 1862 he made a second attack on the famous Matter- 
 horn, the first being made, in the company of Mr. Hawkins, in 
 1860. This great obeHsk is ] 4,800 feet high, and Mr. Tyndall and 
 his guide reached a height of 14,600. Here, however, they were 
 obliged to halt in presence of appalling precipices. In 1863 his 
 climbing was limited to an ascent of the Jungfrau. 
 
 Mr. Tyndall's scientific researches have been numerous andvaried, 
 but his most important investigations are those which he has exe- 
 cuted during the last five years, and the one in which he is now 
 engaged. In his recent researches he devotes himself to the in- 
 vestigation of the molecular condition of matter ; the grand pro- 
 blem to the solution of which Mr. TyndalFs inquiries have been 
 hitherto mainly directed. He, for the most part, uses matter in 
 its free condition as a gas or vapour, while radiant heat is the in- 
 strument he applies to its examination. Five memoirs on this 
 most important subject have been ah-eady completed ; three of 
 
32 
 
 PROFESSOR TYNDALL. 
 
 them are already published in the Philosophical Transactions, an- 
 other is reported for publication, and the fifth, we understand, 
 will be shortly handed in to the Royal Society. 
 
 The foregoing sketch, from the pen of one who knew him be- 
 fore he was known to the world, is but a meagre outline of Mr. 
 Tyndall's eventful life. 
 
THOMAS WOOLNER 
 
 Thomas Woolner, one of the most eminent of sculptors who have 
 not yet obtained Academical honours^ was born at Hadleigh^ in 
 Suffolk, in December, 1825. Educated in the school of that town, 
 he was remarkable as a boy for that close and devoted observance 
 of nature which has proved one of the leading characteristics of 
 his works. By the age of thirteen, indications of a talent for 
 sculpture were manifested, and he was placed in the studio of 
 Mr. Behnes. Here Thomas Woolner studied with great industry 
 for six years ; and those who are familiar with the works of that 
 distinguished sculptor, will not fail to discover in the works of 
 his pupil how much he profited by his apprenticeship, especially 
 in mastery over human form and in the power of expressing cha- 
 racter. Mr. Behnes's abilities as a draughtsman were extraor- 
 dinary, and he exercised his pupil in this essential branch of the 
 art until he reached an almost similar point of accuracy. Like 
 all young artists, Thomas Woolner designed many subjects that 
 were not fated to advance beyond paper. These were chiefly of a 
 poetical and historical character, and to this style belonged the 
 first models which lie produced : — ' Eleanor sucking the poison 
 from Prince Edward's wound,' exhibited in 1843 ; and a life-size 
 group, ' The Death of Boadicea,' exhibited at Westminster Hall. 
 Much attention was, we believe, excited by the Boadicea as a 
 work of promise in the inventive, or, as it is also called, ideal 
 style, in which English sculptors had been somewhat deficient. 
 Figures of Puck, and of Titania with her Indian Boy, exhibited 
 soon after at the British Institution, and an Eros and Euphrosyne, 
 exhibited at the Royal Academy, strengthened the impression 
 which the Boadicea had produced; and when, in 1854, Mr. Wool- 
 
34 THOMAS WOOLNEE. 
 
 ner exhibited a marble statuette of ' Love/ he was considered by 
 many to have taken a place among the number of poetical sculp- 
 tors of whom Flaxman is the acknowledged chief. 
 
 Mr. Woolner^ like many other sculptors of poetical aspiration, 
 had, however, to turn his attention to portraiture. For the pur- 
 suit of this, Australia, to which place he went for two years in 
 1854, offered a wide patronage, and in Sydney and Melbourne he 
 executed a number of likenesses, mainly in low relief. Mr. Went- 
 wortli and Sir Charles Nicholson, of Sydney, with Sir Charles 
 Fitzroy and Mr. Latrobe, the Governors of New South Wales and 
 of Victoria, were modelled by Mr. Woolner in medallion ; in which 
 style he has subsequently produced characteristic likenesses, 
 amongst others, of Mr. Alfred Tennyson, Mr. Robert Browning, 
 Sir Francis Palgrave, and Mr. Thomas Carlyle. On his return 
 from Australia, Mr. Woolner^s first important production was a 
 life-size statue of Lord Bacon for the new museum at Oxford. In 
 this statue, whilst the features and drapery have been as literally 
 reproduced as the material allows, the conception of the figure, in- 
 cluding the attitude and expression, is governed by a nice artistic 
 feeling of the character and dignity of the subject. Mr. Woolner 
 has also executed several busts of reputed excellence, among which 
 may be mentioned those of Alfred Tennyson and Professor Sedg- 
 wick, in the Library of Trinity College, Cambridge ; the latter of 
 which, together with busts of similar quality of Wordsworth, Eajah 
 Brooke, Mr. Maurice, and others, were shown in the International 
 Exhibition. Posthumous busts, of great merit, of Professor 
 Henslow, Archdeacon Hare, and Mr. Arthur H. Clough, are also 
 due to Mr. Woolner's chisel, and he has in hand a likeness of Mr. 
 Gladstone. Among works of eminence of an imaginative kind may 
 be specially mentioned a group of two deaf and dumb children, in 
 the International Exhibition, the sister supporting her younger 
 brother, being full of truthful variety and poetic feeling. The 
 artist has a group of somewhat similar character, a Mother teach- 
 ing her Child his prayers, in hand for Sir Walter Trevelyan. 
 
 Mr. Woolner has also taken his share in that more strictly archi- 
 tectural sculpture which the revival of the Gothic style in England 
 has introduced amongst us. He modelled, some years ago, four 
 very characteristic figures, in relief, of Prophets and Apostles for 
 Llandaff Cathedral, and a large series of statues have been com- 
 missioned from him for the new Assize Courts of Manchester, 
 
THOMAS WOOLNER, 35 
 
 including lawgivers, as Moses, Alfred, Edward I., and personifi- 
 cations of Justice, Mercy, and other similar subjects. 
 
 Of monumental works of importance which have not yet left 
 Mr. Woolner's studio, we may mention the following : — a standing 
 figure of Prince Albert, for Oxford ; a bronze of Mr. Godley, the 
 founder of Canterbury, New Zealand, destined for that settlement ; 
 a marble figure of Lord Macaulay, seated, for Trinity College, 
 Cambridge; and a statue of Wilham III. for the new Houses of 
 Parliament. 
 
 We have spoken of Mr. Woolner as being essentially a poetical 
 sculptor ; we may now refer to the labours of his Muse as a poetical 
 litterateur. About fourteen years ago he published some fragments 
 of poetry in an obscure periodical, and these have been lately am- 
 plified into a volume of 170 pages, having for its title 'My Beau- 
 tiful Lady.'' Though published only in the autumn of last year, 
 ' My Beautiful Lady ' has already reached a second edition. The 
 poem is thus characterized by an eminent critic :* — " Mr. Woolner 
 is, we believe, widely known as one of the very few first-rate sculp- 
 tors of the day ; his workmanship in marble shows uncommon 
 truth, power, and directness of aim ; and it is hence natural that 
 similar qualities should be manifested in his poetry. ' My Beautiful 
 Lady ' has abundant warmth of colouring, and many landscape de- 
 tails touched with vivid power ; but, as a whole, we should deci- 
 dedly call it a statuesque poem. It has the unity which sculpture 
 pre-eminently aims at. It is true that poetry of any high class is 
 in itself an art, and one hardly less arduous in its requirements 
 than sculpture. Finished verse is as much matter of sheer prac- 
 tice and study as finished painting. The poet must not only ' be 
 born,' but, if we may hazard the phrase, be born again, through his 
 own strenuous devotion to truth and music and beauty. It is not 
 probable that the author has, in the case before us, been able to 
 consecrate equal leisure to both arts ; and his ' Beautiful Lady,' by 
 some of those turns which show want of facility, may be ranked 
 in that order of which Enghsh literature affords several remark- 
 able specimens, — poetry, namel}^, written by men who, though not 
 professionally poets, have manifested their possession of ' the 
 vision and faculty divine' by signs unmistakable. Mr. Woolner's 
 management of his lyrical metres, to which he has appropriately 
 assigned the passionate portions of the drama, is peculiar. They 
 * ' Saturday Eeview,' Nov. 7, 1863. 
 
36 THOMAS WOOLNER. 
 
 move with an even, thouglitful pace, iu harmony with the earnest 
 purpose of the whole poem ; but, to our ear at least, they are over- 
 loaded with consonants, although carefully composed, and exhibit- 
 ing- unusual inventiveness in their rhythmical combinations. It is 
 curious that this comparative want of ease and flow in the rhymed 
 stanzas should be accompanied by a truly skilful and harmonious 
 construction of what has ordinarily been the severest crux to En- 
 ghsh poets — the unrhymed ten-syllable verse. In this respect the 
 narrative portions appear to us not inferior to Wordsworth in his 
 best moments. The language is throughout terse and animated ; 
 no words have been thrown away ; and here and there we find an 
 abruptness and straightforward quality about the phraseology, not 
 free from obscurity at first sight, which — though familiar enough 
 to the readers of Pindar and Dante — is likely to shock the lovers 
 of conventionality." 
 
 A single stanza, taken at random, will suffice as a specimen : — 
 
 " Wlieu crowding evils war to shake my faith 
 la righteousness, for thinking of Her life, 
 Made up of gracious acts and sweet regards, 
 Compassionately tender ; and enshrined 
 In such a form, that oft to my fond eyes 
 She seemed divine, and I coukl scarce withhokl 
 My wonder, Heaven could s^aare Her to a world 
 So stained as ours. And now, whatever come 
 Of wrong and bitterness to break my strength ; 
 Whatever darkness fate may plunge me in ; 
 A ra}^ has pierced me from the highest heaven — 
 I have believed iu worth, and do believe." 
 
SAMUEL WARREN, Q.C., D.C.L., F.R.S. 
 
 Samuel Warren, jurist, moralist, novelist, eldest son of the late 
 Rev. Samuel Warren, LL.D,, Rector of All Souls^ Aucoats, Man- 
 chester, was horn at Racre, Gresford, Denbighshire, on the 28rd 
 of May, 1807. We learn from a note appended to his tale ^The 
 Bracelets,^ in a People's Edition of his writings published some ten 
 years since, that this, neai'ly his first contribution to literature, which 
 appeared in the January number of ^Blackwood's Magazine ' for 
 1832, was composed "when the author was of very youthful age." 
 And in the preface to that series of collected works, when the 
 writer^s established fame allowed him to speak of other circum- 
 stances in connection with his early productions, we are told that 
 at the age of seventeen he had nearly completed, in seci-et, a woi-k 
 for the press, and wrote a letter to Sir Walter Scott to ask him 
 how to set about publishing it. The answer of the then Unknown, 
 dated, "Abbotsford, Aug. 3rd, 1823,'^ is a curious record of the 
 persistency with which he still laboured to preserve his incognito. 
 " I am not the author," he said in his reply to the youthful aspi- 
 rant, " of those novels which the world chooses to ascribe to me, 
 and am therefore unworthy of the praises due to that individual, 
 whoever he may prove to be. It is needless, therefore, to add 
 that I cannot be useful to you in the way you propose. Indeed, 
 if you will take my advice, you will seek no other person's judg- 
 ment or countenance on the project of publishing which yon en- 
 tertain, than that of an intelligent bookseller who is in a good line 
 in the trade," 
 
 At the close of 1827 we find Samuel Warren a student in the 
 mathematical class of the University of Edinburgh, having already 
 gained amongst other prizes that for English Verse in the Senior 
 
 VOL. II. ^ 
 
38 SAMUEL WARREN. 
 
 Humanity Class, for his poem of 250 lines, ^ The Martyi- Patriots.' 
 The fervour with which he admired the rough exterior and majes- 
 tic form of Professor Wilson, when informed that he had concurred 
 with Professor Pillans in awarding him the prize, may be readily 
 imagined. " I never saw any man/' said Mr. Warren in ' A Few 
 Personal Eecollections of Christopher North/ contributed some 
 3'ears ago to 'Blackwood's Magazine/ "who hoiked the man of ge- 
 nius he was, but Professor AVilson. Next to him was Sir Walter 
 Scott." 
 
 Mr. Warren commenced to study medicine, and his literary 
 taste developed itself from time to time during the next few years, 
 from 1830 to 1836, in that remarkable series of papers in 'Black- 
 wood's Magazine ' entitled ' Passages from the Diary of a Late 
 Physician.' On being reprinted in a separate form, the author 
 gave his name in the title-page of the third volume. The emo- 
 tions are excited in these fearful narratives — some of which are said 
 to have been taken from actual life — to the highest degree, and 
 the work has been largely read. '' It has had a great circulation," 
 says Mr. Warren in his preface to the latest edition, "both in the 
 Old and New World, and passed into various languages, the last 
 of which the author heard, being the Bomisch, or Bohemian." 
 His famous novel of ' Ten Thousand a Year ' followed, in which the 
 author wrote " with a pen dipped freely and deeply into satire, 
 bvit with no other object than to discriminate between virtue and 
 vice, between sincerity and hypocrisy." Mr. Warren appears to 
 have soon given up the study of medicine for the law, for having 
 practised as a Pleader since 1831, in 1837 he was called to the 
 Bar, and in the following year a paper made its appearance in 
 ' Blackwood ' with the title ' My First Circuit : Law and Facts 
 from the North, in a Letter to Christopher North,' " given from 
 my chambers on the 8th floor of No. 37, Fig- Tree Court in the 
 Temple, on the 10th day of this present June, 1838." About this 
 time appeared also some fugitive papers, among which may be 
 mentioned ' Pegsworth, a Press-room Sketch,' and ' Calais ; my 
 Adventures, Pleasures, and Embarrassments, — thither, there, and 
 back.' 
 
 From this period Mr. Warren's writings partook in great mea- 
 sure of a jm'idical cast. His mind, however, being still imbued 
 with the fancy of the novelist and essayist, his contributions to 
 the literature of the law had the merit of attracting and interest- 
 
SAMUEL WARREN. 39 
 
 iiig many more readers than is usual with such treatises. In 18:35 
 appeared 'A Popular and Practical Introduction to Law Studies,' 
 which, from a small duodecimo, became amplified, in the course of 
 ten years, into two octavo volumes of sixteen hundred pages, 
 published in July, 1863, with the comprehensive title — 'A Popu- 
 lar and Practical Introduction to Law Studies, and to every De- 
 I)artment of the Legal Profession.' A writer in the ' Quarterly 
 Peview' (July, 1836), taking the first edition of this manual as a 
 theme for an article on Law Studies, introduced Mr. Warren's 
 work with the following characteristic remarks : — " We have been 
 drawn into these general observations upon the legal profession 
 by the perusal of what proved to be a very entertaining book 
 under a very unattractive title. This work, we frankly admit, had 
 been lying before us, unopened, for some time, the title-page seem- 
 ing to mark it out as scarcely within the limits of our critical ju- 
 risdiction : what had we to do with the pupillary state of counsel 
 learned in the law ? But being casually informed that the volume 
 proceeded from a pen heretofore advantageously exercised on sub- 
 jects of a far different description, we opened it, and found our- 
 selves carried forward by a free, animated, and often picturesque 
 style, till we had perused nearly the whole. The book is written 
 with that utter frankness of disposition, and with some portion of 
 that quaintness which is supposed to distinguish our older writers. 
 There is a spice of Montaigne in its composition." 
 
 In 1852 Mr. Warren published, in two volumes, an elaborate 
 treatise on ' Election Law,' which has ever since maintained its 
 position as a standard work on that important subject. Four years 
 previously, namely in 1818, contemporaneously with a treatise on 
 ' The Moral, Social, and Professional Duties of Attornies,' had ap- 
 peared his third and last novel, ' Now and Then.' Though de- 
 scribed by a critic in the 'Times' as "a vindication in beautiful 
 prose of the ways of God to man," followed by the reflection that 
 " a grander moral is not to be found than that which dwells upon 
 the reader's mind when the book is closed, conveyed, as it is, in 
 lano-uao-e as masculine and eloquent as any the English tongue can 
 furnish ;" it was deemed inferior in interest, and was much less 
 popular with the general reader than the author's previous novels. 
 In 1851 Mr. Warren published a pamphlet which attracted con- 
 siderable attention, and passed speedily through six editions, en- 
 titled, ' The Queen or the Pope ? The Question considered in its 
 
40 SAMUEL WARREN. 
 
 Political, Legale and Religious Aspects, in a Letter to S. H. Wal- 
 pole, Esq.;' and in tlie same year, tlie year of the Great Exhibi- 
 tion, appeared an imaginative apologue of the Crystal Palace, 
 ' The Lily and the Bee.' The writer's object in this beautiful and 
 impressive ''Message of the Lily" and "Lesson of the Bee" was 
 " to record the general impressions on his mind and heart from 
 the transcendent and profoundly instructive spectacle of the Great 
 Exhibition." Many mistook Mr. Warren's philosophical poem, 
 written, as it was, in mystical and broken utterances, as emana- 
 ting from an over-wrought fancy, but it was impossible to read 
 without emotion the author's fervid expressions of intelligent 
 wonder, warming frequ.ently into reverent worship, present objects 
 calling up rich trains of historic associations, lofty thoughts and 
 generous feelings, in combination with graphic and glowing 
 descriptions. The style of the Apologue is in great measure in 
 imitation of a poem of King Alfred, a fragment of which is 
 quoted, and in reference to which it is said in the preface, " much 
 of what follows it has been humbly attempted to fashion on that 
 exquisite model." In the following year ' The Lily and the Bee' 
 was transated into Italian by Girolamo Volpe, under the title of 
 ' II Giglio e I'Ape,' and into German. 
 
 Among Mr. Warren's contributions to ' Blackwood's Magazine * 
 may be mentioned an admirable memoir of Sir William FoUett 
 (January, 1846), and reviews of Alison^s 'Life of the Duke of 
 Marlborough' (February, 1852), of Mrs. Stowe's 'Uncle Tom's 
 Cabin' (October, 1853), and of Townsend's ' Modern State Trials.' 
 In reviewing this last work, Mr. Warren's taste for the morbid 
 in medical and juridical literature had free scope, and separate 
 articles appeared in 1850 and 1851 with the titles, 'Romance of 
 Forgery,' ' Duelling/ and 'What's in a Name?' 'The Murdered 
 Glasgow Cotton Spinner,' ' Trial of Daniel O'Connell,' etc. 
 
 Mr. Warren was appointed Queen's Counsel in 1 851, Recorder 
 of Hull in 1852, and a Master in Lunacy in 1859. From February 
 1856 to 1859 he sat in Parliament in the Conservative interest, as 
 Member for Midlmrst. In 1835 he was elected a Fellow of the 
 Royal Society, and in 1853, on the Installation of the Earl of 
 Derby, he became a D.C.L. of Oxford. 
 
HUGH CUMING, F.L.S. 
 
 The natural history of foreign seas and countries is abundantly 
 studied by men who '' live at home at ease'^ in the midst of cabi- 
 nets and booksj dependent for their specimens of birds^ shells, or 
 insects, on the stores of dealers in such objects ; but the number 
 of those who have undergone the arduous personal exertion of col- 
 lecting them, with a scientific spirit, in their native haunts, is 
 comparatively few. Of this small number the life and adventures 
 of Mr. Hugh Cuming present one of the most remarkable instances 
 on record. It is to the collecting of shells that Mr. Cuming has 
 mainly directed his attention ; and it is chiefly owing to the care 
 with which he has noted the habits and geographical distribution 
 of their molluscan inhabitants that the studies of the conchologist 
 have come to possess an interest of a philosophic kind which was 
 formerly unknown. 
 
 Hugh Cuming was born on the 14tli of February, 1791, at West 
 Alvington, Kingsbridge, Devon. In that richly-wooded county, 
 where slugs and snails abound, he commenced at a very early 
 period of his childhood to make a collection of their pretty shells. 
 Kingsbridge was at that time the home of the celebrated author 
 of the ' Testacea Britannica/ Colonel Montagu ; and it was under 
 his friendly patronage and encouragement that a taste for concho- 
 logical pursuits was fostered in Hugh Cuming, until it became the 
 ruling passion of his life. At the usual age he was bound appren- 
 tice to a sailmaker, and the selection of this business having 
 broucrht him into contact with men of seafaring habits, he was 
 induced, in 1819, to undertake a voyage to South America. Here 
 he settled himself as a sailmaker at Valparaiso. Being thus 
 transported into a country where the shells are of a much more 
 
42 HUUH CUMING. 
 
 striking and beautiful character than any that he had seen before, 
 Mr. Ciuuing's passion for collecting largely increased. He was 
 especially delighted, on searching among the rocks, to observe 
 the size and beauty of the Chitons and Fissurellas that inhabit that 
 coast. The enthusiasm with which he exhibited his treasures to 
 the people of Valparaiso excited a lively interest in his researches, 
 and he was greatly befriended, amongst others, by the English 
 Consul- General, Mr. Nugent, who introduced him to any officers 
 of the Navy that .happened to visit the port, and from whom he 
 often obtained contributions to his shell cabinet. 
 
 In 1826 Mr. Cuming declined business, and determined upon 
 undertaking an exploring expedition. With this object in view, 
 he built himself a yacht, fitting it up expressly for the convenience 
 of collecting and storing specimens of natural history, and in the 
 following year he sailed for a cruise among the islands of South 
 Polynesia. The first place he touched at was the little island of 
 Juan Fernandez, and proceeding thence across the Pacific in the 
 direction of the Society Islands, one of the next that he visited 
 was Pitcairn's Island, memorable in history as an instance of 
 an uninhabited island having become colonized by a fine athletic 
 family of Christians, speaking English, descendants of the muti- 
 neers of the ' Bounty.^ Five-and-thirty years had passed since the 
 mutiny; and old John Adams, the good seaman, who had been 
 pressed into it, still survived. Mr. Cuming found him nobly 
 engaged in the pastoral and patriarchal offices so touchingly de- 
 scribed by Captain Beechey, and having spent a week with him in 
 his house, he continued his voyage, staying some time at Tahiti, 
 where he became intimate with Queen Pomare.* The rich concho- 
 logical novelties that now rewarded Mr. Cuming's toil in dredging, 
 
 * In 1815, when Captain Sir Thomas Staines touched at Pitcairn's Island 
 in the 'Briton,' two of the natives were invited to dine with him in his cabin. 
 They were tall, handsome youths, six feet high, with dark hair and open 
 pleasing countenances, and having no clothes except a piece of cioth round 
 the loins, and a straw hat ornamented with black cock's feathers, their fine 
 form and muscular limbs showed to great advantage. On setting something to 
 eat before them, these apparently half-savages suddenly clasped their hands 
 together, and one of them, to the inexpressible astonishment of the Captain, 
 repeated in solemn English the familiar words, " For what we are going to 
 receive, the Lord make us truly tharikful." They proved to be sous, by 
 Tahiti mothers, of Christian and Young, two of the mutineers of the 'Bounty' 
 nurtured in the fear and admonition of the Lord b}' old John Adams. 
 
HUGH CUMING. 43 
 
 wading, and wandering, induced him to spend npwards of a 
 twelvemontli among the various httle-known islands of this wide 
 expanse of ocean, especially the coral-reef islands, many of which 
 had not been hitherto visited by any naturalist ; and he reached 
 home laden with spoils collected from sea and land. 
 
 On his return to Valparaiso, and after a few months spent in 
 turning over the produce of his cruise, Mr. Cuming commenced 
 preparations for a voyage of more extended duration along the 
 western coast of South Amei-ica. His eight years' residence at 
 Valparaiso had allowed time for his researches in natural history to 
 be widely known and respected, and he started on his second con- 
 chological expedition furnished with important advantages. The 
 Chilian Government granted him the privilege of anchoring in the 
 different ports free of the charges, and of purchasing stores free 
 of duty. He was also supplied with letters to the authorities of 
 the different States, who, in consequence, received him with marked 
 attention, and on finding his pursuits entirely free from any poli- 
 tical curiosity, rendered him every possible facility. At one port^ 
 and only one^ along the whole line of coast from the Isle of Chiloe, 
 in lat. 44° S., to the Gulf of Conchagua, in lat. 13° N., did Mr. 
 Cuming experience any difficulty. On approaching Xipixapi, 
 Ecuador, West Columbia, his little yacht, though carrying the 
 Chilian flag, was taken for a Peruvian frigate. The Peruvians had 
 rendered themselves obnoxious to the West Columbians by be- 
 sieging- the city of Guayaquil-. Mr. Cuming- was surrounded by 
 an armed force, his papers were seized, and he himself was taken 
 prisoner to the capital. He assured the Governor that his vessel 
 was not so large as the twentieth part of a Peruvian frigate, 
 and having given testimony of the harmlessness of his avocations, 
 he was set at liberty, with many apologies for his capture. 
 
 After nearly two years spent in exploi-ing the western coast of 
 South America, dredging while under sail and at anchor in the 
 bays and inlets, searching among the rocks, turning over the 
 stones at low water, and rambling inland over the plains, river- 
 banks, and woods, Mr. Cuming returned with all his stores to 
 England. It was in 1831 that the evening- scientific meetings of 
 the Zoological Society began to be enlivened by the brilliant dis- 
 plays of new shells, described from Mr. Cuming's cabinet by the 
 late Mr. Broderip and the late Mr. G. B. Sowerby, while Profes- 
 sor Owen undertook the severer task of describing the anatomy 
 
44 HUGH CUMING. 
 
 of some of the more interesting of the molhisks preserved in 
 spirits. 
 
 In 1835, although Mr. Cuming's conch ological novelties were 
 far from being exhausted, he began to entertain the project, while 
 in the fulness of health and strength, of visiting some of the is- 
 lands of the Eastern hemisphere, and fixed upon the Philippine 
 group as the field of his new researches. It happened that the 
 Society to whose Transactions and Proceedings the results of his 
 labours had so bountifully contributed, was presided over by a 
 nobleman, Edward, thirteenth Earl of Derby, who took a substan- 
 tial interest in the progress of zoological discovery, and himself 
 employed collectors abroad for procuring specimens. The autho- 
 rities of the Spanish Government were known to be exceedingly 
 jealous of any foreigner approaching the Philippine Islands, but, 
 thi-ough the influence of Lord Derby with the Spanish Ambassa- 
 dor in London, General Alava, Mr. Cuming obtained letters from 
 Madrid to the Governor-General of Manilla, Don Andres Garcia 
 Camba, and to the Minister of Finance, Don Luis Urrejola, who 
 furnished him with letters to the governors of the different pro- 
 vinces into which the islands are divided, and gave certain neces- 
 sary orders to the commandants of the gunboats placed at the 
 different islands for then- protection ; whilst a letter from the 
 Spanish Government, introducing Mr. Cuming to the Archbishop 
 of Manilla, Don Francis Jose Segui, procured him a hospitable wel- 
 come among the clergy wherever he presented himself. 
 
 The importance of this mode of proceeding will be seen by the 
 subsequent narrative. Although Mr. Cuming's dredgings and 
 wanderings by the sea-shore were by no means inconsiderable, his 
 attention was chiefly directed to the dense woods and forests of 
 those luxuriant islands, which were suspected to be riclily popu- 
 lated with snails. At every step of his progress he became the 
 guest of the priests, whom he found living in comparative splen- 
 dour. They placed their equipages at his service ; and he tra- 
 velled from town to town in handsome carriages, and from port to 
 port in large boats, manned, some of them, with from thirty to 
 forty oars. Everywhere a hospitable reception, with apartments 
 and the best of living, followed, and the services of the school 
 children, numbering in some places as many as four or five hundred, 
 were secured to scour the woods for snail-shells. Nearly all the 
 towns and villages of the Philippine Islands have public schools,, 
 
HUGH CUMING. 4.5 
 
 supported at t]ie expense of tlie Spanish Government, and Mr. 
 Cuming invariably succeeded in his intercession with the priest to 
 get the scholars a holiday during his stay to help in collecting 
 shells ; and there was no want of rivalry among them, for their 
 exertions were always liberally rewarded. Mr. Cuming generally 
 managed to keep a little heap of silver coins in sight, and he dis- 
 tributed them to the shell-gatherers according to the measure of 
 their contributions. Shells which gladdened his eyes day after 
 day by their exceeding novelty and beauty were brought to him in 
 quantities which seemed prodigious. Sometimes, when a stray 
 specimen of a particular kind was observed among a multitude 
 of others, the fortunate discoverer was rewarded with an extra 
 coin, and off he would run again to the woods with the pattern 
 specimen to search for further supplies ; and others, catching sight 
 of the bribe, would follow him, with the hope of gaining a similar 
 reward. The natives, of course, thought the strange visitor was 
 no more in possession of his reason in collecting such a quantity 
 of snail-shells than was the demented Lear in gathering straws. 
 At the island of Siquijor, where the priest's house was situated 
 on an exposed elevation, in the middle of the town, Mr. Cuming 
 could be seen through the open windows of his apartment busy 
 sorting and packing. During the day-time, no pai-ticular interest 
 was aroused, but when it grew dark, and Mr. Cuming was still 
 seen with his assistants groping and flitting about with candles, 
 his mysteinous and apparently unappeasable restlessness excited 
 some uneasiness ; and the public authorities went in a body to the 
 priest and demanded to know what sort of man he had got living 
 with him. The Spaniards who came there, they said, always took 
 money from them (the poll-tax) ; but this man gave them money, 
 throwing it about like dirt. Mr. Cuming was frequently assailed 
 with the inquiry, ' for what purpose did he collect such a quantity 
 of shells?' It was in vain that he endeavoured to explain that 
 they were to put in cabinets as specimens of natural histoiy. The 
 natives of the Philippine Islands are in the habit of making an ash 
 of burnt shells to assist in chewing the betel-nut. They cut the 
 nut into slices, and wrap them up, with the shell-ash, in leaves of 
 the pepper-plant. And he resorted to the expedient of telling 
 them that his shells were all destined for use in a similar process 
 in England. This at once satisfied their inquiries. Wherever 
 Mr. Cuming travelled, he exercised considerable influence over 
 
46 HUGH CUMING. 
 
 the natives by practising as a medicine-man. He always carried 
 a supply of quinine with him^ and found it an unfailing remedy in 
 the cure of fever. Hence he was everywhere feared and soug-lit 
 after, and his statements were listened to wath the same respect 
 for their sincerity as those of the priest. 
 
 After four years spent in this manner among the Philippine 
 Islands, Mr. Cuming returned to England, and he has been un- 
 tiringly engaged during the twenty-four years since elapsed in 
 arranging and completing his collection, adding immensely to it 
 by the purchase and exchange of specimens, and getting the spe- 
 cies described and figured by conchologists at home and abroad. 
 At present his cabinets contain not fewer than thirty thousand 
 species and varieties, several specimens of each. The homage paid 
 to Mr. Cuming by naturalists in all parts of the world, on account 
 of his assiduity and entei'prise in forming this wonderful collection, 
 is quite remarkable ; more especially on account of its containing 
 the types of nearly all the numerous species described in this 
 countiy during the last three-and-thirty years, the greater portion 
 of which have been illustrated by Mr. G. B. Sowerby, Jun., in his 
 ' Thesaurus Conchyliorum,' and in a more extended work of four- 
 teen quarto volumes, with nineteen hundred plates, by the writer 
 of this memoir. 
 
 It must not, howevei", be supposed that Mr. Cviming's re- 
 searches have been confined to shells. During three excursions 
 which he made in the Philippine Islands, starting each time from 
 Manilla, he collected, in addition to shells, large numbers of birds, 
 reptiles, and even quadrupeds, and an immense number of insects 
 and plants. Of plants, he collected as many as 130,000 dried 
 specimens for the herbarium, and a quantity of magnificent or- 
 chids, most of which, sent home alive in Ward's cases, proved to 
 be new to the cultivator. The proceeds of Mr. Cuming's wander- 
 ings among the Philippine Islands filled 147 large cases, ninety of 
 which he brought home with him to his house in Gower Street, 
 in three large waggons. Mr. Cuming has disposed of his dupli- 
 cate specimens to the various public and private collections of 
 Europe and the United States, and takes pleasure in acknowledg- 
 ing that his expenses and labours have been amply repaid. 
 
JULIUS BENEDICT. 
 
 Julius Benedict, the sixbject of this memoir, was born at Stutt- 
 gard, ou the 2 7th November, ] 805, and at a very early age gave 
 such large indications of musical promise and proficiency, that he 
 became, on reaching his ninth year, the pupil of Abeille for the 
 ])ianoforte and harmony. Under this master he made the most 
 rapid advances, and at thirteen years of age produced a Cantata of 
 sufficient merit, on the occasion of the death of Queen Catherine 
 of Wiirtemberg, to assure those who heard its performance of the 
 brilliant career that was before him. His native town not fur- 
 nishing him with sufficient opportunities for rapid advancement, 
 he was induced, in 1820, to visit Munich, whence he proceeded 
 to Weimar, where, placing himself under Hummel, he continued 
 to avail himself for eight months of that celebrated maestro' s tui- 
 tion. Weimar, however, was much too contracted a locality for 
 the development of the youthful musician's powers ; he therefore 
 speedily sought a larger sphere at Dresden, and became the pupil 
 of Carl Mai-ia von Weber, who accepted him simply on account of 
 his talent, since that celebrated composer had hitherto refused to 
 receive any eleves under his care, on account of the annoyance the 
 drudgery of teaching occasions. The relation between master and 
 pupil may be easily understood when it is said that Julius Bene- 
 dict not only remained four years at Dresden, but accompanied 
 Weber to Berlin and Yienna, witnessing the first performance 
 (1818) of 'Der Freischiitz ' at the former, and the 'Euryanthe' 
 (1828) at the latter capital. Impressed with a high consideration of 
 his protege's talent, and assured of his competency to undertake the 
 highest duties of his profession, Weber procured for him, in 1825, 
 tlie important post of Musical Director at Vienna, under Du- 
 port, where the discharge of his duties was so efficient that he ex- 
 
48 JULIUS BENEDICT. 
 
 changed this siiiiation for one of greater prominence at Naples, 
 under Barbaja, where he filled the office of Maestro al CemhaJo 
 and Conductor both at the San Carlo and Fondo Theatres. 
 
 Although the demands of his position now drew largely upon 
 his time, Julius Benedict found sufficient leisure for composition, 
 and having already produced the music of two Ballets, ' Enea nel 
 Lazio ' and ' Le Miniere de Beaujon,^ besides a considerable num- 
 ber of vocal and pianoforte pieces, he brought out (1827) his first 
 opera, ' Giacinta ed Ernesto,^ the cast of which included Mile, 
 linger, the Neapolitan hufo Casaccia, Fioravanti, and the cele- 
 brated Rubini. The success of this work was sufficient to induce 
 him once more to devote himself to this range of musical creation, 
 the result of which was another opera, *I Portoghesi a Goa,' 
 which, intei^preted by Mile. Adelaide Tosi, Winter, Benedetti, and 
 Lablache, added considerably to his already established celebrity. 
 The fame of the young maestro having now become established, 
 he was induced, soon after the reception of his second effi)rt, to 
 make a tour through Italy, during which he gave concerts at 
 Naples, Lucca, and Milan, and proved himself to be an accom- 
 plished pianist no less than as a brilliant composer. 
 
 From Italy, Julius Benedict was once more drawn towards the 
 place of his birth, where the reputation he had legitimately earned 
 from the most severe of musically critical countries, had already 
 gained for him great renown, to be immediately enlarged upon the 
 performance of his opera in German. From Stuttgard he once more 
 wended his way to Dresden and Berlin, and having there won 
 golden opinions from those who witnessed the fulfilment of their 
 prognostications of his celebrity, he determined to spend the win- 
 ter in Paris, making the progress of his art the chief occupation 
 of his residence in that captivating city. In March, 1831, he re- 
 turned to Naples, and not long afterwards had the good fortune to 
 make the acquaintance of Mme. Malibran, who, with her usual 
 appreciation of talent, at once foretold his future career, and sot 
 herself to assist him in achieving its advantageous results. By 
 the inducement of this gifted artiste, he proceeded to Bologna 
 in 1832, and visited England in 1835. Immediately on his arrival 
 in London he took a position, his first concert, given on the 1 5th 
 of July, being the most successful of the season of that year. On 
 this occasion Mmes. Malibran and Grisi assisted, and sang the cele- 
 brated duet from Mercadanti's ' Andronico ' together. Although 
 
JULIUS BENEDICT. 49 
 
 his reception in London was all he could have desired^, he was not 
 induced immediately to fix his residence there, but, intending to 
 return to Italy, he passed part of the winter of 1835-6 in Paris, 
 
 In the spring of 1836 a hvffo opera was initiated at the Lyceum 
 Theatre, and Julius Benedict was selected as chef d'orchcstre, 
 simply on account of the talent he had exhibited during the pre- 
 ceding summer. From London he set out again for Naples, where, 
 soon after his arrival, an operetta, ' Un Anno ed un Giorno,' one of 
 the most felicitou.s of his creations, was performed for the dehiit 
 of Signor Frederic Lablache, the worthy and estimable son of the 
 great basso prof undo. Returning to London in the winter of 
 1837, he brought this successful operetta with him, and gave 
 it at the Lyceum Theatre, where he again occupied the position of 
 Musical Composer and Conductor. 
 
 Having now established himself pei'manently in London, Julius 
 Benedict commenced the arduous duties of his profession with his 
 wonted energy; but, finding that no maestro can exist in our 
 cold climate merely as a composer, he also devoted his attention 
 to tuition. In spite of the tax upon his time and patience which 
 tuition necessitated, he threw off no less than three operas be- 
 tween the years 1838 and 1846, — 'The Gipsy's Warning,' 'The 
 Bride of Venice,' and ' The Crusaders,' — the success of which has 
 been quite as much of European as of English celebrity. 
 
 From 1844 to 1846, Julius Benedict occupied the post of Musi- 
 cal Composer at Covent Garden, first under the direction of Ma- 
 dame Vestris and Mr. Charles Mathews, and afterwards of Messrs. 
 Charles Kemble and Bunn, and raised the character of that 
 theatre by the taste, tact, and judgment he manifested in the ma- 
 nagement of the operatic department. 
 
 Amongst the great triennial musical reunions, that of Norwich 
 has always held a prominent rank. It was, therefore, as high a 
 compliment as could possibly be paid to Julius Benedict when the 
 Committee requested him to undertake the distinguished office 
 of conductor of the Festival of 1845, — a position he still con- 
 tinues to occupy, to the satisfaction of the Committee as well as 
 for the advancement of art. In this year, notwithstanding the 
 arduous nature of his numerous professional avocations, he made 
 several journeys through the United Kingdom with the principal 
 Itahan vocalists, acting as pianist and conductor at a series of 
 highly successful concerts. On the opening of the Philharmonic 
 
•50 JULIUS BENEDICT. 
 
 Hall at Liverpool in 1849, Julius Benedict's acknowledged talent 
 secured for liim the direction of several grand concerts, by which 
 the erection of that building was inaugurated. 
 
 In 1850 Julius Benedict accompanied Mme. Lind-Goldschniidt 
 (then Jeiniy Liud) to the United States and Cuba, whei-e he re- 
 mained nearly twelve months, during which he conducted no less 
 than 122 concerts in all the principal cities and towns of the Ame- 
 rican continent. On his return to Europe, severe domestic afflic- 
 tion befell him by the death of a son through an accident from the 
 falling of the funnel of a steamboat on the Rhone, and speedily 
 afterwards by the decease of his amiable and accomplished wife. 
 Gradually, however, listening to the claims of his art, Julius Bene- 
 dict proved to the world, in 1857, that he had lost none of his 
 pristine talent, by the manner in which he wrote an overture and 
 incidental music to the tragedy of ' Macbeth,' which was played 
 at Her Majesty's Theatre on the occasion of the marriage of the 
 Princess Royal with the Crown Prince of Prussia. From that 
 period to the present he has been indefatigably prosecuting his 
 labours, conducting, during the seasons of 1859 and 1860, Italian 
 Operas at Drury Lane and Her Majesty's Theatres, conjointly with 
 Signer Arditi. During this engagement he composed the recita- 
 tives and arranged Weber's ' Oberon ' for the Italian stage, an 
 adaptation which has deservedly won the highest encomiums. 
 Amongst the more recent works by which he has increased his 
 fame, the following may be especially mentioned : — ' Undine' and 
 ' Richard Coeur de Lion ' — Cantatas written for the Nor^^^ch Festi- 
 vals of 1860 and 1863; and the ' Lily of Killarney,' brought out 
 at the Royal English Opera in 1862. He is also at the present time 
 engaged upon the composition of a grand opera under the title of 
 ' Esmeralda,' the libretto of which is founded upon Victor Hugo's 
 celebrated novel. Amongst his unproduced and unpubhshed 
 works are an operetta, just complete — ' The Bride of Song ;' a 
 romantic opera— ' The Minnesinger;' an oratorio— ' St. Peter;' 
 and many detailed and vocal pieces. 
 
 Julius Benedict is now a " naturalized " Enghshman, and per- 
 manently resides in London, where he enjoys deservedly the good 
 opinion of musicians, having won for himself the warmest friend- 
 ships, both within and without the circle of a profession he has 
 adorned by his works, and promoted by his assiduity. 
 
THE RIGHT REV. THE BISHOP OF ST. DAVID'S. 
 
 The name of this distinguislied historian and eminent prehxte will 
 at once associate itself in the mind of the readei" with the highest 
 order of intellectual movement which has taken place during the 
 last thirty or forty years, whether in the world of letters or of 
 religious thought. His first introduction to the literary republic 
 may indeed be placed at a far earlier date, and it is curious to 
 mark, in this instance, a rare example of juvenile precocity sus- 
 taining its early promise, without failure, throughout a lifetime. 
 In the year 1809 was published a small volume, entitled, " Primi- 
 tiae; or Essays and Poems on various subjects, religious, moral, 
 and entertaining, by Connop Thirlwall, eleven years of age. De- 
 dicated, by permission, to the Lord Bishop of Dromore. The pre- 
 face by his father, the Rev. Thomas Thirlwall, M.A., Minister of 
 Tavistock Chapel, Broad Court, Long Acre ; Lecturer of St. 
 Dunstan, Stepney, and Chaplain to the Lord Bishop of Dromore. ^^ 
 The volume is a collection of productions, wonderful enough, con- 
 sidering the age of the writer, and contains a frontispiece, with a 
 portrait of the youthful author before photography was dreamt 
 of, announcing that he was born on the 11th of February, 1797. 
 His father was then resident at Mile End, and afterwards became 
 rector of Bower's Gilford, Essex. From the preface to this little 
 work, we learn that he had learnt Latin at three years of age, and 
 could read Greek at four with ease and fluency ; and the result 
 proves that these early signs of great ability were such as to war- 
 rant the indulgence of the highest anticipations on the part of his 
 parents and friends. 
 
 From home he was sent to the Charterhouse, and thence to 
 Trinity College, Cambridge. At the University he became Bell's 
 
 VOL. II. I 
 
52 THE BISHOP OF ST. DAVID's. 
 
 Scholar in 1815, and Craven Scholar in the same j^ear. In 1818, 
 he graduated as twenty-second Senior Optime, and First Clian- 
 cellor's Medallist (the Classical Tripos not having been established 
 till 1824). In the same year he became Fellow of Trinity, and 
 was appointed Classical Examiner in 1828, 1829, 1832, and 1834. 
 In 1824, he was called to the Bar at Lincoln^s Inn, but withdrew 
 from practice in 1828. From that date commenced Mr. Thirl- 
 wall^s well-remembered career as Tutor at Trinity College, where 
 he contributed as much as any one to found and promote the 
 modern school of classical study for which that society is distin- 
 guished. A succession of scholars, from that time, treading in the 
 footsteps and following the method of Thirlwall, have sustained 
 the renown of the college, but to him mainly is due the honour of 
 having struck out for it the path to eminence. 
 
 In 1831, an important work, the production of the joint labours 
 of Julius Charles Hare and Connop Thirlwall, was given to the 
 world. This was the translation of Niebuhr^s ' History of Rome,^ 
 which produced a great and lasting effect upon English classical 
 literature. This work was violently assailed by the ' Quarterly 
 Review,^ in an article which was replied to by the translators with 
 a power of criticism and force of satire which gave a quietus to all 
 such attempts for ever. Mr. Thirlwall also took part, with his 
 friend Hare, in conducting the '^ Cambridge Philological Museum.^ 
 
 The publication, in 1835, of the first volume of the ' History of 
 Greece,^ made known to the world at large those powers and ac- 
 complishments, the observation of which had hitherto scarcely ex- 
 tended beyond the University. The medium by which this cele- 
 brated work was given to the public was, as everybody knows. Dr. 
 Lardner^s ' Cabinet Cyclopa3dia/ of which it forms by far the most 
 important section. It is interesting to observe the terms in which, 
 on the 12th of June, 1835, it was first announced. ''The plan of 
 the little work/^ it is stated, ''begun in this volume has been con- 
 siderably enlarged since it was first undertaken, and the author 
 fears that a critical eye may be able to detect some traces of this 
 variation from the original design in the manner of treating one 
 or two subjects. He would be glad if he might believe that this 
 was its only fault.^^ The writer proceeds to state that there are 
 two classes of readers to whom it is addressed, one, those who 
 desire to have something more than a superficial knowledge of 
 Greek history, but who possess neither the leisure nor the means 
 
•THE BISHOr OF ST, DAVID's. 53 
 
 of stuclyiiify tlio original sources ; the other, those who have access 
 to the ancient authors, but who need an interpreter, 
 
 Mr. Thirlwall had doubtless been preceded, as he was fol- 
 lowed, in his remarkable enterprise. He came upon the traces 
 of Mitford, a writer, who, by his inaccuracy and partiality, 
 roused not only the severity of the more accurate scholar, but the 
 indignation of the more high-minded political partisan ; and every 
 reader remembers what sharp stings of satire are to be found in 
 the notes of Thirlwall's History, whether he is castigating the 
 want of political honesty, or merely the bad scholarship of his 
 predecessor. A few other writers come in for a share of this 
 discipline ; and the general aim which seems to have animated 
 the writer's studies and lent weight to his arm, may perhaps be 
 gathered best from the following note to vol. iii. of the History, 
 p. 6 : — The high authority which Boeckh has so well earned by 
 his learning and candour, entitles even a passing, and perhaps 
 hasty remark of his, to more attention than is due to all the at- 
 tempts, which for the last forty years have been systematically 
 made in our own literature, — the periodical as well as the more 
 permanent, — for political and other purposes, to vilify the Athe- 
 nians." The eight volumes were published at intervals down 
 to the year 1844. It would be in vain here to point to the 
 various remarkable features of a work, which has been so loTig be- 
 fore the pubHc, and which is so necessary to the pursuits of the 
 scholar. 
 
 A pamphlet which was published in the jenv 1833, in favour 
 of the admission of Dissenters to some University privileges, led 
 to the removal of Mr. Thirlwall from the Lectureship at Trinity 
 College. In 1834 he was presented by Lord Brougham, then 
 Chancellor, to the living of Kirby Underdale, Yorkshire ; and on 
 the death of Dr. Jenkinson, he was, in the year 1840, elevated to 
 the See of St. David's. 
 
 From that period the Bishop of St. David's has taken an active 
 part in the deliberations of the House of Lords. His first vote 
 was given on the 11th June, 1841, in favour of the Jews' Declara- 
 tion Bill, a measure of relief of which he has always been the 
 advocate. His speech on that occasion was an admirable specimen 
 of reasoning, in dealing with the various objections to the measure 
 which were most strongly presented, and coming from a Christian 
 bishop, whose motives and principles were alike unimpeachable. 
 
54 TTIE BISHOP OF ST. DAVID's. 
 
 its effect was doubtless very great. Still, the consideration that 
 the Bill would alter the Christian character of our institutions was 
 too mighty to be got rid of for the present. In 18i3, arose the 
 question of the union of the Sees of St. Asaph and Bangor, and 
 Lord Powis introduced a Bill for the purpose of preventing that 
 union. The measure obtained the unflinching support of the 
 Bishop of St. David's, although it was opposed by the Duke of 
 Wellington and the Archbishop of Canterbviry; but, notwith- 
 standing the pleas that were strongly urged in favour of the in- 
 terests of the Welsh people, the first Bill was withdrawn, and 
 another in 1844 was decisively rejected. The result was the 
 foundation of the See of Manchester. In the following year came 
 the proposal, by Sir Robert Peel's government, for the endow- 
 ment of Maynooth. The Bishop of St. David's speech in favour of 
 the endowments is another instance of close and concentrated 
 argument, amongst the whole train of which, perhaps, the most 
 pointed question was the following: — ''Will you do no good, 
 because you cannot do pure and unmixed good?" These and 
 similar reasons were ultimately successful in carrying the measure. 
 As may be expected, the Religious Opinions Relief Bill, and the 
 measures for the Repeal of the Corn Laws, found a supporter in 
 the Bishop of St. David's. He spoke in favour of the measure 
 introduced by the Marquis of Lansdowne, in February, 1848, for 
 establishing diplomatic relations with Rome, and the speech is 
 remarkable as containing laudatory expressions on the character 
 of the Pope, whom he describes as " actuated by the very genius 
 of good sense, and influenced by a spirit of the most exalted 
 patriotism." How speedily this eulogium became a dead letter, 
 and the grounds for congratulation on the good sense and pa- 
 triotism of the Pope were dissipated by the political storms of 1848, 
 it is needless to observe. 
 
 A more important proposal was that introduced by the late 
 Bishop of London, in 1850, for transferring the jurisdiction in ap- 
 peals from the Ecclesiastical Courts upon matters of doctrine from 
 the Privy Council to a bench of fifteen bishops. In the debate on 
 this vitally interesting measure, the speech of the Bishop of St. 
 David's will again command our admiration for its wisdom and 
 political foresight ; we may add, also, its patriotism, when we re- 
 member that to speak against such a proposal required a thorough 
 emancipation from episcopal prejudices. To the Marriages Bill, 
 
THE BISHOP OF ST. DAVId's. 55 
 
 on tlie other hand, Bishop Thirlwall has always been strongly op- 
 posed, and his judgment has been, in this matter, signally borne 
 out by the deliberate voice of public opinion. So in the debate on 
 the Ecclesiastical Titles Bill in 1851, the Rescript of the Pope was 
 recognized by him to be not only an insult to the country, inasmuch 
 as it ignored the established rights of the Church, but an injury, 
 in that it violated the law of the land, and invaded the Queen's 
 prerogative. In 1853, the Bill for enabling the Canadian Parlia- 
 ment to deal with the Clergy Reserves in that country was passed, 
 and was aided in its progress by the Bishop, who considered that 
 its rejection would be neither honourable nor safe, this being a 
 matter of local domestic interest to the Canadian people. In the 
 debates on the Divorce Bill in 1857, the Bishop of St. David's, 
 though he did not formally oppose the measure, declared that he 
 looked forward to its operation with " strong apprehension and 
 much anxiety," feelings which experience has undoubtedly justi- 
 fied. He opposed Lord Shaftesbury's hasty measure for amend- 
 ing the Religious Worship Act, Lord Lyttelton's Subdivision of 
 Dioceses Bill, and Lord Ebury's proposals for the Revision of the 
 Liturgy. On the other hand, he supported the Church of Eng- 
 land Special Services Bill, he voted in favour of amending the 
 Act of Uniformity as to the '' assent and consent " of the clergy 
 to everything contained in the Prayer Book, and last year he re- 
 commended in Parliament the reference of the Burial Service 
 Question to Convocation. 
 
 In the later religious movements of the day, the Bishop of 
 St. David's has been frequently called upon to speak and act. In 
 a series of triennial visitations to the clergy of his diocese, he has 
 from time to time delivered charges, which discuss in his own mas- 
 terly and philosophical style the questions which have stirred the 
 Church and the religious mind of the country during the interval. 
 Thus, the address in 1848 is directed in a great measure against 
 * The Theory of Development ' of John Henry Newman. That in 
 1851 enters into a consideration of the case oiGorham v. The Bishop 
 of Exeter, in which the Bishop found no grovind for alarm as to in- 
 novation of doctrine in the sentence of the Judicial Committee, 
 In 1854, the revival of Convocation was the subject brought before 
 the clergy of the diocese, a project to which Bishop Thirlwall lent 
 much support ; and in the deliberations of that body since he has 
 taken an active share. Three years later, a class of subjects, which 
 
56 THE BISHOP OF ST. DAVID's. 
 
 have since powerfully aroused tlie attention of clergy and laity, 
 began to exhibit itself. Dr. Rowland Williams, the Vice-Presi- 
 dent of St. David^s College, Lampeter, (of which the Bishop is the 
 Visitor,) published a pamphlet, entitled ' Rational Godliness after 
 the Mind of Christ, and the written Voices of His Church.-' Inas- 
 much as this production appeared to some, in the language of the 
 charge, '^ seriously to affect the supremacy and infallibility of 
 Scripture as the Divine rule of faith and practice,^^ its contents 
 were formally brought before the notice of the Bishop by .seventy 
 clergymen of his diocese ; and to this representation the more im- 
 portant passages of the charge are an answer. The Bishop de- 
 clares, that whilst he should feel himself bound to resist to the 
 utmost the introduction of error, he yet considers it to be no less 
 a sacred and important duty " to respect and, as far as lies in me, 
 to protect that freedom of thought, word, and action which the 
 Church has hitherto granted to her ministers and members, and 
 neither to make nor sanction an attempt to place it under any new 
 restriction which she has not thought fit to impose." He proceeds 
 to lay down that "no man is to be convicted of heresy on a construc- 
 tion of words which he may not himself admit ;" and after refer- 
 ring to the belief which any one may entertain as to the doctrine 
 of the plenary inspiration of Scripture, he adds : " When this indi- 
 vidual consciousness is set up as the common measure of truth, to 
 which all are required to conform under penalty of excommunica- 
 tion from Christian fellowship, it becomes an instrument of aggres- 
 sion on the rights of conscience, and an usurpation of the autho- 
 rity which belongs to the Church." He reminds his hearers 
 finally that " the Church has pronounced no decision, laid down no 
 definition on the subject." This memorial, and the reply which it 
 called forth, are a very remarkable prelude to the astonishing agi- 
 tation which was produced in 1 860 by the publication of a volume 
 of apparently anything but exciting materials, — the well-known 
 ' Essays and Reviews.'' This is a history which is familiar to 
 every one of our readers, and it is only necessary to allude to it 
 for the purpose of completing our narrative by mentioning those 
 points on which the Bishop of St. David's has since declared him- 
 self. A writer in the ' Edinburgh Review,^ in an article Avhich ap- 
 peared in April, 1861, had commented with some severity upon 
 the proceedings of the Bishops, who, as will be remembered, in a 
 P' ■ vate meeting held some short time before, had unanimously 
 
THE BISHOP OF ST. DAVID's. 57 
 
 agreed publicly to censure the work in question. When Convo- 
 cation met in February, 1863, the Bishop of St. David's took 
 occasion to remark that the strictures of the reviewer had pro- 
 ceeded, in some respects, upon a wrong assumption, viz. that 
 certain extracts from the book which were appended to the names 
 of the original subscribers had been before the Bishops when their 
 names were affixed to the document. The Bishop declared that 
 not one of the extracts was placed before them, and expressed his 
 wonder at the reviewer^s silence, to whom this error of fact had 
 been long before communicated. This called forth a letter from, 
 the reviewer, which appeared in the ' Guardian ' of February 25, 
 1863, — an important communication in many ways, not only as 
 respects the Bishop, but as regards the history of the ' Essays and 
 ■Reviews ' movement. It then appeared that a correspondence 
 had taken place between the Edinburgh Reviewer and the Bishop, 
 in the course of which the former explained that the complaints of 
 the 'Review' were directed, not to the fact of the Bishops' having 
 selected certain passages on which to found their condemnation, 
 but that they had left the public completely in the dark as to the 
 grounds of their decision. The writer went on to say that he was 
 glad to acknowledge his mistake in supposing that there was any 
 abandonment of his Lordship's views as expressed in his introduc- 
 tion to Schleiermacher's essay ; and, after hinting pretty broadly 
 at the additional animosity which had been given to the conflicting 
 parties in the agitation, by reason of the ' Episcopal Letter ' of 
 1861, he appealed to the Bishop that he would continue to lend 
 his powerful aid, " as in former times," to calm the popular agita- 
 tion, and that he would deliver his ''weighty judgment " in favour 
 of the views now pronounced to be heretical. 
 
 The mention of Schleiermacher's essay was an allusion to the 
 publication, in 1825, of 'A Critical Essay on the Gospel of St. 
 Luke, by Dr. F. Schleiermacher, with an Introduction by the 
 Translator.' The translator was long believed, and is now ac- 
 knowledged, to have been Mr. Thirlwall, then a Fellow of Trinity 
 College, Cambridge, and a layman, as the above-mentioned dates 
 show. The importance of this introduction, which contains some 
 expressions to the effect that the " verbal inspiration of Scripture 
 had long been abandoned by the learned," and showing the dis- 
 tinctions that had been drawn between the " inspiration of sugges- 
 tion" and the "inspiration of snpcrintendency," is, under the c 
 
58 THE BISHOP or ST. david's. 
 
 cumstaiices we have pointed out, less than it might at first seem. 
 The preface to the book is not by the transhitor, but by the writer 
 of the essay. 
 
 In a reply to this letter in the ' Guardian ' of the 4tli of March, 
 the Bishop acknowledges himself to have been the author of the 
 introduction, and with reference to the subject of which it treats 
 refers to his charge of 1857 as being the expression of his views 
 on the subject, by which he wishes to abide. 
 
 On the more recent subject of the book of the Bishop of Natal, 
 the views of the Bishop of St. David's will be best gathered from 
 the charge delivered to his clergy at the visitation of 1863, in 
 which the whole bearings of this question, considered in I'elation 
 to the Church of England, are discussed. 
 
 Since then the decision of the Pi'ivy Council, in the case of Dr. 
 Williams and Dr. Wilson, two of the Essayists, has been delivered, 
 which in many respects alters the relations of the various parties. 
 
 It may be added, that Dr. Thirlwall is the author of many 
 sermons, essays, and lectures on occasional subjects ; that he has 
 devoted much care and attention to the cause of education, in all 
 its departments, and that in his diocese he will long be remem- 
 bered as the first Bishop who for some centuries had ministered to 
 Welsh congregations in their own language. 
 
JOHN GOULD, F.RS. 
 
 In John Gould, the ornithologist, worthy successor of Bewick, 
 Audubon, and Wilson, but far transcending them in the range and 
 value of his researches, we have an interesting example of a self- 
 taught lad of humble birth having raised himself to a high position 
 as a scientific man by his own innate love of nature, indomitable 
 zeal, and tasteful practical abilities. As in early youth he became 
 a lover of birds from the charm exercised upon his senses by their 
 tuneful notes, their brilliant plumage, and their instinctive habits, 
 so in maturer years he was led by his artistic talent to make draw- 
 ings of them, excelling in picturesque grouping and accin^acy any 
 hitherto produced, and by his love of field-sport to travel with his 
 gun into newly explored lands for the acquisition of specimens by 
 which to elucidate an important portion of the world's natural 
 histoiy. 
 
 Born at Lyme, in Dorsetshire, on the 14tli of September, 1804, 
 John Gould removed, with his parents, while yet an infant, to the 
 neighbourhood of Guildford, Surrey ; and it was on the wild com- 
 mons and heaths of that district that at the early age of five to 
 six years he ran about in search of flowers and insects. Soon he 
 commenced to make collections of them, and at the age of bird- 
 nesting to ramble in search of eggs, which he strung and hung 
 around the cottage window. Li 1818 John Gould's father obtained 
 an appointment as foreman in the Royal Gardens of Windsor 
 under Mr. J. T. Alton, and having removed his family thither, 
 young Gould now commenced the active business of hfe in the 
 royal gardens. '' I've gathered many a bunch of dandelions," we 
 once heard the ornithologist remark, " for Queen Charlotte's 
 German salads." Whatever John Gould put his hand to, ho la- 
 
 VOL. II. K 
 
60 JOHN GOULD. 
 
 l)om-ed at with tlie same determined zeal wliicli characteinzed all 
 his subsequent proceedings. After some years spent at Windsor, 
 he was placed by Mr, Aiton under the care of Mr. Legge, gar- 
 dener at Ripley Castle, Yorkshire, the seat of Sir William Ingleby, 
 with the object of learning the higher branches of forcing ; but 
 his love of natural history predominated over all, and in 1827, he 
 came to London and obtained the appointment, which then hap- 
 pened to be vacant, of Curator to the Zoological Society. This 
 very interesting and flourishing institution had not been long 
 established. Sir Stamford Raffles, one of its foundei-s, was dead, 
 but among the active members of its Council were one or two 
 ardent lovers of ornithology, especially Mr. Vigors and Mr. 
 BroderijJ ; and the taste of its new Curator had therefore ample 
 vscope for encouragement, both in collecting new birds and in de- 
 scribing them at its evening scientific meetings. 
 
 Soon after joining the Zoological Society, at the outset of his 
 scientific career, an event occurred in Mr. Gould's life which 
 largely influenced the direction of his future pursuits. He mar- 
 ried the daughter of Nicholas Coxen, Esq., of Kent, a lady of 
 considerable accomplishments, especially in drawing, and in a very 
 short time was projected Mr. Gould's first great ornithological 
 work in imperial folio, ' A Century of Birds from the Himalaya 
 Mountains,' of which the plates were drawn on stone, from the 
 author's sketches, by Mrs. Gould. Mr. Gould now gave up his 
 Curatorship of the Zoological vSociety, and devoted himself to the 
 production of that magnificent series of works (all of imperial folio 
 size) with which his name and fame are identified. During the 
 next five years, from 1832 to 1837, Mr. and Mrs. Gould were oc- 
 cupied with ' The Birds of Europe.' The work was completed in 
 five volumes, at the price of £76. 8s., and it is now out of print. 
 Of Mr. Gould's next work, 'The Birds of Australia,' completed in 
 18i8, in seven volumes, price £115, we shall speak more in detail. 
 
 The birds of Australia were much too little known to give Mr. 
 Gould a hope of being able to publish any adequate illustration of 
 the ornithology of that remarkable continent. He therefore de^ 
 termiued upon making a personal investigation of them, and of 
 their manners and habits, in a state of nature. Mr. and Mrs. 
 Gould left England in May, 1838, and returned in 1840, having 
 explored, during that period, Tasmania, the islands of Bass's 
 Straits, South Australia, and New South Wales, penetrating the 
 
JOHN GOULD. 61 
 
 last-namocl country to a distance of nearly four hundred miles from 
 tlie coast line, while he dispatched his assistant, Mr. Gilbert, to 
 explore the western and noi^thern portions of the country. Mv. 
 Gould^s researches, he tells us in the preface to his great work, 
 commenced immediately after passing the Equator, from whence, 
 throughout the entire route to Australia, he lost no opportunity of 
 studying the habits and collecting the different species of the 
 oceanic birds that came under his notice. Of his collections formed 
 on the Avistralian continent and adjacent islands, some idea may 
 be gathered from an account of the circumstances which led to the 
 destination of his typical specimens. 
 
 In 1848, after seven years of uninterrupted labour, Mr. Gould's 
 work, ' The Birds of Australia,^ was completed, and he was na- 
 turally anxious that the specimens therein figured, most of which 
 were new, and of the utmost rarity and value, especially as being 
 the original types of the species, should be preserved in the British 
 Museum. They comprised examples of both sexes of nearly every 
 known species of Australian bird, 1800 specimens in all, in various 
 stages of plumage, each carefully labelled with its scientific name 
 and the name of the place where killed ; and they were, of course, 
 mostly new to our national Museum. A sum of two thousand 
 pounds having been spent in the expedition by which they were 
 acquired, it was not to be expected that Mr. Gould could present 
 them as a donation. He offered them to the Trustees for the 
 moderate sum of £1000 in money, or as a gift if they would pur- 
 chase twenty-five copies of his work. The offer was declined, and 
 Mr. Gould was induced, under his disappointment, to accept £1000, 
 immediately tendered for the collection by an American, for the 
 Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. 
 
 Mr. Gould's joys in the accomplishment of this expedition to 
 Australia and Tasmania were not, however, without a heavy ba- 
 lance of sorrows. Within one short year of his return Mrs. 
 Gould, who had made an immense mass of drawings, both orni- 
 thological and botanical, suddenly died, and he lost at different 
 times as many as three of his assistants ; Mr. Gilbert, who went 
 out a second time to explore the Swan River district, and was 
 afterwards killed by the natives while making his way overland 
 with Dr. Leichardt's party from Moreton Bay to Port Essington ; 
 Mr. Drummond, killed by one of the natives while seeking for spe- 
 cimens in Western Australia ; and another attendant, accidentally 
 
62 JOHN GOULD, 
 
 killed by the explosion of a gun while landing froin a boat on one 
 of the islands of Bass's Straits. Mrs, Gould's artistic labours 
 have been since ably discharged by Mr. Eichter, but her personal 
 loss has proved irreparable^ Mr. Gould not having married again. 
 She left three sons and three daughters. The three sons^, edu- 
 cated at college, each took their Bachelor's degree. The eldest, 
 Dr. J. H. Goald, surgeon hi the 2nd European regiment, unhap- 
 pily died a short time since in Scinde; the second, Charles Gould, 
 distinguished by eminent scientific attainments, holds the appoint- 
 ment of Geological Surveyor- General in Tasmania; the third, 
 Franklin Gould, born at Government House, Hobart Town, the 
 residence of Mr. Gould^s attached friend, the lamented Sir John 
 Franklin, Avho since perished in the Arctic regions, is destined for 
 the medical profession. 
 
 The next subject in ornithology taken up by Mr. Gould was 
 ' The Birds of Asia,' of which sixteen three-guinea parts are pub- 
 lished, and nearly as many similar parts have been produced of a 
 work on ' The Mammals of Australia.' Here Mr. Gould engaged 
 with his characteristic vigour in a department of zoology that was 
 entirely new to him. "It was not," he says in the preface to that 
 work, " until I arrived in Australia, and found myself surrounded 
 by objects as strange as if I had bejn transported to another 
 planet, that I conceived the idea of devoting a portion of my at- 
 tention to the mammalian class of its extraordinary fauna. The 
 native black, while conducting me through the forest, or among 
 the park-like trees of the open plains, would often point out the 
 pricking of an opossum's nails on the bark of a Eumlyptus or 
 other tree, and indicate by his actions that high up in yonder 
 hole was sleeping an Opossum, or Flying Pctauriis." Numerous 
 species of kangaroos and opossums were nightly brought to their 
 bush fires to be roasted and eaten by the natives ; and when after 
 a long and laborious day's work the party would encamp for the 
 night by the side of a river, by a natural pond, or by a waterhole, 
 Mr. Gould would stretch his weary body on the bank, and watch 
 the little concentric circles on the water, formed by that remark- 
 able intermediate link between quadruped and bird, the Duck- 
 billed OniitJtorliynrltus. 
 
 While the works already noticed were in preparation, Mr. Gould 
 found time to publish also one or two special monographs of par- 
 ticular groups of birds, all in the same splendid style of imperial 
 
JOHN GOULD. 63 
 
 folio. In 1834 appeared his monograph of those cui-ious large- 
 billed birds, the Toucans ; in 1 8o8, one of the Trogons ; and in 
 1850, one of the Partridges of America. His crowning triumph 
 has, however, been a 'Monograph of the Humming Birds,' in 
 which he succeeded, hj means of a new process, in giving a very- 
 effective representation of the metallic lustre of the plumage. The 
 production of this monograph in five magnificent volumes, of 
 which the price is £78. 15*., affords another remarkable instance 
 of Mr. Gould's enterprising assiduity and talent. The humming- 
 bird does not inhabit the eastei-n hemisphere, and Mr. Gould had 
 been collecting specimens for twenty years without seeing it alive. 
 The essential characteristic of all Mr. Gould's illustrations of birds 
 is to give the species, male and female, with its natural mode of 
 flight, its special nest, and the particular plant on which it loved 
 to perch. The humming birds, some scarcely larger than our 
 humble-bee, approach nearer to insect life in their habits than any 
 other kind of bird. Some are possessed with the same mai^vel- 
 lous powers of flight to enable them to sip the nectar of the flower 
 while poised at the corolla's mouth, and the bills of different 
 species are more or less lengthened according to the depth of the 
 flower into which it dips for food. How was it possible to illus- 
 trate a monograph of the humming birds in the style which our 
 ornithologist had made his own, from a contemplation of their 
 stuSed skins ! "In passing through this world," says Mr. Goiild, 
 " I have remarked that when inquirers of a strong will really set 
 themselves to attain a definite object they generally accomplish it; 
 and in my own case the time at length arrived when I was per- 
 mitted to revel in the delight of seeing the humming birds in a 
 state of nature, and to observe their habits in the woods and 
 among the great flowering trees of the United States of America 
 and in Canada." Mr. Gould did not visit the principal centre 
 of habitation of the humming bird, the West Indies, Venezuela, 
 and New Granada, but he attained his desire of bringing one of 
 the only two species inhabiting North America {Trochilus colubris) 
 alive to Europe. " For some time," he says in his monograph, 
 '' a single humming bird was my constant companion during days 
 of toil by road and rail, and I ultimately succeeded in bringing a 
 living pair within the confines of the British Islands, and a single 
 individual to London, where it lived for two days, when, from the 
 want of proper food or the change of climate, it died." Mr. Gould 
 
64 JOHN GOULD. 
 
 had, however, by this time formed a wonderful collection of skiiis 
 and mounted specimens. During- the time of the Great Exhibition 
 of 1851, he kindly gave the public an opportunity of seeing it in one 
 of the houses in the gardens of the Zoological Society. At the pre- 
 sent time this unrivalled collection, which now comprises about 400 
 species, is displayed in an elegant saloon at Mr. Gould's house, 
 26, Charlotte Street, Bedford Square, where it is at all times ac- 
 cessible to men of science, for the purposes of examination and 
 comparison. 
 
 The price of a single copy of the grand series of works above 
 enumerated is four hundred guineas. With how much persistent 
 energy and industry must Mr. Gould have worked upon them during 
 the five-and-thirty years occupied in their production ! Mr. Gould 
 is essentially a sportsman, and nothing is allowed to stand in the 
 way of his personally observing the facts necessary for the eluci- 
 dation of their habits and geographical distribution. He is now 
 engaged in illustrating ' The Birds of Great Britain ' on the same 
 grand scale ; and while his lithographer is trausferi'ing his draw- 
 ing of a species to stone, he may be gone to Norway to study its 
 mode of breeding, or to Malta to observe it on its passage. 
 
 Mr. Gould was elected a Fellow of the Royal Society in 1843 
 and he is an Honorary Member of numerous foreign and provincial 
 societies. 
 
THOMAS FAED, ESQ., A.E.A. 
 
 Amongst the figure painters of the present day, there is one before 
 whose works everybody stands to gaze and admire, be he or she 
 old or young, gentle or simple. This favoured and favourite artist, 
 who has a charm for all eyes, and whose compositions go straight 
 to every heart, is Mr. Faed. Who is there who is not familiar 
 with the humour, gi-ave or gay, with which his works abound ? and 
 what critical judgment does not acknowledge, with sincerity, that 
 in his hands there is always an elevating tendency, that the jocular 
 element is never tainted with vulgarity, and that the homely and 
 domestic is not without its touch of the sublime ? 
 
 Something more than taste, however, is necessary to the success 
 of a leading painter; and Mr. Faed^s career is no exception to the 
 rule, that only by long and arduous study is eminence in the arts 
 to be achieved. He was born at Bui'ley Mill, in the Stewartry of 
 Kirkcudbright, in the year 1826. John, his elder brother, has 
 been distinguished as a draughtsman and a painter at Edinburgh. 
 Their father, who was an engineer and millwright, died in the 
 year 1844, and Thomas, the subject of our memoir, thereupon, or 
 shortly before, betook himself, at the suggestion of the elder 
 brother, to the Scottish capital, where he ardently pursued the 
 bent of his genius in the School of Design. Whilst there, he 
 came under the notice and tuition of the celebrated Sir W. Allan, 
 and his skill and industry were rewarded by numerous prizes in 
 the annual competitions with his fellow pupils and scholars. It is 
 related that his earliest exhibited work was a water-colour draw- 
 in o- from the 'Old English Baron;' but he soon abandoned this 
 branch of art, and took to the higher domain of oil-painting, study- 
 ing figures with unremitting assiduity. 
 
DO THOMAS PAED. 
 
 Ill tlie year 1841), lie was proficient enough, to ol^tain the rank 
 of Associate of the Royal Scottish Academy. Among the works 
 exhibited in Scotland, that which is best recollected is a group 
 representing ' Sir W. Scott and his Friends at Abbotsford/ 
 
 Still resident in Edinburgh, we find him, in the year 1850, ex- 
 hibiting at the Royal Academy, with three works, ' Cottage Piety,' 
 'Auld Robin Gray,' and ^The First Step;' but in the next or fol- 
 lowing year, rising rapidly in public estimation, and finding his 
 powers increase, he betook himself to London, and commenced a 
 series of pictures which have been gradually but uninterruptedly 
 successful. It is his good fortune to be the master of a class of 
 subjects which are of all others most popular, and which, when 
 multiplied by engraving, command an entrance to the hearths and 
 homes of the million. Accordingly, not a work of social life or 
 domestic incident makes its appearance, which is not at once sub- 
 mitted to the engraver, and so finds its way to circles which are 
 perhaps closed to every other description of art production. 
 
 In 1852, a picture representing the 'Visit of a Patron and 
 Patroness to a Village School ' excited some attention. 'Sophia 
 and Olivia,' in 1853, showed a good deal of experimental treatment 
 in the lighting of the figures, but still was an advance ; and a 
 similar sparkling effect was attained in a subject exhibited in 
 1854, called 'Peggy,' from Ramsay's 'Gentle Shepherd.' In the 
 following year, a still further progress in public esteem was 
 achieved by the ' Mitherless Bairn,' where a simple tale is told in 
 an obvious manner with much force and beauty. This has been 
 engraved by Mr. Samuel Cousins, and is a great favourite. 
 
 It was in 1856, however, that the true scope and real extent of 
 Mr. Faed's powers revealed themselves in two capital productions, 
 which at once advanced him to the foremost ranks of the figure 
 painters not members of the Academy. One of these was ' Home 
 and the Homeless,' in which the contrast is presented between 
 the interior of a thriving labourer's cottage, where the good man 
 is coaxing his child with an apple, and the wan and abject figure 
 of a beggar woman outside, whose hungry orphan child creeps up 
 to the table. This is the picture that has been engraved by Henry 
 Cousins. The other was 'Highland Mary,' one of Mr. Faed's 
 most carefully-coloured and best finished works. This also has 
 been engraved by W. H. Simmons, and is universally known and 
 admired. 
 
THOMAS FA ED. 
 
 67 
 
 Next year came the sceiie^ well known from Mr. T. L. Atkin- 
 son's engraving, tlie ' First Break in the Family.' The mail 
 coach in the distance bears off the boy, the pride of the cottage 
 family, from the old and young folks, who watch its departure 
 with varied emotions. 
 
 In 1858 was exhibited a picture, in which the humour of the artist 
 came out more powerfully than hitherto — ' A Listener ne'er hears 
 gude o' himsel'.' The Hstener, it will be remembered, had writ- 
 ten to his sweetheart a letter, " saft, couthie, and slee," and was 
 now on the point of paying her a visit with the " brawest cheap 
 shawl " he could find. He creeps to the doorway, and the scene 
 which meets his gaze is best described in the words of the poet 
 Ballantine, who wrote them on first beholding the picture : — 
 
 '• There sat my braw Joe wi' young Colin Dalzell, 
 An' his glaiket sister, wha tongue 's like a bell, 
 A gigglin, an' ettling my letter to spell — 
 A listener ne'er hears gude o' himsel'." 
 
 In this picture Mr. Faed displayed a more vigorous execution 
 than before, stronger colour, and, above all, a keen dramatic zest, 
 which infallibly asserted his artistic strength. This work has also 
 been engraved by Mr. Atkinson. The 'Ayrshire Lassie' (since 
 engraved by C. Tomkins) appeai-ed also this year,— a fainter re- 
 vival of the ' Highland Mary ' of two years before. 
 
 Mr. Faed's picture in 1859 was ' Sunday in the Backwoods,' re- 
 presenting the devotions of Scotch emigrants in Canada under the 
 roof of a grander kirk than any they had left behind them— the 
 stems and vaults of the over-arching forest. This work has been 
 engraved by Mr. Simmons. The painter was more at home in the 
 genial picture, entitled ' My aiu Fireside,' since engraved by Mr. 
 J. Stevenson. 
 
 In 1860, the only exhibited work was a rare bit of Scottish 
 humour, ' His only Pair/ suggested by some fines from Burns's 
 ' Cotter's Saturday Night,' a picture which has been engraved by 
 Mr. Simmons. This was followed on the next occasion by Mr. 
 Faed's hitherto greatest work, 'From Dawn to Sunset.' He was 
 now (1861) an Associate of the Royal Academy, and his first ex- 
 hibition was worthy of his new honours. 
 
 The motto that accompanied this was, " So runs the round of 
 life from hour to hour;" and the scene, it will be remembered, 
 
 VOL, TI. ^ 
 
08 THOMAS FAED. 
 
 displays infancy^ youth, iniddle age, and decrepitude, in the circle 
 of one family, reminding us of tlie Shakespearian cycle of the 
 Seven Ages of Man. Clearly as the ideas were conceived, the 
 execution was of the highest order that had yet been seen, the 
 boldness not frittered away by over-finish and prettiness, and the 
 light not too much broken up and scattered. It was universally 
 felt to be one of the most successful specimens of figure painting 
 that has appeared of late years. A masterly engraving of this, 
 Mr. Faed^s diploma picture, by Samuel Cousins, R. A., will appear 
 in the Exhibition of the Royal Academy for the present year. 
 
 In the following year, there were two single figures, ^Kate 
 Nickleby,^ and ^A Flower from Paddy^s Land,^ showing the 
 painter in a new light, as a student of flowers of the most deli- 
 cately intricate forms and dazzhng colour. ' New Wars to an Old 
 Soldier ' was a more elaborate group. A handsome country girl 
 was seen leaning her elbow on the table, reading the news to her 
 grandfather, on whose knee a child was perched, di-essing up the 
 old man's thumb in likeness of a red-coated soldier. The face and 
 head of the old man were a mai'vellous example of exact and care- 
 ful study. The details of fm^niture also were very curious and 
 cleverly painted. Last year the pictures were, ' Train Up a Child,' 
 etc. the ' Irish Orange Girl,' and the ' Silken Gown.' Mr. Faed's 
 pictures sent to the Royal Academy for exhibition in the present 
 year are a group of six figures, ' Baith Faither and Mither,' and 
 ' Our Washing-Day,' with a single figure. 
 
 A small collection, but embracing some of the finest of the works 
 above mentioned, and several others, among the rest, *■ Conquered 
 but not Subdued,' ' Daddie's Coming,' and ' Coming Events Cast 
 their Shadows Before,' were to be seen some twelve months since 
 at Messrs. Jennings's Rooms, Cheapside. 
 
 Mr. Faod can scarcely be said to have reached the height of his 
 powers, and the future before him promises to be a brilliant one. 
 
MAJOR-GENEKAL SIR H. C. RAWLINSON, 
 KC.B., D.C.L., F.R.S. 
 
 Sir Henry Creswicke Rawliiison, one of the most distinguished 
 men among the many men of abihty which the service of the East 
 India Company has produced, was born at Chadlington, in the 
 county of Oxford, the seat of his father, Abram Tyzack Rawhn- 
 son, Esq., in the year 1810. Mr. Rawlinson was famous in the 
 county for his zeal in all field sports, and for his skill in rearing 
 and training race-horses, with one of which, " Coronation,^' he 
 won the Derby in the year 1841. 
 
 Sir Henry Rawlinson received the greater portion of his educa- 
 tion at the well-known School of Ealing, near London, and from 
 this he proceeded, at the early age of seventeen, to Bombay, 
 where he served in the Bombay Grenadier Regiment till the year 
 1833. During this period few events occurred which gave him 
 any prospect of distinguishing himself : however, besides passing 
 an Interpreter's examination in Hindustani and Mahratta, he had 
 time to perfect himself in the study of Persian, the knowledge of 
 which proved of great value to him in his later career. It was, 
 indeed, mainly in conseqvieuce of his remarkable proficiency in this 
 language, that he obtained the appointment in 1833 which sent 
 him for the six following years to Persia, nominally to train the 
 Shah's army in European warfare and tactics, but with far more 
 valuable results to science, in that his residence in Persia enabled 
 him to commence and gradually perfect that wonderful interpreta- 
 tion of the Cuneiform inscriptions for which his name will ever live 
 among historians and scholars. 
 
 He would seem during these years to have been fully occupied 
 alike with his military and his philological studies, and to have re- 
 sided chiefly at Kermanshah, though, at the same time, he was able, 
 
 VOL. II. M 
 
70 SIR H. C. RAWLINSON. 
 
 as we know from various admirable reports lie forwarded to the Go- 
 vernment of the day, to travel over nearly all the western pro- 
 vinces of Persia, and to make minute and valuable researches into 
 their past and present geography. 
 
 At the end of 1838, in consequence of the rupture of diplomatic 
 relations between the Bi-itish and the Persian Governments, he 
 was compelled to retire to Baghdad, where he occupied himself in 
 arranging for publication the materials that he had collected du- 
 ring his six years^ service in Persia. He was not, however, long- 
 permitted to remain in lettered seclusion at that city. War 
 had broken out between the Indian Government and the Afghan 
 Empire, and Sir John Keane had been sent across the Indus 
 with the mad object of forcing upon an unwilling people a ruler 
 whom they detested and had once already rejected. Under these 
 circumstances, and just as he had completed for publication his 
 first essay on the decipherment of the Cuneiform texts from Be- 
 histun, Sir Henry (then Major) Eawlinson was recalled from Bagh- 
 dad to India, and placed under the orders of the Envoy at Cabul. 
 In the spring of 1840 he travelled from Bombay to Cabul, and on 
 his arrival at the Afghan capital was appointed joint Envoy with 
 Arthur Conolly, to visit the Uzbeg Courts of Khiva and Kokan. 
 
 Before the mission, however, started, the state of Western Af- 
 ghanistan induced Sir W. Macnaghten to order Major Rawlinson 
 to that quarter. In the summer of 1840, the lamented Conolly 
 set out on his fatal journey alone, and Major Rawlinson took u]i 
 his abode at Candahar as Political Agent for Western Afghani- 
 stan. He remained in this post for more than two years, and did 
 not return to India till the end of 1842, when the successes of the 
 armies under Sir W. Nott and Sir George Pollock had retrieved 
 in some degree the disasters the English had suffered at Cabul 
 under General Elphinstone. 
 
 He now remained for a year in India, settling the accounts of 
 the Candahar force, at the expiration of which time he was ap- 
 pointed by Lord Ellenborough to the Political Agency of Turkish 
 Arabia, as a reward for his Afghan services. Arriving at Bagh- 
 dad in December, 1833, he received shortly afterwards, in March, 
 1844, his commission as H.B.M. Consul. In 1850, he obtained 
 the local rank of Lieutenant- Colonel in Turkey ; and in 1851 he be- 
 came Consul-General. In this position, he remained at Baghdad, 
 
SIK H. C. RAWLINSON. 71 
 
 with the exception of a brief visit to England, the first he had made 
 after twenty-two years of incessant service in the East, till 1 855, 
 when he finally left Baghdad, and, resigning bis post, settled in 
 England. Shortly after this he was appointed a Crown Director 
 of the East India Company, and subsequently formed one of the 
 (Jouncil of India, resigning, at the same time, his seat in the 
 House of Commons, where he served for one session as M.P. for 
 Reigate. 
 
 In April, 1859, on the retirement of Mr. Murray, he was sent, 
 at the direct instance of the Queen, as Envoy Extraordinary and 
 Minister Plenipotentiary to the Court of Teheran, with the local 
 rank of Major-General, and remained in this appointment till June, 
 1861, when he returned to England. Sir Henry Rawlinson has 
 received many honours, both for his public and his literary ser- 
 vices. He is a Military C.B. (1844), and a Civil K.C.B. (1856) ; 
 a K.L.S, and K.D. for services in Persia and Afghanistan; also a 
 Chevalier of the '^ Order of Merit " of Prussia. In England he is 
 an F.R.S., D.C.L. of Oxford, and LL.D. of Cambridge, also Direc- 
 tor of the Royal Asiatic Society, and Vice-President both of the 
 Royal Geographical Society and Royal Society of Literature, and 
 a Fellow of numerous other societies besides. Abroad he is a 
 Corresponding Member of the Institute of France, and he has 
 received diplomas from the Academies of Munich, Pesth, Amster- 
 dam, and Cambridge in America, and also from the Oriental and 
 Geographical Societies of Berlin and Leipsic. 
 
 It is certain that Sir Henry Rawlinson will be best known to 
 posterity, as a military man, for his memorable defence of Kan- 
 dahar, — and as a scholar, for his complete deciphering, first of 
 the Persian branch, and ultimately of the Assyrian class of the 
 Cuneiform inscriptions. We shall therefore say a few words now 
 on each of these subjects. 
 
 We have stated that in June, 1840, Sir Henry Rawlinson was 
 sent from Cabul to undertake the responsible post of Political 
 Agent at Candahar to the Anglo-Indian army under Sir W. Nott. 
 The times were most critical. Since the famous entry of Shah 
 Shujah into that city, in April, 1 839, escorted by Sir John Keane's 
 army, the English had stormed and taken Ghaznee, and, advan- 
 cing to Cabul, had placed the Shah on his throne : a short breath- 
 ing-time had occurred, till at length the outbreak commenced at 
 
rl SIR H. C. RAWLINSON. 
 
 Cabul on November 1st, 1841, and ended, as is well known, in 
 the entire destruction of all the English troops that had assembled 
 around the capital of the Afghan Shah. 
 
 The news of this event did not reach General Nott at Can- 
 dahar immediately, but the tribes around that town were at once 
 observed to be in a state of great disturbance, and a detached 
 force under Colonel Maclaren, which had marched from Candahar 
 southwards towards India on November 7th, was promptly recalled 
 for the defence of the place on the advice of Major Rawlinson ; and 
 it appeared that this step was taken not a day too soon, as accounts 
 soon after arrived of the insurrection at Cabul, with bad tidings 
 from Colonel Palmer at Ghaznee and Major Leech at Kelat-i- 
 Ghilgi, showing clearly enough that the whole intervening country 
 was up in arms. Major Rawlinson was now for some time engaged 
 in attempting negotiations with the different chiefs of the neigh- 
 bourhood, or in sowing seeds of disunion among- them. Neither plan, 
 however, fully succeeded, and he at length resolved on one of the 
 boldest steps ever taken by an officer supported by so small a force 
 (probably not more than from 4000 to 5000 serviceable troops), \nz. 
 the compulsory expulsion from a town numbering some 80,000 to 
 100.000 people, of all the Afghan and therefore disaffected families. 
 After long pondering over this step, Rawlinson finally executed it 
 on the 3rd of March, 1842, and compelled some 6000 persons to 
 depart at a moment's notice, — a measure no doubt involving much 
 suffering and some injustice, but absolutely necessary under the 
 circumstances in which the handful of English troops under Nott 
 and Rawlinson found themselves. It is right to add, that in all 
 his plans, Rawlinson was on the whole well supported by General 
 Nott, though the letters of the General show plainly enough 
 that he had little sympathy with, and no belief in "■ Politicals." 
 
 The 10th of March and the night following were probably the 
 most trying of Rawlinson's life. After the clearing of the city. 
 General Nott marched out with nearly his whole force to attack 
 the Afghans without the walls. As he advanced, they fell back, 
 making, however, a feint to fight. When they had enticed the 
 unwaiy General far enough, the bulk of them doubling upon 
 him fell back upon the city, Avhich they attacked with the utmost 
 fury till midnight of that day. The enemy were, however, com- 
 plet-ely baffled l)y the determined courage of Colonel Lane and Major 
 
SIR H. C. RAWLINSON. 73 
 
 Eawlinson, who resisted all their attempts, step by step, — blocking- 
 up the burning Herat gate with bags of corn, or poui'inginto them 
 vollies and vollies of musketry, which told with dreadful effect upon 
 their crowded and ill-disciplined host. On the 12th Nott returned, 
 and from this time Candahar was safe. It however owed this 
 safety wholly to the pluck of Rawlinson and Lane, for the General 
 had been clearly out-manoeuvred by the Afghan chiefs, and mainly 
 by one Mirza Ahmed. Eawlinson remained at Candahar till the 
 final advance of the army to which he was attached, resisting, in 
 perfect harmony with Gleneral Nott, successive orders, first from 
 General Elphinstone at Cabul, and, latterly, from the new and 
 vacillating Governor-General, Lord Ellenborough, to give up Can- 
 dahar and fall back either to Cabul or India. There can be no 
 doubt that their firmness saved the army entrusted to them, and 
 enabled it in the autumn of 1842 to march via Kelat-i-Ghilgi and 
 Ghaznee, and thus to make its celebrated junction at Cabul with 
 the army under Sir George Pollock, who had come by the famous 
 passes from Jelalabad. During the whole of this period Major Eaw- 
 linson' s services were of the highest value, as is clear from the 
 luminous dispatches which he, on several occasions, transmitted to 
 the authorities ; nay, more than this, it is not too much to say 
 that, in spite of General Nott's horror of " Politicals,'' he would 
 have been much less successful had he not had the constant prac- 
 tical advice of a man so thoroughly acquainted with the natives 
 as his Political Agent happened to be. 
 
 On the second head, our debt to Sir Henry Eawlinson, as one 
 of the first Oriental scholars of the day, may be said to commence 
 from the time when, at his solitary post near Kermanshah, in 
 Persia, he first seriously devoted himself to the interpretation of 
 the famous trilingual inscription, in Persian, Babylonian, and Me- 
 dian Cuneiform writing, still existing on the face of the mountain 
 of Behistan. 
 
 We gather from his famous Memoir in the Tenth Volume of 
 the ' Asiatic Journal,' that he commenced his researches in 1835, 
 by an analysis of certain sculptured tablets at Hamadan ; that by the 
 end of 1837 he had copied and deciphered the principal paragraphs 
 on the Behistun monument, and that during that winter he for- 
 warded to London the translation of the first two paragraphs, 
 which contain the titles and genealogy of Darius, the son of 
 
74 SIR H. C. RAWLINSON. 
 
 Hystaspes. During 1838, and the early part of 1839, he was still 
 engaged on the same work, the latter portion of the time, while 
 resident at Baghdad, enabling him to finish his first memoir on 
 the subject. Finding, however, that during his long absence in the 
 East, in localities where books were not to be procured, many valu- 
 able papers, especially those by Burnouf and Lassen, had been pub- 
 lished in Europe, he resolved entirely to recast his Memoir, and 
 was engaged in this task when, as we have seen, he was recalled 
 from Baghdad to India, and was therefore not able to resume it 
 again for three years. Ultimately, the Memoir was published, with 
 facsimiles of the inscriptions, in 1846, nine years after it was first 
 sketched out. Since that period Sir Henry Eawlinson has worked 
 with great assiduity at the Cuneiform inscriptions, the study of 
 the first branch, the Persian, having led to the complete develop- 
 ment of the far more difficult Assyrian. With this view he has 
 been for several years engaged with Mr. Norris in the publication 
 of the extensive collection of Assyrian texts preserved in the 
 British Museum, one volume of which, in folio, was published in 
 the year 1861, another being now nearly ready for the press. 
 Shortly, too, after his first return to England, in 1850, he assisted 
 in editing a portion of the volume of inscriptions collected by Mr. 
 Layard during his travels. 
 
 Sir Henry Rawlinson has been an active contributor of most 
 valuable papers to some of the best journals in England. Thus, 
 to the early volumes of the Geographical Society he has contri- 
 buted, during the period he was resident in Persia, three valu- 
 able papers: — 1. On a march from Zohab along the mountains 
 of Zagros to Khuzistan. 2. A journey from Tabriz through Per- 
 sian Kurdistan to Takht-i- Suleiman, etc. 3. A memoir on the 
 Atropatenian Ecbatana ; and, more recently. Notes on the Ancient 
 Geography of Mohammerah and its Vicinity, and a letter on the 
 Comparative Geography of Afghanistan. Of these, the Memoir on 
 the Atropatenian Ecbatana is perhaps the most remarkable paper, 
 for the extraordinary amount of classical and Oriental learning it 
 contains, that has ever been published in the journal of any 
 society. 
 
 To the Society of Antiquaries Sir Henry Rawlinson has given 
 a short paper on the Sculptured Rock of Beliistun, published in 
 1850 ; and to the Royal Society of Literature a very interesting 
 
SIR H, C. KAvV^LINSON. 75 
 
 one on the illustrations of Egyptian History and Antiquities from 
 Cuneiform Inscriptions, published in the Seventh Volume of their 
 Transactions (1862). To the Asiatic Society of London he has 
 given the entire Tenth Volume, to which we have more than once 
 alluded, as containing the complete working out of the problem 
 of the interpretation of the Persian Cuneiform inscriptions ; a 
 Vocabulary of the ancient Persian language, and an Analysis of 
 the Babylonian Inscriptions at Behistun, together with a Memoir 
 on the Babylonian Inscriptions, which have not been completed, 
 chiefly owing to the pressure of more important work; a ge- 
 neral account of the inscriptions of Assyria and Babylonia, and 
 especially of the Nimrod Obelisk, the substance of two oral 
 addresses made by him to the Society on Januaiy 19 and Feb- 
 ruary 16, 1850; 'Outlines on Assyrian History,' 1852. 'Early 
 History of Babylonia,' 1854. ' On the Birs-i-Nimrud, or Great 
 Temple at Borsippa,' 1855 ; and ' The Orthography of some of the 
 Later Royal Names of Assyrian and Babylonian History,' 1855. 
 In all of these the student will perceive the same wonderful power 
 of grasping and dealing with details, which he will observe in his 
 great paper on the Atropatenian Ecbatana. Sir Henry Rawlinson 
 has, too, supplied his brother's translation of Herodotus with a 
 vast number of valuable notes, and with some most learned and 
 comprehensive essays upon various topics of Assyrian history. 
 
 It could hardly be that any one dealing with topics so difficult 
 and subjects so abstruse should not have met with many oppo- 
 nents, not a few disbelievers, and some jealous and ill-tempered 
 detractors. To them he may well quote the words of M. de 
 Longperier, himself better qualified than most men to give an 
 opinion on the subject : '' Jamais il nous trouvera dans le rang de 
 ceux qui denigrent les travaux philologiques, et nous serons heureux 
 de pouvoir bientot faire part aux antiquaires de notre pays des 
 perfectionnemens et des progres sur les quels incontestable eru- 
 dition de M. Rawlinson nous donne le droit de compter." (Revue 
 Archeol., Nov. 1850.) 
 
 The public is but imperfectly acquainted with the circumstances 
 under which Sir Henry Rawlinson relinquished his honourable and 
 lucrative post as Her Majesty's Minister in Persia, and retired 
 into private life in England ; but we have reason to think that it 
 occurred as follows. Sir Henry undertook the duty as an Indian 
 
76 SIR H. C. RAWLINSON. 
 
 officer under the Secretary of State for India, and with the full 
 understanding that his mission was to be conducted on the same 
 liberal footing, and subject to the same general policy, as the other 
 Eastern missions upon which he had served. Shortly after his 
 arrival, however, in Persia, he found the mission summarily trans- 
 ferred to the Foreign Office. His liberty of action was at once 
 curtailed ; his hands fettered with " red tape ;" and his dealings 
 with the Shah placed, as he termed it, " under the strait- waistcoat 
 of European diplomacy.'' Believing it to be impossible to conso- 
 lidate relations between the British and Persian Governments 
 under such conditions, and feeling, moreover, that faith had not 
 been kept with him, he resigned his post and returned to Eng- 
 land ; but it is a matter of notoriety that, during his brief tenure 
 of the office of Minister at Teheran, he acquired a degree of per- 
 sonal influence both with the Shah and his Court that has never 
 been attained by any other European since the days of Malcolm. 
 Sir Henry's qualifications, indeed, as a diplomatist are not inferior 
 to his claims as a military man or as a scholar. Among the many 
 papers which he has drawn up on public affairs, we may refer to 
 an article on our " Political Relations with Pei^sia," in the ' Cal- 
 cutta Review' for 1849 ; a pamphlet on the " Overland Telegraph 
 to India," pubhshed by J. Murray in 1862 ; and very pointed 
 speeches on the " Transfer of the Government of India to the 
 Crown ;" on the " Career of Sir James Outram," etc. etc. 
 
W. B. CARPENTER, M.D., RR.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., 
 
 REGISTRAR OF THE UNIVERSITY OP LONDON. 
 
 Dr. William Benjamin Carpenter is the eldest son of tlie late 
 Dr. Lant Carpenter, a dissenting minister liighly esteemed for the 
 philanthropy of his character and his success in education, though 
 more widely known as an able writer on theological subjects : and 
 is the brother of Miss Mary Carpenter, whose labours in the cause 
 of juvenile reformation have gained for her a most honourable 
 distinction. He was born in Exeter, on the 29th of October, 1813; 
 but his family having removed to Bristol in 1817, the latter city 
 became his home during his youth and eai-ly manhood. He re- 
 ceived his general education entirely under his father's roof, where 
 he enjoyed the advantage not merely of an excellent training in 
 the ordinary branches of school study, but also of sound elemen- 
 tary instruction in physics and chemistry. His own tastes took 
 so strongly the direction of science, as to lead him earnestly to 
 desire to prepare himself for the profession of a civil engineer ; but 
 the development of the railway system having at that time scarce- 
 ly commenced, no opening seemed to present itself in the line of 
 his choice ; and he was induced by the wishes of his family to ac- 
 cept an offer made by his father's intimate friend Mr. J. B. Estliu 
 (a general practitioner of high standing in Bristol, and brother-in- 
 law of Dr. Prichard) to receive him as his pupil, and to prepare 
 him for the medical profession. He commenced his apprentice- 
 ship to that gentleman in 1828 ; and during the latter part of it 
 attended lectures at the Bristol Medical School, and hospital prac- 
 tice at the Bristol Infirmary. His scientific tastes also were cul- 
 tivated by the opportunity he enjoyed of attending the excellent 
 courses of lectures delivered at that period in the Bristol Philo- 
 sophical and Literary Institution : his obligations to which, for tlic 
 
 VOL. II. N 
 
78 mi. W. B. CARPENTER. 
 
 advantages he derived from it during the earlier part of his stu- 
 dent-life, he has taken many opportunities of pubhcly acknow- 
 ledging. In the winter of 1882, he was requested to accom- 
 pany Mr. Estlin, the state of whose health made it desirable for 
 him to have recourse for a time to a warm climate, to the West 
 Indies ; and with him he resided for four months on a sugar- estate, 
 in the beautiful island of St. Vincent, also visiting Grenada. 
 
 On his return home, he resumed his professional studies at the 
 Bristol Infirmary and Medical School, and thence proceeded to 
 London in the autumn of 1834, attending lectures at University 
 College, and medical and surgical practice at the Middlesex Hos- 
 pital, where he acted for a time as clinical clerk to Dr. Watson. 
 In addition to the ordinary curriculum of professional study, he 
 entered to the course delivered by Dr. Grant, on Comparative 
 Anatomy ; from which he carried away not only a large amount of 
 valuable information, but also an earnest love of the subject, as 
 one to which his special attention should be directed if opportu- 
 nity should serve. In the autumn of 1835 he passed his exami- 
 nations at the College of Surgeons and Apothecaries^ Hall, and 
 then proceeded to Edinburgh, where he devoted himself in the first 
 instance to the study of Physiology under Dr Alison, and of Ma- 
 teria Medica under Dr. Christison, and also to that of Clinical 
 Medicine in the Royal Infirmary, where he was clinical clerk under 
 Professors Alison, Christison, and Traill. He also joined the Royal 
 Medical Society, of which he became an active member ; and he 
 there formed intimacies with several young men of his own or 
 more advanced standing, who have since risen to distinction. 
 Returning to Edinburgh in the ensuing session, he was elected 
 the first of the four annual Presidents of the Society ; and in that 
 capacity delivered the Oration at its Centenary Commemoration, 
 February 17, 1837. 
 
 Having been offered the Lectureship on Medical Jui'isprudence 
 in the Bristol Medical School, and having determined to enter 
 upon general practice in Bristol, he did not remain at Edinburgh 
 during the third winter which would then have been required for 
 gi-aduation ; but delivered his first course of lectures in the summer 
 session of 1837, and applied himself to the practice of his profes- 
 sion, with the intention of devoting his leisure hours to the scien- 
 tific pursuits in which he felt a stronger interest. A paper which 
 
DK. W. B, CARPENTER. 79 
 
 lie had read at the Royal Medical Society of Edinburgh, " On the 
 Voluntary and Instinctive Actions of Living Beings/' and which 
 contained the germ of much that he subsequently developed in 
 his writings on the physiology of the nervous system, had been 
 already published in the ' Edinb. Med. and Surg. Journal ; ' and in 
 July, 1887, appeared the first of his contributions (an article on Ve- 
 getable Physiology) to the ' British and Foreign Medical Review/ 
 then edited by Drs. Forbes and Conolly. In the same year he became 
 a competitor for the '' Students' Prize,'' subscribed for by the stu- 
 dents, and adjudged by certain of the Professors, of the University 
 of Edinburgh ; the subject being one proposed by Professor Ahson, 
 " On the difference of the Laws regulating Vital and Physical 
 Phenomena." His essay proving the successful one, he appro- 
 priated the prize (£30) to the purchase of a Microscope ; and from 
 that time microscopic research became a leading object of his 
 pursuit. The principal part of his prize essay was published in 
 the ' Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal,' for April, 1838. The 
 ' British and Foreign Medical Review,' of the same date, con- 
 tained two elaborate articles from l:is pen : one of them, entitled 
 " Physiology an Inductive Science," being a critique on the portion 
 of Dr. Whewell's 'History of the Inductive Sciences' which re- 
 lates to that subject ; whilst the other, " On the Physiology of the 
 Spinal Marrow," discusses very fully the doctrine of reflex action, 
 then recently propounded as new by Dr. Marshall Hall. This last 
 essay, though vehemently complained of by Dr. M. Hall as not 
 doing justice to his merits, has been generally accepted by compe- 
 tent judges as a fair statement of the aspect which the question 
 presented at that date, and as having placed the discussion of it 
 upon a broader basis, as regards both the general doctrines of 
 neuro-physiology and the history of those doctrines, than that to 
 which Dr. M. Hall had himself been disposed to restrict it. 
 
 The subject of our biography was at this time applying himself 
 to the execution of a design which had graduall}^ matured itself in 
 his mind — the production of a treatise on " General and Compara- 
 tive Physiology," intended as an introduction to the study of human 
 physiology, and as a guide to the philosophical pursuit of iiatural 
 history; of which the first edition was published at the end of 
 1838. The novelty of its plan, and the general merits of its exe- 
 cution, obtained for this work a more favourable reception than 
 
80 
 
 DK. W. B. CARPENTER. 
 
 luig-lit have been justified by a severe scrutiny ; the author's know- 
 ledge having been drawn rather from books than from nature, and 
 his power seeming rather to be that of systematizing the facts col- 
 lected by others, than of adding to the store by original research. 
 As a training and discipline to his own mind, the course of study 
 which he went through in its production was most valuable to 
 him ; and he has had reason to believe that even in its original 
 crudity, the work was of service in giving a scientific direction to 
 the studies of others. But the reputation which it gained for him 
 was rather injurious than beneficial in regard to his prospect of 
 success in practice, and did not, at the time, appear to open the 
 way for him to any other means of maintaining himself. 
 
 Some alterations in the regulations of the University of Edin- 
 burgh having enabled him to graduate by three months' addi- 
 tional residence, he proceeded thither early in 1839, and took his 
 M.D. degree in that year; sending in as his Thesis a dissertation 
 which he had previously read at the Royal Medical Society, " On 
 the Physiological Inferences to be deduced from the Structure of 
 the Nervous System of Invertebrated Animals." In this thesis, 
 which obtained for its author one of the four gold medals then 
 annually adjudged by the Senatus to the best productions of the 
 kind, he applied the doctrines of reflex action to the nervous 
 systems of Articulated and Molluscous animals, basing this appli- 
 cation, however, not upon any original results either of anatomical 
 or of experimental inquiry, but upon the facts of both kinds which 
 had been already determined. These he showed to be inconsistent 
 with the doctrines in regard to the functions of the gangliated cord 
 in Insects, etc., which had, up to that time, been taught by Grant 
 and Newport, on the basis of Sir C. Bell's views of the endow- 
 ments of the different columns of the spinal cord in Vertebrata ; 
 and to be only explicable on the idea of each ganglion being an 
 independent centre of reflex action for the organs supplied by 
 itself, the actions of the whole series of ganglia being co-ordinated 
 by the directing agency of the cephalic ganglia conveyed by the 
 fibrous strands proceeding from them. The views thus advo- 
 cated were at once adopted by Professor Owen and several other 
 eminent physiologists, though opposed in the first instance by Mr. 
 Newport ; the subsequent inquiries of that excellent investigator, 
 however, satisfied him of the correctness of Dr. Carpenter's doc- 
 
DK. W. B. CARPENTER. 81 
 
 trine, which was fully adopted by him in a memoir published in 
 the Philosophical Transactions for 1843 ; and since that time it has 
 passed into general acceptance. 
 
 In the course of the next year Dr. Carpenter made up his mind 
 to devote himself to the cultivation of Physiological Science, and to 
 seek his livelihood in lecturing, private teaching, and the use of 
 his pen, rather than undertake the responsibilities and subject 
 himself to the distractions of medical practice. He exchanged 
 his lectureship in the Bristol Medical School for one on Physio- 
 logy ; and in the next year he brought out a second edition of his 
 first work, wliich was speedily followed by his ' Principles of Hu- 
 man Physiology.' After completing this, he applied himself to 
 the study of the microscopic structure of the shells of Mollusca, 
 Crustacea, and Echinodermata, the first results of which were 
 communicated to the British Association at its meeting in 1845, 
 and were published in the *^ Annals of Natural History' for that year ; 
 the details of his subsequent more extended researches, carried on 
 by the assistance of grants from the Association, being published 
 in its Reports for 1844 and 1847, with forty plates lithographed 
 from original drawings. By these inquiries, which first gained 
 for him a repute as an original investigator, he discovered that a 
 very definite structural arrangement exists in the shells of Mol- 
 lusca generally, which presents modifications that serve in many 
 instances to characterize natural groups. The group of Bnichio- 
 poda, in particular, he showed to be thus distinguishable from other 
 bivalves ; and he further found that among the Brachiopods them- 
 selves, certain groups of species are differentiated from the rest 
 by having their shells perforated with large canals, which are 
 occupied in the living animal by coecal prolongations of the mantle. 
 This latter portion of the inquiry was subsequently extended by 
 Dr. Carpenter through a much greater range, at the request of 
 Mr. Davidson ; to whose elaborate work on British Fossil Brachio- 
 poda (published by the Palfeontographical Society) he contri- 
 buted an Introductory Memoir on the Microscopic Structure of 
 the Shells of that group. In regard to the Echinodermata, he 
 demonstrated that the calcareous reticulation which had been 
 found by Professor Miiller to constitute the basis of the skeleton 
 in Pentacrinus, and of which Professor Valentin had shown the 
 " test " and " spines " of the Echinus to be composed, exists in 
 
82 mi. W. B. CARPENTER. 
 
 some form or other through the entire class^ of which its presence 
 is a characteristic feature. And he was the first to show that the 
 shells of the larger Decapod Crustacea have a tubular structure 
 resembling that of dentine. 
 
 Although commenced in Bristol, these researches were chiefly 
 prosecuted in London, whither Dr. Carpenter had removed in 
 1844, on his appointment to the FuUerian Professorship of Phy- 
 siology in the Royal Institution. In that year also he was elected 
 a Fellow of the Royal Society. In 1845 he became joint-Lecturer 
 with Mr. Adams on Anatomy and Physiology at the London Hos- 
 pital, undertaking the portion of the course devoted to General 
 Anatomy and Physiology, which he continued to give for twelve 
 years. In 1847 he was appointed Examiner in Physiology and 
 Comparative Anatomy in the University of London, which post he 
 held until he succeeded to the Registrarship ; and in the same 
 year (his term as Fullerian Professor having expired) he was 
 elected by the Trustees of the British Museum to the Swineyan 
 Lectureship on Geology, an appointment tenable for five years 
 only. About the same time he succeeded Dr. Forbes in the edi- 
 torship of the ' British and Foreign Medical Review,^ to which he 
 had been a constant contributor on physiological and psycho- 
 logical subjects from the date of his first connection with it ; the 
 Physiology of the Nervous System, in particular, having been very 
 fully discussed in its pages ; and an article on the Physiology of 
 the Encephalon (October, 1846), having given a blow to the Gall 
 and Spurzheim system of Phrenology, from which it has never since 
 recovered. Advantage was taken of Dr. Forbes' s retirement to 
 unite with his Journal the ' Medico- Chirurgical Review,^ origi- 
 nally established by Dr. Johnson ; and to the ' British and Foreign 
 Medico- Chirurgical Review' thus constituted. Dr. Carpenter de- 
 voted a large amount of time and energy during the next five 
 years ; not only bestowing on it a careful editorial supervision, 
 but continuing to contribute largely on a greater range of sub- 
 jects than he had discussed under Dr. Forbes's editorship. Thus, 
 in the first number of the new Review (January, 1848), he drew 
 attention to the treatise of Steenstrup on the "Alternation of 
 Generations," and to the researches of Sir J. G. Dalyell on the 
 Development of Zoophytes ; and showed that the so-called " alter- 
 nation" of form occurs only between the products of the gem- 
 
DR. W. B. CARPENTER. 83 
 
 wiparons and of the sexual methods of multiplication, the latter 
 only being truly entitled to the title " generation/' and its products 
 being always the same. The essential distinction between the two 
 methods, notwithstanding the close apparent similarity which they 
 present in many instances, he sustained in a subsequent critique of 
 Professor Owen's ' Parthenogenesis ;' and he had the satisfaction of 
 finding the same view independently promulgated by Mr. Huxley, 
 as the result of his researches on the Acalephce. Another of his 
 contributions to the Review, " On the Predisposing Causes of Epi- 
 demics " (January,' 1853), in which he attempted to show that all 
 the recognized agencies which prepare the body for the reception 
 and development of zymotic poisons, have one common viodiis 
 operandi, attracted considerable attention amongst those who have 
 specially studied the conditions of the spread of those diseases. 
 
 In 1849, Dr. Carpenter was appointed Professor of Medical Ju- 
 risprudence at University College, as the successor to Dr. A. T. 
 Thomson; and this chair he continued to hold until 1859. In 
 1850 he published, in the 'Quarterly Journal of the Geological 
 Society,' a paper on the Microscopic Structure of Nnmmuliies and 
 cei'tain allied genera, which was the first of his contributions to a 
 department of zoological research — the Natural History of the 
 Foramimfera — to which he has since devoted a large amount of 
 successful labour. In the same year he communicated to the 
 Royal Society a memoir " On the Mutual Relations of the Vital 
 and Physical Forces /' in which he showed the apjDlication of the 
 views not long before promulgated by Mr. Grove on the '' Corre- 
 lation of the Physical Forces " to Physiological science ; main- 
 taining that what is called " vital force " really has its origin in 
 solar light and heat, not (as generally taught up to that date) in 
 a power inherent in the germ ; that which the germ supplies, 
 according to his views, being the directive agency by which forces 
 derived ah externo are used in the building-up and maintenance of 
 the organism. This memoir, which Avas published in the Philo- 
 sophical Transactions for 1851, made little impression at the time ; 
 but its conclusions have since been accepted as a part of the ge- 
 neral doctrine of " Conservation of Energy," previously pro- 
 mulgated by Mayer and Helmholtz, but not at that time known 
 beyond Germany. 
 
 In the spring of 1851, Dr. Carpenter published a third edition 
 
84 DR. W. B. CARPENTER. 
 
 of his ' Genei^al and Comparative Physiology,' to the preparation of 
 which he liad devoted all the time he could spare for two years, en- 
 deavouring to make it as complete in every respect as the existing 
 state of scientific knowledge admitted. And he then applied him- 
 self to the preparation of a fourth editon of his ' Human Physio- 
 logy,' similarly recast in an improved form, with the addition of 
 an outline of the operations of the Mind, in which he developed 
 those views of the relation of its automatic to its volitional activity, 
 which had been suggested to him by the study of the parallel 
 phenomena presented by the Nervous System. Of these physio- 
 logical treatises it has been said, by a high scientific authority,* 
 that they " have served, more perhaps than any others of their 
 time, to spread the knowledge of those sciences, and promote 
 their study among a large class of readers ;" and that, '' whilst they 
 admirably fulfil their purpose as systematic expositions of the 
 current state of knowledge on the subjects which they compre- 
 hend, they afford evidence throughout of much depth and extent 
 of original thought on most of the great questions of physiology." 
 About this time also he prepared for the ' Cyclopasdia of Ana- 
 tomy and Physiology ' an article on the " Vai'ieties of the Hu- 
 man Race ;" in which he strongly upheld the doctrine of their 
 specific unity, as that which is alone consistent with an enlarged 
 view of their physiological and psychological relations. 
 
 In 1852, Dr. Carpenter was induced to undertake the oflSce 
 of Principal of University Hall ; an institution on the plan of 
 the Halls at Oxford and Cambridge, for the reception of stu- 
 dents at University College. On accepting this appointment 
 he relinquished the editorship of the 'Medical Review,' which 
 had greatly interfered with his scientific pursuits ; and devoted 
 such time as he could command to the study of the Austra- 
 lian and Philippine Foraminifera, which had been placed in his 
 hands by Mr. Jukes and Mr. Cuming, and which furnished the 
 materials of four memoirs successively presented to the Royal 
 Society, between 1856 and 1860. In these memoirs, which were 
 devoted to the elucidation of the minute structure of the most 
 highly- developed forms of the class. Dr. Carpenter " described 
 some remarkable types which were previously quite unknown ; he 
 
 * Sir B. Brodie's Presidential Address at the Annual Meeting of the Eoyal 
 Society in 18()1. 
 
DR. W. B. CARPENTER. 85 
 
 gave a detailed account of the very complex organization existing 
 alike in the foregoing and m types previously well known by ex- 
 ternal configuration ; he demonstrated the entire fallacy of the ar- 
 tificial sj^stem of classification (D'Orbigny^s) hitherto in vogue, the 
 primary divisions of which are based ou the plan of growth ; he 
 laid the foundation of a natural system, based on those characters 
 in the internal structure and conformation of the shell, which are 
 most closely related to the physiological conditions of the ani- 
 mal ; and finally, by the comparison of very large numbers of in- 
 dividuals, he proved the existence of an extremely wide range of 
 variation among the leading types of Foraminifera ; often reas- 
 sembling u.nder a single species varying forms, which, for want of 
 a sufficiently careful study, had not merely been separated into 
 distinct species, but had been arranged under differeat genera, 
 families, and even orders. In this last conclusion, which has an 
 important bearing on the question of the real value and meaning 
 of natural history species generally. Dr. Carpenter's conclusions 
 were fully borne out by the parallel inquiries of Messrs. Parker 
 and Eupert Jones ; which, relating to an extensive series of less 
 developed types not especially studied by him, have formed, as it 
 were, the complement of his own.''^* 
 
 During this period Dr. Carpenter was also giving much atten- 
 tion to that very cm-ious psychological inquiry, the nature of those 
 states to which the terms Mesmerism, Hypnotism, Electro-biology, 
 Odylism, etc., have been applied ; and he embodied the results of 
 his inquiries in an article entitled ^'What to believe in Mesme- 
 rism," etc., contributed to the ' Quarterly Review,' for October, 
 
 1853. In this article he applied the doctrine of the automatic 
 action of the mind under the influence of Suggestion, the Will 
 being in abeyance, to the explanation of the phenomena of the 
 conditions alluded to, — an explanation which has proved equally 
 applicable to the genuine phenomena (those which are referable to 
 trickery or to self-deception being excluded), since known under 
 the general designation Spiritualism. 
 
 Whilst residing for a short time at Tenby, in the suQimer of 
 
 1854, with Messrs, G. Busk and Huxley, Dr. Carpenter applied 
 himself to the study of the curious phenomena presented by the 
 
 * Address of the President of the Eoyal Society at the Annual Meeting, 
 1861. 
 
86 DR. W. 15. CAKPENTER. 
 
 embryonic development of Firqiura lajnUus (rock-whelk), which 
 abounds in that locality. Each of the nidamental capsules of this 
 species contains several hundred egg-like bodies, from which, 
 however, only about thirty embryos are evolved, each of them 
 many times larger than the ovum from which it originated ; and 
 it had been affirmed by MM. Koren and Danielssen that the en- 
 tire assemblage of ova coalesces into a single mass, which sub- 
 sequently breaks up into a smaller number of portions, each of 
 which developes itself into an embryo. Dr. Carpenter, on the 
 other hand, was led to the conclusion that of the total number of 
 egg-like bodies only a few are real ova, the rest being yolk- 
 segments; and that while the former develope themselves into 
 embryos, after the usual plan of aquatic Gasteropods, it is the 
 latter alone which coalesce. To the mass thus formed the embryos 
 attach themselves by their mouths, and gradually ingest the par- 
 ticles of which it is composed, until it is all shared among them ; 
 they thus become distended to many times their original bulk, and 
 on the additional store of nutriment thus obtained, their develop- 
 ment is carried on to an advanced stage within the capsule. Dr. 
 Carpenter's account of the process was warmly attacked by MM. 
 Koren and Danielssen ; but it has been fully confirmed by M. Cla- 
 parede and other trustworthy inquirers ; and there seems a strong 
 probability that it is true of the Pectinibranchiate Gasteropods 
 generally, since in many of them the like replacement of numerous 
 small egg-like bodies by a few large embryos, has been observed.'^ 
 Another edition of both his large systematic treatises being called 
 for, and the volumes having already attained an unsuitable bulk, 
 Dr. Carpenter determined to divide the " General " from the 
 " Comparative " Physiology, reducing the " Human " also by the 
 omission of the topics treated in the " General;" intending that 
 the " General " should thus serve as an introduction to either the 
 " Comparative " or the " Human." He accordingly applied him- 
 self to the preparation of a fourth edition of the " Comparative," 
 and ^ fifth edition of the "Human"; and would have forthwith 
 proceeded to complete his design by bringing out the " General 
 Physiology," had it not been for the urgency of his publisher, Mr. 
 
 * See the original memoir in the ' Transactions of the Microscopical So- 
 ciety,' for 1855; and Dr. Carpenter's defence of it in the ' Annals of Natural 
 History,' for 1857, vol. xx., p. 16. 
 
PR. W. B. CARrENTEK. 87 
 
 Churcliillj that he should first fulfil a promise of long standing, to 
 prepare a Manual entitled ' The Microscope and its Revelations/ 
 This appeared in the spring of 1856 ; and shortly afterwards an 
 event occurred, which made an important change in Dr. Carpen- 
 ter's position. 
 
 It had always been Dr. Carpenter's earnest desire to be able to 
 concentrate his labours on the subjects which he felt himself most 
 fitted to pursue, instead of being forced, by the necessity of his 
 position^ to derive his income from a wide range of generally ill- 
 remunerated exertion. A vacancy having occurred in the Regis- 
 trarship of the University of London, he became a candidate for 
 that office ; feeling that its duties would be not uncongenial to 
 his tastes, and hoping that they would leave him adequate leisure 
 for the prosecution of the original inquiries to which he was most 
 anxious to devote himself. To this post he was elected in May, 
 1 856 ; and did not at first find its duties sufficiently exacting 
 to require him to relinquish either his Professorship at Univer- 
 sity College, or his residentiary appointment ; but he thenceforth 
 ceased either to lecture or to examine on Physiology, and applied 
 himself specially to the completion of those researches upon the 
 Foraminifera, of which the nature and scope have been already 
 explained. It was chiefly as a recognition of the value of his 
 memoirs on this subject, though not without reference to his sys- 
 tematic treatises on Physiology, as well as to his other special re- 
 searches, that one of the Royal Medals was awarded to him in 1861 
 by the Council of the Royal Society. The changes which were 
 made in the constitution of the University under its New Charter 
 of ] 858, having brought with them the prospect of a considerable 
 increase in the duties of the registrarship, Dr. Carpenter rehn- 
 quished in 1859 both his other appointments ; and thenceforth de- 
 voted himself undividedly to the administration of the University, 
 which has pro\nded for him ample business occupation, whilst 
 leaving him intervals of leisure for the pursuits most congenial 
 to his tastes. By availing himself of these, he has been enabled 
 to prepare for the Ray Society, in conjunction with his friends 
 Messrs. Parker and Rupert Jones, a systematic " Introduction to 
 the study of the Foraminifera;" embodying the most important 
 results of his previous researches, and basing upon these an en- 
 tirely new system of Natural Classification^ which has been ac- 
 
<^8 BE. W. B. CARPENTER. 
 
 cepted by the highest authorities^ both in this country and on the 
 Continent, as completely superseding the essentially artificial sys- 
 tem of D'Orbigny. And since the completion of this work in 1862, 
 he has been devoting himself to the preparation of a complete 
 monograph on the Structure, Physiology, and Development of 
 Gotnatida, for which ho has been for several years collecting mate- 
 rials; considering no amount of labour misplaced in elucidating 
 the history of an Echinoderm, which affords the only living ex- 
 ample accessible to minute study of the Crinoidal type, that has 
 formed so conspicuous a portion of the Marine Fauna through 
 almost the avIioIc range of Palseontological history. Relinquishiug 
 to others the dnty he so long endeavoured to discharge, of sys- 
 tematizing from time to time the ever-increasing body of new ma- 
 terials accumulated by the activity of physiological investigators, 
 he has determined to employ what may remain to him of time and 
 ability, in the continued prosecution of original researches into 
 such departments of Zoology as he may find most convenient op- 
 portunities of studying ; in the hope that, whilst himself enjoying 
 the purest and highest pleasure the pursuit of Truth can afford, 
 he may be hereafter remembered as one who has done some ser- 
 vice to Science. 
 
JOHN PYE. 
 
 The subject of our present memoir^ now in his eighty-second year, 
 has obtained an eminent position in the world of art, firstly, 
 from having been one of the originators of our present English 
 school of Landscape Engraving ; secondly, from having taken a 
 prominent part in the foundation of the Artists' Incorporated 
 Annuity Fund, established in 1810 ; and thirdly, in having been 
 the stanch champion of his profession in its efforts, now crowned 
 with success, to participate, as engravers do in other countries, in 
 Academic honours, but for which he has never himself been a can- 
 didate. 
 
 John Pye was born at Birmingham, on the 7th of November, 
 1782. Having acquired some elementary art-knowledge, he came 
 to London at the age of nineteen, and passed four years in the 
 School of the well-known historical engraver, Mr. James Heath. 
 But the French Revolution, and the wars which succeeded it, hav- 
 ing destroyed the once flourishing foreign trade in English prints, 
 the most elevating and profitable source of patronage that re- 
 mained to British painters and engravers (with the exception of 
 portraiture) was the embellishing of books. 
 
 About this time a gi-eat landscape-painter had arisen, whose 
 works created unusual wonder and admiration. Such skies, such 
 distance, such aerial tints of light and shade emanated from the 
 pencil of J. M. W. Turner, as had never before been seen. The 
 sparkling drawings and vignettes that he produced for book illus- 
 trations proved a severe test to the genius of the engraver. Their 
 multitudinous gradations of tints and objects of detail were so 
 varied, that it baffled the attempts of many of the engravers to 
 translate them into the language of the dair-ohscur, and it was 
 
90 JOHN PYE. 
 
 no small triumph to John Pye when the moment arrived for 
 him to make a successful effort. In 1810, nine years from the 
 time of Mr, Pye's arrival in London, it happened that John Britton 
 selected Turner's picture of ' Pope's Villa at Twickenham/ painted 
 ten years before, for publication in a work he was then bringing 
 out, entitled, ' Fine Arts of the English School.' John Pye was 
 commissioned to engrave it, and when he went with trembhng 
 steps to the house of Mr. Turner to show him his first proof, great 
 was his relief when he found the painter from home and was able 
 to leave it for his inspection. Animated with a consciousness of 
 the importance to his professional life of Mr. Turner's judgment, 
 this created some suspense, but it was not of long endurance. 
 A few days afterwards a gentleman of somewhat rough exterior, 
 on horseback, was seen at Mr. Pye's house. It was the great 
 painter. " Oh, this is all right," said Turner, pointing to the 
 proof, " you can see the lights ! If I had known any person in 
 the country capable of executing it as you have done, I would have 
 had it engraved before." 
 
 From this moment an intimacy sprung up between J. M. W. 
 Turner and John Pye which subsisted more or less through life. 
 Mr. Pye has engraved some of Turner's finest works, and his suc- 
 cess in the- art has procured for him the honour of being elected a 
 Corresponding Member of the Institute of France. Mr. Pye's 
 largest engravings after Turner are the ' Temple of Jupiter in the 
 Island of Egina,' and the ' Ehrenbreitstein,' both of great merit. 
 The latter picture was painted by Turner at Mr. Pye's request, 
 and when completed, it was sold to Mr. Bicknell. Among other 
 pictures and drawings of Turner engraved by Mr. Pye we may 
 mention especially some beautiful views in Whittaker's ' West 
 Eiding of Yorkshire ;' his engraving of ' Hardraw Falls ' was one 
 which much pleased the painter, and his ' Bii'thplace of Wickliffe ' 
 and ' Junction of the Greater and the Tees.' Two of Mr. Pye's 
 engravings on steel, a small plate of the ' Ehrenbreitstein ' after 
 Turner, executed for the ' Literary Souvenir,' and the ' Sunset ' of 
 Barrett, are, says a well-known critic recently deceased, " among 
 the most perfect gems of the kind that have ever been produced 
 in this or any other country." 
 
 It is now time to speak of Mr. Pye's literary and philanthropic 
 labours in the cause of art. In 1845 he published a volume of 
 
JOHN PYE. 91 
 
 400 closely printed pages, containing a vast amonnt of historical 
 and gossiping matter, entitled, " Patronage of British Art, an 
 historical sketch, comprising an account of the rise and progress 
 of art and artists in London, from the beginning of the reign of 
 George II., together with a history of the Society for the Manage- 
 ment and Distribution of the Artists^ Fund, from its establishment 
 in 1810 to its incorporation in 1827, illustrated with notes histo- 
 rical, biographical, and explanatory." Although introduced with 
 the characteristic motto from Barr}'-, " It is presumed that reason- 
 able men look for nothing further than mere information from the 
 writings of artists," the work is an able resume of the subject of 
 which it treats, and is interspersed with some cleverly etched por- 
 traits of Mulready, Clint, Warren, Scriven, and others who took 
 part in the management of the Artists^ Fund. 
 
 The foundation of this admirable institution of provident care, 
 which has always commanded a large share of Mr. Pye^s sym- 
 pathy and support, is thus related by himself. 
 
 " In the autumn of 1809, Mr. Scriven, the engraver, attracted by 
 the sufferings of an aged brother engraver, Mr. Tagg, reduced by 
 epilepsy, paralysis, and poverty to a state of destitution, used to 
 wend his way, from his residence at Somers Town, across the busy 
 city, alone and unheeded, to Kennington, to solace affliction. One 
 of Mr. Scriven's visits having been made at a moment when Mr. 
 Tagg^s landlord threatened to seize for rent the bed on which he 
 lay, and when Mr. Pollard, the engraver, happened also to be 
 visiting the abode of wretchedness, these two gentlemen embarked 
 together in an effort to mitigate the calamity they had witnessed. 
 They forthwith stayed the landlord's proceedings, and met again, 
 accompanied by a few of their friends, at the Gray's Inn Coffee- 
 house, in furtherance of their purpose. At that meeting a sub- 
 scription of one guinea each was commenced, and a resolution was 
 taken to endeavour, by making known throughout the profession 
 the facts which had led to the meeting, to awaken generally that 
 sympathy by which a few had become animated. Mr. Scriven 
 acted as secretary, wrote letters of appeal, called another more 
 general meeting, — in a word, Mr. Scriven was the great mover of 
 the honourable purpose, and the result proved the wilhngness of 
 those, to whom the tragic tale was told, to do good, unaided by 
 the reward of public display, for at the next meeting the subscrip- 
 
92 JOHN PYE. 
 
 tion amounted to £53. 2s. It was then resolved to offer to the cre- 
 ditors of Mr. Tagg, from that sum, a composition in liquidation of 
 his debts, which, in full, amounted to about eighty pounds ; and a 
 committee was appointed to give practical effect to the resolution ; 
 but at the moment thus much of the good work was accomplished 
 poor Tagg died.^^ 
 
 Out of this arose " The Artists' Incorporated Annuity Fund," in 
 which Mr. Pye took so much interest, and hj the members of 
 which he was in 1830 presented with a Testimonial in the form of 
 a handsome silver antique urn. 
 
 In addition to being elected a Corresponding Member of the 
 Institute of France, Mr. Pye was awarded a Gold Medal by the 
 Government of Louis Philippe, and he ia an Honorary Member of 
 the Imperial Academy of Arts of St. Petersburg. 
 
DR. HOOKER, V.P.R.S., F.L.S., etc. 
 
 ASSISTANT-DIRECTOPw OF THE EOYAL GAEDENS, KEW. 
 
 Joseph Dalton Hooker, son of Sir W. J. Hooker, Director of the 
 Eoyal Gardens, Kew, was born at Halesworth, Suffolk, on the 
 oOth of June, 1817. His father having in 1820 accepted the 
 Chair of Regius Professor of Botany in the University of Glasgow, 
 his early life was entirely spent in that city. He was educated at 
 the High School and University, following up the usual curriculum 
 with the study of medicine, but having imbibed from childhood a 
 strong predilection for natural-history pursuits, collecting and exa- 
 mining, as opportunity offered, plants, minerals, and insects, his 
 interest in such subjects was largely increased by the society 
 which he met at his father^s house. The rooms of Prof. Hooker 
 at Glasgow were frequently the resort of scientific travellers, 
 especially those engaged in arctic exploration. Among the asso- 
 ciates of Dr. Hooker's youth were Franklin, PaiTy, Ross, Richard- 
 son, and indeed travellers from all parts of the world. Hence 
 the reading of books of travel became a passion with him, and 
 at the age of twenty-two he accompanied, officially as Assistant- 
 Surgeon, but in reality as Naturalist, the famous expedition of 
 Sir James Clark Ross, fitted out by the Government for the pur- 
 pose of investigating the phenomena of terrestrial magnetism in 
 the south circumpolar seas. It was on the 29th of September, 
 1839, that the ''Erebus' and 'Terror,' the same vessels which, on 
 their return home, conveyed poor Franklin to his last resting- 
 place in the opposite hemisphere, sailed from Chatham. The 
 ofiicers of the expedition were enjoined to use every exertion to 
 collect objects of natural history, and so actively did Joseph 
 Hooker avail himself of the opportunities afforded by his visits to 
 the various antarctic islands, in addiiion to those in the vicinity 
 of the Australian continent, that a grant of £1000 was awarded 
 
Ot DR. HOOKER. 
 
 by the Government to assist in the description and publication of 
 his collected specimens. During three cruises in the south polar 
 regions, the expedition visited Lord Auckland and Campbell's 
 Islands, Kerguelen's Land, Fuegia and the Falkland Islands, often 
 batthng with the pack-ice in a terrific surf, or amid blinding snow- 
 storms ; while important visits were made to New Zealand and 
 Tasmania. The botanical results of this adventurous voyage, 
 worked out by Dr. Hooker in a manner quite unprecedented for 
 its picturesque and philosophical detail, were published in six 
 quarto volumes of closely-printed pages, illustrated with 500 co- 
 loured plates. 
 
 On the return of Dr. Hooker to England, after an absence of 
 rather more than three years, he found his fother installed at Kew 
 as Director of the Royal Gardens. The describing of his plants, 
 coupled with the arduous duty of collating his specimens with 
 those collected by previous voyagers, preserved in the herba- 
 rium of the British Museum, occupied the principal share of his 
 attention until 1846, when he accepted the appointment of Bo- 
 tanist to the Geological Survey. His researches in connection 
 with the duties of this office were directed more especiaUy to the 
 coal plants, and he contributed some valuable papers on the sub- 
 ject to the publications of that institution. 
 
 It is proverbial that when a man of scientific research has once 
 tasted the pleasures of foreign discovery, his thirst for novelty is 
 not easily satisfied. Dr. Hooker having acquired a knoAvledge of 
 the botany of the temperate zones, now felt a desire to explore 
 that of the tropics. In 1847 the adventures of Sir James Brooke 
 excited a great deal of interest in Borneo, and the Government 
 were sanguine enough to think that the island might be made an 
 emporium of British commerce. Coal was reported to exist at 
 Labuan, and Dr. Hooker was invited by the Government to ex- 
 amine and report upon the capabilities of Borneo for cultivation. 
 Being unacquainted with East Indian tropical productions, he ob- 
 tained permission to qualify himself for the work by first visiting 
 India. Partly at the expense of the Office of Woods and Forests, 
 but chiefly from his own and his father's resources, he undertook 
 an important botanical mission to the Sikkim and Nepal Hima- 
 layas ; his chief object being to collect facts for a geographical 
 distribution of plants. He sent home rich collections both of dried 
 and living plants, amongst the latter of which must especially be 
 
DR. HOOKER. 95 
 
 mentioned a magnificent series of new Ehododendrons, which now 
 form conspicuous ornaments of our gardens and greenhouses. 
 From drawings and specimens of these, transmitted by him to 
 England, Sir WilHam Hooker edited a superb folio volume, en- 
 titled ' Rhododendrons of the Sikkim-Himalaya.' 
 
 His Sikkim explorations were not unattended by adventure ; 
 for after lingering for some months amongst the mountains, he 
 was joined by Dr. Campbell, the political resident at Darjeeling. 
 Together they crossed the jealously-guarded frontier of Tibet, re- 
 maining two days on the forbidden grounds north of the snowy 
 range. On their return into Sikkim, the natives of that country, 
 with the short-sighted policy of semi'civilized people, seized and 
 threw them into pi-ison, thinking thus to extort a more favourable 
 treaty from Dr. Campbell. For six weeks they were detained ; 
 after which their return to Darjeeling was connived at, the natives 
 being dismayed at the intelligence that an English force was ad- 
 vancing to their rescue. 
 
 According to the original plan. Dr. Hooker should now have 
 proceeded to Borneo ; but by this time that country had become 
 unpopular with the Government, and reports of the unhealthy 
 state of its coast having excited some alarm, the Malayan survey 
 was abandoned, and Dr. Hooker obtained leave to devote the 
 additional time intended for that service to an expedition to the 
 Kliasia mountains, in company with Dr. Thomson, H.E.I.C.S. 
 
 Dr. Hooker returned to England in 1851, and two years after- 
 wards published a narrative of his expedition, under the title of 
 ' Himalayan Journals, or Notes of a Naturalist in Bengal, the 
 Sikkim and Nepal Himalaya, the Khasia Mountains, etc' 
 
 In 1856, the botanical establishment at Kew, with its museums, 
 herbarium J and library, had so largely increased, that an appoint- 
 ment was created for him under his father as Assistant-Director, 
 and that admirably-managed institution has since that period had 
 the benefit of his services. Dr. Hooker is a Vice-President of the 
 Itoyal and Linnean Societies, and it is in the Transactions of these 
 Societies, especially the latter, that his principal botanical papers 
 have been published. His most important work is a new ' Genera 
 Plantarum,' written in conjunction with Mr. Bentham, on the plan 
 of Endlicher's famous work, of which the first Part appeared in 
 1862. He is also one of the authors engaged in the preparation 
 
96 DR. HOOKER, 
 
 of a valuable series of the Floras of the British Colonies, now pub- 
 lishing under the authority of the Government. 
 
 Dr. Hooker married, in 1851, the eldest daughter of the Rev. 
 J. S. Henslow, the late Professor of Botany in the University of 
 Cambridge. 
 
JOHN OBADIAH WESTWOOD, M.A., F.L.S. 
 
 John Obadiah Westwood was bom at Sheffield, on tlie 22ud 
 December, 1805. His father was an ingenious manufacturer in 
 that town, having been originally brought up as an engraver, which 
 profession he subsequently extended in various directions, including 
 the embossing of wood, ivory (for which latter he obtained a pa- 
 tent), paper, cardboard, etc., the manufacture of buhl-work, medal 
 and coin engraving,* the making of pill-boxes from deal shaviags,t 
 etc. As an artist he used to boast that he was the first to dis- 
 cover the talents of Chantrey, the celebrated sculptor, then an ap- 
 prentice to a carver and gilder in Sheffield^ and that he first placed 
 a modelling-stick and wax in his hands. The artistic talents of 
 the father influenced the taste of his only son, the subject of this 
 notice, whilst the scientific character of his schoolmaster, Mr. J. 
 H. Abraham, F.E.S.,J of SheflSeld, widely known as an excellent 
 lecturer and practitioner of experimental science, gave a scientific 
 
 * The father engraved many of the dies for the local tokens, which were in 
 such extensive circulation all over the kingdom at the beginning of the pre- 
 sent century, and the collection of which by amateurs became a subsequent 
 mania. The last token which he issued was a satirical one, the obverse 
 representing a collector of these coins seated at a table with a figure standing 
 behind him placing a fool's-cap on his head, whilst on the reverse were a couple 
 of donkeys, ridden by sweeps, with the inscription, "Asses running for half- 
 pence." A'ery few copies of this token were issued, but the collectors bought 
 them up at very high prices. 
 
 t This idea was borrowed from the Dutch, but Mr. Westwood significantly 
 embossed the word " Faith " on the lids of his boxes, which had a vast sale, 
 but which were subsequently beaten out of the market by the cardboard 
 boxes still in use. 
 
 X Mr. Abraham was the inventor of a small magnetic instrument to pro- 
 tect the mouths of the Sheffield working-cutlers from imbibing the steel 
 filings produced in grinding processes, which had proved detrimental to 
 their lives to a very great extent. 
 
98 JOHN OBADIAH WF.STWOOD. 
 
 direction to his mind^ to which the gift of a small microscope, 
 ever since in daily use, materially contributed. The latter part 
 of his education was acquired at the grammar school of Lichfield, 
 to which city his family had removed in 1819, where the beautiful 
 cathedral of St. Chad failed not to attract his attention to the charms 
 of religious architecture and art, whilst a small collection of in- 
 seci,s, formed by a relative at Demerara, on the river Essequibo, 
 in British Guiana, and an acquaintance with Dr. Wright, of Lich- 
 field, who possessed, amongst the remnants of the famous museum 
 of Dr. Green, of that city, a fine case of insects (subsequently 
 purchased in 1821 by Mr. Westwood), invited his attention to the 
 examination of the peculiarities of the insect-world, for which he 
 has subsequently become renowned. 
 
 But sterner duties of life now arose, and on removing to Lon- 
 don he was articled to a legal firm in the City, in 1821, where he 
 served the five years of his clerkship, on the completion of which 
 he was admitted a partner in the firm, and continued to practise 
 as an attorney for several years ; entomology, however, proved too 
 strong for special pleading and conveyancing, and he shortly re- 
 linquished the legal profession and devoted himself entirely to his 
 favourite pursuit. 
 
 For some time the collecting of British insects of all orders formed 
 the main subject of his pursuit, and, as he resided at Chelsea, Coomb 
 Wood, Wimbledon Common, Battersea Fields (now covered with 
 railroads), and the adjacent parts, formed the especial localities where 
 he employed his entomological net. From the first, however, his at- 
 tention was directed to the economy and structure of insects, and 
 he eagerly studied and made copious abstracts from the works of 
 Kirby, Spence, Leach, Eosel, De Geer, and especially of the 
 'Regno Animal,' of which the first edition appeared in 1817. He 
 has often remarked that the characters of scientific persons seem 
 especially to be influenced by the character of the works most in 
 vogue at the time of their entrance on scientific pursuits ; for ex- 
 ample, as occurred about the year J 810, the works of Marsham 
 and Haworth were recently published. These were almost exclu- 
 sively confined to technical descriptions, whence arose a school of 
 descriptive entomologists, including Curtis, Leach, and Stephens. 
 The last-named author never rose beyond the rank of a describer 
 of species, whereas Curtis, from having deeply studied the ' Ge- 
 nera Crustaceorum et Insectorum ' of Latreille, as appears from 
 
JOHN OBADTAH WESTWOOD. 99 
 
 his recently-published biography (contributed by Mr. Westwood 
 to the 'Annales^ of the French Entomological Society)^ added to 
 his specific details a love of generic forms which resulted in the 
 publication of his magnificent work on British Entomology. 
 
 Wliilst resident at Chelsea he formed the acquaintance of Mr. 
 Haworth, whom he was in the habit of regarding as his entomo- 
 logical tutor^ and who liberally opened his cabinets to the young 
 entomologist, who was thus enabled to delineate a great number 
 of remarkable exotic genera of various orders. To the celebrated 
 work by Macleay, ' Horae Entomologica3/ and the third and fourth 
 vokimes of the 'Introduction to Entomology/ by Kirby and Spence, 
 Mr. Westwood was also greatly indebted for the direction which 
 his mind more especially took in entomological science. 
 
 Mr. Westwood's first entomological communication was pub- 
 lished in the 'Literary Gazette/ of 24th March, 1827, announcing 
 the capture of two very remarkable species of Hymenopterous in- 
 sects, for the first time in this country. This was followed, in the 
 same year, by a memoir on the family Staphylinidge, published in 
 the ' Zoological Journal,^ to which work, as well as to ' Loudon's 
 Magazine of Natural History,' the ' Entomological Magazine,' 
 the Transactions of the Linnean Society, the 'Annales' of the 
 French Entomological Society, and the Transactions of the En- 
 tomological Society of London, Mr. Westwood contributed a very 
 extensive series of memoirs on almost every branch of entomolo- 
 gical science. 
 
 Having long perceived the want of a work of a character inter- 
 mediate between such general treatises as Kirby and Spence's 
 ' Introduction to Entomology,' and works consisting mainly of 
 descriptions of species, Mr. Westwood planned a work upon the fa- 
 milies of insects, arranged systematically, and under each family he 
 proposed to arrange the vast mass of facts relative to their struc- 
 ture, economy, transformations, etc., dispersed through the pub- 
 lications of scientific societies. This laborious task occupied many 
 years' research, and resulted in the publication of ' An Introduc- 
 tion to the Modern Classification of Insects, founded on the Natural 
 Habits and corresponding Organization of the diflerent Families,' 
 in two thick octavo volumes, in the years 1839-40. The many 
 hundred figures of structural details illustrating this work were 
 drawn by the author. 
 
 Mr. Westwood subsequently pubHshed an extensive series of 
 
100 JOHN OBADIAH WESTWOOD. 
 
 entomological articles in Partington's ' Encyclopsedia/ and a small 
 entomological Text-book ; also a work, in two volumes octavo, 
 containing descriptions and figures of new and remarkable exotic 
 insects, under the title of ^Arcana Entomologica/ 1841-5, with 
 ninety-six plates; a handsome quarto volume devoted to Indian 
 insects, entitled the '' Cabinet of Oriental Entomology/ with forty- 
 two plates, 1848 ; also a work, in three volumes quarto, on ' British 
 Butterflies and Moths -' as well as the greater portion of the folio 
 work on the ' Genera of Diurnal Lepidoptera,' commenced by the 
 late Mr. Edward Doubleday. Of all these works, except the two 
 last-mentioned, the numerous illustrations were entirely executed 
 by the author, who also lent his assistance in drawing and dissect- 
 ing insects for the illustration of memoirs published by several 
 of his entomological friends. A tolerably complete list of Mr. 
 Westwood's entomological writings was published by Dr. Hagen 
 in the ' Bibliotheca Entomologica,' 1863, extending to 379 articles, 
 and occupying sixteen pages. 
 
 On the 1st May, 1827, Mr. Westwood was elected a Fellow of 
 the Linnean Society of London, and shortly after the establish- 
 ment of the Entomological Society, he accepted the honorary office 
 of Secretary to the Society, of which he performed the duties for 
 fourteen years. In 1883 he became a Member of the Entomolo- 
 gical Society of Paris, and on the death of Humboldt in 1860 he 
 was elected one of the four foreign Honorary Members of the 
 same Society. Many other societies of natural history, at home, 
 on the Continent, and in America, have also elected him an Hono- 
 rary or Corresponding Member. 
 
 On the 30th November, 1855, the Royal Gold Medal was awarded 
 to him by the Eoyal Society, and on the 6th of May, 1858, the 
 University of Oxford conferred on him the honorary degree of 
 M.A. ; at the latter period he had removed to Oxford, and had 
 undertaken the keepership of the large collections of natural his- 
 tory (especially entomology), fine arts, and books, presented to 
 the University by the late Rev. F. W. Hope ; and on the founda- 
 tion by that gentleman of a professorship of zoology at Oxford, he 
 he was appointed Professor and took uptheordinaryMaster'sdegree. 
 
 The taste for Christian archa3ology inspired in the mind of Mr. 
 Westwood during his residence at Lichfield, had not been allowed 
 to lie dormant, and the fine English works of Strutt, Dibdin, 
 Shaw, and Astle, and the foreign ones of D'Agiucourt, Willemin, 
 
JOHN OBADIAH WESTWOOP. 101 
 
 Du Sommerard^ and Lauglois, gave it a direction towards the 
 study of illuminated manuscripts, whilst the introduction of chro- 
 molithography offered facilities for the publication of works on 
 that subject not previously existing. The works of Dibdin and 
 Strutt had, it is true, been confined to the representation of the 
 more artistic portion of these precious rehcs of bygone days, whilst 
 Astle had confined his work to their palaeographic character. The 
 noble works of Count Bastard and Sylvestre* proved, howevei-, 
 how attractive the union of these two portions of the subject 
 might be made, and this led to the publication, by Mr. Westwood, 
 in the years 1843-1845, of the ' Palteographia Sacra Pictoria ; 
 being a series of illusti-ations of the Ancient Versions of the Bible, 
 copied from illuminated manuscripts executed between the fourth 
 and sixteenth centuries.^ In this work, consisting of fifty quarto 
 plates, printed in gold and colours, the author endeavoured to 
 show that in all ages versions of the Scripture have been made 
 in the mother-tongue of almost every nation ; and also, in a more 
 especial manner than had been previously done, to exhibit the dis- 
 tinctions of the very remarkable styles of Anglo-Saxon and Irish 
 art; with tliis view not fewer than twenty plates w^ere devoted 
 to our early manuscripts, amongst which, for the first time, the 
 magnificent ' Book of Kells,' of Trinity College, Dublin — the most 
 elaborate manuscript ever executed in these islands — was brought 
 before the notice of the public. The whole of the drawings and 
 plates of this work were executed by the author. 
 
 This work was followed in 1846 by the 'Illuminated Illus- 
 trations of the Bible, copied from Select MSS. of the Middle Ages,' 
 published in small quarto, and comprising forty plates, illustrating 
 subjects of Biblical history. 
 
 Since the publication of these works Mr. Westwood has con- 
 tinued his investigations of the artistic peculiarities of Anglo- 
 Saxon and Irish Manusci-ipts preserved in all the principal libraries 
 of England and the Continent, the results of which will be shortly 
 given to the public in a work now in the press, entitled ' The 
 Miniatures and Ornaments of Anglo-Saxon and Irish Manuscripts,' 
 illustrated in fifty plates, imperial folio size. 
 
 The remarkable and interesting analogy existing between 
 
 * Of the 'Paleograpliie luiiverselle ' of Sylvestre, edited by Cliampollion, 
 Mr. Westwood's translation of tlie entire t 'xt was publis'ied iu ISuD, ^^itll 
 additional notes by Sir F. Madden, by Mr. H. Bobn. 
 
 VOL. II. Q 
 
102 JOHN OBADIAH WESTWOOD. 
 
 these early manuscripts and the luimerous sculptured stouo 
 pillars found in many parts of our islands, to wliicli the name of 
 Runic Crosses has, in many instances, been misapplied, early- 
 attracted the notice of Mr. Westwood, and led to his uudertaking 
 many journeys and pedestrian excursions in search of such stone 
 monuments, especially in various parts of Wales, where he has 
 been rewarded by the discovery of a considerable number of 
 Romano-British and early Christian memorials, previously uupub- 
 lished, of which he has, from tiuie to time, given notices, with 
 figures in the pages of the ' Archaeologia Cambrensis.' His ex- 
 tensive collection of rubbings and drawings of this class of monu- 
 ments contain a considerable number of still unpublished remains. 
 
 The value of another interesting source of illustrations of early 
 Christian art, which had been previously greatly neglected, was 
 early appreciated by Mr. Westwood. The carved ivory diptych s, 
 triptychs, and other similar works, which had been in use as 
 objects of devotion from an early period, but which, except in 
 the great work of Gorius, had received but little attention from 
 archaeologists, supplied an important link in art, scarcely any 
 stone sculptures executed from the fifth to the fifteenth century 
 being in existence abroad, whilst these small objects (from the 
 almost indestructible material of which they are composed, and its 
 comparatively slight value, the woi-kmanship alone rendering it of 
 importance) had been in use during the whole of the Middle Age 
 period. These objects likewise afford great facilities to the copyist, 
 since casts in plaster of Paris may easily be made from them, 
 which, treated with stearine, so closely resemble the original ivory 
 carvings as to deceive an ordinary observer. Of such casts Mr. 
 Westwood now possesses more than a thousand examples, ranging 
 from the jjeriod of the Assyrian monarchy to the end of the 
 seventeenth century. Various memoirs on the subject of these 
 ivories have, from time to time, been published by Mr. Westwood 
 in the 'Literary Gazette,^ ''Gentleman's Magazine,' and the ''Stereo- 
 scopic Magazine.' 
 
 Numerous other memoirs on archaeological subjects have been 
 contributed by Mr. Westwood to the ' Journal of the Archasolo- 
 gical Institute,' the •' Arehreologia Cambrensis,' etc. 
 
ALEX. J. BERESFORD BERESFORD-HOPE, 
 
 LL.D. CAMB...D.C.L. OXON., ETC. 
 
 There are few persons who have more eminently distinguished 
 themselves in promoting the revival of the glorious architecture 
 of the middle ages in this country than the subject of our pre- 
 sent memoir. The zeal of Mr. Hope in eliciting improved designs 
 for the erection and decoration of churches has been exhibited in 
 several splendid examples of ecclesiological taste, while he has oc- 
 cupied himself with spirit and public advantage for some years 
 past_, both in politics and literature. 
 
 Alexander James Beresford Beresford-Hope, born January 25th, 
 1820, is the youngest son of the late Thomas Hope, Esq., of 
 Deepdeue, near Dorking, Surrey, author of * Anastasius,^ by 
 Louisa, youngest daughter of William De La Poer Beresford, Arch- 
 bishop of Tuam and Baron Decies, son of the first Earl of Tyrone, 
 who re-married Marshal Beresford. His father belonged to the 
 renowned banking'-house of the same name of Amsterdam, liavino- 
 returned to this country during the time of the French Revo- 
 lution, Mr. Beresford-Hope was educated at Harrow, where he 
 gained a scholarship and several prizes. From Harrow he went, 
 in 1837, to Trinity College, Cambridge, where, in 1841 and 1844, 
 he took his degrees of B.A. and M.A., having gained the English 
 and Latin Declamation prizes in College and the Members^ prize 
 for the Latin essay in the University. 
 
 Mr. Hope's political career began at an early age. He was 
 elected Member for Maidstone in 18 il and again in 1847, the 
 latter time without a contest, and he sat continuously for that 
 borough until 1852. Again he sat for Maidstone from 1857 to 
 1859. In 1859, Mr. Hope stood for the University of Cambridge, 
 but, at the suggestion of several leading friends, he retired, on 
 a private reference, rather than a poll in favour of Mr. Selwyn, 
 
lot A. J. B, BERESFORD-nOFE. 
 
 wlio came in apparently without opposition. In 1862 he contested 
 Stoke-upon-Trent, but was not successful. Mr. Hope entered 
 public life as a Conservative^ and opposed the Repeal of the Corn 
 Laws. He did this^ however^ not so much from a feeling of op- 
 position to Free Trade^ as from a behef that Sir Robert Peel ought 
 previously to have appealed to the country. He was much dis- 
 satisfied with the conduct of all parties at that time^ and has since 
 professed himself a Liberal Conservative. One of the most im- 
 portant votes given by Mr. Hope during his parhamentary career 
 was against the Ecclesiastical Titles Bill, and he was one of the 
 ninety-nine who voted against the Conspiracy for Murder Bill, 
 whicliy it may be remembei^ed, arose out of the Orsini affair in 
 Paris. 
 
 Mr. Hope has taken a warm interest in Church questions, 
 always expressing himself a decided, though not extreme High 
 Churchman. As such he has taken an active part in many Church 
 societies. In cooperation Avith his friend the Rev. E. Coleridge, 
 he was largely instrumental in that great and useful work of con- 
 verting the remains of St. Augustine's Abbey, Canterbury, into a 
 Missionary College for ministers of the Church of England. It 
 was opened by Archbishop Sumner, under the title of St. Augus- 
 tine's College, on the 29th of June, 1848. Mr. Hope has devoted 
 much attention to art, especially architecture, and is well known 
 as a leader of the Gothic School. He is President of the Eccle- 
 siological Society, for the study and advancement of ecclesiastical 
 art ; and he is also President of the Architectural Museum, an 
 institution specially intended for the improved artistic education 
 of the art-workman, whose cause he pleaded before the Royal Aca- 
 demy Commission. Among architectural works of a high order 
 in the erection and decoration of which Mr. Hope has taken a 
 conspicuous interest, we may mention, in addition to St. Augus- 
 tine's College, Canterbury, the beautiful church of All Saints, 
 Margaret Street, Cavendish Square, London, of which Mr. Butter- 
 field was the architect, and in which there are some fine fresco 
 paintings by the late Mr. Dyce, R.A., and other artists. One 
 of the choicest examples of Mr, Hope's taste in ecclesiologi- 
 cal matters may be seen in the church of Kiuldown, near his 
 seat of Bedgebury, Kent. In 1842 he filled the windows of this 
 edifice with painted glass from the late King of Bavaria's manu- 
 factory at Munich. It was the first seen in this country, and the 
 
A. J, B. BERESFOKD-HOPE. 105 
 
 re-fitting of the cliurcli was ably carried out by Mr. Carpentci^, an 
 architect of great promise, since deceased. 
 
 As an author, Mr. Hope is chiefly known by his. 'English Cathe- 
 drals of the Nineteenth Century,' published by Murray, in 18G0. 
 The work embodies an ideal description of a cathedral, viewed 
 both as a building and as an institution for the service of the 
 Church of England, and it is put forth as representing the type of 
 what the author thinks it ought to be. Mr. Hope has also pub- 
 lished several pamphlets, lectures, papers, and addresses, some poli- 
 tical, others delivered before literary and scientific societies, chiefly 
 on art questions. Among his anonymous contributions to litera- 
 ture may be meutioned articles in the ' Saturday Review,^ which 
 journal he mainly helped to establish, the ' Quarterly Review,' 
 the ' Christian Remembrancer,' and other similar periodicals, and 
 he is the reputed author of a series of letters on the subject of 
 the Papal aggression and of church questions in general, which 
 appeared in the ' Morning Chronicle,' from 1850 to 1854, and 
 were published subsequently in a collected form, under the title 
 of ' Letters on Church Matters, by D. C. L.' Mr. Hope has 
 taken a warm interest in the American disruption, and has pub- 
 lished several lectures on the subject of this unhappy strife. He 
 was one of the first public men in this country to declare openly 
 for the South, and is Chairman of the Southern Independence As- 
 sociation of London. We may also mention here, while recurring 
 to Mr. Hope's political career, that he was Chairman of the Asso- 
 ciation which carried the Repeal of the Hop Duties. 
 
 The direction of Mr. Hope's taste and pursuits in the cultiva- 
 tion of ecclesiological art and antiquities may be gathered, in addi- 
 tion to the foregoing remarks, from the circumstance of his being 
 a Fellow of the Society of Antiquaries, and Honorary Fellow of 
 the Institute of British Architects. He possesses a fine collection 
 of old books and pictures, and some curious articles of mediasval 
 and Renaissance date, among which may be mentioned a valuable 
 sardonyx jewelled and enamelled ewer, attributed to Cellini, for- 
 merly in the possession of the French Crowm, now exhibited in the 
 Museum of South Kensington. 
 
 On the dsath of his relative and stepfather. Marshal Beres- 
 ford, in 1854, the title having become extinct, Mr. Hope prefixed 
 the name of Beresford to his own by royal licence, in memory of 
 the deceased Viscount and of his mother, and inherited the pro- 
 
106 A. J. B. BERESFOKD-HOPE. 
 
 perties of Bedgebury Park, Kent, and Beresford Hall, Stafford- 
 shire. This latter seat, belonging originally to the Beresford 
 family, passed, in the seventeenth century, into the possession of 
 the renowned poet and angler Charles Cotton. Here Cotton 
 and his friend Izaak Walton fished, and here many of the scenes 
 described in their 'Complete Angler' were derived. The property 
 was repurchased by Lord Beresford in 1824. Mr. Hope married, 
 in 184.2 Lady Mildred Gascoyne-Cecil, eldest daughter of the 
 Marquis of Salisbury, and has living eight daughters and two 
 sons. 
 
MATTHEW FONTAINE MAURY, 
 
 Matthew Fontaine Maury, fourth son of Ricliard Maury, a 
 farmer in Virginia, was born on the 14th of January, 1806, in 
 Spottsylvania County, — a county memorable henceforth in Ame- 
 rican history as the scene of" Stonewall " Jackson's dashing flank 
 attack on Hooker at Chancellorsville, when the Southern hero 
 fell in the moment of victory; and also as the battle-ground of 
 some of the fiercest contests known to modern times between the 
 Confederate and Federal Generals, Lee and Grant, 
 
 In 1810, Mr. Richard Maury emigrated to Tennessee, settling 
 near Franklin, a village in Williamson County, about eighteen 
 miles south of Nashville. It was here, amid the noble forests of 
 this fine State, at a time when the Indian and the bear disputed 
 the advance of civilization, that the subject of our memoir passed 
 his early youth. The habits of frontier life, developing a percep- 
 tion naturally keen, soon laid the fomidation of that accuracy ot 
 observation which has ever been one of his distinguishing charac- 
 teristics. The starry firmament on a clear night, and the mossy 
 side of the forest oak in darkness or snowdrift, serving as the 
 only guide through the trackless woods, indicate the kind of 
 training to which the physical geographer of the sea has been 
 often heard to asci-ibe much of his success in the wide and intri- 
 cate fields of his subsequent researches. 
 
 After acquiring such rudimentary knowledge as the schools of 
 his adopted State were at that time capable of imparting, Maury 
 was sent, in his sixteenth year, to the Harpeth Academy. Here his 
 powei'S of application and thirst for knowledge became so con- 
 spicuous, that the Rev. James H. Otey — subsequently Bishop? of 
 Tennessee, but at that time Head Master of the Academy — con- 
 
 VOL. II. K 
 
108 MATTHEW FONTAINE MAURY. 
 
 ceived an attachment for liim, wliicli gradually ripened into close 
 and lasting friendship. 
 
 In the year 1825 he left the Academy and entered the United 
 States' Navy ; and^ as at that time the schoolmaster was not afloat, 
 a young midshipman left to his own resources was not long in dis- 
 covering that study in the cockpit of a man-of-war was far more 
 difficult than in the wilds of Tennessee. Indomitable persever- 
 ance, however, carried young Maury, as it has carried many other 
 men, young and old, through the greatest difficulties. Anecdotes 
 are related by his contemporaries of the strenuous and successful 
 efforts he made to perfect himself in the theory as well as the 
 practice of his profession, such as working out problems of spheri- 
 cal trigonometry with diagrams chalked on tlie round shot in the 
 (juarter-deck racks, and placed so that he might see them while 
 ]iacing the deck in the quiet moments of his watch. But perhaps 
 the greatest force of character was shown in the method he 
 adopted to accpiire the knowledge of navigation. Having pro- 
 cured an old Spanish book on the subject, he set to work, and, 
 by the aid of a dictionary " killed/' to use his own expression, 
 "two birds with one stone," — learning a science and a language 
 at the same time. Yet, notwithstanding his studious habits. 
 Midshipman Maury had the reputation of being a most attentive 
 officer to the minutest detail of duty, and the general estimation 
 in which he was held appears from the fact of his being constantly 
 selected for any particular service out of the ordinary routine, 
 and especially for the rating of the chronometer, — an instrument 
 at that time just coming into use in the American navy, conduct- 
 ing harbour surveys, the collecting of commercial and other sta- 
 tistics, etc. 
 
 In the United States' frigate ' Brandywine,' during the autumn 
 of 1.825, the young sailor visited Cowes, in the Isle of Wight. 
 Here he made a grand addition to his slender library in the pur- 
 chase of a 'Norie's Epitome of Navigation.' But the outlay all 
 but exhausted his funds, for the pay of an American midshipman 
 at that period amounted only to £3. 85. Id. per month, out of 
 which Maury allotted £1. 17.s. a month to one of his sisters. The 
 remaining £1. 1 1 s. 1 d., after discharging his mess-bill and washing- 
 bill, replenishing his wardrobe, and meeting sundry other neces- 
 sary expenses, left so fractional an overplus, that our young 
 officer was unable to visit any places of interest during the stay 
 
MATTHEW FONTAINE MAURY. 109 
 
 of the frigate in English Avater. In 1826 the ' Brandywine ' re- 
 turned to New York after a cruise round the Mediterranean, and, 
 having been refitted for three years' service, sailed for the Pacific 
 as the flag-ship of the squadron on that station. From the 'Brandy- 
 wine ' Mr. Maury was transferred to the ' Vincennes ' sloop-of- 
 war, then engaged on a voyage of circumnavigation. 
 
 The change from the close and crowded steerage of the frigate 
 to the comparatively well-ventilated and roomy mess of the 'Vin- 
 cennes,' proved a great gain to Mr. Maury, and enabled him to 
 make rapid strides in knowledge. During his service in this ship 
 he nearly comjaleted a set of lunar tables, but, on his return home, 
 found, to his mortification, that the idea had been anticipated ; 
 and the tables were consequently useless. 
 
 The 'Vincennes ' was paid off in 1830, and Mr. Maury was at 
 once offered the appointment of Master in another vessel. He 
 however preferred remaining at home until that great ordeal to 
 a young sea-officer, his examinations, had been passed, — it is need- 
 less to say, in his case, successfully and creditably. 
 
 Mr. Maury's next appointment, 1831, was as Master to another 
 sloop of war, the ' Falmouth,' ordered to the Pacific station. It 
 was while performing the first section of this voyage, viz. to Rio 
 Janeiro, that he conceived the idea of his celebrated wind and 
 current charts. He was naturally anxious, in this his first great 
 responsibility as a navigator, to make a quick passage, and before 
 leaving New York, had tried in every direction to obtain authentic 
 information as to the best route to be taken, — the winds and cur- 
 rents to be encountered by the way, etc. ; but it was soon pain- 
 fully evident to him, that no such information was to be found in 
 the nautical works of the day. He determined to supply the want, 
 and proposed to the chart agents to construct a chart, showing 
 the daily nature of the weather, clearly marked on the routes to 
 the principal ports of the world. 
 
 In the ' Falmouth ' he had a cabin to himself; and, in addition 
 to his own scanty stock of literature, there happened to be a large 
 store of books on board, the property of a wealthier messmate. 
 Mr. Maury, forgetting the proverb, " When fortune fills your sail 
 with more than a propitious gale take half your canvas in," in- 
 dulged so freely in the perusal of Sir AValter Scott's novels (a 
 style of reading quite new to him) as to find it tlifficult indeed to 
 return to the hard dry studies of his profession. 
 
IK* MATTHEW FONTAINE MAURY. 
 
 Oil tliis voyag'C his attention was directed to the envious pheno- 
 menon of the low barometei' off Cape Horn, and upon this subject 
 lie wrote his first contribution to science ; the paper was published 
 in the 'American Journal of Science.' Subsequently, from the 
 countless observations sent to him, much additional light was 
 thrown upon the subject, proving that the mean height of the 
 barometer, instead of being nearly 30*00, is in these latitudes 
 ess than 29'00, — or, in other words, showing that there is not 
 so much atmosphere, by about one-tenth, within the Antarctic as 
 within the Arctic Circle. With this clue, and from his own per- 
 sonal observations on the nature of atmospheric changes in the 
 Antarctic regions, Mr. Maury was able to theorize on the physi- 
 cal geography of that part of the world, and his predictions have 
 been amply verified by exploring expeditions, since sent to those 
 regions. 
 
 During the cruise of the 'Falmouth,' Mr. Maury devoted his 
 leisure time to preparing for the press a work on navigation, 
 which, on his return, was published in Philadelphia, under the 
 title of ' Maury's Navigation ;' and, in spite of the jokes levelled 
 by the old commodores and naval officials of that day, against a 
 passed midshipman writing a book, it speedily came into favour- 
 able notice ; and, upon the founding of the Naval School at Anna- 
 polis, it was made the text-book for the Navy. 
 
 From the ' Falmouth ' he was transferred to the schooner 
 ' Dolphin,' and did the duty of First Lieutenant for some time. He 
 then joined the frigate ' Potomac,' returning in that ship to the 
 United States, in 1834. When paid off at Boston, he found him- 
 self free to visit his native State. During his stay there he was 
 married to Miss Anne Herndon, his present wife, to whom he had 
 been engaged nine years, — his pay at that time, as passed mid- 
 shipman, amounting to merely £8. 5*. 3^c?. per month. 
 
 Soon after his marriage, the American exploring expedition was 
 fitted out, and Mr, Maury was selected for the appointment of 
 astronomer, and also offered that of hydrographer. After many 
 delays — chiefly owing to the inability of the Government to find 
 a captain fitted for such a service. Lieutenant Wilkes (since of 
 ' Trent ' notoriety) was appointed to command the expedition, on 
 the ground of his having made a chart of George's Shoal; but, as 
 soon as this became known, Mr. Maury requested to be placed on 
 furlough, wliich was granted, and the expedition sailed without 
 him. 
 
MATTHEW FONTAINE MAURY. 1 1 1 
 
 In 1837 Mr. Maury, after twelve years' service, received his 
 well-merited promotion to tlie rank of Lieutenant. 
 
 During this leisure from professional pursuits, Lieutenant 
 Maury was not idle, but directed liis attention to the improving 
 and reforming the navy. Under the quaint title of ' Scraps from 
 the Lucky Bag,' he wrote a series of articles on the subject, urging 
 especially the establishment of a naval school, and the breaking 
 up of the effete Board of Navy Commissioners, the pressure of 
 which upon the maritime resources of the nation was then pre- 
 cisely the same as that now experienced from the Board of Admi- 
 ralty in this country. He proposed to substitute for it the bureau 
 system, with individual accountability on the part of the chief of 
 each bureau, instead of a joint responsibility with no one to blame, 
 as with the members of a board. He also proposed other improve- 
 ments, such as the construction of certain railways and canals, 
 coast-harbour defences,, the adoption in America of the ware- 
 housing system of England, and the establishment of a dockyard 
 on the Mississippi, etc., all of which were adopted by the Govern- 
 ment or people, and approved by Congress. The lead he thus 
 took in all measures calculated to develope the resources of his 
 country, to increase its strength, or to benefit its commerce, at- 
 tracted the favourable attention of his countrymen, and gave his 
 opinions weight and influence with them. 
 
 In 1839 he had the misfortune to break his right leg at the 
 knee-joint, wliich compelled him to use crutches for several years, 
 and made him a cripple for life, destroying all his cherished naval 
 aspirations. After his recovery he gave himself up to literary 
 pursuits, and first became the editor of the ' Southern Literary 
 Messenger/ the leading journal in the South, and the ouly one of 
 its kind which has lived through a generation ; it is still published 
 at Richmond. 
 
 In 1842 Lieutenant Maury accepted the appointment of Super- 
 intendent of the Depot for Charts and Instruments at Washing- 
 ton, which in due course, under his management, expanded into 
 the National Observatory and Hydrographical Department of the 
 United States ; and here also the opportunity offered of carrying 
 out the cherished ideas of 1831, concerning the construction of 
 charts to show the winds and currents actually encountered by 
 navigators. Lieutenant Maury's first work was to examine the 
 otficial loffbooks, which had been hidden in the cellars of the 
 
112 MATTHEW FONTAINE MAURY. 
 
 department since the establishment of the American Navy. After 
 much labour a quantity of valuable data was extracted, and in spite 
 of many drawbacks, the first chart of the series was produced, — 
 it related to the voyage between the United States and Rio de 
 Janeiro, — but prejudice was strong against its use, and the fear 
 that, by departing from the regular track, the insurance would be 
 lost in case of disaster, caused some time to elapse before any cap- 
 tain could be induced to look at the ^'new-fangled''^ plans. At 
 length Captain Jackson, commanding the ' W. H. D. 0. Wright,^ 
 of Baltimore, consented to make the trial, and he made the voyage 
 out and home in the time often taken by old traders on the out- 
 ward passage alone. 
 
 " Nothing succeeds like success,^^ and after this there was no 
 lack of applicants for the new chart. Its author then di^ew up 
 the form for a log containing columns for the points most useful 
 in aiding his investigations, and he invited all American masters 
 of foreign-going ships to co-operate with him in accumulating 
 data ; and to all who acceded to his wishes presents of charts as 
 they were produced were made. Thus a legion of ships were soon 
 converted into floating observatories, and their ofiicers into zea- 
 lous co-operators, by whose means an immense mass of informa- 
 tion was speedily collected. 
 
 Every day the benefit of the new order of things became more 
 and more apparent ; and, as soon as his system was firmly esta- 
 blished. Lieutenant Maury obtained the consent of his Government 
 to invite the co-operation of the maritime European Powers in the 
 establishment of a general system of meteorological research, and 
 to offer, without charge for their public vessels, sets of the charts 
 and sailing-directions, and, at the same time, to place at their 
 disposal (also without charge) as many copies of the publication 
 as they chose to demand for distribution in the merchant marine, 
 on the sole condition that the merchant-captains receiving them 
 should keep a journal in the prescribed form, and forward it to 
 Washington, or to Admiral Fitzroy^s office in London, properly 
 filled up, at the close of each voyage. The benefits of this great 
 work were thus thrown open to the whole world. 
 
 To give some idea of the cost of this undertaking, it may be 
 mentioned that the outlay on account of paper and printing for 
 a single set of Maury's " Wind and Current Charts,'' and the 
 Sailing Directions which accompany them, amounted to as much 
 as<840 = £8. 
 
MATTHEW FONTAINE MAURY, 11 
 
 To furtlicr the thorough carrying out of his ideas, and to divest 
 tlie phin of even the semblance of exclusiveness, Lieutenant 
 Maury originated the idea of a conference on the part of all 
 nations to settle the form of journal, propose improvements, make 
 suggestions, and otherwise advance the great object in view. 
 This led to the Maritime Conference held at Brussels in 1853. 
 At this reunion of nautical science England, France, Russia, Por- 
 tugal, Belgium, Holland, Denmark, Norway, and Sweden were 
 represented. England, Holland, and Russia immediately agreed 
 to establish offices to co-operate in Lieutenant Maury's system of 
 research, and their example was soon followed more or less closely 
 by France, Spain, Portugal, Denmark, Sweden, and Prussia. 
 Hence the establishment in London of the Meteorological De- 
 partment of the Board of Trade, over which Admiral Fitzroy 
 now presides. 
 
 Although not yet extended " from the sea to the land, so as 
 to make the system universal,'' according to the original idea of 
 its founder, many important and interesting discoveries have re- 
 sulted from the system of research thus instituted, partial as it 
 is ; indeed, the great philosopher Yon Humboldt declared that 
 Lieutenant Maury deserved the credit of having founded a new de- 
 partment of human knowledge, and which that Nestor of science 
 himself named the "Physical Geography of the Sea;'' and, in a 
 work with that title. Lieutenant Maury laid before the world some 
 of the most interesting results of his researches. 
 
 The new theory of the circulation of both sea and air is pecu- 
 liarly valuable and conclusive. The author divides the currents 
 into two classes, the occasional and the constant ; the former are 
 caused by the winds and other transient agencies ; the latter (as 
 the Gulf-stream) are due to perpetually recurring natural causes, 
 such as the alternations of heat and cold, changes in the degree 
 of saltness in sea-water, which continually varies in density, and 
 thereby produciug constant change of specific gravity. For ex- 
 ample, the waters of the Gulf of Mexico are proved to be both 
 warmer and Salter than those further north into which the Gulf- 
 stream flows, and from which there issues a return current bear- 
 ing the cold water of the Arctic Ocean into tropical seas, there 
 to be heated and drawn into the Gulf-stream in the constant 
 round of oceanic circulation. It is to the difference of specific 
 gravity, resulting from the action of evaporation and precipitation 
 
114 MATTHEW FONTAINE MAURY. 
 
 upon the water of the Gulf of Mexico and of the Arctic Ocean, 
 that the perpetual flow of the Gulf-stream is mainly due. 
 
 That ^' river in the ocean '' is in a state of unstable equilibrium. 
 In the force of its current we behold the ceaseless effort of the 
 sea to restore the equilibrium of repose to its waters, while nature 
 is as ceaselessly engaged in disturbing it. But it is quite impos- 
 sible, in the narrow space of a biographical sketch, to give more 
 than a very faint idea of the magnitude and value of Lieutenant 
 Mauiy^s scientific deductions. ' The Physical Geography of the 
 Sea ' must be read ; it contains a summary of the greatest number 
 of facts relating to the physics of the ocean ever brought together. 
 
 Perhaps the most remarkable result of these observations was 
 the proving to demonstration that the mouths of the Amazon and 
 Mississippi are at the same place, at least for all practical pur- 
 poses of commerce, as far as sailing ships are concerned. They 
 are not where those rivers enter the sea, but they are in and off 
 the Straits of Florida ; for the fact is now established, that in 
 consequence of the winds and currents which beset vessels under 
 canvas as they come out of the Amazon, the best route for all, 
 whether bound for Europe or for any port beyond either of the 
 stormy Capes, leads off to the northward and westward, and 
 passes through those latitudes where the waters of the Mississippi, 
 coming out of the Gulf of Mexico, mingle with the waters of the 
 Atlantic, — thence the route for all vessels from either river is the 
 same. This fact completely captivated the imagination of Lieu- 
 tenant Maury, for it placed the two great rivers in close physical 
 and commercial relations. He at once made his views public in 
 a series of letters called the " Inca Papers," the object of which 
 was to call attention to the vast resources which lie dormant in 
 the Valley of the Amazon. He succeeded beyond his most san- 
 guine hopes ; his papers were translated and distributed far and 
 wide ; and his influence induced the Government of the United 
 States to send exploring expeditions both to the La Plata country 
 and to that of the Amazon, and thus to make known, in an au- 
 thentic form, the vast wealth that awaits the presence of civiliza- 
 tion in those countries. The survey of the La Plata was under- 
 taken by Commander Page, and that of the Amazon and its 
 tributaries by Lieutenants Herndon and Gibbon ; and the results 
 amply verified Lieutenant Maury's theories, and moreover so 
 moved Brazil and other South American States, that more liberal 
 
:ArATTin:w fontatne maury. 115 
 
 laws as regards emigTatioii, etc. soon followed, llco-ular steamers 
 are now running on the Amazon, and regular packets connect 
 its mouth with the world at large. Thus the domains of commerce 
 were increased, and one of his great objects in hfe accomphshed. 
 
 Irrespective of the scientific and moral interest attached to his 
 labours, the benefits arising to commerce and navigation, in a 
 mere money point of view, have proved to be wonderful, and even 
 now can hardly be estimated. When the researches were com- 
 menced, the average passage to the Atlantic Equator was 41 
 days ; by using Maury^s charts and directions the voyage is short- 
 ened 10 days. Again, from England to California it was then 180 
 days, it is now 128. From England to Austraha it was 127 days, and 
 the return voyage was even of greater length ; but by the new route, 
 going by Cape of Good Hope and returning by Cape Horn, the 
 navigator may depend upon good breezes and fair winds, from the 
 time of his crossing the Atlantic Equator to his return to the same 
 place, thus saving at least 50 days in the round voyage between 
 Australia and the mother- country, and this without the smallest 
 outlay on the part of the ship or of her Majesty's Exchequer. 
 
 The saving in money to commerce and navigation has been 
 great. A calculation has been made, showing, by the time saved 
 in shortening the voyage between the principal ports of the two 
 hemispheres, what commerce and navigation have, by Captain 
 Maury's labours, gained in money alone. The sum is large, and 
 the lion's share of it has fallen to this country. 
 
 It was remarked a few years ago before the British Association 
 by the late Dr. Buist, that in India it was estimated that charts 
 and sailing directions for the eastern seas, such as Captain Maury 
 had at that time prepared only for the Atlantic Ocean, would 
 produce a saving to British commerce of from a quarter to a half 
 million sterling annually. The fulfilment of that prophecy would 
 have been a remarkable result for scientific research in any field, 
 but let us see what has been the actual result, for his reseai-ches 
 have since been carried not only into the eastern seas, but into 
 all others. 
 
 We have already quoted the saving of time between England 
 and various parts of the world gained by these researches; let us 
 estimate the commercial value of that time, for " time is money." 
 Freights vary according to times and places, but as an average for 
 all voyages by sailing ships it may be assumed to be about a shiU . 
 
 VOL. n. '^ 
 
116 MATTHEW FONTAINE MAURY. 
 
 ling per ton per day j to some ports it is more, to some less ; but 
 as a mean for all voyages a shilling per ton per day is not found 
 out of the way. According to this average, freights from Liver- 
 pool would be to Bio de Janeiro £2. 10s., to Australia £6. This 
 includes delays in port, loading and unloading, profits, etc. ; so 
 that the actual cost of moving a ton of merchandise under canvas 
 at sea may be taken as not less than QcL per day. This would 
 make the saving by a vessel of 1000 tons that takes the new in- 
 stead of the old route to — 
 
 Rio de Janeiro £250 the voyage. 
 
 India or China 250 ,, 
 
 California 1200 „ 
 
 Australia and back .... 1250 ,, 
 Now, if we could find out the number of sailing vessels of 
 1000 tons each which are annually required for this trade under 
 canvas between England and other parts of the world, the multi- 
 plication of these figures would express startling sums. Suffice it 
 to say, they would be multiplied in each case, except perhaps Cali- 
 fornia, by hundreds. This vast saving has been eifected by means 
 so simple, and in ways so gentle and so quiet, that those who have 
 reaped the benefits of it scarcely know whence it comes. 
 
 The value of the services thus rendered to science and com- 
 merce, and therefore to all countries, but more especially to Eng- 
 land and the United States, has been recognized by the principal 
 Powers in Europe, in the bestowal of medals and offers of various 
 orders of knighthood. Gold medals were struck in Maury's honour 
 by Holland, the senate of Bremen, Norway, Sardinia, and Sweden. 
 Austria presented her great gold medal of science, Prussia did 
 the same, and, besides, added the " Cosmos " medal at the special 
 request of Humboldt. France presented two gold medals, and 
 moreover offered the insignia of the Legion of Honour. The Pope 
 established distinguishing flags to be worn at their mast-heads, 
 by all the ship-masters from the States of the Church, who Avould 
 co-operate at sea in this system of research. Those whose jouinials 
 were approved by Lieutenant Maury received military rank and 
 became entitled to salutes as they passed its ports; and his Holi- 
 ness forwarded a complete set of all the medals which had been 
 struck during the Pontificate as a mark of appreciation of Lieute- 
 nant Maury's scientific labours. Denmark tendered the order of 
 the Dannebrog; Eussia, that of St. Aime; Belgium, the order of 
 
MATTHEW FONTaTNE MAUHY. 1 1 7 
 
 Leopold ; Portugal, that of tlie Tower and Sword ; but in the Re- 
 publican judgment of the American Congress, these Orders came 
 under the designation of titles or patents of nobility, and the veto 
 of the Government was put upon them. 
 
 The subject of our memoir was now at the summit of his pro- 
 sperity. He enjoyed the confidence of his fellow-countrymen in a 
 marked degree ; the merchants and ship-owfiers handsomely ac- 
 knowledged the value of his services to the shipping interest of 
 their port ; the establishment, under his orders, was daily in- 
 creasing in strength and usefulness, and from nothing had sprung 
 into the first rank before the world. The great astronomical 
 work he was engaged upon, namely, forming a complete cata- 
 logue of everything visible in the heavens, was progressing satis- 
 factorily ; while his name began to be held in reverence and 
 esteem as the American Humboldt, and his darling project, an- 
 other Antarctic Expedition, seemed on the point of realization, 
 when, like a thunderbolt, in the midst of his useful labours, came 
 the great Civil War in America. 
 
 Although absorbed in scientific pursuits, and surrounded by 
 associations from which it was harder to part than life itself, 
 Captain Maury was true to his character, and with the uncompro- 
 mising honesty which has distinguished him through life, he 
 called his staff together, handed over the Observatory and public 
 property under his charge, sent in his resignation to the United 
 States Government, and upon its acceptance retired to the capital 
 of his State, Richmond. Upon his arrival he immediately tendered 
 his services to the State. It is needless to say that his offer was 
 at once accepted; indeed, although it was Sunday, the convention 
 was assembled by extra call, and an ordinance passed, creating a 
 Council of three citizens to assist the Governor in the emergency. 
 Captain Maury, of the navy of Virginia, was made one of them, 
 and noon of that day found him busily engaged on his new duties. 
 It may be mentioned here, as an interesting historical fact, that 
 the very first act of the three advisers was to recommend that 
 Colonel Robert E. Lee, who also had resigned his commission in 
 the army of the United States, be invited to come to Richmond 
 and take supreme command of the armies of Virginia. Colonel 
 Lee left Arlington at once, and promptly accepted the invitation. 
 Captain Maury continued to serve on this Council until the 
 treaty of Richmond 1861, was concluded, by which Virginia formally 
 
118 MATTJIEW FONTAINE MAURY. 
 
 agreed to make common cause with the Confederate States. Un- 
 der this treaty the army and navy of Virginia was incorporated 
 with that of the other States, and Captain Maury thus became 
 an oflBcer in the Confederate Navy. 
 
 As soon as it became known in Europe that Captain Maury had 
 joined the Southern cause, he received the most kind and friendly 
 invitations both from France and Russia to become the national 
 guest; the first proceeded direct from the Pi-ince Napoleon, the 
 latter from the Grand-Duke Constantine. The object of both was 
 to rescue from the coming "political whirlpool" the philosopher 
 who had already done such good service to the world at large ; 
 but he was proof against the double temptation (the uninterrupted 
 pursuit of his own darling studies, and the ample provision for his 
 family offered at the same time), and in all pureness of spirit gave 
 himself up to the Confederate cause. Of all the patriots of the 
 South, not one can lay claim to more self-sacrificing devotion than 
 Captain M. F. Maury. He unhesitatingly gave up pursuits that 
 had become -almost pai't and parcel of his being, — resigned a po- 
 sition at the head of a department which it had taken years of 
 toil to form and develope, and declined even a better appoint- 
 ment offered by foreign countries, to follow what he felt to be the 
 course of duty in his own country. As if these sacrifices were not 
 sufficient, his house and property have been utterly destroyed at 
 Fredericksburg, and, what was worse, all his books and papers 
 carried off. His wife and family were forced to take refuge in the 
 infirmary of a college, where they now are, and a price was set 
 upon his head ; but, in spite of these accumulated misfortunes, 
 Captain Maury has never been heard to express anything but a 
 proud satisfaction that in his darkest hours, he has preferred his 
 country's claim to any mere personal consideration. 
 
 Captain Maury's family consisted of three sons and five daugh- 
 ters ; of the former, one is killed, one desperately wounded, shut 
 through both thighs, and one is now with him ; of the latter, two 
 are married. 
 
 Since 1862 he has been separated from his family, having been 
 employed on a special mission to England. The loss to science 
 by the present inaction of Captain Maury is immense. Let us 
 hope that it is only a temporary withdrawal from the field of use- 
 fulness he loved so well, and in which he conferred such lasting- 
 benefits upon mankind. 
 
119 
 
 ROBERT HUNT, F.R.S. 
 
 KEEPER OF MINING RECORDS. 
 
 Robert Hunt was born on the Gtli of September, 1807, at 
 Plymouth Dock (now Devonport), his young mother being ah-eady, 
 for nearly six months, a widow. His father was in the Navy, and 
 perished with all the crew of a sloop of war in the Grecian 
 Archipelago, when carrying dispatches to Admiral Duckworth, 
 who was at that time blockading the Dardanelles. So complete 
 was the wreck that no vestige of the ship was ever found, and so 
 much uncertainty sura'ounded the matter, that the Admiralty with- 
 held the pensions from the widows for three years, under the ex- 
 pectation that some of the ship's crew would find their way to 
 England. There was, at one time, a belief that this ship had 
 been captured by the Algerine pirates, and the men sold into 
 slavery. Indeed, after the bombardment of Algiers by Lord 
 Exmouth, it was commonly reported that many of these sailors 
 had been found and liberated ; and we have heard the subject of 
 the present notice describe his boyish excitement, upon being 
 sent home from school to meet his father. The consequences of 
 this state of uncertainty told sadly upon the widowed mother, and 
 left enduring traces upon the child. 
 
 Robert Hunt received his eai-ly education in the town of his 
 birth, and, as a child, was remarkable for his powers of memory. 
 The pension granted to the widows of naval ofiicers being exceed- 
 ingly small, it was only an ordinary country school which could be 
 afforded. When about nine years old, Mrs. Hunt removed her 
 residence to Penzance, and her son Robert was placed at a second- 
 class school in that remote town. 
 
 An opportunity occurred which was thought to offer many 
 
120 ROBERT HUNT. 
 
 adv^antageSj and wliicli would, in all probability, lead to sccunng 
 a position for Robert Hunt, which could not otherwise be hoped 
 for, and he was sent to London, when not yet thirteen years old. 
 The boy was taken charge of by a surgeon residing at Paddington. 
 He was to make himself useful in the surgery, until he arrived at 
 the age of sixteen, when he was, according to the rules of the 
 College of Surgeons, to have been articled. However, he remained 
 here but eighteen months : he was treated with much severity, 
 and one fine summer morning he ran away. Notwithstanding 
 this, he was befriended by a physician. Dr. Charles Smith, then re- 
 sident in Hatton Garden, and for five years Eobert Hunt divided 
 his time between the doctor's and the house of a brother, who 
 carried on business as a chemist and druggist in Fleet Street. At 
 the expiration of this term, it was found that the cost of attending 
 the lectures and hospitals was more than his mother could afford, 
 and Robert Hunt obtained a situation, and continued for several 
 years in London as an assistant. 
 
 An illness, occasioned by his falHng through the ice into the 
 river Thames at Datchet, on the night of the funeral of the 
 Duke of York, compelled him to resign his situation and fly to the 
 country. For a period of ten months Robert Hunt remained in 
 the neighbourhood of Dartmoor, and in Cornwall. This time was 
 spent by him in collecting the folk-lore of the people, and we 
 learn that, after this long seclusion, the collection then obtained 
 is now in the press, and will shortly be published. 
 
 At this period, too, Mr. Robert Hunt wrote a poem, entitled 
 ' The Mount's Bay,' which was published by subscription at Pen- 
 zance. This appears to have been the first literary effort that saw 
 light ; but we learn that even at school poetic composition was the 
 favourite employment of the boy's leisure. 
 
 Robert Hunt returned to the metropolis, and filled for several 
 years a situation of responsibihty. He was then induced, by his 
 uncle, to return to Penzance, and commence business in connec- 
 tion with him. This was a most unhappy arrangement, and ended 
 very unsatisfactorily for both parties. 
 
 During this time, however, Robert Hunt was active, with a few 
 other young men, in establishing the Penzance Literary and 
 Scientific Institution, and here he gave his first lectures on science. 
 The years which immediately followed this period appear to have 
 been most unhappy ones to the subject of our memoir. His time 
 
ROBERT HUNT. 121 
 
 was spent, partly in London and partly in Devonport, Mr. Hunt 
 having married a lady of that town. Here he delivered some 
 courses of Lectures on Chemistry, and here he commenced, in 
 1838, his investigations in Photography. Robert Hunt had, by 
 liis lectures, made himself well known in the West of England, 
 and in 1840 he was appointed Secretary of the Royal Cornwall 
 Polytechnic Society. This appointment allowed him uuich leisure, 
 and this was devoted to inquiries into the " Chemical Action of 
 the Sun's Rays;'' ''The Influence of Light on Plants;" "The 
 Electricity of Mineral Lodes," and other subjects connected with 
 our metalliferous deposits. 
 
 Mr. Hunt during this time produced his ' Manual of Photogra- 
 phy,' published by Griffin, which went through five editions; his 
 ' Researches on Light,' published by Longmans, of which two 
 editions have appeared. The investigations carried out by Ro- 
 bert Hunt in the mines of Cornwall recommended him to the 
 notice of Sir Henry de la Beche, and he was offered the situation 
 of Keeper of Mining Records in the Museum of Practical Geology, 
 upon the duties of which office he entered on the 19th of April, 
 184-5. Mr. R. Hunt soon saw the importance of endeavouring to 
 obtain correct returns of the mineral produce of the United King- 
 dom, and he set on foot an inquiry, which has resulted in the 
 publication of annual ' Mineral Statistics,' giving a more complete 
 return of this valuable British industry than any continental king- 
 dom can show, notwithstanding that the powers of the State are 
 brought to bear, making the returns compulsory; whereas in 
 England those returns are given voluntarily. So valuable to the 
 commercial world are these mineral statistics considered, that a 
 few years since a handsome silver tea-service and a purse of 
 two hundred sovereigns were presented to Mr. Hunt, who also 
 received a handsome testimonial from his Cornish friends on his 
 quitting the office which he held, as secretary to the local society 
 already named. 
 
 Settled in London, Robert Hunt was enabled to follow the bent 
 of his mind, in which there is somewhat strangely combined a 
 poetical tendency and a mechanical aptitude. About this time 
 ' The Poetry of Science ' was published by Mr. Lovell Reeve, and 
 subsequently his ' Panthea, or the Spirit of Nature.' The former 
 work passed through several editions ; the latter production was 
 imperfectly understood, and must be regarded as a failure. 
 
122 ROBERT HUNT. 
 
 The Government School of Mines was organized in 1851, and 
 Robei't Hunt was appointed its first Lecturer on Experimental, or, 
 as it was afterwards termed, Mechanical Science. He continued 
 to fill the two offices of Keeper of Mining- Eecords and Professor 
 of Mechanical Science, until a Government Commission^ consist- 
 ing of Sir Charles Trevelyan and Sir Stafibrd Northcote, recom- 
 mended an extension of the Mining Record Office, the utility of 
 which had been rendered evident through Mr. Hunt^s exertions. 
 Then Robert Hunt resigned his professorship, and he has since 
 that time devoted himself to his duties as Keeper of Mining- 
 Records. 
 
 Amongst other publications by which Mr. Robert Hunt has 
 made himself known, his ' Synopsis ' and ' Handbook of the Great 
 Exhibition of 1851 ^ must be named. He also published works of 
 the same character at the time of the International Exhibition of 
 1862. In addition to numerous papers communicated to vari- 
 ous periodicals, Mr. Robert Hunt wrote his ' Elementary Physics.' 
 He also edited a new edition of ' Metals and Metallurgy ' for 
 Messrs. Longman, and undertook the more important work of 
 producing a greatly enlarged edition of '' lire's Dictionary of Arts, 
 Manufactures, and Mines.' 
 
 In addition to these labours, being impressed with the im- 
 portance of giving to the metalliferous miner a certain amount 
 of scientific education, to enable him to pursue his arduous em- 
 ployment with more ease and safety, Robert Hunt has for some 
 years exerted himself in the establishment of the Miners' Associa- 
 tion of Cornwall and Devonshire. This institution has established 
 classes for the instruction of miners in chemistry and mechanics 
 in each of the mining centres of the two western counties, and 
 it is progressing satisfactorily, Robert Hunt, as honorary general 
 Secretary, being entrusted with the management of an organiza- 
 tion which originated in his efibrts. 
 
 Robert Hunt commenced active life with but a very imperfect 
 education, but, gifted with a capacity for knowledge, and possess- 
 ing much industry, he has achieved a position of usefulness which 
 we hope he may long pursue. 
 
FORBES WINSLOW, M.D., D.C.L. 
 
 Dr. Forbes Winslow, the 9tli son of Captain Thomas Winslow, 
 of His Majesty's 47th Regiment of Foot^ and of Mrs. Mary 
 Winslow^ whose memoirs are widely known in religious circles, 
 was born at Pentonville, in 1810, and is descended from the 
 Winslows of Massachusetts, who, in the colonial days of America, 
 filled from time to time many important offices in that State. On 
 the termination of the War of Independence, his grandfather, 
 who belonged to the Royalist party, came to England, where his 
 family have since remained. Dr. Winslow received his early 
 education at a private grammar-school at Manchester, and on 
 the first establishment of the University College as a medical 
 school, he commenced his studies there ; he afterwards entered 
 at the Middlesex Hospital, and became a pupil of the late Sir 
 Charles Bell, whose brilliant discoveries with reference to the 
 nervous system revolutionized the teaching of our physiologists. 
 In all probability Dr. Winslow^s studies were directed towards 
 mental and cerebral diseases by thus early being placed in 
 connection with this great physiologist, whose discoveries laid 
 the foundation for a truthful estimate and a rational treatment 
 of the diseases of the brain and great nervous centres, — at all 
 events, the tendency of his mind was early evinced towards this 
 branch of medicine, and he has continued steadfast in its pursuit. 
 When a student he joined the Westminster Medical Society, and 
 his thoughts ever being directed to the hue of practice he had 
 chosen and has since so ably followed, he read a paper " On the 
 Influence of the Mind and Body in the Production of Disease,'' 
 and another, " On the Influence of the Imagination of the Mother 
 on the Foetus in Utero.'' Both papers attracted much attention 
 
 VOL. II. T 
 
124 DE. FORBES WINSLOW. 
 
 and excited keen discussion. Shortly after these papers were read, 
 he contributed another, on '' Suicide, Medically considered." This 
 paper formed the foundation for his subsequent work, " The Ana- 
 tomy of Suicide," which excited much attention at the time of 
 its publication, and was the first English medical treatise on the 
 subject. Whilst still pursuing his medical studies, he contri- 
 buted largely to the magazines, papers cognate to his own pro- 
 fession, and employed himself in those literaiy exercises which 
 have since given him such great distinction as a medical writer. 
 The first work which directly associated his name with the prac- 
 tice of lunacy, was his ' Plea of Insanity in Criminal Cases,^ a work 
 opening up new views as regards the criminal responsibility of 
 the insane. 
 
 Dr. Winslow has throughout his professional career inclined to- 
 wards the side of mercy in his judgment in all cases where he has 
 seen good reason to suspect mental unsoundness in the culprit, 
 and this tendency, one most undoubtedly in perfect keeping with 
 the humane ideas making such rapid progress in society, has sub- 
 jected him to some adverse criticism on the part of a certain por- 
 tion of the press, and his declaration of a belief in the existence of 
 " moral insanity " in minds where the reasoning faculty, to all 
 appearance, is perfectly sound, has di-awn upon him much ill-will 
 from those who believe that such a doctrine is calculated to 
 confound vice with disease ; but Dr. Winslow has at least the ad- 
 vantage of knowing that if he errs, he does so in common with 
 some of the most profound thinkers of the day. The present 
 Archbishop of York, for instance, when Dr. Thomson, in his 
 article on " Crime and its Excuses," in the Oxford Essays, clearly 
 shows by the following extract that he fully indorses the opinions 
 of Dr. Winslow : — " The day has probably arrived already," he 
 says, " when the existence of moral insanity, of a disease which 
 wrecks the moral perceptions and leaves the intellect almost intact, 
 shall be recognized as fully as any other kind of madness." The 
 testimony of such a man is, we think, pretty conclusive that such 
 opinions may be held by those who feel no inclination to make 
 dangerous innovations in our criminal code, and who are not likely 
 to remove recklessly the safeguards of society. 
 
 Daring Dr. Winslow's active professional career, he has been 
 placed very prominently before the public eye, in consequence of 
 the many civil and criminal cases in which he has given evidence, 
 
DE. FORBES WINSLOW. 125 
 
 and in connection with public trials, in whicli lie has been called 
 upon by the law-officers of the Crown as medical referee. Scarcely 
 any trial that has made a great public impression within the last 
 twenty- five years but has been associated with the name of Dr. 
 Win slow. In the trial of Macnaug-hten for the murder of Mr. 
 Drummond, his name appeared very prominently. In the civil 
 case in which it was sought to prove that Mrs. Gumming was of 
 inisound mind, Dr. Winslow gave an opposite opinion. In the 
 trial of Atkinson for the murder of his sweetheart ; in the case of 
 Mrs. Brough, the wetnurse of the Prince of Wales, who murdered 
 her six children ; of Weston, who shot Mr. Waugh, the solicitor, 
 of Bedford Eow; of Mrs. Vyse, who murdered her children, etc. ; 
 and it is at least due to him to say, that in nearly every case his 
 opinion has rescued the accused from the gallows. His services 
 have also been continually demanded by the prison authorities, to 
 investigate doubtful cases of insanity among prisoners. 
 
 This class of experience in medical jurisprudence has led to his 
 being largely consulted in all cases of legal dispute, involving sub- 
 tle questions of mental capacity, and consequently his practice has 
 assumed the character in some respects, of that of a medical jurist, — 
 a position daily becoming of greater importance, in consequence of 
 the vital points arising in so many legal cases, civil and criminal, 
 affecting large monetary interests, the hereditary mental conditions 
 of families, and the fate of individuals accused of crime. 
 
 Dr. Winslow, many years since, established an asylum for the 
 insane, at Hammersmith ; and here, for a period of upwards of 
 twenty years, he had an opportunity of practically carrying into 
 operation his scientific, enlightened, and humane views of treating 
 insanity on the most approved curative principles. The practical 
 experience of Dr. Winslow, however, has not been confined wholly 
 to cases of mental alienation ; he is consulted very widely in all 
 cases of disease involving the brain and nervous system, where no 
 mental ahenation is apparent. The experience his long residence 
 among his patients gave him, has enabled him to take a very pro- 
 minent place among the leading psychologists of the day, and has 
 earned for him a high position as a consulting physician and me- 
 dical jurist. His sagacity in discovering and treating incipient 
 symptoms of bi'ain disorder, involving epilepsy, convulsive diseases 
 of all kinds, paralysis, epilepsy, etc., and especially of that terrible 
 malady softening of the brain, have earned for him a foremost 
 
126 DR. FORBES WINSLOW. 
 
 place among the leading physicians of the day, and have won him 
 the confidence of the profession and the public. There is a vast 
 debatable ground between absolute and declared madness, and 
 the myriad forms of nervous disorders to which he has long de- 
 voted his attention, and the fruits of which he has given to the 
 public in his elaborate work ' On Obscure Diseases of the Brain 
 and Disorders of the Mind/ which has already gone through three 
 editions. 
 
 In the year 1847, Dr. Winslow established the quarterly 'Jour- 
 nal of Psychological Medicine.^ This very important contribution 
 to the history of thought, morbid and otherwise, was edited by 
 Dr. Winslow for seventeen years with very great ability. From 
 its very commencement it took liberal and enlightened views of 
 psychological medicine, and the ability of its articles not only at- 
 tracted the attention of thinking men, professional and otherwise, 
 but enforced contributions from their pens, and it may fairly claim 
 to have established a new branch of scientific thought, which "the 
 world will not willingly let die." This journal was successfully 
 carried on up to the end of last year, when the professional en- 
 gagements of Dr. Winslow became so pressing as to force him to 
 bring it to a conclusion. The new vein of thought it opened up, 
 however, must continue to influence our literature, advance the 
 science of psychological medicine, and throw much light upon the 
 varying phases of mental alienation. 
 
 At the installation of the Earl of Derby as Chancellor of the 
 University of Oxford, Dr. Winslow had the honorary degree of 
 D.C.L. conferred upon him. He is a Fellow of the College of Phy- 
 sicians, Edinburgh, Doctor of Medicine of the University of Aber- 
 deen, and member of the Royal College of Physicians, London, 
 and has been President of the Medical Society of London. In 
 1851 he was appointed by the Council of that Society " Lettso- 
 mian Professor " for that year, in the course of which he delivered 
 three lectures, having reference to his own particular branch of 
 medicine. They were, 1, on the Psychological Vocation of the 
 Physician ; 2, on the Medical Treatment of the Insane ; 3, on the 
 Medico-Legal Evidence in Cases of Insanity. These lectures 
 were published in 1854 as a separate volume, under the title of 
 ' Lettsomian Lectures on Insanity.^ 
 
THOMAS THORNYCROFT, Esq. 
 
 Thomas Thornycroft was the eldest of the three sons of Mr. 
 John Thornycroft, who, at his son Thomas's birth, in 1816, was 
 the occupier of Tidnock Farm, an estate belonging to the Earl of 
 Harrington, in the parish of Gawsworth, near Macclesfield. When 
 the eldest son was but six years old, the father died, and the three 
 boys were left to the care of their mother. Mrs. Thornycroft was 
 an exemplary parent, and to her devotedness in the early training 
 of her son, much of his success may be attributed. Educated first 
 at Congleton Grammar School, at that time presided over by the 
 Rev. Edward Wilson, he was at a suitable age articled as pupil to 
 a Mr. John Fleet, surgeon, of Macclesfield. The uncongenial na- 
 ture of this pursuit, however, soon manifested itself, and young 
 Thornycroft's surgical studies were neglected for the more attrac- 
 tive pursuits of modelling and carving. His employer at length 
 became dissatisfied, and finally the youth's indentures were can- 
 celled, and the question of the amount of premium to be returned 
 to his mother was referred for arbitration to an eminent surgeon 
 of Macclesfield. It then came out, and the story has often been 
 repeated, that one of the master's most serious complaints against 
 his pupil was indeed a grievous one. To his horror he one day 
 found all his best scalpels hacked and splintered, and on inquiring 
 the cause, found that young Thornycroft had been devoting these 
 instruments, intended for the carving of living flesh and bone, to 
 a more agreeable though inappropriate use, by endeavouring, with 
 their aid, to convert marble into the semblance of skin and muscle. 
 This was indeed too much for the mildest of doctors, and the lad 
 was dismissed, though there is obviously much in a surgical edu- 
 cation which might have assisted the destiny of the young sculp- 
 tor, had his energies flowed in a more discreet channel. 
 
 VOL. II. u 
 
128 THOMAS TITOKNYCROFT. 
 
 Fortunately the gentleman to whom the arbitration had been 
 referred, took an interest in the fortunes of the young delinquent, 
 and he was speedily furnished with some good specimens to copy 
 from the antique, whereby his eye became educated and his hand 
 acquired dexterity. The bent of his mind being now apparent, 
 and his devotion to modelling and sculpture increasing with practice, 
 it was thought desirable to ascertain the opinion of some of -the 
 most leading men of the day upon his prospects, and through the 
 aid of Mr. Edward Hawkins, the Keeper of Antiquities at the 
 British Museum, and Mr. Davenport, of Capesthorne Hall, Cheshire, 
 specimens of Thomas Thornycroft's work were submitted to Sir 
 Francis Chantrey and to H.E-.H. the Duke of Sussex. Chantrey\s 
 advice was characterized by the kindness, the straightforwardness, 
 and the candour which so strongly marked his disposition. Ac- 
 knowledging the freedom of hand which the young man's studies 
 displayed, he added — " But, Sir, this is not the leading feature 
 of a so-called scidptor, though it maybe advantageously possessed 
 by him. The skill of the artist consists in the life, expression, 
 sentiment, and design which he imparts to the model in clay ; the 
 transferring what he has worked in clay to marble is effected by 
 certain mechanical appliances which render the carver's work com- 
 paratively easy. Has your young friend any other profession ? If 
 he has, let him follow it, for ours is now not one that a man can 
 fairly rely upon to realize a profitable retmni for his labour and 
 thought. When I began my career, there were but four sculptors 
 of any note in London, now there are forty at least ; and with such 
 competition, had I to start afresh, I could not accomplish the repu- 
 tation I have attained. But send him up to me, perhaps I may 
 encourage the young man ; perhaps discourage him." 
 
 Could Sir Francis have lived to witness the state of the arts in 
 Eugland at this day, he would have been startled indeed by the 
 increase in the numbers and the extent of competition which exists 
 amongst sculptors, but he would have discovered that the demand 
 for artistic productions has advanced with equal strides, and that 
 there was little foundation for the apprehension that a genius so 
 forcible and so thoroughly national as his, would not have reaped 
 even a greater harvest of success in this age than in his own. 
 
 From the Duke of Sussex-'s inspection of Mr. Thornycroft's car- 
 vings a more important result followed. His Royal Highness 
 having requested Mr. John Francis, then a sculptor of high repute 
 
THOMAS THORNYCROFT. 129 
 
 in London, to attend at the Palace and give his opinion on the 
 works^ Mr. Francis expressed great approbation, and the result 
 was, that Thornycroft entered the studio of Mr. Francis as a 
 pupil. Amongst his earher productions was a bust of Melancholy, 
 suggested by the lines in Milton's ' II Penseroso/ which was ex- 
 hibited at the Royal Academy, and purchased by Captain Well- 
 bank, R.N. 
 
 In the year 1840, at the close of his pupilage with Mr. Francis, 
 Mr. Thornycroft married the eldest daughter of the sculptor, who 
 is herself an artist of no less celebrity than her husband, and 
 henceforward the names of Mr. and Mrs. Thornycroft are associated 
 together in the annals of British sculpture. 
 
 Two years afterwards* Mr. Thornycroft experienced the truth of 
 the old saying, generally so appropriate in the case of artists, that 
 ''All roads lead to Rome.'' The winter of 1842 was passed by 
 Mr. and Mrs. Thornycroft in that capital, where they made the 
 acquaintance of Thorwaldsen, Gibson, and other eminent sculptors. 
 
 In 1843 Mr. Thornycroft's group of " Medea about to slay her 
 Children " was commenced, a work which was exhibited in the fol- 
 lowing year in Westminster Hall, by invitation of the Royal Com- 
 missioners of the Fine Arts. This composition was very favourably 
 reviewed in the ' Kunstblatt ' by Dr. Forster, the eminent German 
 critic, who spoke of it as the only specimen in the exhibition of 
 the "'severe" school. It was followed by commissions for two 
 statues in bronze, one of Roger Bigod, Duke of Norfolk, the other 
 of Henry, Earl of Hereford, part of a series of ornamental figures 
 supposed to represent i\\Q Barons who signed Magna Cliarta, and 
 which now stand in niches on either side of the House of Lords. 
 
 In the year 1 850 Mr. Thornycroft exhibited at the Academy, a 
 group of "Alfred and Ethelburga," a scene representing the 
 Queen in the act of exhibiting to the young Prince Alfred the 
 book which was to be the reward of that one of her children who 
 should first learn to read it. This interesting work has never, as 
 yet, been commissioned. 
 
 When the project of the Great Exhibition of 1851 was set on 
 foot, Mr. Thornycroft meditated the preparation of an equestrian 
 statue of the Queen, and his design being favourably entertained 
 by Her Majesty and Prince Albert, every facility was graciously 
 afforded to him for its execution. Not only were elaborate studies 
 of equine proportion permitted to be made in the Royal stables. 
 
l;30 THOMAS THORNYCROFT. 
 
 but the Queen's celebrated cbarger ' Haman ' was repeatedly taken 
 to the studio, and there with a young female seated on his back, 
 was put through his paces in a circle, in order to give the designer 
 a study of equestrian action. The result was the statue which was 
 exhibited in Hyde Park in 1851. The horse is represented in the 
 action of rearing, with two fore legs off the ground, and being 
 thus rested on the two hind legs only, and requii-ing some third 
 point of support, this well-known difficulty of sculptors was met 
 by a novel expedient. Her Majesty's riding-dress was represented 
 as reaching nearly to the ground and at its lowest extremity 
 lightly sweeping over a growing plant or flower. By this means 
 a continuity of surface was obtained. This arrangement met 
 with some adverse criticism, but the figure was on the whole 
 admired, and the horse was acknowledged to be an excellent por- 
 trait of ' Haman .' 
 
 Two or three years afterwards, a statuette in bronze of her 
 Majesty on horseback as she was supposed to be reviewing the 
 troops at Chobham, was executed for the Prince, who had a very 
 sincere appreciation of Mr. Thornycroft's industry and talent. 
 This figure was several times repeated in bronze for the Eoyal 
 Family. The copyright was afterwards purchased by the Art 
 Union, and the group has by this means become very familiar to 
 the public. 
 
 Another interesting work appeared in 1856, being a model for 
 a statue of George Benjamin Thornycroft, a wealthy iron-master 
 of Wolverhampton, and first mayor of that town. This figure is 
 considered to possess many excellences of composition. 
 
 Another important work is an altar tomb in Ledbury Church, 
 near Malvern, to the memory of John Hamilton, infant son of John 
 Martin, Esq., M.P., of the Upper Hall, Ledbury. The child is re- 
 presented as in sleep, under a coverlet, with the hands crossed on 
 its bosom. In this group, the artist is said to have reproduced, 
 witliout imitation, much of the effect inspired by Chantrey's cele- 
 brated Sleeping Children at Lichfield, and Banks's monument to 
 Miss Boothby at Ashbourne. 
 
 Somewhere about this period also was produced a figm-e called 
 " The Knitting Girl," which has attracted the favourable notice of 
 Dr. Waagen. It is marked by simplicity, ease, and gracefulness. 
 
 In the year 1857, there appeared in the Academy a bronze 
 statuette of " Washington ; " in 1858 a model for a marble statue 
 
THOMAS THORNYCEOFT. 131 
 
 of " Lady Anna Chandos Pole/' wliicli has been mucli admired ; 
 and in I860, a sketch for a statue of " Havelock." 
 
 Mr. Thorny croft also competed for the Wellington memorial. 
 Into this work an unusual extent of detail was introduced, and 
 the whole history of the Duke's career was, as far perhaps as is 
 possible, narrated in the symbolical language of sculptural ai^t. 
 
 For many years of his life Mr. Thornj^croft has been engaged at 
 intervals in an historical work of a more imaginative cast, repre- 
 senting Boadicea, accompanied by two of her daughters, launching 
 the thunders of war at a supposed enemy, from a chariot drawn 
 by two horses at full speed. This large heroic work is as yet in- 
 complete ; but in its progress it is known to have received the com- 
 mendations and the encouragement of the late Prince Consort. A 
 cast of the colossal head of the Boadicea was exhibited in this 
 year's Academy. 
 
 Mr. Thornycroft is also engaged upon mnemonic statuary for 
 the Palace of Westminster. Two figures, executed in white marble, 
 one of Charles I., the other of James II., each in accurately studied 
 costume, are now on the point of leaving his studio. 
 
 The latest of his completed works is a bronze equestrian statue 
 of the late Prince Consort, which was inaugurated at Halifax on 
 the 17th of September last, — the cost, amounting to 1300 guineas, 
 having been met by public subscription. The statue and pedestal 
 measure eighteen feet from the ground. The horse was modelled 
 from an animal named 'Nimrod,' selected from the stud of her 
 Majesty, who, as in the former instance, was graciously pleased 
 to place it at Mr. Thorny croft's disposal. Two other equestrian 
 statues of the Prince, intended for the towns of Liverpool and 
 Wolverhampton, are also in the course of preparation. 
 
 Our memoir would be incomplete without a brief allusion to the 
 works of Mrs. Thornycroft. Before her marriage, whilst practis- 
 ing in her father's studio, this lady had acquired great facility in 
 modelling, and had even attracted public attention by a figure 
 which she exhibited of life-size, called " The Flower Girl." After 
 her marriage, and whilst on her visit to Home with Mr. Thornycroft, 
 the notice of the sculptor Gibson was attracted by two models exe- 
 cuted by her whilst in that city, one of " Sappho," the other of a 
 " Sleeping Child." Mr. Gibson was so favourably impressed with 
 these works, that when he was consulted by the Queen as to the 
 person best qualified to carry out her wishes in having models and 
 
132 THOMAS TllORNYCKOFT. 
 
 statues of the Royal cliildren executed, lie at once recommended 
 Mrs. Thornycroft. 
 
 Accordingly, on her return to England, ]\Irs. Thornycroft re- 
 ceived a commission from her Majesty, the result of which was 
 the completion of a work representing four of the Royal children 
 in the characters of the four seasons. Princess Alice was repre- 
 sented as " Spring," in the attitude of offering, as it may be sup- 
 posed to her Royal mother, a flower from a number of blossoms 
 gathered and held up in the folds of her dress. This was exhibited 
 in 1845. Prince Alfred appeared as "Autumn," clutching a bunch 
 of grapes. This was in the following year. Next followed the 
 Prince of Wales, clothed as a shepherd to personify " Winter," 
 and finally the Princess Royal as " Summer," with a reaper's sickle 
 and the ears of corn of a gleaner. These figures have been exten- 
 sively multiplied by engravings and statuettes, and are the orna- 
 ments of innumerable homes here and in the colonies. 
 
 In 1847 the Duchess of Kent, in 1850 her Majesty, and in 1852 
 the Duchess of Gloucester sat to Mrs. Thornycroft for busts ; and 
 from that time up to the present she has received frequent com- 
 missions from members of the Royal Family, from ladies of the 
 families of Stanhope, Hardwicke, Sutherland, and many other 
 persons of distinction. Amongst other well-known designs there 
 is a very gracefully arranged figure of the Princess Beatrice repre- 
 sented as a child cradled in a nautilus shell. Very lately the 
 Princess of Wales has honom-ed Mrs. Thornycroft with sittings, 
 and the bust was exhibited last year. 
 
 Amongst the whole of Mrs. Thornycroft's productions hitherto 
 completed and known to the public, none probably has attracted 
 more admiration for its artistic merits than the well-known " Skip- 
 ping Girl," which first appeared in 1856, and was seen to great 
 advantage at the Paris Exhibition of 1861. Critics of every kind 
 and degree are unanimous in commending the free unafiected 
 grace of this youthful figure, which, wliilst it is accurate enough to 
 be a transcript of nature, has just enough of generality about it 
 to raise it from a portrait to the rank of an ideal representation. 
 
JAMES SCOTT BOWERBANK, LL.D., 
 
 F.R.S., P.L.S., F.G.S. 
 
 James Scott Bowerbank was born in the parish of Bishopsgate, 
 London, on the 14th of July, 1797, at the residence of his father, 
 a rectifying distiller, and in this business, in conjunction with his 
 brother, he succeeded his father, and continued in it until 1847. 
 At an early age he exhibited a strong attachment to Natural 
 History in general, and especially to the science of Botany. His 
 father rented for many years a portion of the River Lea, in the 
 Edmonton Marshes, for his private recreation ; and there he 
 usually spent his school holidays. His greatest pleasure was to 
 wander along the banks of the river, and observe the habits of 
 every living creature beneath its surface, and thus he quickly 
 became familiar with all its inhabitants, and with the plants grow- 
 ing in it or on its margins. In 1818 he became a member of the 
 Mathematical Society of Spitalfields, and remained so until its 
 incorporation with the Royal Astronomical Society in 1845. In 
 the Mathematical Society he became acquainted with many men 
 of similar tastes to his own, and entered earnestly into a course of 
 studies of the natural sciences in general. In 1822, 1823, and 
 1824, he delivered public courses of lectures on Anatomical, Phy- 
 siological, and Systematical Botany; and in 1831 a course of 
 lectures on Human Osteology. These studies were steadily con- 
 tinued, although actively employed in a manufacturing business 
 demanding constant and anxious attention for at least twelve 
 hours of the day. His pursuit of the Natural History sciences 
 was a labour of love under difficulties, as at that period the repu- 
 tation of an attachment to scientific pursuits was rather an oppro- 
 brium than a merit in a young commercial man, in the eyes of his 
 friends. 
 
1:34 JAMES SCOTT BOWERBANK. 
 
 His love of Natural History was not confined to the knowledge 
 of species and their habits, but the anatomy and physiology of all 
 the specimens that came under his observation were the especial 
 objects of his study in the few hours of recreation that were at his 
 disposal. In 1833 he published in the ' Entomological Magazine' 
 a paper " On the Circulation of the Blood in Insects/' and subse- 
 quently " Observations on the Circulation of the Blood, and on 
 the Distribution of the Trachese in the Wings of Clirysopa perlaj" 
 and " On the Structure of the Scales on the Wings of Lepidopte- 
 rous Insects." He also published in the Phil. Trans, of the 
 Royal Society a paper " On the Organic Tissues in the Structure 
 of the Bony Corals ;" and in the Transactions of the Microscopical 
 Society, "A Series of Observations on the Structure of the Shells 
 of Molluscous and Conchiferous Animals." These observations 
 were contemporaneous with those of Dr. Carpenter on similar sub- 
 jects, and the two papers were read during the same week. 
 
 An animated and interesting discussion having taken place at 
 one of, the meetings of the Geological Society on the origin and 
 structure of flints and other siliceous deposits, Mr. Bowerbank 
 became deeply interested in the subject, and commenced a series 
 of microscopical researches on the structure of those bodies, which 
 resulted in a conviction that, excepting those deposited in the 
 cavities of volcanic and other terrestrial rocks, the origins of these 
 bodies were nearly, if not all, due to the siliceous fossilization of 
 the Spougiadas. These ideas were strongly opposed at that time, 
 but they have since then been very generally adopted by the 
 modern schools of geologists. 
 
 The results of these researches were embodied in a paper " On 
 the Spongeous Origin of the Flints and Cherts of the Chalk and 
 Greensand Formations," published in the Transactions of the 
 Geological Society ; and in one " On Moss Agates and other 
 Siliceous Bodies," published in the ^Annals and Magazine of 
 Natural History.' 
 
 His researches into the origin and structures of the fossil Spon- 
 giadte naturally led to frequent examinations of recent species, 
 and to the discovery of many new and singular forms of organi- 
 zation ; and thus a new and interesting field of Natural History 
 was opened to his view, and he determined to enter on a series of 
 observations on the structure and organization of this compara- 
 tively unknown class of animals. For this purpose he opened an 
 
JAMES SCOTT BOWEKBANK. 185 
 
 extensive correspondence with naturalists and other friends in 
 various foreign localities, from Avhoni he received a great number 
 of highly interesting species of sponges, the results of the exami- 
 nation of which are published in three parts in the Philosophical 
 Transactions. Beside the investigation of the anatomy and phy- 
 siology of the Spongiad^, he neglected no opportunity of observing 
 the habits and pecuharities of the living animals, and the results 
 of these observations are published in a paper " On the Ciliary 
 Action of the Spongiadte/' in the Transactions of the Microsco- 
 pical Society, " On the Vitality of the Spongiadae,^' Eeports of 
 the British Association for 1856 and 1857, and in a paper "On 
 the Organization of Grantia cUlata," — confirnjiug in these papers 
 the valuable observations previously made by Professor Grant and 
 other writers on these subjects, and adding other curious and 
 interesting facts to our knowledge of this obscure branch of 
 Zoology. 
 
 On Paleeontological subjects he published microscopical obser- 
 vations on the osseous structure of Pterodadylus giganfeus and 
 other fossil animals, and was the first to establish proofs of the 
 existence of those remarkable flying reptiles during the period of 
 the deposit of the Chalk. He also described a new and very much 
 larger species of those animals, C. Ciivicri, from the Kentish chalk; 
 and subsequently, a paper " On the Pterodactyls of the Chalk,^-' 
 in the Proceedings of the Zoological Sociey, in which he proved 
 that the distinctions between the bones of these reptiles and those 
 of birds were readily to be made by the difierences existing in the 
 structure and proportions of their bone cells. His geological 
 collection was very extensive. 
 
 During his annual excursions for the renovation of health, Mr. 
 Bowerbank was in the habit of proceeding to some well-known 
 geological locality, thus acquiring a knowledge of its stratigra- 
 phical peculiarities, and at the same time adding largely to his 
 already extensive collection of fossils from almost every British 
 formation. During these excursions, he became intimately ac- 
 quainted with the best localities of the Yorkshire coast from the 
 mouth of the Humber to that of the Tees, and collected largely 
 from the Oolitic and Liassic formations. AVeymouth and Port- 
 land, the Isles of Wight and Sheppey, the crag districts, the coasts 
 of Devonshire and South Wales, Ludlow and Weulock, and va- 
 rious other localities, wei-e successively visited with similar results, 
 
 VOL. IT. X 
 
136 JAMES SCOTT BOWER DANK. 
 
 until the collection became so extensive that it was necessary to 
 erect, near his residence at Highbury, a room forty feet by twenty- 
 eight to receive it ; and in this museum he accumulated more than 
 four hundred drawers of choice and highly interesting fossils, nearly 
 the whole of which were mounted on tablets by Mrs. Bowerbank. 
 By this means hi^ specimens became well known to geologists, 
 who selected largely from his stores for the illustration of their 
 works. The type specimens thus figured in the works of Messrs. 
 Bell, Busk, Darwin, Davidson, Dixon, Milne-Edwards, F. Edwards, 
 Fitton, Forbes, King, Lindley, Lyell, Murchison, Owen, Wood, 
 Wright, and others, are very numerous ; and many are unique, or 
 exceedingly rare or fine. He also collected the fossil fruits and 
 seeds of the London clay of Sheppey to a great extent, having 
 at one period more than 100,000 specimens in his possession. 
 
 As a microscopist. Dr. Bowerbank was one of the earliest of the 
 modern school. He was charmed by the beautiful achromatic 
 combinations for the microscope when first produced by his ta- 
 lented friend the late Mr. William TuUey, and henceforth micro- 
 scopical anatomy and the investigation of minute organisms occu- 
 pied a considerable portion of his leisure. The possession of one 
 of those beautiful instruments, the fifth that had been made, at- 
 tracted a considerable number of scientific men to his house, and 
 at last necessitated the appointment of an especial time for the re- 
 ception of such visitors, and the evenings of Mondays were accord- 
 ingly appropriated for that purpose ; for a long series of years he 
 has been in the habit of receiving the visits of students of the 
 microscopical branches of Natural History and of Palceontology, 
 and of exhibiting to them his extensive collections in those de- 
 partments of science for their instruction and amusement. 
 
 Having received so much benefit in early life from his associa- 
 tion with the Mathematical Society, he was a strong advocate for 
 the establishment of similar ones. He took an active part in the 
 foundation of the Microscopical Society, and was one of the ori- 
 ginal members of the Entomological Society. In 1844, in con- 
 junction with Dr. Johnston, of Berwick-on-Tweed, he established 
 the Ray Society, and acted as its treasurer for many years. In 
 1847 he proposed and founded the Palseontographical Society, 
 and filled the office of its honorary secretary until very recently. 
 
WILLIAM ALLEN MILLER, M.D., LL.D, F.R.S., 
 
 PEOFESSOR OP CHEMISTRY, KINg's COLLEGE, LONDON. 
 
 The subject of this memoir was born at Ipswich, on the 17th of 
 December, 1817. After having left his mother's care, to which he 
 was much indebted for his earhest lessons, the training of Wil- 
 liam Allen Miller was for some time somewhat desultory. His 
 parents being members of the Society of Friends, he was sent 
 for two years to the Quakers' school at Ashworth, in Yorkshire. 
 Here he appears to have received his first lessons in science ; — lec- 
 tures on chemistry and some other branches of physics having 
 been occasionally delivered in the establishment by one of the 
 masters. Subsequently to this, two years were spent under the 
 care of a private tutor, and at the age of fifteen, William Allen 
 Miller was apprenticed to his uncle, Mr. Bowyer Vaux, one of the 
 surgeons of the General Hospital at Birmingham. He remained 
 with his uncle for five years, having all the advantages which are 
 offered to a young medical man by a large public establishment 
 of tliis class. Already, having a taste for chemical inquiry, it will 
 be well understood that the opportunities presented by a well- 
 furnished dispensary were not neglected by the thoughtful young- 
 man. We know not whether he derived any advantages from the 
 lectures on science, which have always been from time to time 
 delivered in Birmingham. Certain it is that the society into 
 which he was thrown had not yet lost the spirit of inquiry which 
 had been infused into it by Watt, Bolton, Priestley, Wedgwood, 
 and others, and exerted a powerful influence on the young and 
 impressible mind. Up to this time William Allen Miller had no 
 idea of departing from the line of Hfe which his friends had marked 
 out for him, and he steadily and earnestly devoted himself to the 
 
138 WILLIAM ALLEN MILLER. 
 
 profession of physic. To complete liis medical education^ lie en- 
 tered King's College, London. At that time Professor Daniell 
 occupied the chair of Chemistry in that establishment, and young 
 Miller was soon drawn within the sphere of that influence, which 
 many remember with pleasure. His natural and cultivated taste 
 for experimental science, soon led him to devote much time and 
 attention to chemistry. The pleasing and satisfactory manner in 
 which Professor Daniell conducted his class served eventually to 
 concentrate his mental powers almost entirely on this science. 
 One of those apparently accidental circumstances, which so fre- 
 quently settle a man's position in life, now occurred, and deter- 
 mined Mr. Miller's future career. Professor Daniell's assistant 
 fell ill, and this gave Mr. Miller the opportunity of making him- 
 self useful to the Professor. The result of his being thus brought 
 into closer contact with Daniell was the establishment of a warm 
 friendship. The laboratory of King's College was free to Mr. 
 Miller, and he had every possible aid from the Professor in the 
 investigations which he was now enabled to pursue. In 1840, 
 Mr. Miller, with a view of extending his knowledge of analytical 
 methods, spent two months with Liebig at Giessen. In 1841 the 
 appointment of Demonstrator of Chemistry in King's College was 
 made, and Mr. Miller was selected for that office on the recom- 
 mendation of Professor Daniell. This position established, at once 
 and for ever, the profession to which his future life was to be de- 
 voted. As demonstrator, Mr. Miller worked with much assiduity 
 and great success for four years, winning, by his attention to the 
 students, his agreeable manners, and the clearness with which he 
 illustrated his science, the favourable opinions of all with whom 
 he came in contact. About this time he took his M.D. degree in 
 the University of London. In 1845, he was elected a Fellow of the 
 Eoyal Society ; and in the same year, on the death of Professor 
 Daniell, Dr. Miller was appointed to succeed that eminent chemist. 
 Previously to the death of his friend and scientific instructor Pro- 
 fessor Daniell, Dr. Miller, who had long assisted, was immediately 
 associated with him in a paper "On the Electrolysis of Salts,^^ 
 which was published in the Philosophical Transactions for 1844. 
 In 1845, we find in the ' Philosophical Magazine' a paper, by 
 Dr. Miller, " On the Spectra of Coloured Flames, and Absorption 
 Spectra of Coloured Gases." This paper may be referred to as 
 originating those beautiful investigations, by spectrum analysis. 
 
WILLIAM ALLEN MILLER. 139 
 
 wliicli have led to the discovery of the metals Rnbidium, Csesium, 
 and Thallium, and as opening the way to that inquiry, which has 
 advanced om' knowledge of the physical condition of the sun's 
 surface. Without in any way detracting from the value of the 
 discoveries of Bunsen and KirchhofiF, we cannot but feel that 
 Dr. Miller has a claim, which has been to a great extent passed 
 over, to a considerable share in the development of those new 
 and important truths. Many of those phenomena which have 
 recently been described as new discoveries connected with the 
 bright hnes of the spectra of coloured flames, and the absorptive 
 power of certain gases, were more than indicated in Dr. Miller's 
 paper in 1845. 
 
 Professor Miller most assiduously devoted all his powers to the 
 duties of his ofiice, and consequently left himself but little time 
 for original investigation. This is to be regretted, for every sub- 
 ject which he has taken up has been fully elucidated by his la- 
 bours. His accuracy as a chemist has led to his being appointed 
 member of several important commissions. One of these was the 
 inquiry connected with the building stones used in the Houses of 
 Parliament. In 1851 he was one of the Government Commis- 
 sioners to report on the water-supply of the metropolis, in which 
 inquiry he was associated with Professor Graham and Dr. Hof- 
 mann. Professor W. A. Miller confined his attention for a con- 
 siderable period to the production of his well-known work, ' Ele- 
 ments of Chemistry, Theoretical and Practical,' which was pub- 
 lished in the years 1855, 1856, and 1857. Two editions of this 
 important book have been exhausted, and a third edition is, we 
 understand, now passing through the press. Professor Miller was 
 President of the Chemical Society in 1856 and 1857, and he has 
 presided over the Chemical Section of the British Association for 
 the Advancement of Science on two occasions, — at Liverpool in 
 1854, and at Manchester in 1861. In 1861, when Lord Brougham 
 was installed as Chancellor of the University of Edinburgh, the 
 honorary degree of LL.D. was conferred on the King's College 
 Professor. As one of the Vice-Presidents of the Royal Society, 
 he had so carefully attended to the interests of that important 
 body, that he was, in 1861, on the nomination of General Sabine 
 to the Presidency, appointed Treasurer. For the last thirteen 
 years Dr. Miller has been one of the Assayers to the Mint, and 
 he is at this time a member of a commission appointed by the 
 
140 WILLIAM ALLEN MILLER. 
 
 War Office, and under the Presidency of General Sabine, to in- 
 quire into tlie practical value of gun-cotton to the army. 
 
 It will be evident from what we have stated, that William Allen 
 Miller has been one of those useful men of science, who, without 
 dazzling by their brilliancy, secure the admiration of mankind by 
 their zealous desire to advance our knowledge of the truth. His 
 earnestness in search of truth has been tempered by a rehgious 
 fear lest he should be led away from it, by the natural tendency 
 of every reflecting mind to escape from the trammels of fact to the 
 freedom of hypothesis. Many chemists have advanced the philo- 
 sophy of the science more extensively than Dr. Miller has done, 
 but few have secured by their care, and consequent accuracy, a 
 larger share of that confidence which is above all things of value 
 to the investigator. 
 
 Amongst the most recent investigations undertaken by Pro- 
 fessor Miller, we have evidence of the power to which we have 
 alluded. In the Philosophical Transactions for 1862 is a paper 
 by him, " On the Photographic Transparency of Bodies, and on 
 the Photographic Spectra of the Elementary Bodies,'^ and in the 
 ' Journal of the Pharmaceutical Society ' for the same year is a 
 lecture " On Spectrum Analysis,^ ^ which most satisfactorily deals 
 with the whole question, and should be consulted by all who are 
 desirous of learning the importance of this beautiful method of 
 interpreting Nature, and of understanding the value of its exqui- 
 sitely delicate indications. The latest labour of the chemist whose 
 life and labours we have endeavoured to sketch, appears in a paper, 
 the joint production of himself and Mr. WilHam Huggius, which 
 was read before the Eoyal Society towards the close of the last 
 session, and which is now passing through the press. This paper 
 is entitled " On the Spectra of the Fixed Stars," and it proves to 
 us that those orbs which are so remote in space, as almost to defy 
 the power of the astronomer to determine their distance from the 
 earth, are brought by Spectrum Analysis Avithin the grasp of the 
 chemist, who is thus enabled to inform us what metals are under- 
 going change upon their surfaces, and pouring forth that energy 
 which reaches us in the form of light. 
 
MEN OF EMINENCE 
 
 IN LITERATURE, SCIENCE, AND ART. 
 
PORTRAITS 
 
 MEN OF EMINENCE 
 
 IN LITERATURE, SCIENCE, AND ART, 
 
 §i0gni):ibixal HUmoiis. 
 
 THE PlIOTOGKArHS FROM LIFE, BY ERNEST EDWARDS, B.A. 
 
 "The glorious suu 
 Slays in bis course iiiid plays the alehymist." — Shakespcar 
 
 VOL. IlL 
 
 LONDON: 
 ALFRED WILLIAM BENNETT, 
 
 5, BISHOPSGATE WITHOUT, E.G. 
 1865. 
 
ntlNTED BY 
 
 john edwakd taylor, little queen steeet, 
 Lincoln's txn fields. 
 
CONTENTS 
 
 PAGE 
 
 ANSTED, DAVID THOMAS 13 
 
 BABINGTON, CHARLES CARDALE 51 
 
 BACK, SIR GEORGE 45 
 
 BELL, THOMAS 7 
 
 BURGOYNE, SIR JOHN FOX 103 
 
 BURTON, RICHARD 73 
 
 CHRISTIE, SAMUEL HUNTER 25 
 
 CLARK, SIR JAMES 107 
 
 DE LA RUE, WARREN 35 
 
 EVANS, SIR DE LACY 79 
 
 FALCONER, HUGH 57 
 
 FARR, WILLIAM 63 
 
 FITZROY, ADMIRAL 53 
 
 GODWIN, GEORGE 67 
 
 GRAHAM, THOMAS 1 
 
 GROVE, WILLIAM ROBERT 29 
 
 HAWKSHAW, JOHN ■ 21 
 
 HULLAH, JOHN 41 
 
 LANKESTER, EDWIN 17 
 
 LICHFIELD, BISHOP OF 89 
 
 LOGAN, SIR WILLIAM EDMUND 91 
 
 LYTTELTON, LORD 97 
 
 PARTRIDGE, RICHARD 83 
 
 TUPPER, MARTIN FARQUHAR 85 
 
THOMAS GRAHAM, M.A., D.C.L., F.R.S., 
 
 MASTER OF THE MINT, LATE PROFESSOR OF CHEMISTRY;, UNIVERSITY 
 COLLEGE, LONDON. 
 
 Thomas Graham was born in Glasgow on the 20tli December, 
 1805. His father, Mr. James Graham, of Balewan, county 
 StirHng, was a merchant and manufacturer in that city. He 
 passed through the ordinary routine education of a youth in the 
 Glasgow Grammar School; and in October, 1819, being then 
 fourteen years old, he was entered as a student in the University 
 of that city. Five years after this, Thomas Graham took his 
 M.A. degree; he still continued his studies, and especially de- 
 voted his attention to mathematics and physical science, under 
 the guidance of Professors Thomas Thomson, Meikleham, and 
 others, who have left their names attached to the sciences which 
 they promoted and taught. Mr. Graham then removed to Edin- 
 burgh, where he remained for two years, enjoying the friendship 
 and benefiting by the counsel of Dr. Hope and Sir John Leslie. 
 In 1828, Mr. Graham established a laboratory for the practical 
 study of chemistry in Portland Street, Glasgow ; and followed 
 Dr. Clark as lecturer to the Mechanics' Institution, which was 
 then recently established. In 1830, he was appointed by the 
 trustees of the Andersonian University of Glasgow as their Pro- 
 fessor of Chemistry. For seven years Professor Graham was an 
 industrious teacher of his science, and a most zealous investigator 
 of chemical phenomena. From a list of nineteen of his contribu- 
 tions to Scientific Journals and the Transactions of Learned So- 
 cieties, which now lies before us, we select a few, for the pur- 
 pose of showing the variety and the character of his researches. 
 In 1 826, he published a paper " On the Absorption of (4ases by 
 
 VOL. III. li 
 
Vi THOMAS flKAITAM. 
 
 Liquids;'^ in 1820 anotlier, bearing- tlie title of "Experimental 
 Researclies on the Miseibility of Gases, and their Separation from 
 each other by Mechanical Means/' which was followed by a notice 
 of the passage of gases through animal membrane, — these clearly 
 leading this ^cute observer to the development of the '^Law of 
 Diffusion of Gases/' which appeared in the twelfth volume of the 
 Edinburgh Transactions, and received the Keith prize of the Eoyal 
 Society of Edinburgh. In addition to the above, we have papers 
 *•' On the Limit of the Earth's Atmosphere/' " On the Theory of 
 Nitrification," " On the Formation of Alcoates," " On the Pheno- 
 mena of the Oxidation of Phosphorus at Low Temperatures," and 
 allied chemical subjects. In 1833, we find, in the Philosophical 
 Transactions, a memoir " On the Arseniates, Phosphates, and ]\Io- 
 difications of Phosphoric Acid." In 1 835, in the Fourth Report of 
 the British Association, we have an important paper " On Hydrated 
 Salts and Metallic Peroxides, and on the Doctrine of Isomerism /' 
 while, in 1836, his "Inquiries respecting the Constitution of 
 Salts " was read before the Royal Societ}'-, and rewarded with their 
 gold medal. In this year Professor Graham was also elected a 
 Fellow, The value of Professor Graham's investigations and dis- 
 covery of a new property of gases, their transpirabillty , was recog- 
 nized by a second gold medal from the same learned body in 1850. 
 
 Previously to this. Professor Graham had satisfactoril}- eluci- 
 dated the polybasio character of phosphoric acid, which was the 
 germ of " polyatomicity," one of the most fertile ideas of modern 
 chemistry. 
 
 In 1837, on the death of Dr. Edward Turner, this now eminent 
 chemist was elected, by the Council of University College, Lon- 
 don, to their chemical chair, which office he filled with the highest 
 advantages to the College for about eighteen years. During two 
 years of this time he was charged with the duties of Dean of the 
 Faculty, in University College ; and for ten years he was chemical 
 examiner in Arts in the University of London. In 1855 he re- 
 tired from his professional duties, on being appointed by the 
 Crown to succeed Sir John F. W. Herschel, Bart., on the retire- 
 ment of that philosopher from the important office of Master of 
 the Mint. Some years before this. Professor Graham had been 
 appointed non-resident Assaj^er to the Royal Mint, in consequence 
 of a change in the administration of that department of the pubHc 
 service, at the time of Sir John Herschel's advancement to the 
 
THOMAS GKAHAiM. 3 
 
 Mastersliip. The duty of the assayer is to submit all bullion pre- 
 sented for coinage at the Mint to scientific examination. This has 
 been found of such essential importance, that a similar office is 
 combined with that of the Director of the Mint in Paris, and in 
 the Anglo-Indian Mints. 
 
 To sum up the acknowledgments, by learned bodies abroad, of 
 the high character of Professor Graham\s researches, it must be 
 stated that, in 1848, he was appointed a Corresponding Member 
 of the Institute of France ; and before, and subsequent to that 
 date, he received honorary degrees from the Academies of Sciences 
 of Berlin, Munich, Turin, and Washington. At home, at the 
 Commemoration of 1855, the University of Oxford conferred upon 
 Professor Graham the degree of D.C.L. He was for six years a 
 member of th.e Council of the Royal Society, and twice he has 
 held the office of Vice-President. 
 
 Although almost constantly engaged in researches which de- 
 manded, as it would appear, the sole attention of an unoccupied 
 mind. Professor Graham has found time for many practical duties. 
 He was active in the establishment of the Chemical Society in 
 1840, of which, he was the first President ; and of the Cavendish 
 Society in 1846, over which he has always presided. He acted as 
 Vice-President and Reporter of the Chemical Jury at the Great 
 Exhibition of 1851. In 1846 he was one of a commission to 
 report to the House of Commons on the ventilation of the Houses 
 of Parliament. In 1847 he was commissioned by the Board of 
 Ordnance, with others, to conduct an inquiry into the casting of 
 guns. He was engaged in 1851, with Professors Miller and Hof- 
 mann, to report on the chemical quality of the metropolitan water 
 supply ; and he has aided the Board of Inland Revenue, in con- 
 junction with other men of science, by reports on several impor- 
 tant subjects connected with trade and manufacture. 
 
 Of a still higlier class than any of the investigations which we 
 have named, are those which have been published by Professor 
 Graham during the last few years. The paper " On Liquid Dif- 
 fusion applied to Analysis," published in the Philosophical Trans- 
 actions for 1862, contains the discovery of Dialysis, for which the 
 Copley Medal of that year was awarded, and for which the English 
 chemist received also one of the prizes of the French Institute. 
 In this paper, Mr. Graham establishes a new department of Colloid 
 Chemist ry, which promises to open out to us a new road by which 
 
4 'rilOMAS (JIJAIIAM. 
 
 iiuj^Liirie.s into tlio animal economy may l)e pursued. A "roJloid" 
 may be explained to be " organic matter witliout special form,^^ of 
 which gelatine may be regarded as the type. This is a form, which 
 matter must assume before it can enter into the structure of or- 
 ganized beingSj whether plants or animals. Opposed to the col- 
 loidal is the crystalline condition ; therefore, substances affecting 
 the latter form are called crystalloich. ''^The colloidal is, in fact, 
 a dynamical state of matter; the crystalloidal being the statical 
 condition. The colloid possesses energia. It may be looked 
 upon as the probable primary source of the force appearing in the 
 phenomena of vitality.''^ Although it is scarcely possible, within 
 the limits of our space, to convey any satisfactory idea of the im- 
 portance of these discoveries, we hope we may have shadowed out 
 the promise which they give of leading to a far more intimate 
 knowledge of molecular physics than we have hitherto possessed, 
 and of enabling us to investigate the complicated phenomena 
 which belong to matter wdien brought under the power of vital 
 action. '^ On Capillary Liquid Transpiration in relation to Che- 
 mical Composition'^ is the title of another paper which appeared in 
 the same year, and which was a further development of these new 
 views. 
 
 In 1863 a paper '^ On the Molecular Mobility of Gases ^' was 
 published in the Philosophical Transactions. This was a great 
 extension of the previous researches of our most philosophical 
 chemist, which appeared in the Transactions for 1846 and 1849. 
 The separation of gases by capillary transpiration is clearly made 
 out, and the subject of diffusion rounded oft' in a most satisfactory 
 manner. The following paragraph conveys concisely and clearly 
 the laws established by those inquiries :— 
 
 " The difiusive mobility of the gaseous molecule is a property 
 of inatter fundamental in its nature, and the source of many 
 others. The rate of diflfusibility of any gas has been said to be 
 regulated^ by its specific gravity, the velocity of diSusion having 
 been observed to vary inversely as the square-root of the density 
 of the gas. This is true, but not in the sense of the diSiisibility 
 being detei-mined or caused by specific gravity. The physical 
 basis is the molecular mobility. The degree of motion which the 
 molecule possesses regulates the volume which the gas assumes, 
 and is obviously one of the causes, if not the only one, deter- 
 mining the peculiar specific gravity which the gas enjoys. If it 
 
THOMAS GRAHAM. 5 
 
 were possible to increase in a permanent manner the molecular 
 motion of a gas, its specific gravity would be altered, and it would 
 become a lighter gas/' 
 
 It will be evident to every reflecting mind that this touches 
 very closely the foundation of our atomic views. Indeed, in this 
 year (1863) Professor Graham communicated a paper to the Royal 
 Society, entitled " Speculative Ideas respecting the Constitution 
 of Matter,'^ to which we must refer the reader, it being impossible 
 to give satisfactorily, in a condensed form, the philosophy of the 
 hypotheses involved. In June of the present year (1864) the 
 Proceedings of the Royal Society contains the notice of another 
 memoir, " On the Properties of Silicic Acid and other analogous 
 Colloidal Substances,'^ in which the investigation of the colloid 
 state is continued and greatly extended. 
 
 Such are the inquiries upon which the subject of this memoir 
 has shed a large amount of light. No investigation has been 
 hitherto more obscure than that of molecular constitution. Ever 
 since the attention of men of science was called by Dutrochet to 
 the phenomena of Endosmosis and Exosmosis, chemists and phy- 
 siologists have, at different times, endeavoured to define the laws 
 that regulate those actions, which were regarded by many as pro- 
 ceeding from a force that had not previously been recognized. 
 Mr. Graham has given us a distinct idea of the steps of this 
 strange and important operation. 
 
 We have never before received so satisfactory an explanation of 
 the familiar, though obscure, phenomena of solution, as that given 
 us in the memoirs dealing with Diffusion, and, under the general 
 head of Osmotic Force, we find now satisfactorily grouped many of 
 those phenomena which were the subjects of much erratic specula- 
 tion and vague hypotheses. 
 
 In presenting the Copley Medal to Mr. Graham in 1862, the 
 President of the Royal Society concluded his address in the fol- 
 lowing words, which aptly put the importance of this new che- 
 mical process. Dialysis, to one almost untouched department of 
 scientific inquiry : — 
 
 '' In the examination of organic mixtures for poisons which, 
 like the vegetable bases, are crystallizable, it will afford the most 
 valuable aid, as it separates the poison without adding anything 
 except a little pure water. Many organic colloids, such as gum, 
 albumen, or caramel, may, by its means, be readily freed from saline 
 
6 THOMAS GRAHAM. 
 
 impurities, wliicli can scarcely be removed by any otlier known 
 means. Its application to the recondite processes of secretion, 
 and to many of the chemical changes taking place in the living 
 organism, need not be insisted on. The door thus opened to fur- 
 ther inquiry will, no doubt, be eagerly entered by the physiological 
 chemist, who can hardly fail of obtaining new insight into the ob- 
 scure but deeply important operations of the nutrition, reparation, 
 and removal of tissue.^' 
 
THOMAS BELL, RR.S., etc. 
 
 In the first part of tlie ' History of Dorsetsliire,' now in course 
 of publication, there appeared the following brief notice of the 
 subject of this memoir : — 
 
 " Professor Thomas Bell, a distinguished living naturalist, was 
 born at Poole, October 11, 1792. He is the only son of the late 
 Mr. Thomas Bell, who for many years practised physic in the 
 town of Poole. Being destined to follow his father^s profession, 
 Mr. Bell entered, in 1814, as a student at Guy^s Hospital, Lon- 
 don. In the following year he became a Member of the Royal 
 College of Surgeons of England, and in 1816 was appointed Lec- 
 turer on Dental Surgery at Guy^s Hospital, and subsequently on 
 Comparative Anatomy. From that time to the date of this notice 
 (1861), Mr. Bell has lectured continuously at Guy's Hospital, that 
 is, over a period of forty-four years ; a tenure of office as a public 
 teacher longer than that held by any other lecturer or professor 
 in the metropolis. He was elected in 1815 F.L.S., and in 1820, 
 F.G.S.; in 1828, F.R.S., and in 1836 he accepted the Profes- 
 sorship of Zoology at King's College, London, which chair he at 
 present fills. 
 
 '' His writings, commenced early in life, are very numerous and 
 of great scientific value. 
 
 " Mr. Bell was one of the original founders of the scientific sec- 
 tion of the Zoological Society of London, and for eleven years its 
 Vice-President, In 1844 the Council of the Royal College of 
 Surgeons conferred on him the honorary degree of Fellowship of 
 that College. In 1848 he was elected Secretary to the Royal So- 
 cietv, which he resigned in 1853, on being elected President of 
 
» THOMAS BELL, 
 
 the Linnean Society. Professor Bell has been four years Vice- 
 President of the Royal Society, viz. 1853-4, 1858-9."* 
 
 The foregoing summary, wliich appeared in Hutchins's ' History 
 of Dorsetshire/ under the head, " Eminent Persons, Natives of 
 Poole," is necessarily short and imperfect. 
 
 Mr. Bell's professional education was originally commenced with 
 the view of his joining his father in the general practice of the 
 medical profession in his native town ; but circumstances occurred, 
 towards the close of his hospital studies, which induced him to 
 adopt that special branch of surgery — Dental Surgery — which he 
 has since done so much to elevate, both as regards its scientific 
 literature, and its grade as one of the specialities of surgery. 
 
 Mr. BelFs scientific j^ursuits were commenced in early life, in- 
 deed in childhood ; and some forty years before the now familiar 
 aquariums came into existence, the youthful naturalist on the Dor- 
 setshire coast had already isolated in basins and glasses little seas 
 full of Actinea3 and Sponges and Polyps, for purposes of zoological 
 observation. Indeed, the first of Mr. Bell's published scientific 
 papers, though put forward long subsequent to the time we are 
 referring to, was based upon investigations thus carried on. In 
 the first volume of the 'Zoological Journal,' published 1825, there 
 appeared a little memoir written by Mr. Bell, " On the Animal 
 Nature of Sponges," in which he showed, what had not as yet 
 been known, the tubular circulation in these bodies. A discourse 
 " On the Structure and Use of the Submaxillary Odoriferous 
 Glands in the Genus Crocodilus," was published (1827) in the 
 117th volume of the Phil. Transactions of the Eoyal Society; im- 
 mediately upon which Mr. Bell was elected a Fellow of that dis- 
 tinguished body. 
 
 In the first volume of the Transactions of the Zoological Society 
 (1833), Mr. Bell described the particulars of an interesting d'sco- 
 very I'clative to the cervical and upper dorsal vertebrfe of the Three- 
 toed Sloth {Bradijjnis tridadyliis). This curious animal had been 
 considered an exception to the otherwise universal law that seven 
 elements constitute the vertebree of the mammalian neck. The 
 three-toed sloth was supposed and described as possessing nine 
 cervical vertebras ; but ]\Ir. Boll, in the paper referred to, showed 
 
 * 'The History and Antiquities of the County of Dorset,' by John Hut- 
 chins, M.A. (:3ra edit. fol. Westminster, 1861). vol. i. p. (J7. 
 
THOMAS BELL. 9 
 
 that the eighth and ninth supposed cervical vertebras were in 
 reahty the first and second dorsal, and that small detached bones, 
 the homologaes of ribs, were associated with them, — thus esta- 
 blishing the exceptionless law as to the number of cervical ver- 
 tebrae in the Mammalian class. 
 
 It is needless for us to enumerate individuallj^ the several scien- 
 tific papers and treatises of which Mr. Bell has been the author. 
 They have been uniform^ of an original character. Agassiz, in 
 his ' Bibliographia,^ cites the titles of thirty-four of them ; and se- 
 veral others have appeared since that list was compiled, and all, it 
 should be remembered, were written, and the observations leading 
 to them were made, in the brief intervals of an active and labo- 
 rious professional practice. Without specializing all, we may how'- 
 ever mention the beautiful — indeed splendid, though incomplete — 
 ' Monograph on the Testudinata,'' the publication of which in folio 
 was commenced in 1833 : the large, and in all cases life-size figures 
 which adorn this treatise are probably unequalled in any illustra- 
 tions of Herpetology, and, as works of art, ha ire few equals in 
 natural-history figures, and none that surpass them. Though this 
 monograph did not extend beyond eight parts and about forty 
 plates, it was a valuable and generous offering to natural-history 
 literature ; and in the latter sense we may add (without, we trust, 
 impropriety or breach of confidence) that the publication, under- 
 taken not with any idea of pecuniary return, entailed the heaviest 
 outlay on its author, which a necessarily narrow circulation of the 
 work has never in any way met. 
 
 Mr. Bell has been a large contributor to that valuable series of 
 ^ British Natural History' which has been published by Mr. Van 
 Voorst. 'The British Quadrupeds' (1837), 'British Reptiles' 
 (1839), and 'British Stalk-eyed Crustacea' (1847), were from Mr. 
 Bell's pen, and have long been the standard works on the subjects 
 of which they treat. Two of them have arrived at a second 
 edition. 
 
 Much of Mr. Bell's natural-history work has been done for tlie 
 assistance of, and in association with others, to illustrate some spe- 
 cial branches in science with which he has been most familiar. 
 Thus he assisted in starting, and was long joint-editor of, the 
 ' Zoological Journal,' to which he was a frequent contributor. The 
 descriptions, etc., of the Reptilia in the Zoology of ' Darwhi's 
 Voyage in the Beagle ' are from Mr. Bell's pen. A memoir ' On 
 
 VOL. III. ^ 
 
10 TH(^MAS REIJ,. 
 
 the Crustacea found by Professor E. Forbes and Mr. M^Andrcw in 
 their Cruise round the Coast/ is also by him. 
 
 Mr. Bell was associated with Professor Forbes in the translation 
 of Burmeister's ' Trilobites ' for the Palfeontographical Society, 
 and with Professor Owen in another work for the same Societj^, 
 on the ^ Chelonia of the London Clay.^ 
 
 Mr. Bell has taken advantage of those rich stores of palaeozoic 
 forms which extended geological research has of late years placed 
 in the hands of naturalists, for the purpose of working out and 
 extending his cintical knowledge of Carcinology, and his ' Fossil 
 Decapod Crustacea of the Loudon Clay/ followed by the ' Crus- 
 tacea of the Greensands and Gault/ are part of the results of 
 these labours. He is now preparing a further memoir on the 
 ' Crustacea of the Chalk. ^ 
 
 Mr. Bell, in early life, formed a considerable natural-history 
 museum, especially of Testudinata ; and his collection of Decapod 
 Crustacea, more recently made, was one of the most complete ever 
 brought together. It is now in the Museum at Oxford. 
 
 In the formation of the Ray Society (1844.), Mr. Bell took an 
 active part, and was its first President ; which post he occupied 
 till succeeded by Sir Philip Egerton in 1859. 
 
 With regard to the learned Societies which have elected Mr. 
 Bell into their membership, besides those already mentioned, we 
 may particularize the following : — Academy of Sciences of Phila- 
 delphia (1834) ; Philomathic Society of Paris (1836) ; Natural His- 
 tory Society of Boston, U.S. (1837) ; Academia Caesar. Leopold. 
 Carol. Naturae Curiosorum (1853) ; and the Hungarian Academy 
 of Literature and Science (1859). 
 
 Mr. Bell's election to the Secretaryship of the Royal Society, in 
 1848, occurred under peculiar circumstances, which deserve a 
 passing notice. It had been customary that the two Secretaries 
 of the Royal Society should represent respectively those two sec- 
 tions of Natural Knowledge — the fixed sciences and the natural 
 sciences, which it is the province of the Society to advance. 
 The learned physiologist, whose retirement from the secretary- 
 ship led ultimately to Mr. Bell's election, had ably represented, 
 in his ofl&ce, the natural sciences, whilst the other secretaryship 
 was filled by a distinguished physicist and mathematician as the 
 representative of the fixed sciences. In proper and usual order a 
 naturalist would have been expected to replace the outgoing Secre- 
 
THOMAS BELL. 11 
 
 tary. The Council of the Royal Society^ however, supported by 
 an active and influential number of Fellows, nominated by majo- 
 rity for the Society's election a gentleman of great attainments, 
 and eminently fitted to fill the vacant post which was the object 
 of so much honourable ambition, but whose qualifications as a 
 man of science were those of a chemist and physicist. The large 
 and important section of the Royal Society, whose scientific pur- 
 suits were those of Natural History in its various branches, resented 
 what appeared to them a one-sided and unfair predominance of 
 oflficial appointment in the Society, to their disadvantage. Oppo- 
 sition to the Council's nominee was determined upon, wholly with- 
 out Mr. Bell's knowledge, and after some hesitation he consented, 
 at the eleventh hour, and at the earnest appeal of his scientific 
 friends, to act, if the Society should think proper to elect him. 
 This distinction was not only entirely unsought, but altogether 
 unexpected by Mr. Bell. The contest, which was carried on with 
 great keenness and energy on both sides, probably without pa- 
 rallel in the history of the Society, terminated in Mr. Bell's elec- 
 tion to the Secretaryship by a majority of forty-seven. But it 
 was a contest entirely of principle ; and, acquainted as we were 
 at the time with all its particulars and results, we may say that the 
 issue of the election never disturbed the mutual friendshijj and 
 regard of those who were principally concerned in it. 
 
 Probably in nothing has Mr. Bell done better service to science 
 than in his administration of the Linnean Society during the eight 
 years — from 1853 to 1861 — that he was its President. It must 
 certainly be conceded that upon his assumption of the Presidency 
 the Linnean Society was a little drooping ; its income was below 
 a healthy standard; its meetings were insufficiently attended; and 
 its literary issues were hardly in keeping with the character and 
 objects of so learned and distinguished a body. Dui-iug Mr. Bell's 
 tenure of office a very marked improvement occurred in all these 
 particulars. As regards the exchequer of the Society, we may 
 mention that he gave a handsome donation to its funds ; and de- 
 frayed at his own cost the charge of expensive illustrations of a 
 paper on the ' Leucosiadge,' published in the Transactions of the 
 Society. 
 
 In 1857 the apartments of the Linnean Society were transferred 
 from certain rooms in Soho Square (rented by the Society), to a 
 portion of Burlington House, allotted to the Society free of charge 
 
I Z THOMAS BELL. 
 
 b [ the Government, on the same footing and in association with 
 the Royal Society, transferred at that time to the same location 
 from Somerset House. We believe that Mr. Bell was mainly in- 
 strumental in obtaining these rooms for the Linnean Society at 
 Government expense. 
 
 In closing this little memoir, there is one circumstance we must 
 not omit to notice, and which will be read with interest, indeed 
 with gratulation, by every naturalist. In 1844 Mr. Bell became 
 the possessor by purchase of the little demesne in Hampshire 
 known as " The Wakes" of Selborne, immortalized as the home of 
 Gilbert White, where that charming writer and close observer 
 wrote his ' Natural History of Selborne.^ It would have been 
 impossible to have chosen a more suitable proprietor for this beau- 
 tiful little property, with its most interesting and much-cherished 
 associations. The place had already been a good deal modified, 
 in very questionable taste, when it passed into Mr. Bell's posses- 
 sion, and the hands of the spoiler might soon have obliterated 
 those reliques of White which still remained in the house and 
 about the grounds. While beautifying and restoring his new 
 country residence, it was one of Mr. Bell's chief objects to bring 
 back " The Wakes " as far as possible to its condition when the 
 home of him who had rendered Selborne so famous, and to protect 
 every relique of the old naturalist from injury or decay. And the 
 writer of this notice has himself but very recently seen with what 
 scrupulous care and solicitude Mr. Bell conserves all the remi- 
 niscences of Gilbert White, whilst prosecuting, in kindred spirit, 
 the same pursuits as his predecessor, and like him enjoying his 
 rural retirement in literary ease and social usefulness. 
 
mm 
 
13 
 
 DAVID THOMAS ANSTED, M.A., F.E.S., etc. 
 
 David Thomas Ansted, the subject of tins memoir,, was born in 
 London, on the 5tli of February, 1814, and received the rudiments 
 of education in a school, where he remained till about fifteen. 
 Exhibiting- some aptitude for mathematical and physical science, 
 he was soon afterwards transferred to a private tutor, and pre- 
 pared for the University of Cambridge, where he was entered at 
 St. John^s College in 1832. On his arrival at that college, he was 
 advised to remove to a smaller college, and migrated to Jesus 
 College, where he attended the regular courses of lectures, and 
 prepared for the examination in mathematical honours. During 
 the last year of his residence at college, his health failed, and de- 
 cided symptoms of phthisis rendered it impossible that he should 
 continue his studies as before. He recovered, however, so far as 
 to go in for examination at the usual time, and in 183G he passed 
 as thirty -second Wrangler, and took his B.A. degree. 
 
 Very soon after taking his degree, Mr. Ansted began those 
 studies in geology which have since entirely occupied his time. 
 Led originally by the attraction of Professor Sedgwick^s lectures 
 to the pursuit of geology, he soon became intimate with that 
 great teacher, and on more than one occasion accompanied him in 
 the field. In the year 1838 he was elected F.G.S. At first his 
 attention was drawn to pala3ontology, and in the year 1839, two 
 memoirs by him were published in the Cambridge Philosophical 
 Transactions, one on a new genus of multilocular shells, from the 
 slates of Cornwall, and the other on the Tertiary Formations of 
 Switzerland. During the summer of 1838 he had spent some 
 months at Lausanne, and visited the Jura, and thus had acquired 
 material for the latter paper. The former was a discovery in which 
 he had been anticipated. In 1839 he visited Bohemia, and the 
 result of his investigations was communicated to the Geological 
 Society. 
 
14 DAVID THOMAS ANSTED. 
 
 While resident at Cambridge^ Mr. Ansted was occupied partly 
 in preparing for arrangement the great collections made by Pro- 
 fessor Sedgwick, and removing them to the new museum in course 
 of construction under the New Library wing, and partly in accu- 
 mulating material for his ' Geology ' (2 vols. 8vo), published in 
 1844. In 1840, however, Mr. Ansted succeeded Professor Phillips 
 in the chair of Geology at King's College, London, and very soon 
 afterwards, on the death of Professor Daniell, he undertook the 
 lectureship on geology at the East India Military Seminary at 
 Addiscombe, which he held till that institution was done away 
 with by Government, on the breaking up of the East India Com- 
 pany as a political body. Meanwhile he had been elected F.E.S., 
 and in addition to his work at the Woodwardian Museum in Cam- 
 bridge, had published from time to time various papers and 
 notices in scientific journals. He had also been elected a Fellow 
 of Jesus College, and had acted as pro-proctor, and afterwards as 
 one of the examiners for ordinary degrees in the University. 
 
 Early in 1845 Professor Ansted left Cambridge as a residence, 
 having been elected Vice- Secretary of the Geological Society. 
 He here succeeded his friend, the lamented Edward Forbes, and 
 was appointed to edit the new and enlarged record of the Pro- 
 ceedings of the Society, which, since that time, under the name 
 of ' Quarterly Geological Journal,' has formed a thick annual 
 volume, superseding the more costly Transactions that had till 
 then appeared. In the autumn of the same year he acted with 
 Mr. Hopkins as one of the local secretaries of the meeting of the 
 British Association in Cambridge, and was afterwards a member 
 of the London Council of the Association. 
 
 During the years 1845 and 1846, in addition to his literary 
 work at the Geological Society, and his lectures at King's College 
 and Addiscombe, Professor Ansted was appointed lecturer at the 
 College of Civil Engineers, at Putney. He also published some 
 pamphlets in reference to coal-working, and visited the Newcastle 
 coal district, with a view to investigate the subject of accidents in 
 mines. The result was a pamphlet, and a communication read at 
 a meeting of the British Association. During the year 1846 he 
 was also engaged in reference to the water supply at Liverpool, 
 and from time to time by his evidence before Parliamentary Com- 
 mittees of both Houses, supported the Bill successfully advocated 
 by the corporation of Liverpool, to carry out Mr. Hawkesley's plan. 
 
DAVID THOMAS ANSTED. 15 
 
 From 184G onwards for several years^ Professor Ansted was very 
 actively engaged in economic applications of geology^ — visiting 
 America and tlie West Indies several times, and examining most 
 parts of Europe with a view to mining, and otlier departments of 
 industry in which a knowledge of geology was desirable. During 
 this time, however, his pen was not idle. In 184-7 appeared the 
 first edition of the 'Aucient World,^ followed in 1848 by a second 
 edition. In 1849 appeared the *■ Gold- seeker's Manual,' at the 
 moment when the recent gold discoveries of California seemed 
 to demand some work of the kind, and in 1 850 the ' Elementary 
 Course of Geology, Mineralogy, and Physical Geography,' of which 
 a second edition was published in 1856. Intended for serious use 
 in colleges and for self- education in geology, this latter treatise 
 is too full to be popular, but it is believed to have answered a 
 good purpose, especially in reference to the Indian officers, who 
 were thus supplied with details not easily accessible in a foreign 
 country, and in a portable form. In 1851, on the occasion of the 
 Great Exhibition, Professor Ansted acted as a superintendent of 
 classes 1 and 27 (minerals and mineral manufactures), and was the 
 reporting juror in the latter class, and delivered a lecture on the 
 subject, afterwards published by the Society of Arts. The geolo- 
 gical department in the gardens of the Crystal Palace at Sydenham 
 was laid out under his superintendence, when the building of Hyde 
 Park was transplanted to its new site. 
 
 In 1852 appeared a "^ Manual of Geographical Science,' in two 
 volumes, 8vo, of which the chapters on " Physical Geography " 
 were by Professor Ansted. In the autumn of that year he went 
 to America to examine the great coal-fields of Western Virginia 
 and the gold deposits of the eastern part of the same State, and 
 was the author of three letters in the ' Times ' (afterwards pub- 
 Hshed in a separate form), foreshadowing some recent events in 
 reference to slavery and the slave States, These with other notes 
 of travel appeared in an octavo volume, under the title ' Scenery, 
 Science, and Ai-t,' pubhshed in 1854. Proceeding in 1854 to the 
 United States and the West Indies, to examine copper-mining 
 districts in Tennessee and in the interior of Cuba, and afterwards 
 to St. Domingo for the same purpose, he was enabled to add 
 to the stock of i nformation on those countries, and some memoirs 
 by him in reference to them were published in the ' Quarterly 
 Geological Journal' in 1856. For some years previous to 1856 
 
16 DAVJD THOMAS ANSTEl). 
 
 he had been engaged in mining operations in the south of Spain, 
 in the Sierra de Gador ; and in the winter of that year, while re- 
 sident for a time at Malaga, he obtained material for an account 
 of the geology of Andalusia, which was also published in the 
 ' Quarterly Geological Journal/ In the year 1855 had been pub- 
 lished a volume by him, entitled ' Geological Science,^ prepared for 
 ' Orr's Circle of the Sciences/ In 1857 he again proceeded to the 
 West Indies. On this occasion, however, he was not so fortunate 
 as usual. Attacked on his return to Havana by the yellow fever, 
 and treated on the Spanish system of bleeding and purging, he 
 narrowly escaped with life, and his constitution being greatly 
 shaken, he was obliged to give up for a time active prosecution of 
 his profession. He retired to Guernsey, where he remained four 
 years. During this time, however, besides frequent contributions to 
 periodicals and occasional lectures in the Island, he continued his 
 lectures at Addiscombe, served as a member of a commission on 
 the state of the stone of the Houses of Parliament, and published 
 ' Geological Gossip,'' a collection of memoirs on geological sub- 
 jects. He also took advantage of his position in the islands to 
 collect materials for a work published in 1862 on the ' Channel 
 Islands^ — a beautifully illustrated volume, in which the islands 
 are treated exhaustively, with the aid of local naturalists, archseo- 
 logists, and artists. The historical chapters of this work are by 
 Dr. R. G. Latham. 
 
 In the spring of 1862 he visited a singular Tertiary coal-field in 
 Hungary, and, besides memoirs on the subject, he published a vo- 
 lume of travels, entitled ' A Short Trip in Hungary and Transyl- 
 vania.'' In 1863 he visited and published an account of the loninii 
 Islands. In the same year he was appointed to the " Rede " lec- 
 tureship in the University of Cambridge, and delivered a lectui-e, 
 since published, ' On tlie Correlation of the Natural History Sci- 
 ences.^ 
 
 Professor Ansted is a corresponding member of the Royal Aca- 
 demy of Sciences of Liege, Master of Arts of the University of 
 Cambridge, Honorary Fellow of King's College, London, Fellow 
 of the Royal, Geological, and Royal Geographical Societies, and 
 member of the Cambridge Philosophical Society. 
 
EDWIN LANKESTEK, M.D., F.R.S. 
 
 Dr. Edwin Lankestee was born at Meltou, in the county of Suf- 
 folk, on the 2ord of April, 1814. He received his early education 
 in the town of Woodbi-idge, to which place his mother removed 
 after the death of his father in 1819. In this town he became the 
 pupil of Mr. Samuel Gissing, a surgeon. In 1835 he entered as a 
 student at University College. In 1837 he passed his examina- 
 tions at Apothecaries' Hall and the Eoyal College of Surgeons. 
 In 1839 he visited the Continent, and graduated at Heidelberg. 
 The same year he returned to London, and commenced practice 
 as a physician. In 1841 he passed his examinations at the Eoyal 
 College of Physicians. He shortly after accepted the appoint- 
 ments of Lecturer on Materia Medica and Therapeutics, and of 
 Botany, at the School of Medicine adjoining St. George's Hos- 
 pital. He subsequently accepted the Chair of Physiology in 1858, 
 and of the Practice of Medicine in 1859. He retired from the 
 School in 1860. He was elected a Fellow of the Royal Society 
 in 1846. He was one of the founders of the Ray Society for the 
 publication of works on Natural History, and was its secretary 
 from 1844 to 1862. He became an early attendant of the meet- 
 ings of the British Association for the Advancement of Science, 
 and held the office of Secretary to the Section of Zoology and 
 Botany from 1840 to 1861. He was made Vice-President of the 
 Section at the Cambridge meeting in ]862. He was well repro- 
 sented at the Bath meeting in 1864 by his eldest son, Mr, E. Riiy 
 Lankester, who read two papers, one on the genus '' Pteraspis,'-* 
 in the Geological Section, and the other on the " Anatomy of the 
 Earth- Worm,'' at the Natural History Section. 
 
 On the retirement of Dr. Lyon Playfair from tlie Science and 
 VOL. III. D 
 
18 EDWIN LANKESTER. 
 
 Art Department of the Government^ Dr. Lankester was appointed 
 Superintendent of the Animal Product and Food Museums at 
 South Kensington. In this position he dehvered several courses 
 of lectures^ illustrative of the contents of collections under his 
 management. Two courses of these lectures have been pub- 
 lished_, — one on Food, in 1861; and the other on the Uses of 
 Animals to Man^ in 1862. Dr. Lankester was requested to resign 
 his position at the Museum_, on his election as Coroner for Mid- 
 dlesex in 1862. In 1860 he was appointed Examiner in Botany, 
 in connection with the Science Examinations of the Science and 
 Art Department, an appointment which the Government withdrew 
 in 1864. 
 
 From the year 1 836 to the present time Dr. Lankester has been 
 an extensive contributor to the popular medical and scientific 
 literature of the day. His contributions to the various medical 
 and scientific journals and magazines would fill many volumes. 
 In 1841 he commenced wi-iting for the 'Penny Cyclopasdia/ and 
 from the letter R to the end of the second Supplement wrote the 
 whole of the Botanical articles, and many of those on Physiology 
 and Biography. He afterwards edited the Natural Science De- 
 partment of the ' National Cyclop^dia.^ On the reissue of the 
 'Penny Cyclopaedia^ as the 'English Cyclopgedia/ in 1854, he 
 undertook the editorship of the department of Natural History, 
 rewriting a fifth of the whole of the articles. 
 
 In 1849, Dr. Lankester published a translation of Schleiden's 
 'Principles of Scientific Botany/ and in 1857 he translated, for 
 the Sydenham Society, Kiichenmeister's work on ' Human Para- 
 sites.'' 
 
 In 1855, he received her Majesty's command to edit a Natural 
 History of Dee Side, which had been left in manuscript by the 
 late Professor Macgilhvray, and purchased by her Majesty. In 
 this work he wrote, at the request of his Royal Highness the late 
 Prince Albert, a chapter on the Red Deer. This is one of the 
 most valuable contributions on this subject extant, being the re- 
 sult of inquiries made into the natural history of the Red Deer 
 both in this country and the Continent. 
 
 As a Dispensary Physician in London, having been attached to 
 the Royal Farringdon Dispensary in the City, and the Royal Dis- 
 pensary at Pimlico, Dr. Lankester has had extensive experience 
 of the causes of death and disease amongst the crowded popula- 
 
EDWIN LANKESTER, 19 
 
 tions of London. He early took an interest in tlie sanitary move- 
 mentj and has delivered popular lectures on subjects connected 
 with public health. In conjunction with Dr. Letheby in 1860^ 
 he wi'ote the article ''''Sanitary Science '' in the ^Encyclopaedia 
 Britannica.^ In 1856 he was appointed Medical Officer of Health 
 of St. James's, Westminster, and has now published eight annual 
 reports on the subject of his labours as health-officer in that 
 parish. 
 
 Dr. Lankestor has a popular style of lecturing, and has deli- 
 vered courses of lectures on various Natural History and Physio- 
 logical subjects, in the Royal Institution of Great Britain, the Lon- 
 don Institution, the Royal Institution of Manchester, the Midland 
 Institute at Birmingham, and other similar institutions. He has 
 also delivered a course of lectures on Natural History every year, 
 at New College, London, since its establishment in 1850. 
 
 In 1862, at the solicitation of his brethren of the medical pro- 
 fession, he came forward as candidate for the office of Coroner for 
 Middlesex, vacated by the death of the late Mr. Wakley. It was 
 an important contest, as involving the principle whether a medical 
 or legal man was best fitted for the office of Coroner. Mr. Wakley 
 had been the first medical man who had been Coroner for Middle- 
 sex, and the question to be decided by the freeholders was 
 whether they were satisfied that the education and habits of the 
 medical man best fitted him for this important public post. After 
 a severe contest. Dr. Lankester was elected by the County, on 
 the 9th of July, 1862. At the end of his first year of office, he 
 felt it his duty to publish an account of his stewardship, and pro- 
 duced a first annual report at the end of the year 1863. In this 
 report, an analysis is made of 1080 cases in which inquests were 
 held, and many important and interesting facts are elicited. 
 
 Dr. Lankester mai^ried, in 1845, Miss Phebe Pope, by whom he 
 has eight children. Mrs. Lankester lias proved an efficient assis- 
 tant to the Doctor in his various studies. She is well known as a 
 writer in our popular scientific jom-nals, and as the authoress of 
 ' British Ferns ' and ' British Wild Flowers.^ She is now engaged 
 in the laborious work of writing the general account of the 
 British Plants described and figured in the third edition of ' Smith 
 and Sowerby's English Botany,' which is being edited by Mr. 
 Boswell Syme. 
 
 Dr. Lankester's original researches in science have not been 
 
20 EDWIN LANKESTER, 
 
 unimportant. In 1840, he published a paper in the ^Annals of 
 Natural History/ on the origin of wood in plants, in which he 
 detailed the result of a large number of experiments in the growth 
 of wood in trees, and opposed the views held by Du Petit Thouars 
 and others on this subject. In the same year, he also gave an 
 explanation of the hygrometric functions of certain Mosses, as 
 iUustrated in the structure of Funaria hygrometrica. In 1842, he 
 published an account of the Mineral Spring-s of Askern, in York- 
 shire. In this work, he demonstrated that the source of the sul- 
 phuretted hydrogen of these waters was the decomposition of 
 water containing sulphates, in contact with organic matter. In 
 this work, he g-ave the result of a series of chemical experiments 
 on this subject, and showed that sulphuretted hydrogen itself is 
 not injurious to health. At the British Association, held at Ply- 
 mouth, in 1841, he proved that the source of the sulphuretted 
 hydrogen given^off by water brought from the Niger, and the sea 
 off the coast of Africa, was due to the decomposition of the sul- 
 phates, and that it had nothing to do with the malaria and mala- 
 rious fevers of that country. In 1840, "41, and "42, he visited the 
 various sulphureous springs of England, with a view to ascertain 
 the sources of their sulj)huretted hydrogen. Dm-ing these re- 
 searches, he discovered and described a number of microscopic 
 organisms existing in sulphureous waters. These he described 
 at a meeting of the British Association at Glasgow, in 1840, and 
 afterwards published an account of them_in the ' Annals of Natural 
 History' for 1841. 
 
 During his connection with the Ray Society, Dr. Lankester 
 edited the Life and Correspondence of John Eay. These were 
 furnished with copious notes, all from his pen, and published in 
 the years 1845 and 1846. In conjunction with Mr. Busk, Dr. 
 Lankester has now edited the ' Quarterly Journal of Microsco- 
 pical Science" for twelve years. Each of the volumes contains 
 articles from his pen, and he has contributed, from time to time, 
 papers on various subjects requiring microscopical investigation. 
 
JOHN IIAWKSHAW, RE.S., RG.S., 
 
 PAST PKESIDENT OF THE INSTITUTION OP CIVIL ENGINEERS, 
 
 The great Eailway movement of the present age_, and the nume- 
 rous engineering- works which have grown ahnost^ as necessities, 
 out of it, has been the means of developing a very remarkable 
 class of men. The character of these works, their magnitude, 
 and the many difficulties which crossed their path, demanded a self- 
 reliant, earnest-thinking, and most persevering class. England 
 has proved herself rich in such, and their works, not only in these 
 isla^nds, but in other parts of the world, have become the monu- 
 ments by which a late posterity will know them. Amongst the 
 engineers, there are not many to whom a more exalted place will 
 be given, than to the subject of our present memoir. 
 
 John Hawkshaw was born in Leeds, in 1811, and he received 
 his education at the Grammar School of that town. Starting into 
 active life about the time when railways were first beginning to 
 excite attention, he resolved that his career should be closely con- 
 nected with that of the infant giant which has since taken posses- 
 sion of the land. Mr. Hawkshaw was placed as a pupil with Mr. 
 Charles Fowler, who was at that time chiefly engaged in the con- 
 struction of turnpike roads in the West Eiding of Yorkshire. 
 He subsequently became an assistant to that celebrated engineer, 
 Mr. Alexander Nimmo, who was constructing several important 
 public works for the Government in Ireland. In 1831 Mr. 
 Mmmo died, and at the early age of twenty, John Hawkshaw 
 was engaged to undertake the management of the Bolivar Copper 
 Mines, in South America. This was an office of considerable re- 
 sponsibility, and, the fact of the appointment falhng upon so 
 young a man, proved the stability of his character at this age. 
 
^■^ JOHN HAWKSHAW. 
 
 Mr. Hawksliaw returned to England after a few years^ and lie be- 
 came an assistant to the late well-known engineer, Mr. James 
 Walker. With him he worked most assiduously until 1837, when 
 he was appointed engineer to the Manchester and Bolton Canal 
 and Railway. This was followed soon afterwards by a similar ap- 
 pointment in connection with the Manchester and Leeds Railway. 
 This line formed the nucleus of the widely-extended Lancashire 
 and Yorkshire system, nearly the whole of which railwaj^s — em- 
 bracing many works of considerable magnitude — were constructed 
 by Mr. Hawkshaw. 
 
 Those who are acquainted with the I'ailway between Leeds and 
 Manchester, will be enabled to form some idea of the difficult na- 
 ture of the country, through which many of those lines had to 
 pass. In some districts it became necessary to adopt steeper 
 gradients than had hitherto been attempted to be worked by lo- 
 comotive engines. The discussions on this point were long con- 
 tinued, and much warmth of feeling was imported into them. 
 Mr. Hawkshaw, however, maintained his position, and proved, in 
 the face of much opposition, the practicability of introducing the 
 steep gradients, and indeed its desii*ability, even when, by taking 
 circuitous routes, they could be avoided. The correctness of the 
 conclusions of this engineer has been confirmed by the lapse of 
 years, and the views which he so successfully advocated are now 
 imiversally admitted. 
 
 Mr. Hawkshaw has constructed many other railways in different 
 parts of England, and up to the present time he continues to be 
 the consulting engineer of his own — the Lancashire and York- 
 shire Railway — and also to the South-Eastern Railway Company. 
 
 In Russia, the Riga and Dunaburg Railway was constructed by 
 Mr. Hawkshaw, and to the railway from Dunaburg to Witepok, 
 the works of which are now in active operation, he is the con- 
 sulting engineer. In India he is connected with the Madras 
 Railway, and the Eastern Bengal^Railway. The government of 
 the Mauritius selected Mr. Hawksliaw as consulting engineer to 
 the railways which are now being constructed in that colony. 
 
 On the death of Mr. Rendel, the "engineering fame which Mr. 
 Hawkshaw had secured, gave him the appointment of engineer- 
 in-chief to the Government Harbour of Refuge at Holyhead, and 
 the other works connected with it. For some time he has also 
 been engaged for the War Office, in constructing the foundations 
 
JOHN HAWKSHAW. 23 
 
 in the sea at Spithead, for the foi-ts^ which are to form an im- 
 portant part of the defences of the Harbour of Portsmouth. 
 
 Perhaps there are no works by which this eminent engineer 
 will be better known than those upon which he is now engaged 
 in London. The Charing Cross Railway, although it is only three 
 miles long, involves the necessity of two large bridges across the 
 River Thames. The massive character of the bridge at Charing 
 Cross is such as to give it an almost Egyptian aspect, securing at 
 the same time an appearance of the utmost stability and endu- 
 rance ; the great railway -bridge at Blackfriars is no less grand in 
 the simplicity of its details. It is to be regretted, that it is 
 scarcely possible to find in the same mind great mechanical capa- 
 bilities, and a perception of the beautiful. Had there not been 
 a considerable absence of the latter in the mind of this eminent 
 man, the inhabitants of London might have escaped the infliction 
 of those unsightly beams of iron, which bridge over many of the 
 best thoroughfares. Mr. Hawkshaw is engineer to the Penarth 
 harbour, dock, and railway, and also to the Hull docks, where 
 he is constructing extensive works, amongst others the Hull 
 South Bridge. The Londonderry bridge in Ireland has just been 
 completed by him. 
 
 In 1860 Mr. Hawkshaw was appointed sole Royal Commis- 
 sioner, to decide between the numerous contending schemes for 
 the water-supply of the City of Dublin. After a lengthened in- 
 vestigation, he recommended a plan, which is now being carried 
 out. 
 
 In May, 1862, the failure of the middle level sluice at St. Ger- 
 man's, near Lynn, occurred, whereby a large tract of country was 
 flooded, and the safety of the district endangered. The commis- 
 sioners called Mr. Hawkshaw to their aid, and he succeeded in 
 adopting speedy remedial measures, which have proved success- 
 ful. Instead of constructing a new sluice, he invented and 
 erected the siphons, for the di-ainage of the district, which con- 
 tinue to act most satisfactorily. 
 
 At the end of the same year, Mr. Hawkshaw visited Egypt at 
 the request of his Highness the late Viceroy, Said Pasha; the ob- 
 ject of this visit being to examine into and report upon the prac- 
 ticability of constructing the Suez Ship Canal, for connecting the 
 Red Sea and the Mediterranean. His advocacy of the practica- 
 bility of that measure as an engineering work is now well known. 
 
24 JOHN HAWKSHAW. 
 
 Mr. Hawkshaw,, from the position which he has secured for 
 himself, is frequently called upon to report, by both the British 
 and foreign governmentSj upon engineering works and schemes. 
 He was one of the Metropolitan Commissioners of Sewers, when 
 that body was appointed by the CroNvn, and he is constantly em- 
 ployed as arbitrator between contending parties. This speaks 
 highly for the estimation in which he is held. As a witness be- 
 fore Parliamentary committees, and other tribunals, Mr. Hawk- 
 shaw is remarkable for the clearness with which he gives his evi- 
 dence, and the honesty with which he maintains the opinions 
 which his experience has convinced him to be correct. 
 
 On the death of Mr. Cubitt, Mr. Hawkshaw solicited the 
 sujffrages of the electors of Andover, desiring to keep the Parlia- 
 mentary ranks of the engineers complete. He was not returned, 
 his failure being attributed by his friends to the lateness of his 
 appearance in the field. The honour which attaches to a repre- 
 sentative man in Parliament, is to be coveted by all high and 
 energetic minds ; but Mr. Hawkshaw may find consolation in the 
 endurance which he has given to his name in structures of stone 
 and iron, wliich are fine examples of private enterprise and of 
 public usefulness. 
 
 Mr. Hawkshaw's life has been too busy for any literary labours 
 of moment ; his only work being " Reminiscences of South 
 America,^^ excepting a few pamphlets on mining and engineering 
 svibjects, and some papers read before the Geological Societies of 
 London and Manchester. 
 

 f 1 
 
 1 
 
 ^Ti'"^^^ 
 
 9VH^ ' 
 
 
 
 9^^^^ \ ^^H^^^^H^-^ f 
 
 
 
 ^^HMHh^^'"': ^^^^^Br^ ^^^^^^^ 
 
SAMUEL HUNTER CHRISTIE, M.A., F.R.S. 
 
 Samuel Hunter Christie, a Mathematical Master and Professor 
 of Mathematics for nearly half a centmy, in the Royal Military 
 Academy of Woolwich, was born March 2'2nd, 1784, in Leicester 
 Square, London, in the house adjoining that occupied by Sir 
 Joshua Reynolds. Having exhibited an early taste and talent for 
 mathematical studies, he was placed under the tutorship of Bonny- 
 castle, and his father, on the recommendation of Bishop Horsley, 
 sent him to Cambridge. He was entered at Trinity College, 
 Dr. Mansell, afterwards Bishop of Gloucester and Bristol, being 
 the Master, and was in the first class in his second year's exa- 
 mination. In his third year he obtained a scholarship; and in 
 1805 he took his degree of B.A., as Second Wrangler. The Se- 
 nior Wrangler on this occasion was Turton, afterwards Bishop 
 of Ely; and in the Smith's Prize — a prize instituted by Dr. 
 Robert Smith to be given to the two best mathematicians of 
 the year — Turton and Christie were equal. Though assiduous in 
 his studies, Mr. Christie was a great proficient in sport and all 
 kinds of athletic exercise. He was fond of fishing and shooting, 
 and especially boating. The great renown acquired by the Cam- 
 bridge University Boat Club, may almost be said to have dated 
 from Mr. Christie's aquatic experiences on the Cam, he having 
 been the first to get up a boat's crew to go out regularly. Mr. 
 Christie was also Captain in the University Volunteers in 1803, 
 Lord Palmerston being at that time one of his brother ofl&cers. 
 
 In 1 806 Mr. Christie left Cambridge, and accepted the appoint- 
 ment of Third Mathematical Assistant in the Royal Military Aca- 
 demy of Woolwich, Dr. Gregory being the Second Assistant. 
 Upon entering that institution, he found the state of the mathema- 
 
26 SAMUEL HUNTER CHRISTIE. 
 
 tical studies at so low an ebb^ that his duties seemed likely to be 
 confined, for some time at least, to giving instruction in the 
 simple forms of arithmetic. Four years later, by availing himself 
 of the Lieutenant-Governor's sanction to deviate in some measure 
 from the prescribed course of instruction, he was enabled to effect 
 some marked improvement in the mathematical qualifications of 
 the cadets in the classes under his charge. Subsequently he was 
 called upon by the authorities to describe the changes he con- 
 sidered necessary to be made, for determining the relative merits 
 of the pupils. He strongly recommended that all promotions 
 should be made in the order of the results of competitive exami- 
 nations, to which he advised that the pupils should be subjected. 
 In 1812 this mode of examination was adopted, and from that 
 time has been used to govern the promotions. Although Mr. 
 Christie continued on all occasions to urge the importance of 
 placing the mathematical instructions of the Woolwich Academy 
 on a footing more in accordance with that given in foreign mili- 
 tary schools, it was not until he was promoted in 1838 from the 
 position of First Mathematical Master to that of Professor of 
 Mathematics that he was able fully to carry out his views. He 
 subsequently occupied himself in preparing a new elementary 
 course, the first volume, comprising arithmetic and algebra, being 
 published by the authority of the Master- General and the Board 
 of Ordnance in 1845. A portion of the second volume, contain- 
 ing " The Elements of the Geometry of Planes and Solids,^' and 
 " The Elementary Principles of Descriptive Geometry and of 
 Isometric Perspective'' was published in 1847, but he was com- 
 pelled by repeated attacks of illness, from proceeding further in 
 the work. In the summer of 1854, after a service in the Royal 
 Military Academy of forty- eight years. Professor Christie retired 
 in the enjoyment of a pension. Though in the discharge of his 
 duties towards his pupils he always maintained strict discipline, 
 still as by this means he avoided the necessity of reports, which 
 would have entailed punishment, he lost nothing of the regard of 
 the well-disposed in the Academy ; while among pupils inclined to 
 idleness, instances were not wanting of young men, long after 
 they had obtained their commission in the Ordnance Corps, 
 thanking him for having, as it were, compelled them to work 
 while under his tuition. Professor Christie has been heard to 
 state that throughout the Crimean war, with only two or three 
 
SAMUEL HUNTER CHRISTIE. Li 
 
 exceptions^ every officer in the Engineers and Artillery wlio had 
 been engaged in that arduous struggle, had been under his in- 
 struction in their progress through the Royal Military Academy. 
 
 However occupied in the zealous discharge of his dvities at the 
 Royal Military Academy, Mr. Christie did not neglect scientific 
 inquiry. About the year 1819, renewed attention had been di- 
 rected to the effects produced by the iron in a ship on the needle 
 of its compass, in consequence of the great increase which had 
 been found to take place in these effects during some of the recent 
 Ai'ctic voyages. To ascertain whether the views he entertained 
 on the subject were correct, Mr. Christie engaged in an extensive 
 series of experiments ; and \hQ results of these he presented to 
 the Cambridge Philosophical Society, of which he was one of the 
 earliest members. His first paper presented to the Royal Society 
 was communicated in June, 1823, by the President, Sir Humphry 
 Davy; and in 1826 he was elected a Fellow. From this time, for 
 several years, he communicated almost annually, as follows : — 
 
 1. On the Diurual Deviations of tlie Horizontal Needle when under 
 
 the Influence of Magnets. 
 
 2. On the Effects of Temperature on the Intensity of Magnetic 
 
 Forces ; and on the Diurnal Variation of the Terrestrial Mag- 
 netic Intensity. 
 
 3. On the Magnetism of Iron arising from its Rotation. 
 
 4. On the Magnetism developed in Copper and other Substances 
 
 during Rotation. 
 
 5. On Magnetic Influence in the Solar Rays. 
 
 6. On the Mutual Action of the Particles of Magnetic Bodies, and 
 
 on the Law of Variation of the Magnetic Forces generated at 
 difterent distances during Rotation. 
 
 7. Theory of the Diurnal Variation of the Magnetic Needle, illustrated 
 
 by Experiments. 
 
 8. On the Laws of the Deviation of Magnetized Needles towards Iron. 
 
 9. Experimental Determination of the Laws of Magneto-electric In- 
 
 duction in Different Masses of the same Metal, and of its Inten- 
 sity in Different Metals. 
 
 10. Improvement in Instruments and Methods employed in Deter- 
 
 mining the Direction and Intensity of Terrestrial Magnetism. 
 
 11. Discussion of the Magnetical Observations made by Captain Back, 
 
 R.N., during his late Arctic Expedition. 
 
 12. Discussion of the Magnetical Observations made by Captain Back, 
 
 R.N., during his late Arctic Expedition, Part II. 
 
28 SAMUEL HUNTER CHRISTIE. 
 
 Mr. Christie was elected a Fellow of the Royal Society in 
 January, 1826. Besides the Papers of which the titles have been 
 given, he was the author of several Reports on Papers communi- 
 cated to the Royal Society, of which Reports several were read at 
 the meetings of the Society. 
 
 A letter addressed by Baron Humboldt to H. R. H. the Duke 
 of Sussex, the President of the Royal Society, soliciting the in- 
 fluence of that Society in establishing permanent magnetic ob- 
 sei-vations in addition to those already established through Baron 
 Humboldt's influence, having been communicated to the Council, 
 was referred to the Astronomer Royal and Mr. Christie, to be re- 
 ported on to the Council. The Report which Mr. Christie drew 
 up, having been approved of by Mr. Airy, was presented to the 
 Council in June, 1836, and read to the Society at the evening 
 meeting of the 24th November following. In their Report, the 
 importance of the objects to be attained by means of permanent 
 magnetical observations is dwelt on, and the President and Coun- 
 cil are earnestly recommended to advocate their establishment in 
 accordance with the views of Baron Humboldt. Though this re- 
 commendation led to no immediate result, yet it may be considered 
 as the first step towards the establishment of the Magnetic Obser- 
 vatories at the Cape of Good Hope, St. Helena, Hobarton, and 
 Toronto, the magnetical results obtained at which stations have so 
 greatly advanced our knowledge of Terrestrial Magnetism. 
 
 Mr. Christie has also taken an active part in the executive of the 
 Royal Society. From 1837 until 1854, he filled the office of Secre- 
 tary, and moved conspicuously in the establishment of scientific 
 committees of reference, which however are no longer used. 
 Mr. Christie is one of the Board of A^isitors of the Royal Obser- 
 vatory of Greenwich; and he was a member of the Committee 
 appointed by the Admiralty, for the improvement of the compasses 
 of the Royal Navy, during which service he tested great varieties 
 of steel and of forms of needles. He was also an early member of 
 the British Association, and contributed some valuable reports on 
 magnetism, at its third meeting at Cambridge, in 1834. 
 
 Mr. Christie is a Fellow of the Astronomical Society and one 
 of its Vice-Presidents, and he is a corresponding member of the 
 Academy of Sciences of Palermo, and of the Societe Philomathique 
 of Paris. 
 
WILLIAM PtOBERT GROVE, Q.Cl, M.A., F.R.S. 
 
 William Robert Grove was boi-n at Swansea in the je&Y 1811 ; 
 liis father and his grandfather were magistrates^ and had been 
 Deputy-Lieutenants for the county of Glamorganshire. Under 
 the cai*e of the Rev. E. Griffith^ the young philosopher received, 
 at the Swansea Grammar School, his early education. He was 
 subsequently placed under the charge of the Rev. J. Kilvert, of 
 Darlington House, Bath. 
 
 When very young, William R. Grove displayed much of tliat 
 mechanical ingenuity which in after years was shown in the in- 
 vention of new forms of apparatus ; and he exhibited when but 
 twelve years of age a fondness for chemical experiments. We 
 have heard an anecdote which, as showing the boy's ingenuity, 
 and consequently thought, is worth preserving. Young Grove 
 had read in a book designed for children a story, which told how 
 a boy, for the purpose of curing superstition in a younger brother, 
 made an electrical machine, and astonished him with a display of 
 its wonders ; and how he invoked the aid of phosphorus to in- 
 crease the child's astonishment. Upon this, the embryo electri- 
 cian set to work, and made successfully with apothecaries' bottles 
 an electrical machine and a Leyden phial. Beside these, with a 
 leaden syringe and a dinner-tumbler, he manufactured for himself 
 an aii--pump. 
 
 Young chemists have ever been great plagues to their friends, 
 their rudimentary experiments usually resulting in spoiled clothes 
 and damaged furniture. William Grove was no exception to the 
 rule, and from this cause his father was led to discourage, al- 
 though he did not actually foi'bid his scicntitic pursuits. This 
 and other causes, especially the active business of preparation for 
 College, and then a College life, tended to check the spirit of 
 
 VOL. III. i' 
 
30 WILLIAM ROBKL'T TiROVE. 
 
 experimental inquiry, and for a period indeed to repress it. For 
 sixteen years the spark Avliicli was eventually to burst out in 
 brighter flashes lay smouldering in the brain of the future philo- 
 sopher. 
 
 Mr. Grove was intended by his father for the Church, and he 
 became a student of Brasenose, Oxford, in 1830; and he completed 
 his University term with honour in 1833. Conscientious scruples 
 interfered with the father^s desires, and the son was two years after 
 this, that is in 1835, called to the Bar. 
 
 About this time he married ; and shortly after he was obliged 
 to quit England for a season, to seek in Continental travel a re- 
 storation of lost health. The forced leisure thus obtained was 
 devoted to reading up electricity, Avhich led to a re-awakening of 
 scientific aspirations. This was very quickly followed by original 
 experiments and important discoveries in this important branch of 
 science. We find Mr. Grove, in 1839, communicating to the Aca- 
 demic des Sciences de Paris, through M. Becquerel, the fact that 
 if a positive electrode be immersed, half in water, the other half 
 being in a tube of hydrogen, and a negative electrode in water 
 and oxygen, the water ascends in the tubes, the galvanometer is 
 deflected, and the water is decomposed and recomposed by voltaic 
 action. This was the first idea of the gas hattery. In the same 
 year, M. Becquerel communicated to the French Academy Grove's 
 nitric acid battery. Up to the introduction of this, DanielPs pile 
 was the most powerful ; but by the employment of platinum and 
 nitric acid, the force developed was considerably increased ; in- 
 deed, according to Jacobi, this battery was sixteen times more 
 powerful than any existing voltaic arrangement. These disco- 
 veries were hkewise published in the ^Philosophical Magazine ' of 
 the same year ; as was also an important paper " On the Inaction 
 of Amalgamated Zinc in Acidulated Water,^' in which this phe- 
 nomenon is satisfactorily explained for the first time. In 1840, 
 Mr. Grove was elected a Fellow of the Royal Society ; and about 
 the same time he became connected with the London Institution 
 as the Professor of Experimental Philosophy, which oflice he held 
 for five years. 
 
 In 1841 was published an important paper " On Combinations 
 by the Voltaic Battery of Azote and Hydrogen with Metals ;" 
 and in the same year, a cousiderable amount of interest was ex- 
 cited l)v the exhibition before the Electrical Societv of Daguerreo- 
 
WILLIAM ROBERT GROVE. 31 
 
 type pictures engraved by electricity. The extreme delicacy with 
 which this was effected by Mr. Grove, led to the hope that the 
 reproduction of those beautiful pictures in a permanent form would 
 become an easy process. This engraving was effected by placing 
 a Daguerreotype as the positive pole of a voltaic couple in hydro- 
 chloric acid. After the etching had been effected, an electrotype 
 copy was taken, from which impressions in printers' ink could be 
 at once obtained, as from an ordinary engraving. It is difficult to 
 explain why this process has never been adopted ; possibly it was 
 because the lines were too delicate to admit of printing many im- 
 pressions from the electro-plate. The process was published in 
 full in the Proceedings of the Loudon Electrical Society. For 
 some years, notwithstanding the steady increase of his practice at 
 the Bar, Mr. Grove found the necessary time for electrical inves- 
 tigations. He produced and described his voltaic gas battery ; 
 wrote a paper " On its Applications to Eudiometry ;" and pub- 
 lished in the ' Philosophical Transactions' a " Memoir on the Ac- 
 tion of Phosphorus, Sulphur, and the Hydrocarbons in the Gas 
 Pile." '^Electric Action by the Approximation of Dissimilar 
 Metals without Contact," was the title of a communication to 
 the ' Literary Gazette.' In this Mr. Grove explained, that when 
 a disk of zinc and copper are approximated without touching, and 
 then separated, the gold leaves of an electroscope diverge, thus 
 proving the existence of a radiating force capable of exciting 
 electrical disturbance. Several very important papers were pub- 
 lished by Mr. Grove in the ' Electrical Magazine ' in the years 
 1843-45 ; and he lectured at the Koyal Institution '^ On the 
 Phenomena of the Voltaic Arc," and " The Transport of Particles 
 of Matter effected by Electrical Discharges." In 1847, " The 
 Decomposition of Water by Heat " was communicated to the 
 Royal Society. In this remarkable paper it was shown that any 
 of the inoxidizable metals, as platinum, iridium, and the like, 
 heated to a very high temperature by the oxyhydrogen blowpipe, 
 had the power of decomposing water into oxygen and hydrogen 
 when plunged into that fluid, or its vapour. 
 
 The '' Production of Heat by Magnetism " was another im- 
 portant step in corroboration of the views which Mr. Grove had 
 already propounded in the Theatre of the London Institution, 
 in 1842-43. In January, 1842, Mr. Grove delivered a lecture 
 " On the Progress of Physical Science," which was printed at the 
 
32 
 
 WILLIAM KOBKlv"]' GKOVE. 
 
 request of the Proprietors of the London Institution. In this the 
 " Correlation of Physical Forces'' was briefly but clearly enun- 
 ciated. In 1843 a course of lectures — delivered in the same 
 theatre — explained and illustrated the propositions succinctly given 
 in the former year. The substance of those lectures was published 
 as an Essay in 1846, and in a more perfect form in 1850. The 
 position sought to be established was — that the various affections 
 ol matter which constitute the main objects of physical science, 
 viz. heat, lig'lit, electricity, magnetism, chemical affinity, and 
 motnm, are all correlative, or have a reciprocal dependence. 
 '^ That neither, taken abstractedly, can be said to be the essential 
 or the proximate cause of the others, but that either may, as a 
 force, produce the others : thus heat may mediately or immediately 
 produce electricity, electricity may produce heat, and so of the 
 others, each merging itself as the force it produces becomes de- 
 veloped." Attention has of late been most earnestly directed to 
 this philosophy, and there have been many experimentalists at 
 work, and deep thinkers making their deductions from the ob- 
 served experimental results, all of them establishing the correct- 
 ness of the views put forth in 1842 by Mr. Grove. When this 
 gentleman delivered this lecture, he introduced an experiment 
 which deserves a careful record. In a whirling-table or train of 
 wheels, the smallest, or that which revolved most rapidly, was of 
 metal, and had a piece of phosphorus in it. AYhile this revolved 
 with great rapidity the jDliosphorus remained cool, but b}^ a lever 
 the wheel was suddenly stopped, and the phosphorus took fire. 
 The object was to show that motion arrested becomes heat ; and, 
 certainly, this appears to have been the first published experiment 
 in proof of the received view, that heat is a mode of motion, or to 
 use Mr. Grove's own words on a subsequent occasion, " The 
 general scope of the argument from the negation of perpetual 
 motion leads the mind to regard the so-called imponderables as 
 'modes of motion, and not as different kinds or species of matter." 
 Eeference has already been made to the Nitric Acid Battery, 
 but the power which it has placed in the hands of the experi- 
 mentalist has not been sufficiently noticed. All the splendid dis- 
 coveries which have been made in connection with the magnetic 
 conditions of matter, may be regarded as due to the tremendous 
 ]iower, Avhich can be at once developed, and as rapidly suspended, 
 by the use of Grove's batterv. In the theatre of the Roval In- 
 
WILLIAM ROBERT GROVE. 33 
 
 stitution, in 1849^ with 500 elements of the Grove battery well 
 insulated^ platinum was melted on the surface of distilled water^ 
 and a globule of liquid platinum was, as it were, suspended above 
 the surface of the water by the force of the current, while brilliant 
 scintillations of this metal were thrown off in a direction perpen- 
 dicular to the surface of the water. 
 
 In 1852, the " Electro- Chemical Polarity of the Gases'^ en- 
 gaged Mr. Grove's attention, and formed the subject of a memoir 
 published in the ' Philosophical Transactions.' In this memoir 
 the phenomenon of the stratifications in the electric light is for 
 the first time published. 
 
 The ' Electricity of Flame,' and the formation of a flame-pile 
 capable of producing chemical decomposition, was the result of 
 Mr. Grove's continued researches, and in 1 855 he showed — as far 
 as we know, for the first time — the conversion of electricity into 
 mechanical power. It was shown that when a weight is raised 
 by electric attraction and repulsion, there is a diminution in the 
 electric tension, and that the spark cannot traverse the same dis- 
 tance that it could traverse, with the same apparatus and charge, 
 without the elevation of the weight. 
 
 ' The Production and Fixing of Electrical Images between Two 
 Plates of Glass,' ' The Influence of Light on Polarized Electrodes,' 
 and several other papers and discoveries of interest in Physical 
 Science, should have been noticed, had the limits of this publication 
 permitted it. ' Some Effects of Heat on Fluids ' alone can now 
 be noticed. These investigations prove the very striking fact, 
 that to whatever extent water be boiled, there wiU always remain 
 for each ebullition a nucleus of permanent gas (nitrogen) ; so 
 with other liquids, the residual gas varying with the liquid. As- 
 tronomical observations have formed the occasional employment 
 of this active mind, fis the Journal of the Astronomical Society 
 will show. 
 
 It must not be forgotten, that those numerous subjects of 
 inquiry have been pursued by one who has been ever busy in his 
 profession of the Law, which, only in a few cases, leads towards 
 the ground upon which science bestows her labours. Steadily 
 making progress at the Bar, at the same time as he was working 
 hard at, and making discoveries in science, Mr. Grove esta- 
 blished his position, and was made Queen's Counsel in 1853, and 
 for some years he has been the leader of the South Wales and 
 
34 WILLIAM ROBKK'l GROVK. 
 
 Chester circuit. As an experimentalist, or as an inductive philo- 
 sopher, Mr. Grove has ever displayed a large amount of the power 
 required for questioning Nature. His experiments have been de- 
 vised with ingenuity and carried out with skill, in which his 
 mechanical aptitude, so early developed, has served him well. 
 His deductive powers are of a superior order, in proof of which 
 we have a fine example, in the original thought and the gene- 
 ralizing power of that work, which will carry down his name in 
 honour amongst the Philosophers of Europe, ' The Correlation of 
 Physical Forces.' 
 
WARREN DE LA RUE, F.R.S., 
 
 PRESIDENT OP THE ROYAL ASTRONOMICAL SOCIETY. 
 
 Warren De La Rue was born in the island of Guernsey, on tlio 
 18tli of January, 1815. He was educated, in the first instance, at 
 a private school in Walthamstow, and finally at the College de 
 St. Barbe, in Paris. He displayed considerable ability in his 
 earliest years, and carried off several prizes for his acquirements. 
 
 In 1840 the subject of our notice became a partner in his father's 
 well-known business, which is still carried on under the name of 
 Thomas De La Rue and Co., and mechanics was studied by him 
 almost as a necessity for the requirements of the manufactory ; yet 
 he sedulously followed up a taste which he had early imbibed for 
 the study of chemistry as a science. When the College of Che- 
 mistry was established, and Dr. Hofmann appointed as Professor, 
 Mr. Warren De La Rue entered as a student, principally devoting 
 his attention to Liebig's methods of organic analysis. Previously 
 to this, he had communicated original researches to the scientific 
 journals, and subsequently, after having spent two years in in- 
 vestigating the constituents of Cochineal, he published a paper 
 '^On the Colouring-matter and other Constituents of Cochineal," 
 in the Chemical Society's Journal, which memoir is regarded as 
 the standard work upon that subject. 
 
 Of late years, Mr. De La Rue has principally devoted his at- 
 tention to astronomical pursuits ; still he has found leisure for 
 chemical researches. These have been undertaken jointly with 
 Dr. Hugo Miiller, and they are published in the Transactions of 
 the Royal and of the Chemical Societies. In 1850 Mr. Warren 
 De La Rue was elected a Fellow of the Royal Society. In 1851 
 he was one of the Jurors of Class XXIX., '^ Miscellaneous Ma- 
 nufactures ;" and conjointly with Dr. Hofmann he furnished to 
 
36 WARREN DK LA RUE. 
 
 tlu! voliinie of the Jiivors' Report a very elaborate p:i])er, contain- 
 ing mnch important matter descriptive of many of the curious 
 and useful manufactures which were comprehended under this 
 head. It will be remembered by many that one of the great 
 attractions in the nave of the Hyde Park Crystal Palace was De 
 La Rue^s envelope-folding machine. This was the joint inven- 
 tion of the subject of this memoir and Mr. Edwin Hill, brother 
 of the renowned Postal reformer. In connection Avith this may 
 be named Mr. Warren De La Rue^s method of multiplying in 
 steel and electrotype the surface-printing blocks for the produc- 
 tion of commercial and postage stamps, which has been adopted 
 by our own and several of the foreign Governments. This, in 
 connection with the envelope-folding machine and other examples 
 of the interesting manufactures produced at Mr. De La line's 
 works, obtained for the firm, from the Paris Exhibition in 1855, 
 one of the few grand gold medals awarded on that occasion, while 
 the then head and founder of the establishment, Mr. Thomas De 
 La Rue, was honoured by the distinction of Knight of the Legion 
 of Honour. Mr. Warren De La Rue was a member of the Jury 
 of Class X. in this the Paris Exhibition ; and at the request of 
 M. Dumas, the celebrated chemist, who was the Chairman of that 
 Jury, the Emperor bestowed on him the same distinction as that 
 with which his father had been honoured. 
 
 Among the natural products exhibited at Paris on this occasion 
 was a new kind of resin, obtained from a species of Finis, which 
 was brought under the attention of Mr. De La Rue by Mr. (now 
 Sir William) Arthur, the Commissioner for New South Wales. 
 In conjunction with Dr. Hugo Miiller, this resin was carefully 
 examined, and it was discovered to contain a natural acetic ether 
 of a new radical, homologous to Benzyl (Cj^ Hr.) . A memoir " On 
 the Resin of Ficus ruhiginosa and a New Homologue of Benzylic 
 Alcohol ^^ appears in the Philosophical Transactions for 1860. 
 
 While prosecuting his chemical investigations, Mr. W. De La 
 Rue was induced to apply the niicroscope in his researches, and 
 this led him to employ that instrument in other investigations. 
 He was a contributor of papers to the Journal of the Microscopic 
 Society. He also aided materially in stimulating instrument- 
 makers to increase the aperture and perfection of their object- 
 glasses, a great number of which were tested by him, he haviug 
 obtained from Mr. Nobert, of Pomerania, test-plates with lines 
 
WARREN DE I,A RUE. 37 
 
 closer and closer with which to test them, until at last the lines 
 were so fine as not to be more distant from centre to centre than 
 ro-oVo-o of an inch, Mr. Warren De La Rue is now President of 
 the Astronomical Society ; and it is interesting to record the in- 
 cident which led him to the construction of Telescopes, and to 
 become a close astronomical observer. Above eighteen years 
 since he was paying a visit to Mr. Nasmyth, who on his arrival 
 was engaged in trying the focal length of a speculum which he 
 had recently ground and polished, and which Mr. Nasmyth was 
 directing on the sun. Perceiving two spots on the bright image 
 which was projected on a slip of board, Mr. De la Rue, thinking 
 they were defects in the mirror, remarked, " You will have some 
 work to rub out those pits.'' " They are not pits," rejoined Mr. 
 Nasmyth, " but spots on the sun." Mr. De La Rue's curiosity 
 was aroused ; he desired to possess a telescope ; and by the aid of 
 the experience of Mr. Nasmyth, he shortly constructed an instru- 
 ment of a very perfect description. His microscopic studies had 
 educated the eye, and thus aided the young astronomer in the 
 manufacture of mirrors. Throughout his first studies Mr. Na- 
 smyth was his ever ready friend and adviser ; and the writer of this 
 notice has heard Mr. De La Rue speak of a large volume of 
 letters written to him by Mr. Nasmyth, containing most trust- 
 worthy advice on telescope figuring. Ultimately Mr. De La Rue 
 pushed the figuring of mirrors to the highest degree of perfection 
 by some machinery of his own contrivance, which is desci"ibed in 
 the monthly notices of the Royal Astronomical Society, vol. xiii., 
 and also by Sir John Herschel in his article " Telescope " in the 
 ' Encyclopaedia Britanuica,' who especially says that Mr. De La 
 Rue's mechanism '' has afforded very admirable results in the 
 production of specula thirteen inches in aperture and ten feet 
 focal length, the perfection of which is enhanced by his practice 
 of bestowing the same care and precision on every step of the 
 figuring." 
 
 The fruit of the perfection in the figure of Mr. De La Rue's 
 mirrors has been the circulation of a series of exquisite engra- 
 vings from his own drawings of the planets Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, 
 Donati's Comet of 1858, and the Comet of 186L Conjointly 
 with these observations, Mr. De La Rue has paid great attention 
 to astronomical photography, his attention having been drawn 
 thereto by a lunar photograph by the elder Pi-ofessor Bond, of 
 
 VOL. III. Q 
 
38 WAEREN DE LA RUE. 
 
 Cambridge^ Massachusetts, U.S. The progress made in astrono- 
 mical pliotograpliy by Mr. De La Eue cannot be better described 
 than in the words of Dr. Lee, on the occasion of the presentation 
 of the Medal of the Eoyal Astronomical Society in 1862. " Mr. 
 De La Rue at first had no clockwork apparatus to govern the 
 motion of his telescope, and after making several successful lunar 
 photographs with the aid of the hand-gear of the telescope, he 
 discontinued his selenographical experiments until he had re- 
 moved from Canonbury to Cranford (this was in 1857). .. . He 
 then furnished his telescope — his own in a double sense — with a 
 clockwork apparatus, which from time to time has passed through 
 numerous altei-ations, and which is still in course of improvement. 
 The mechanical problem before him, as the Fellows of this Society 
 well knoAv, was one of extreme complexity; for not only must 
 the motion of the clockwork be perfectly smooth and equable, but 
 it must also be capable of acceleration and retardation, to keep 
 pace, so to speak, with the ever-varjang velocity of the moon in 
 the heavens, — a variation compounded of its diurnal motion and 
 its ever-changing velocity in its orbit. Lastly, by a rare and 
 happy combination of chemical with mechanical skill, the time 
 necessary for the exposure of the collodion film was materially 
 shortened. The final result is this, — that images of the moon 
 have been repeatedly taken in the focus of the mirror admitting 
 of very considerable amplification, and exhibiting details on the 
 moon's surface sufficiently clear to admit of delineation under a 
 microscope provided with a camera lucida, and thereby furnishing 
 materials for a more accurate selenograj^hy than has heretofore 
 existed. Neither must we altogether omit that by stereoscopi- 
 cally combining images of the moon taken in difierent phases of 
 her vibrations, more particularly enlarged copies eight inches in 
 diameter, Mr. De La Rue has brought to light details of dykes 
 and terraces and furrows and undulations on the lunar surface, of 
 which no certain knowledge had previously existed." 
 
 Of these photographs having the true stereoscopic relation, the 
 Astronomer Royal says they are an experimental proof of the ro- 
 tundity of our satellite, and Sir John Herschel speaks of them as 
 such a view as would be obtained by a giant with eyes thousands 
 of miles apart. The perfection of those photographs of the moon 
 is proved by the fact that one of the series has recently been en- 
 larged to thirty-eight inches in diameter, and gives us such a pic- 
 ture of the moon's siu'face as was never before seen. 
 
WAKUEN DE LA liUE. 39 
 
 The moon and tlie plajiets have not solely engrossed Mr. De 
 La Rue's attention, for, it having been pointed out to the Royal 
 Society that it would be desirable to obtain a daily photographic 
 record of the appearance of the sun's disk, the Council of that 
 body requested Mr. De La Rue to devise an instrument to effect 
 that object ; this task he undertook and accomplished, many 
 difficulties presented themselves, however, in the way, and it re- 
 quired a great amount of perseverance and skill to overcome them. 
 The instrument was, in the first instance, erected at the Kew Ob- 
 servatory of the British Association, and was then worked during 
 the direction of the late Mr. Welsh, and Mr. De La Rue has ex- 
 pressed his indebtedness to that gentleman and to Mr. Beckley 
 for several valuable suggestions. In 1860 Mr. De La Rue took 
 the instrument to Rivabellosa, near Miranda de Ebro, in Spain, 
 for the purposes of observing the total eclipse in July of that year. 
 The expedition formed part of that organized by the Astronomer 
 Royal, Professor Airy, and now known as the Himalaya Expe- 
 dition, from the name of the steam-ship which was placed at the 
 Astronomer Royal's disposal. Mr. De La Rue was quite success- 
 ful, having obtained many photographs of the partial observation 
 and two of the totality. 
 
 On July the 19th, the day after the eclipse, the ' Times ' con- 
 tained the following telegram, sent by Mr. De La Rue : — 
 
 " The success is complete. We have two photographs of the 
 red flames, which prove that they belong to the sun ; and many 
 photographs of other phases." 
 
 How fully this announcement is borne out, — of the red flames 
 being solar phenomena, and not produced by any peculiar action 
 of the moon's edge or any other optical phenomena, — can be seen 
 by Mr. De La Rue's elaborate paper, entitled " The Total Solar 
 Eclipse of July 18th, 1860, observed at Rivabellosa, near Miranda 
 de Ebro, in Spain." The reading of this paper as the Bakerian 
 Lecture, on April 10, 1862, was illustrated most brilliantly by 
 apparatus, reproducing some of the phenomena of a total eclipse. 
 In the same yeai^, Mr. De La Rue paid a visit to Padre Secchi, at 
 Rome, and compared his photographs with those obtained by 
 Padre Secchi. He has stated, in a paper recently published in 
 the Proceedings of the Royal Society, that the prominences were 
 the same in both series, thus showing that as Father Secchi's 
 were obtained seven minutes later than Mr. De La Rue's, no 
 
40 WARREN DE LA RUE. 
 
 change in theii' form took place during the duration of a total 
 eclipse (four minutes in any given locality), as had been main- 
 tained by some observers. 
 
 The Russian Academy of Sciences of St. Petersburg, and M. 
 Otto Struve, have considered Mr. De La Rue's methods of photo- 
 heliography of so much value, that they requested him to under- 
 take the superintendence of the manufacture of a photo-heHograph 
 and one of his micrometers for Wilna, and to instruct one of the 
 astronomers in his methods of observation. The instrument is 
 now about being put in operation at Wilna by Dr. Sabler, who 
 resided some weeks at Cranford, and received instruction in 
 photo-heliography. 
 
 Mr. De La Rue's methods have been fully published in the 
 reports of the British Association, in his '''Report on Celestial 
 Photography in England," and in the Bakerian Lecture, already 
 referred to. 
 
 For seven years Mr. De La Rue was one of the Honorary 
 Secretaries of the Royal Astronomical Societ}^, of which he is now 
 the President, having, in February, 1862, had conferred upon him 
 the high distinction of the Society's Gold Medal for his successful 
 discoveries in Astronomical Photography. 
 
 The French Photographic Society having this year determined 
 on the award of medals, has selected Mr. De La Rue as one of 
 four French and foreign contributors to its success, as a recipient 
 of one of the medals. 
 
 One of the Royal Medals of the Royal Society was awarded this 
 year to Mr. De La Rue for his Bakerian lecture and discoveries. 
 
41 
 
 JOHN HULLAH. 
 
 While we pay all honour to men of genius who enrich us by their 
 creations, inventions, and discoveries, we should not be unmind- 
 ful of those who by perseverance and untiring personal effort 
 prepare the popular mind for the reception and due appreciation 
 of the works of art or science. If such labours deserve a place 
 in a country^s annals, few men can show a better title than the 
 subject of the present memoir, to whom we are indebted for the 
 first and most successful attempt to diffuse widely among his 
 countrymen a sound knowledge of musical art and to cultivate a 
 taste for her highest compositions. 
 
 John Hullah was born June 27th^ 1812, at Worcester, but his 
 parents shortly after removed to London, which has siuce been 
 the place of his residence and the scene of his labours. After 
 trial of many schools, his education was chiefly and finally received 
 at that of Mr. Hine, of Brixton, an intimate friend of Words- 
 worth, and a passionate admirer of his school of poetry. From 
 Mr. Hine, John Hullah imbibed a love of literature, especially of 
 English, which has exercised no inconsiderable influence upon his 
 subsequent cai-eer. At the time of his leaving school he had no 
 knowledge of music, though he inherited a taste for it from his 
 grandfather, Mr. Charles Biggar, who was well known as a musical 
 amateur in the latter part of the last century. His mother also 
 possessed a remarkable voice, and had been for some time a pupil 
 of John Danby, the glee composer. John Hullah^s resolution to 
 devote himself to music, and to commence the study of it at the 
 unusually advanced age of seventeen, was opposed by every one 
 who knew him, and more especially by all persons of musical 
 experience. Nothing daunted, however, he became the pupil of 
 Mr. Horsley, and remained under his instruction for three years. 
 
42 JOHN HULLAH. 
 
 At the expiration of tiiis term lie entered the Royal Academy 
 of MusiCj chiefly with a view of studying singing and of possess- 
 ing himself of some of the traditions of the old Italian school, 
 one of the last representatives of which, Crevelli, was then in 
 great force. About this time, and after having made several at- 
 tempts at operatic music which were never completed, Mr. Hullah, 
 in connection with Mr. Charles Dickens, who wrote the libretto, 
 set to music an opera called ' The Village Coquettes.' This hav- 
 ing been made known to the late Mr. Braham, the eminent 
 singer, who had just opened the St. James's Theatre, was ac- 
 cepted and produced by him in 1836. Such was the success and 
 popularity of the piece, that it was performed about sixty nights 
 during the first season. Mr. Hullali subsequently produced at 
 Covent Garden, under the management of Mr. Macready, two 
 other operas, ' The Barbers of Bassora,' wi'itten by Maddison 
 Morton, and ' The Outpost,' written by Serle. Both of these 
 were favourably received, but did not meet with the amount of 
 success which attended ' The Village Coquettes.' Another opera, 
 ' The Gondolier,' written by Mr. Chorley, was afterwards com- 
 pleted, and might have been performed, had not Mr. Hullah's at- 
 tention been diverted from composition to what has turned out 
 to be the work of his life — popular musical instruction. 
 
 He had already formed some plans in reference to this subject, 
 and had made some progress in an instruction book, when he 
 heard that a German named Mainzer had taught some large 
 classes of ouvriers in Paris. He accordingly visited that capital 
 for the first time in the autumn of 1838, but found, to his great 
 disappointment, that Mainzer had left, and that his classes were 
 no more. On paying a second visit to Paris in the winter of 
 1839, his observations resulted in his adoption of the method of 
 Wilhem as the basis of his own. His first experiments were 
 made at the then new Normal School at Battersea, founded by 
 Dr. Kay, now Sir J. P. Kay-Shuttleworth, Bart., and Mr. Edward 
 Tufnell. The progress of his pupils — boys of very humble origin 
 and little culture — soon attracted attention, and he was invited to 
 form classes in other places. With the aid of a few subscriptions 
 from some friends of education, he opened " under the sanction of 
 the Committee of Council," his first public class for schoolmasters, 
 at Exeter Hall, in 1840. This was immediately followed by 
 others, both there and elsewhere. In 1841 a great choral meet- 
 
JOHN HULLAH. 43 
 
 iiig of his pupils was held in Exeter Hall, in which upwards of 
 fifteen hundred persons of lU ages and of both sexes took part. 
 This was the first of those great gatherings, now so common, ever 
 held in this country. Henceforth the movement grew in popu- 
 larity, and classes rapidly multiplied both in London and in the 
 provinces, under teachers who had been members of Mr. Hullah's 
 classes ; besides which the method was introduced into many 
 schools, both public and private. The cost and inconvenience of 
 Exeter Hall directed Mr. Hullah^s thoughts to the possibility of 
 erecting a building expressly for his classes ; and by more than 
 one very unusual effort of private munificence he was enabled to 
 accomplish this. The foundation-stone of St. Martin's Hall was 
 laid by the Earl of Carlisle, in June, 1847, and in December, 1853, 
 the whole building was opened in a complete state. 
 
 From this time, in addition to numerous large elementary 
 classes, conducted as before, ten or twelve concerts of music of a 
 high class were given in each year by Mr. Hullah with orchestra 
 and chorus, the latter consisting of the members of his more ad- 
 vanced classes, and admitted to be one of the best trained in the 
 metropolis. Much of the music presented at these concerts was 
 either actually new, or had never been previously performed in 
 England. Among other works thus introduced and which have 
 obtained a permanent footing on British soil may be mentioned 
 Mendelssohn's ' Lauda Sion,' the MS. score of vvfliich was pre- 
 sented to Mr. Hullah by the composer, and Gounod's ' St. Cecile 
 Mass.' Many of the most eminent singers and orchestral perfor- 
 mers now before the public made their first appearances and 
 gained their first experience in Mr. Hullah' s orchestra. Among 
 the former may especially be mentioned Madame L. Sherrington 
 and Mr. Santley, and his pupils Miss Banks and Miss Palmer. 
 
 After a duration of twenty years, this successful career was 
 suddenly terminated by the destruction of St. Martin's Hall by 
 fire, on the night of Sunday, August 26, 1860. 
 
 Of the number of persons indirectly taught under the system 
 there are no means of forming an estimate ; those directly taught 
 by Mr. Hullah himself cannot be fewer than thirty thousand. At 
 the time of the destruction of the hall, the classes meeting there 
 alone numbered two thousand members. Since that event Mr. 
 Hullah has given up public classes entirely, from the impossibility 
 of carrying on such a work efficiently except on a large scale. 
 
44 JOHN HU[J.AII. 
 
 and has devoted liiuiself chiefly to the history a::d litciT;ture of 
 music. 
 
 In the spring of 1861 he gave a course of lectures " On the 
 History of Modern Music/^ at the Koyal Institution of London, 
 which have since been published. A second course, " On the 
 Transition Period of Musical History/' delivered in 1864, is in 
 the press. 
 
 Mr. Hullah is the author of some important works on the Theory 
 of Music, such as Grammars of Harmony and of Counterpoint, 
 besides having published numerous Collections and Selections of 
 Part Music, School Songs, and Incidental Lectures and Papers 
 on Musical Subjects. 
 
I 
 
 C^- ^a^^ ^ 
 
45 
 
 REAR-ADMIRAL SIR GEORGE BACK, D.C.L., F.R.S. 
 
 This distinguished Arctic navigator was born on tlie 6tli of No- 
 vember, 1 796, at Stockport, in Clieshire. He entered tlie Eoyal 
 Navy as midshipman onboard the '^ Arethusa'' in 1808, being then 
 in his thirteenth year. In the following year he took part in the 
 capture of several French ships upon the coasts of Spain. He 
 had much severe boat-service ; and on one occasion he was in 
 the launch, which was captured, but not until fifteen men out of 
 eighteen were killed or mortally wounded. Back was sent a pri-- 
 soner to Verdun in France, where he was detained five years. On 
 the return of the Bourbons in 1814, he regained his liberty, and 
 immediately joined the ' Akhbar,' which was sent to the North 
 American station, where she did not long remain, but coming 
 home, received the flag of Sir Byam Martin, and was sent to the 
 Scheldt. In 1816 Back passed his examination, and was ap- 
 pointed Admiralty midshipman to the 'Bulwark/ and in 1818 
 he was removed to the ' Trent,' under the command of Lieutenant 
 Franklin, for which ship he had volunteered. Franklin appears 
 to have encouraged his young midshipman's desire of devoting 
 himself to voyages of discovery. We next find him on board 
 the ' Dorothea,' under the command of Captain David Buchan, 
 who had been directed to advance in a direct line towards the 
 North Pole, and to cross the seas of Spitzbergen, as far as the 
 route should prove practical. The ice opposed their advancing 
 further than latitude 80° 36' N. In 1819 Back again joined his 
 friend Lieutenant Franklin as Admiralty midshipman, to make 
 observations, drawings of the land, of the natives, and objects of 
 natural history in an Arctic voyage. 
 
 On the 22nd of May, 1819, Commander Franklin and his party 
 VOL. III. H 
 
46 
 
 SIR GEORGE BACK. 
 
 embarked on board tlie Hudson Bay Company^s sliip^ tlieir direc- 
 tions being to " explore tlie noi-tliern coast of America, from tbe 
 moutli of the Copper-mine river to tbe eastward ; to lay down the 
 line, or trending, of that coast, as far as the eastward extremity 
 of that continent." The vessel was detained by contrary winds 
 and foul weather in Yarmouth Eoads, where the ofl&cers and pas- 
 sengers ventured on shore. The wind suddenly changing, the 
 Commander caused guns to be fired, as an intimation of putting 
 to sea ; the passengers forthwith embarked, but Mr. Back was 
 missing ; no time however was to be lost, and shortly after, the 
 ship sailed without him, and arrived at Stromness on the 3rd of 
 June. There business with the Hudson^s Bay agent, and the 
 difficulty of obtaining four boatmen to assist in the navigation of 
 the lakes and rivers 'of North America, detained them till the 
 evening of the 9th. Then, says Franklin, ''we had the gratifi- 
 cation of welcoming our absent companion Mr. Back. His re- 
 turn to our society was hailed with sincere pleasure by every one, 
 and removed a weight of anxiety from my mind. It appears he 
 had come down to the beach at Caistor just as the ships were 
 passing by, and had appHed to some boatmen to convey him on 
 board; but discovering the emergency of his case, they demanded 
 an exorbitant reward, which he was not, at the instant, prepared 
 to satisfy, and in consequence they positively refused to assist him. 
 Though he had travelled nine successive days almost without 
 rest, he could not be prevailed upon to withdraw from the agree- 
 able scene of a ball-room, in which he had joined us, until a late 
 hour.-'^ This exploring party arrived at York Factory in Hudson^s 
 Bay on the 30th of August. On the 9th of September their ar- 
 rangements being completed, they left, and arrived at Fort Cum- 
 berland on the 22nd of October, having travelled over a distance 
 of " nearly seven hundred miles with and against the streams of 
 some ten different rivers and nine lakes, to say nothing of rocks, 
 rapids, and portages." The services of Mr. Back and his com- 
 panion Mr. Hood, in constructing charts and taking views were 
 of incalculable benefit, and were highly spoken of by the com- 
 mander of the expedition. On the 18th of January, Franklin, 
 with Mr. Back as his companion, left Cumberland House for Fort 
 Chipewyan, which they reached on the 26th of March, — a journey 
 of 857 miles having been perfoi'raed, the cold being so intense 
 that they " found the mercury of our thermometer had sunk into 
 
SIR GEORGE BACK. 47 
 
 tlie tube and was frozen." The adventurous journey which fol- 
 lowed presents too many incidents to be described in this place. 
 On the 1 8th of July the party embarked in their canoes ; on the 
 24th they reached Moosedeer Island, and on the 28th they ar- 
 rived at Fort Providence, situated on the north-eastern side of 
 Great Slave Lake. On the 2nd of August they left Fort Provi- 
 dence ; on the 20th they reached the spot where it was decided 
 to winter, a distance of 550 miles from Chipewyan, to which the 
 name of Fort Enterprise was given. Now Messrs. Back and 
 Hood were dispatched for the purpose of ascertaining the distance 
 and size of the Copper-mine river. " I was much pleased," says 
 Franklin, " with the able manner in which these oflBcers executed 
 the service they had been dispatched upon. . . . They scarcely 
 had ever more than sufficient fuel to boil the kettle ; and were 
 generally obliged to lie down in their wet clothes, and conse- 
 quently suffered much from cold." From Fort Enterprise Mr. 
 Back volunteered to return to Chipewyan, to obtain and hasten 
 the supplies, without which the expedition must have perished. 
 He left his companions on the 18th of October, and returned to 
 them on the 17th of March. "Back," says Mr. Barrow, "in 
 this dreadful journey was not only exposed to starvation and the 
 extremity of cold, but also in danger of perishing in some of the 
 lakes which they had to cross on foot. On a narrow branch of 
 the Slave Lake he fell through the ice, but escaped without in- 
 jury ; on another occasion the ice bent so, that it required the 
 utmost speed to avoid falling through where it gave way, as it 
 seems to have done at every step he took. In short, it was little 
 less than miraculous, considering the season and the severity of 
 the weather, that he ever returned safe." Mr. Back says of him- 
 self on his return, — " 1 had the pleasure of meeting all my friends 
 in good health, after an absence of five months, during which 
 time I had travelled 1104 miles on snow-shoes, and had no other 
 covering at night in the woods than a blanket and deer skin, with 
 the thermometer frequently 40°, and once at 50° below the freez- 
 ing-point, and sometimes passing two or three days without tast- 
 ing food." 
 
 At Fort Enterprise the party remained until the 14th of June, 
 1821, when they prepared for their long journey down the Copper- 
 mine river. On the 30th of June they reached and embarked on 
 its stream, at a point called Rock Nest, and on the 21st of July 
 
48 SIR GEOEGE BACK. 
 
 tliey left the mouth of this river^ in two birch-bark canoes^ for a 
 navigation along the southern coast of the Polar Sea to the east- 
 ward. On the 26th of August_, says Franklin, " we terminated 
 our voyage on the Arctic Sea, during which we had gone over 
 six hundred and fifty geographical miles. ^^ The melancholy tale 
 of their journey back will be in the memory of all. The murder 
 of Mr. Hood by Michael the Iroquois, who, there is no doubt, 
 murdered also Belanger and Perrault, and fed upon their flesh, 
 and the noble daring with which Dr. Richardson sacrificed this 
 savage, are terrible incidents which have been often told. Back, 
 as usual, displayed the most heroic perseverance, and Franklin 
 attributes mainly to his personal exertions the final safety of the 
 expedition. In 1821 Mr. Back was made a lieutenant. In 1825 
 Lieutenant Back accompanied Captain Franklin on another expe- 
 dition to the Arctic Sea, for the purpose of co-operating with 
 Captains Beechy and Parry in their attempts to discover from 
 opposite quarters a North-west passage. The particulars of this 
 remarkable mission will be found fully described in Franklin^s 
 ' Narrative of a Second Expedition to the Shores of the Polar Sea 
 in 1825-27.' On this occasion Lieutenant Back extended his re- 
 searches to latitude 70° 24' N., longitude 149° 37' W. When 
 Franklin returned. Back, who was, in 1825, promoted to the rank 
 of commander, was left at Fort Franklin in charge of the oflScers 
 and men who had not accompanied their chief, and of all the boats, 
 natural history collections, etc., with instructions to proceed to 
 York Factory on the breaking up of the ice. He faithfully per- 
 formed this duty, and returned to England in 1827. 
 
 Commander Back remained unemployed until 1833. Being in 
 Italy, a report had reached him that Captain Ross and his nephew 
 had perished — they had not been heard of since 1829 — and he 
 returned immediately to England, and volunteered his services to 
 proceed at once in search of the lost expedition. This ofier was 
 accepted, and on the 17th of February, 1833, Commander Back 
 and his party left England. The history of this expedition is 
 given by himself, in his ' Narrative of the Arctic Land Expedition 
 to the Mouth of the Great Fish or Back River, and along the 
 Shores of the Arctic Ocean, in 1833-35.' Exactly one year after 
 Commander Back had left Canada, he was informed of the return 
 of the Ross's to this country, and consequently his duty became 
 one of exploration merely. Commander Back completed his 
 
SIR GEORGE BACK. 49 
 
 voyage, and returned to England on tlie 8tli of September, 1835, 
 after an absence of two years and nearly seven months, and was 
 rewarded for his enterprise and skill by promotion to the rank of 
 Post-Captain. In the ensuing year (1836) the 'Terror,^ bomb- 
 ship, was fitted out with every appliance necessary, as it was sup- 
 posed, to ensure success in Arctic exploration. The Admiralty, 
 in their instructions to Captain Back, who was appointed to the 
 'Terror,^ observe that at Salisbury Island ''^you will have to 
 choose between the direct and obvious course up Frozen Strait, 
 which was performed with apparent ease by the ^Fury' and 
 'Hecla,' in 1821, or the more circuitous route by the ' Welcome,' 
 which was unsuccessfully attempted by the ' Griper,' in 1824.'' 
 Beyond this they add — '' That this Arctic expedition may be dis- 
 tinguished from all others by the promptitude of its execution 
 and by escaping from the gloomy and unprofitable waste of eight 
 months' detention ; it is therefore our distinct orders that every 
 effort shall be made to return to England in the fall of this year." 
 So far from being enabled to accomplish this, Captain Back and 
 his companions were wedged up for ten months by massive ice in 
 the wide ocean. The whole voyage, we quote the words of Sir 
 John Barrow, " was of a nature so extraordinary and unparalleled 
 in the history of voyages, ancient and modern, as not to be for- 
 gotten, even by the readers of it, still less by the spectators. To 
 pass a winter among ice in a ship firmly fixed in harbour, or close 
 to the shore, quietly and without hard labour on the part of the 
 men, and with all their comforts about them, has not been found 
 disagreeable ; but to winter in a ship which for ten long months 
 was tossed about amidst interminable ice in the wide ocean, 
 always in motion, and unceasingly threatened to be crushed to 
 atoms, when every soul on board must inevitably have perished ; 
 such a case cannot be contemplated without the strongest feelings 
 of compassion for the helpless sufferers." In 1837 the Geogra- 
 phical Society conferred upon Captain Back both its medals. He 
 also received the gold medal of the Geographical Society of Paris, 
 together with a service of plate presented by the subscribers to 
 the Arctic Land Expedition. From the period of his return from 
 his last disastrous voyage, if we except a temporary appointment 
 under the Treasury to examine and report on the condition of 
 Holyhead Harbour, Captain Back has remained on half-pay. In 
 1839 he received the honour of knighthood; in 1847 he was 
 
50 SIR QEORQE BACK. 
 
 elected a Fellow of the Royal Society^ and lie attained his rank 
 as Rear- Admiral in 1857. 
 
 A more adventurous life has not often been recorded^ and few- 
 men who have been placed in situations of extreme difficulty, have 
 shown such an amount of determination, always tempered by dis- 
 cretion, as that which has ever been displayed by Sir George 
 Back. 
 
51 
 
 CHARLES CARDALE BABINGTON, F.R.S., 
 
 PEOFESSOR OP BOTANY TO THE UNIVERSITY OP CAMBRIDGE. 
 
 Charles Cardale Babington, the Cambridge Professor of Botany, 
 was born at Ludlow, in Shropsliire, November 23, 1808. His 
 father, the Rev. Joseph Babington, M.A., of that place, was de- 
 scended from an ancient family long settled in Derbyshire and 
 Leicestershire. Mr. Babington was educated partly at the Charter- 
 house, London, but chiefly under a private tutor at Bath. In 
 1826 he commenced residence at St. John's College, Cambridge, 
 where he proceeded B.A. in 1830, and commenced M.A. in 1833. 
 Having imbibed a taste for botanical pursuits, Mr. Babington 
 became a zealous collector, while resident in Bath, of the plants 
 of that district, and, in 1833, published his first work, ' Flora 
 Bathonensis.^ To this work he added, in 1839, a considerable 
 ' Supplement.' In the summers of 1837 and ] 838, he proceeded 
 to the Channel Islands, for the sake of exploring the botany of 
 Jersey, Guernsey, Alderney, and Sark ; and the result of his re- 
 searches was published in the following year, in a work entitled 
 ' Primiti^ Floree Sarnicse, or an Outline of the Flora of the 
 Channel Islands.' The work, however, on which Mr. Babington's 
 fame as a botanist chiefly rests, is his ' Manual of British Botany.' 
 This volume, comprehending the whole of the flowering plants of 
 the British Isles, appeared in 1843, and is now in its fifth edition. 
 It is much esteemed by students, but is considered by systematic 
 botanists to be far too numerous in species. Mr. Babington is also 
 the author of numerous botanical papers in the ' Transactions 
 of the Linnean Society,' in the ' Transactions of the Edinburgh 
 Botanical Society,' in the 'Annals of the Magazine of Natural 
 History,' and other journals. Mr. Babington has also written, to 
 some considerable extent, upon archgeological subjects, several 
 
52 CHARLES CAKDALE BABINGTON. 
 
 papers by him having appeared in the ' Cambridge Antiquarian 
 Communications/ the ' Archgeologia Cambrensis/ and elsewhove. 
 In 1853 he published a separate essay on the antiquities of the 
 county in which he had so long resided_, entitled ' Ancient Cam- 
 bridgeshire/ 
 
 Mr. Babington was elected a Fellow of the Royal Society in 
 1851 ; and in 1861 he was appointed by the University of Cam- 
 bridge to the Chair of Botany^ then recently become vacant by the 
 lamented decease of Professor Henslow. 
 
DIED 
 
 AT HIS RESIDENCE BROOKSIDE CAMBRIDGE 
 22 JULY 1895 
 
 CHARLES CARDALE BABINGTON M.A. 
 
 PROFESSOR OF BOTANY 
 
 FELLOW OF ST JOHN'S COLLEGE 
 
 IN THE UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE 
 
 FELLOW OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY 
 
 OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 
 
 OF THE SOCIETY OF ANTIQUARIES 
 
 HONORARY MEMBER OF THE BOTANICAL SOCIETY 
 
 OF THE PROVINCE OF BRANDENBURG 
 
 FOREIGN MEMBER OF THE ROYAL BOTANICAL 
 
 SOCIETY OF BELGIUM 
 
 CORRESPONDING MEMBER OF THE BOTANICAL 
 
 SOCIETY OF HOLLAND 
 
 AND MEMBER OF OTHER SOCIETIES 
 
 BORN AT LUDLOW SHROPSHIRE 
 23 NOVEMBER 1808 
 
52 
 
 papers by 1 
 Communica 
 In 1853 he 
 county in w 
 bridgeshire 
 Mr. Babi 
 1851; and' 
 bridge to tl 
 lamented d 
 
 CHARLES CARDALE BABINGTON. 
 
53 
 
 ADMIEAL FITZROY, F.R.S. 
 
 RoBEET FiTzRoY^ now a Vice-Admiral on the Eeserved List, was 
 born at Ampton, in Suffolk, in 1805, being the youngest son of 
 Lord and Lady Charles (Frances A. Stewart) FitzEoy. 
 
 He was at Harrow and the Eoyal Naval College before going 
 to sea, at fourteen years of age. Under able oflBcers, and on 
 healthy stations, he enjoyed many advantages. He was promoted 
 early, as a direct consequence of good examinations and the first 
 medal at the College, besides other favourable notices. 
 
 In November, 1828, he was appointed to command the 'Beagle' 
 surveying vessel, from which time till 1836 he was engaged in a 
 long series of hydrographical exploration and descriptions 
 
 In December, 183-4, while in the Pacific, engrossed by these 
 distant duties, he was made Captain, but still continued to com- 
 mand the ' Beagle ' and carry on surveys, besides a connected and 
 complete chain of longitude by meridian distances, round the 
 globe, — from Greenwich westward, to the same point again. 
 
 This continuous chain of meridian distances had no break, — no 
 link was defective ; therefore its value in settling meridians was 
 great. From ten to twenty chronometers were always employed. 
 
 In these voyages, Mr. Darwin was gathering much of those 
 treasures of information which have been so widely utilized since, 
 not only by himself, but the literary and scientific Avorld. His 
 numerous works are well known, and have been lately mentioned 
 with great honour, by the President of the Eoyal Society, on 
 the occasion of his presentation of the Copley Medal to their 
 author. 
 
 In the 'Voyages of the Beagle,' published in 1839, there are 
 too many subjects of interest to attempt a summary here, but out 
 
 VOL. III. I 
 
•54 ADMIRAL FITZROY. 
 
 of that Avork and its results^ many useful fruits have grown. In 
 the course of these voyages more than £3000 were expended out 
 of private means in expediting the public service by employing 
 small vessels as tenders. 
 
 In 1837 the Royal Geographical Society honoured Captain 
 Fitzroy with their Gold Medal, in acknowledgment of the results 
 of the ' Beagle's ' voyages. 
 
 In 1838 he was elected an Elder Brother of the Trinity House; 
 in 1841, became Member for Durham, and next year was selected 
 to act as the Conservator of the Mersey. 
 
 In August, 1842, he was named by the Admiralty to attend 
 on the Archduke Frederick of Austria, in his tour through 
 Great Britain. In March, 1843, he introduced a Bill into Par- 
 liament for establishing Mercantile Marine Boards, and requir- 
 ing the examination of Masters and Mates in the Merchant 
 Service. 
 
 Much of the Act — called the " Mercantile Marine Act " — was 
 taken from that Bill. 
 
 In April, 1843, Lord Derby, then Lord Stanley, proposed to 
 Captain FitzEoy to go out to New Zealand as Governor : and he 
 thought it his duty to undertake that onerous office, however 
 distant and ill remunerated. He gave up his seat in Parliament, 
 and other employment (which was tenable for life by remain- 
 ing in England), and went, with his family, in a merchant ship, 
 to New Zealand, to support the just views of Government. But 
 his proceedings there gave such umbrage to the New Zealand 
 Company — then very powerful — that they occasioned his recall in 
 1846. 
 
 In 1848, Lord Stanley, in the House of Lords, took occasion to 
 speak at considerable length, and very strongly, in favour of 
 Captain FitzEoy ; and in July of the same year. Lord Auckland 
 directed him to attend to the new, and then experimental frigate, 
 ' Arrogant,' to be fitted with a screw, and peculiar machinery. 
 From that time, till she was commissioned by him, he continu- 
 ally superintended that ship's arrangements; all of which have 
 answered satisfactorily, though many were quite new and ori- 
 ginal. 
 
 In 1854, a new branch office was established, as an experiment, 
 at the Board of Trade, and Captain FitzRoy (now Admiral) was 
 appointed to arrange and work out its objects, namely, collecting. 
 
ADMIRAL FITZEOY. 5o 
 
 tabulating, and deducing results from meteorological observations 
 made at sea. 
 
 Out of these accumulated details was originated by him the 
 telegraphic system of Weather- warning or forecasting, with cau- 
 tionary signals, which has extended since its commencement 
 here in 1861, throughout Europe, and, under the ability of M. 
 Leverrier, with the skill and tact of others, has been improved 
 and extended so remarkably. 
 
 Internationally, M. Leverrier's daily bulletin has become prac- 
 tically useful, and is well worth the expense of daily transmission, 
 by post, to persons interested. In studying the bulletin, care 
 should be taken to make ample allowance for lapse of time be- 
 tween observations, when not simultaneous. 
 
 Admiral FitzRoy is a Fellow of the Royal Society, and of 
 other scientific bodies ; he has been especially honoured at the 
 French Academy of Sciences, by his election as a Corresponding 
 Member of the Institute ; and, last autumn, the French Govern- 
 ment transmitted through our Foreign Office and Admiralty, an 
 admirable specimen of a travelling clock {fendule cle voyage), as 
 a testimonial of the services which have been rendered by him 
 to the French Imperial Marine This clock was sent from the 
 French Minister at the instance of the Emperor. It shows four 
 subjects besides time, and is elaborately beautiful in its workman- 
 ship and material. 
 
 There is a pointed and very gratifying allusion, in this work, 
 conveyed ^^from the French Marine authorities, which adverts to 
 the earlier results of FitzRoy's hydrographic employments, es- 
 pecially in measurements by time for longitude. 
 
 Besides the ' Beagle's Voyages ' and the ' Weather Book,' Ad- 
 miral FitzRoy has written papers on various subjects connected 
 with his pi'ofessional avocations, on Steam and Naval Architec- 
 ture, Hydrography, Ethnology, Geographical subjects, and, lat- 
 terly, Meteorology. 
 
 He has laboured to make the principal facts and conclusions of 
 this somewhat complicated subject evident to all earnest in- 
 quirers. How far he has succeeded is shown in the great increase 
 of interest taken by all classes, but especially the seafaring or 
 maritime, in all that relates to the weather, and accessories to an 
 acquaintance with its characteristics. 
 
 It is difficult to estimate the lives saved, and the property, on 
 
56 ADMIRAL FITZROY. 
 
 the occasion of eacli successive storm on our coasts, of which 
 warnings have been duly given by the signal drum, if not also by 
 the forecasts published, daily, in most newspapers ; bu.t we find 
 that a general confi.dence is expressed around the coasts of Eng- 
 land, and those adjacent, in the successful results of these cau- 
 tionary notices. 
 
67 
 
 HUGH FALCONER, M.A., M.D., F.L.S., etc. 
 
 VICE-PKESIDENT OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY. 
 
 Since the portrait on the opposite page was obtained by solar 
 agency, the eminent man, then in Kfe and health, of whom it is a 
 faithful and enduring record, has been lost to us. On the 4th of 
 February all that was mortal of him was consigned, in the pre- 
 sence of many sorrowing friends, to the earth, in the cemetery of 
 Kensal Green. 
 
 " So foul and fair a day I have not seen. 
 How far is it call'd to Forres?" 
 
 At this Forres — rendered classical to us — the late Hugh Fal- 
 coner was born on the 29th of February, 1808; consequently, at the 
 time of his death, on the morning of the 31st of January, 1865, 
 he was within one month of completing his 57th year. It appears 
 that Hugh Falconer was educated first at the grammar school of 
 his native town, and in his earliest days he was remarkable for 
 his love of natural objects. For four years he studied at the uni- 
 versity of King^s College, Aberdeen, and then, for a similar 
 period, he was a medical student in the University of Edinburgh. 
 From the former he received his M.A. degree, and at the age of 
 twenty-one he took his M.D. degree, from the latter. While in 
 Edinburgh natural history was his favourite study, and he profited 
 greatly by the systematic instruction of Professors Jameson and 
 Graham. 
 
 On leaving Edinburgh, Dr. Falconer was nominated assistant- 
 surgeon in the Indian army, and appointed to the Bengal esta- 
 blishment. Previously to his departure for India, he availed him- 
 
 VOL. III. K 
 
58 HUGH FALCONER. 
 
 self of the collections of Indian fossils in London, and by the 
 careful study of them, prepared himself for the work for which 
 he was destined, and with which the name of Falconer is inse- 
 parably connected. He arrived at Calcutta in September, 1830, 
 and early in 1831 he took his place amongst the scientific men of 
 India, by conti'ibuting a paper on some fossil bones from Ava, — 
 which were in the possession of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, — 
 to a journal called ' Gleanings in Science.' In the same year 
 Dr. Falconer was ordered to the military station of Meerut, and 
 he was employed to take charge of a detachment of invalids 
 proceeding to the temperate region of Landour, in the Hima- 
 layas. This duty compelled him to pass through Suharunpore, 
 where a large botanic garden had been established, which was 
 then under the charge of Dr. Royle. In 1832, Dr. Falconer 
 was appointed to succeed Dr. Royle as superintendent of those 
 gardens, he having previously officiated for him during his leave 
 of absence. 
 
 Dr. Falconer was now placed in a position to carry out original 
 researches in a field full of interest, and which was, to a large ex- 
 tent, untrodden. He almost immediately undertook an excursion 
 to the sub-Himalayan range, and he discovered the fossil of a ver- 
 tebrate animal in the Tertiary formation of the Sewalik Hills. 
 This discovery having been made. Captain Cautley, who was pre- 
 viously aware of the evidences of organic life in those rocks, com- 
 menced a more extensive and systematic search, and, in conjunc- 
 tion with Dr. Falconer, made the first great discovery of those 
 remarkable fossil remains, which add so much to the interest 
 of the palgeontological collection in the British Museum. In 1834, 
 Dr. Falconer gave, in the * Journal of the Asiatic Society of 
 Bengal,' some account of the physical and geological features of 
 the Sewalik Hills ; and he then settled that these ranges belonged 
 to the Tertiary formations, whereas previously they had been re- 
 garded as belonging to the New Red Sandstone age. In 1834, 
 two East Indian officers. Baker and Durand, made the discovery of 
 the vast bone deposits of that portion of the Sewaliks which is 
 situated near the valley of Markunda. Dr. Falconer and his 
 friend Captain Cautley were immediately in the field, and by their 
 united efforts, they developed the most extraordinary fossil Fauna 
 which had ever gladdened the eyes of the geologist. Mastodon, 
 elephant, rhinoceros, hippopotamus, giraffe, camel, and the great 
 
HUGH FALCONER. 59 
 
 ruminating Sivatlierium, were amongst the large quadrumana dis- 
 covered^ — with hyenas, wolves, and other carnivorous creatures, 
 the remains of ostriches and cranes, together with saurian rep- 
 tiles, — the most remarkable of all the discoveries being, however, 
 the enormous tortoise, Golossochelys Atlas. The carapace of this 
 mighty chelonian reptile measured twelve feet in length. An In- 
 dian myth informs us, that the world rests on the back of an elephant, 
 and that this elephant stands on the back of a tortoise. Like 
 our own legends of di'agons and griffins, which have evidently 
 some relation to those monstrous saurian reptiles which we find in 
 a fossil state, this Oriental myth is probably related to this great 
 fossil tortoise. Indeed, Dr. Falconer, whose researches into the 
 duration of man on the earth have been most extensive, says ('Pro- 
 ceedings of the Zoological Society'), "there are fair grounds for 
 entertaining the belief that the Colossochehjs Atlas may have lived 
 down to an early epoch of the human period, and become extinct 
 since." 
 
 In the same year, 1834, a commission, acting on the advice 
 of Dr. Falconer, recommended a trial of the culture of the tea- 
 plant in India. Under his superintendence, sites were selected 
 and the experiment made. The tea of Bengal is steadily becom- 
 ing a most important export from the Presidency. In 1837, Dr. 
 Falconer accompanied Burnes on his mission to Caubul, and then 
 he proceeded to Cashmeer, and spent several months in examining 
 the natural history of that fertile and beautiful valley. By the 
 aid of Ahmed Shah, he traced one of the branches of the Indus 
 to its source, and examined the glaciers of the great mountain- 
 chain at an elevation of 28,000 feet. After this he, returned to 
 his botanic garden at Suharunpore. In 1842, Dr. Falconer suf- 
 fered so severely in health, that he was compelled to obtain sick 
 leave, and he returned to Europe. He brought with him his large 
 collection of dried plants and fossil remains. Captain Cautley 
 had also returned, and he had presented liis great collection to 
 the British Museum. The arrangement of these collections was 
 entrusted to Dr. Falconer, and the Indian Court of Directors also 
 employed him to arrange the pala3ontological collection in their 
 Museum. The English Government and the India Board assisted 
 Dr. Falconer in the production of his great illustrated work, en- 
 titled 'Fauna Antiqua Sivalensis ;' nine parts of which were pub- 
 lished between 1844 and 1847. The work is still incomplete; its 
 
60 HUGH FALCONER. 
 
 progress was interrupted by reason of the return of Dr. Falconer 
 to India. 
 
 In 1848, on the retirement of Dr. Walhch, the subject of this 
 memoir was appointed Superintendent of the Botanic Garden at 
 Calcutta and Professor of Botany in the Medical College. Dr. 
 Falconer was constantly employed by the Government in im- 
 portant inquiries. He is found reporting, in 1850, on the teak 
 forests of Tenasserim, and in 1852 on the introduction of the 
 quinine-yielding cinchonas to India. In 1854 he commenced, 
 with Mr. Walker, a descriptive catalogue of the fossil collections 
 in the Museum of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, which was pub- 
 lished in 1859. In 1855 Dr. Falconer retired from the Indian 
 service ; and after visiting Syria, and the Crimea during the war, 
 he returned to England. 
 
 Notwithstanding the wear upon his system, produced by many 
 years of active life in India, he allowed himself but little repose, 
 to restore his weakened energies. His mind was ever active, 
 and few new discoveries were made in geology which did not at- 
 tract his attention. This is shown by the numerous communi- 
 cations made by Dr. Falconer to the Geological and other learned 
 societies. 
 
 Amongst the more important of his papers, may be named two 
 memoirs published in the ' Quarterly Journal of the Geological 
 Society,^ on the Species of Mastodon and Elephant occurring 
 in the fossil state in England, and a memoir on the Ossiferous 
 Caves of Gower, which appeared in the same periodical. At the 
 Cambridge meeting of the British Association in 1862, Dr. 
 Falconer gave an account of Elejphas Melitensis, the pigmy ele- 
 phant of Malta, discovered, wdth other extinct mammals, in the 
 ossiferous cave of Zebbug, and several papers bearing on the 
 same subject appealed in the ^Natural History Review.'' Dr. Fal- 
 coner entered zealously into the discussion advanced by Professor 
 Ramsay on the glacial origin of lakes, and combated his views ; 
 appealing to the evidences afforded by the conditions observed in 
 the Himalayas against the power of glaciers to scoop out lake- 
 basins. 
 
 The question of the day must be regarded as the Antiquity of 
 Man, and this was to Dr. Falconer an old and familiar inquiry. 
 He thei-efore has been, from the first, one of the most eager of the 
 English geologists in this investigation. To him we are mainly 
 
HUGH FALCONER. 61 
 
 indebted for the careful exploration of the cave in the Limestone 
 at Brixhara. This work he undertook in 1858, in conjunction 
 with Professor Ramsay, Mr, Bristow, and Mr. Pengelly, and he 
 drew up the interesting Report which was made to the Councils 
 of the Royal and the Geological Societies. In 1859, Dr. Falconer 
 examined the ossiferous caves of Sicily, and brought to light many 
 works of man, resembling in form the obsidian knives from 
 Mexico, and the flint knives found in the old baiTOws of this 
 country, mixed with the remains of extinct animals. It was about 
 this time that he visited the valley of the Somme, and examined 
 the remarkable collection of M. Boucher de Perthes. Satisfied 
 that the flints (the liaches) were really worked by man, and bore 
 all the impress of age, he urged upon Mr. Prestwich a careful 
 examination of this remarkable deposit. The result of this will 
 be found in the Philosophical Transactions for 1859. In 1863, 
 Dr. Falconer took a prominent part in the. discussion of the ques- 
 tion which arose out of the discovery of a human jaw at Moulin- 
 Quignon, on the authenticity of which he expressed his doubts. 
 In the ' Athenseum ' for the 4th April, 1863_, will be found a com- 
 munication headed, "Primeval Man, what led to the Question?^' 
 in which Dr. Falconer carefully examines all the evidence up to 
 that time. A discussion with Sir Charles Lyell ensued, which is 
 chiefly remarkable for the clearness with which Dr. Falconer ex- 
 presses his conviction, and the caution with which he advances 
 his suggestions. In the same journal, of May 23rd, we find the 
 following note on the jaw : — " I am of opinion that the finding of 
 the human jaw at Moulin-Quignon is authentic, but that the cha- 
 racters which it presents, taken in connection with the conditions 
 under which it lay, are not consistent with the said jaw being of 
 any very great antiquity. — Hugh Falconer, Abbeville^ May 13, 
 1863/' 
 
 This may be regarded as almost the last work of him, whose 
 loss we deplore. In September of last year, Dr. Falconer, ac- 
 companied by Professor Busk, proceeded to Gibraltar, to exa- 
 mine the caves discovered there. The results obtained were of 
 great value, and Dr. Falconer intended to have described those, in 
 conjunction with his previous Sicilian researches, in a work de- 
 voted to the Cave Fauna of the Mediterranean. This he was not 
 permitted to complete. On the 19th of January, Dr. Falconer re- 
 turned from a Council Meeting of the Royal Society, depi-essed 
 
62 HUGH FALCONER. 
 
 in spirits and suffering from fever. Acute rlieumatism ensued, 
 and this, complicated with bronchitis, and eventually conges- 
 tion of the lungs, terminated the life of a busy man, on the morn- 
 ing of the 31st. 
 
 " Tliou art fled 
 Like some frail exhalation, which the dawn 
 Eobes in its golden beams. Ah ! thou hast fled ! 
 The child of grace and genius." 
 
Ix:^ 
 
WILLIAM FARK, M.D., D.C.L., F.R.S., 
 
 SUPERINTENDENT OF THE STATISTICAL DEPARTMENT OP THE 
 GENERAL REGISTER OFFICE. 
 
 The late Prince Consort, when presiding over the International 
 Statistical Congress in London in 1860, said that the statists of 
 Europe were laying " the foundation of an edifice, necessarily 
 slow of construction, and requiring, for generations to come, labo- 
 rious and persevering exertion, intended, as it is, for the promo- 
 tion of human happiness, by leading to the discovery of those 
 eternal laws upon which that universal happiness is dependent/^ 
 
 No one has done more towards securing this elevated position for 
 statistics amongst the sciences, than the subject of this memoir. 
 Our fathers did not appreciate the value of the registration of 
 small facts and minute observations ; and because they did not ap- 
 jDear to promise any immediate advantages, they were neglected 
 by them. Consequently, until a recent period, our statistical state- 
 ments have been rather guesses at the truth, than the results of 
 careful inquiry, and, whether relating to people or property, they 
 are found to be vague and unsatisfactory. A few men, convinced 
 of the value of obtaining with all care, and in detail, every fact 
 connected with population or with property, which could be ex- 
 pressed in numbers, originated the system of statistical inquiry, 
 the value of which is now universally admitted. Amongst those 
 who are most active in promoting this, and in securing for the in- 
 quiry scientific accuracy, Dr. Farr stands especially prominent. 
 
 William Farr was born at Kenley, in Shropshire, on the 30th of 
 November, 1807, and from the very early age of two years he was 
 educated by Mr. Joseph Price, of Dorrington, near Shrewsbury. 
 Subsequently the Rev. J. J. Benyon directed his studies. In 
 1826, Mr. Farr became the pupil of Mr. T. Sutton, surgeon, of 
 
64 WILLIAM I'AKK. 
 
 the Salop Infirmary^ and he read the medical and scientific works 
 of that day^ with Dr. J. Webster^ a young but very talented physi- 
 cian. After pursuing this system of study for three years^ he 
 went to Paris, and in 1 829 entered as a student in that city. Mr. 
 Farr was fortunate in the period chosen for his sojourn in the 
 French capital. A gifted band of teachers was then gathered 
 together, and during the two years which he remained in Paris 
 he studied medical science under Orfila, Dupuytren, Louis, and 
 Lisfranc. He listened to the lectures of Andral on Hygiene, of 
 Gay-Lussac and Thenard on Chemistry, Pouillet on Natural Phi- 
 losophy, of Cuvier on the Natural Sciences, and of Geoffrey St. 
 Hilaire, Dumeril, and Blainville on Comparative Anatomy. Mr. 
 Farr also studied with close attention the lectures on History and 
 Literature delivered by Guizot and Villemain. It was, without 
 doubt, under the influence of those minds, — all of them remarkable 
 for the exactness of their inquiries, and their powers of generali- 
 zation, — that Mr. Farr received that inclination towards medical 
 statistics in which he has since distinguished himself. 
 
 After travelling through Switzerland, Mr. Farr returned to 
 London in 1831, and entered University College, where for two 
 years he studied under Grant, Carswell, Turner, Elliotson, and 
 others who distinguished themselves as teachers in that excellent 
 medical school. After this for a short time he filled the office of 
 house-surgeon at the Shrewsbury Infirmary, but finding this too 
 limited a field for his active mind to work in, he returned to 
 London. In this metropolis he commenced practice, and became 
 a teacher. A course of lectures were attempted by him on Hygio- 
 logy, but these were not successful, as the public health was not 
 then a recognized subject in the schools. He, however, continued to 
 devote himself to medicine and statistics with his usual assiduity ; 
 and even at this time the influence of his knowledge was felt. 
 
 The ' Medical Annual ' was edited by Mr. Farr, and, in connec- 
 tion with his friend Dr. R. D. Thomson, in 1837, the 'British 
 Annals of Medicine.' In that year Mr. M'Culloch published his 
 ' Statistics of the British Empire,' and to this work Mr. Farr con- 
 tributed the article "Vital Statistics." In 1837 the registration 
 of all the deaths, and of the causes of death, in England was com- 
 menced, and in the following year Mr. Farr received an appointment 
 in the General Register Office under Mr. Lister, who was the first 
 Registrar- General. Since that period he has been made by Mr. 
 
WILLIAM FARE. 05 
 
 Graham, who is the second Registrar- General, the superintendent 
 of a statistical department which comprises many men of talent. 
 In this department is compiled "The Quarterly Returns of Births, 
 Deaths, and Marriages,'' and the "Annual Abstracts." In 1847 
 the honorary degree of Doctor of Medicine was bestowed upon 
 this eminent medical statist by the University of New York. 
 
 Dr. Farr was now placed in the position for which he had spe- 
 cially trained his mind, and the result of this fortunate selection 
 of the right man, has been shown by his numerous and valuable 
 labours. Amongst the more important of his published works 
 may be named the followmg : — 'A New Statistical Nosology ' 
 (1839); 'Reports on Public Health and Causes of Death;' 'Re- 
 port on Epidemic Cholera of 1848-1849' (1852); ' Sections of the 
 Report on Population, etc.. Census for 1851 ;' ' On the Construc- 
 tion of Life-Tables, illustrated by a new Life-Table of the Healthy 
 Districts of England,' in Transactions of the Royal Society, 1859 ; 
 ' Reports on the Programme and Proceedings of the International 
 Statistical Congress, 18G0;' 'Sections of the Report on the 
 Census of 1861 ;' ' Reports on Army Medical Statistics, and on the 
 Health of the Army in India.' Dr. Farr has also written on the 
 ' Finance of Life Assurance,' and on the ' Income Tax.' It should 
 be mentioned that Dr. Farr was appointed, with Mr. Horace Mann, 
 one of the Assistant Commissioners to the Registrar-General in 
 taking the census of Great Britain in 1851 ; that he was again 
 similarly associated with the Registrar- General in taking the census 
 of 1861 ; and that with Lord Herbert he sat on the commission for 
 inquiry into the sanitary state of the British army in India, and, 
 as above stated, he wrote the statistical part of the Report. 
 
 The statists of Europe had been for some time endeavouring 
 to organize a uniform plan for collecting and classifying statis- 
 tical returns, and to this end it was found desirable to arrange 
 occasional meetings in different countries. Through the instru- 
 mentality mainly of M. Quetelet, a Statistical Congress was or- 
 ganized ; in this he was strongly assisted by King Leopold of 
 Belgium. In 1860, mainly through the exertions of Dr. Farr, the 
 International Statistical Congress met in London, under the pre- 
 sidency of His late Royal Highness the Prince Consort, This was 
 the fourth meeting; the first having been held in Brussels, the se- 
 cond in Paris, and the third in Vienna. Dr. Farr, Mr. Valpy, and 
 Mr. Hamraack were the secretaries, but to the first belongs the 
 
 VOL. Ill, ^ 
 
66 WTLLIAM FAEK. 
 
 Report wliich regulated its organization, and lie was tlie editor of 
 the Report of the Proceedings. This congress was most success- 
 ful, and it certainly, by its influence, greatly advanced statistical 
 science. Dr. Farr was one of the early supporters of the Statisti- 
 cal Society of London, has ever been one of its most active mem- 
 bers, and is at present its treasurer. In 1855 he was elected 
 a Fellow of the Royal Society, and in 1857 he received from 
 Oxford the degree of D.C.L. In 1859 he contributed the valu- 
 able paper on Life Tables, named above, to the Transactions of 
 the Royal Society. Any one referring to this memoir must be 
 struck with the logical precision with which each explanatory 
 statement is made, and the perspicuity which distinguishes his 
 enunciations of the laws which regulate life and mortality. 
 
 In 1864 Dr. Farr wrote the Introduction to the 'English Life- 
 Table,^ described its construction, and laid down methods for de- 
 termining values afiected by time, life-contingencies, and commer- 
 cial risks. This is the first national life-table of a great state, and 
 its principal series were calculated and stereotyped by Schentz^s 
 calculating machine, which is in use at the General Register 
 Office, Somerset House. 
 
 Dr. Farr was president of the section of the British Association 
 devoted to economic science and statistics, during the last meet- 
 ing at Bath. His address on the opening of the section on that 
 occasion was a most able essay on economic science, and it was 
 so highly appreciated that it has been printed m extenso in the 
 Journal of the Statistical Society of London. The value of sta- 
 tistics is thus powerfully set forth in that address : — 
 
 " There can be no doubt that statistics, by disclosing the laws 
 of life and reproduction, tend to improve the health and moral 
 condition of the people, to point out the causes of disease, and to 
 prove so plainly the utility of sanitary measures, that the people 
 become willing to pay the expenses. In England the Registrar- 
 General has, during twenty- seven years, shown how much the 
 public health is deteriorated by destructive causes; so in our towns 
 they are in the course of removal. . . . Our army has been invigo- 
 rated by statistics ; and the Commission over which Lord Herbert 
 first, and, after his death, Lord Stanley, so ably presided, has pro- 
 posed to endow India with the sanitary institutions of England.^' 
 
67 
 
 GEORGE GODWIN, F.RS., F.S.A. 
 
 On tlie 28tli of January, 181 5, George Godwin was born at 
 Brompton, Middlesex, where Ms father liad practised during 
 many years as an architect. At the early age of thirteen years, 
 he began the active business of life by entering his father's of- 
 fice, and substituting scholastic discipline by practical experience. 
 Thus early placed in a position which demanded the exercise 
 of his mental powers, George Godwin learnt self-reliance, and, 
 happily, being gifted with great industry, his leisure hours were 
 devoted to the acquirement of useful knowledge. A love of lite- 
 rary and scientific pursuits was a distinguishing trait in the boy, 
 and, fortunately blended, these have distinguished the progress 
 of the man. In 1835 we find the young architect contributing 
 tales and essays to the ' Literary Union,' of which periodical he 
 was joint editor. That light and elegant literature is not ne- 
 cessarily adverse to the pursuit of subjects of a practical and an 
 exact nature, is proved by the fact that Mr. George Godwin, in 
 1836, received the first medal of the Institute of British Archi- 
 tects for an essay on Concrete. This was the result of close ob- 
 servation, and it has remained a standard authority on this sub- 
 ject, not only in this country but in France and Italy, into the lan- 
 guages of which countries it was translated from the Transactions 
 of the Institute. In 1836 and 1837 Mr. Godwin was active in ori- 
 ginating the Art Union of London, to which, from the year 1839, he 
 has acted as chief Honorary Secretary. In the twenty-eighth an- 
 nual report, written by Mr. Godwin, we read, "Its (the Art Union's) 
 original promoters felt, that in proportion as the public taste was 
 cultivated, so necessarily would a knowledge of the real quahties 
 
68 GEORGE GODWIN. 
 
 of art increase, so would artistic labours be more and more appre- 
 ciated, so would the producers of such works be sympathized with 
 and fostered. The result has unquestionably justified their expec- 
 tations.'^ Wlien we note the results, which have arisen during the 
 twenty-eight years that the Art Union has been exerting its influ- 
 ence, this may surely be echoed. The excellent works of art dif- 
 fused over the land, have, like all efforts of mind, carried with 
 them some of the spirit by which they were created, and the love 
 of the beautiful has become more general, while a higher and a 
 purer tone has been imparted unto all. The projectors of the Art 
 Union may well be satisfied with their work, and the subject of 
 this notice, especially, must feel that his labours have their re- 
 ward. While the public taste has been improved, the artist has 
 been placed in possession of that which is less meteoric than fame, 
 — the creations of his mind, the productions of his hands, have 
 been transmuted into gold. When we hear that the secretaries 
 of the Art Union have, in one morning, paid £10,000 for works 
 of art, it is certain that artists have been greatly benefited. Du- 
 ring the years 1845 to 1848 the existence of the Art Union was 
 threatened, and it was only by the unwearying exertions of Mr. 
 Godwin, with those of his colleagues, and by his correspondence 
 and interviews with the Grovernment, that it was preserved. This 
 period of trial terminated in securing for the Art Union the sanc- 
 tion of an Act of Parliament and a Charter. With an income of 
 above £12,000 per annum it promises a long continuance of its 
 good work. 
 
 The active mind of Mr. Godwin, seizing on each passing event, 
 produced, in 1837, 'An Appeal to the Public on the Subject of 
 Eailways.' In 1838 he commenced a history and description of 
 the ecclesiastical edifices of the metropolis, published under the 
 title of ' The Churches of London.-' This important work, in two 
 volumes, was illustrated with plates, from drawings by Mackenzie 
 and Billings. 
 
 In 1859 Mr. Godwin was elected a Fellow of the Society of 
 Antiquaries, in the following year he became a Fellow of the 
 Koyal Society; and in the same year the Societe Libre des Beaux- 
 Arts, of Paris, awarded him a medal for his published works. 
 For many years Mr. Godwin frequently contributed papers to the 
 meetings of the Institute of British Architects, and other societies. 
 He was also a very constant writer in several periodicals of the 
 
GEORGE GODWIN. 69 
 
 day devoted to art aud architecture, amougst others, the 'Art 
 Journal/ aud the ' Civil Engineer's and Architect's Journal.' His 
 contributions included notices of the buildings of Belgium, Nor- 
 mandy, Poitiers, and Angouleme. Mr. Godwin especially drew at- 
 tention to the '^masons' marks," which, although existing largely 
 on all the fine old buildings, had been strangely overlooked. His 
 essay on these was printed by the Society of Antiquaries in the 
 'Archgeologia,' in 1843. In this essay he shows, how persistently 
 marks, of the same general characters, had been used by the ma- 
 sons of all ages, — thus proving, at the same time, the high anti- 
 quity of the custom of using marks, and the existence of a system 
 by which these marks were regulated in the craft. 
 
 Amidst his varied labours, — showing the activity of his mind, and 
 proving his great industry, — we find Mr. Godwin as the author 
 of the farce of ' The Last Day,' which was played at the Olympic 
 Theatre, in October, 1840, and of some other dramas. In 1844 
 Mr. Godwin published a collection of tales, under the title of 
 ' Facts and Fancies,' and he subsequently contributed a memoir 
 of John Bunyan to an edition of ' The Pilgrim's Progress' which 
 he edited, conjointly with Mr. Lewis Pocock, his fellow-secretary 
 of the London Art Union. 
 
 The editorship of the ' Builder,' just before the completion of 
 the second volume of that periodical, in 1844, passed over to Mr. 
 God\vin. The position which that journal has attained, speaks 
 most favourably for the judicious manner in which it has been 
 conducted. It has contributed in a most marked manner to the 
 improvement of architecture ; and certainly much of the difference 
 observable now in the London buildings, and in those which ex- 
 isted twenty years since, is due to the constant advocacy of a 
 higher style oif art by its editor. The collateral branches of art 
 and science have also been advanced by the careful attention 
 which has been constantly given to them in the pages of the 
 ' Builder.' In this journal Mr. Godwin still continues to urge the 
 advancement of his profession, and to instil correct ideas into the 
 public mind, in relation to the adaptation of the different styles of 
 architecture to situations and conditions. Amongst other works 
 written by Mr. Godwin, his ' Buildings and Monuments, Modern 
 and Medigeval,' must not be forgotten. A popular account of the 
 styles of architecture, originally written as a series of letters to a 
 lady, appeared in 1853, under the title of 'History in Ruins.' This 
 
70 GEORGE GODWIN. 
 
 was^ as the author himself expresses it^ " an endeavour to convey 
 the history of architecture to general readers, in popular language 
 and a pleasant manner, and to interest them in an art which affects 
 not merely our homes and the provision of structures for the 
 fitting discharge of public duties, but the artistic progress, the 
 aesthetic culture, and the refined enjoyments of a people/^ 
 
 With the advance of civilization, people began to see that hu- 
 manity and morality pointed to some improvement in the dwell- 
 ings of the poorer classes. They learnt, too, the lesson that, for 
 their own safety, it was important that the back lanes and dark 
 courts of a great city should be purified, both morally and physi- 
 cally. It will be remembered that in 1851 H.R.H. Prince Albert 
 did his part in directing attention to what should be done, by 
 the model dwelling which he erected in Hyde Park, Mr. God- 
 win too was active in this work, and in 1854, under the title of 
 ' London Shadows,^ he issued part of the result of an ' Inquiry 
 into the Condition of the Houses of the Poor,' which he made in 
 1853. In this work he treats of the sad and degraded condition 
 of a large class of our population, and drew attention to facts 
 which had hardly until then been set forth with the same cogency 
 and truth. This work was followed by ' Town Swamps and 
 Social Bridges,' which, as the title at once shows, was devoted to 
 the same benevolent end. Few works shadow forth more strik- 
 ingly than do those written by Mr. Godwin the thoughtlessness 
 of those, who would not like to be called other than thinking- 
 men. " After the writer had laid bare, systematically and con- 
 stantly, for years, the frightful condition of various parts of this 
 proud, populous, wealthy, overgrown London," he still finds, '' at 
 the back of the bright thoroughfares where fashion disports herself, 
 the festers and malignant sores with which the body of society is 
 spotted." To the end of removing some of these, Mr. Godwin 
 wrote and continues to write. This powerful little work con- 
 cludes with these emphatic words, '' We may dry up many sources 
 of crime by education, and by the same means may lessen the 
 amount of sorrow and lengthen life. Here surely are good wages 
 to be had for good work; we may ^ drain the swamps and in- 
 crease the bridges.-"' Much good has been effected, but there is 
 still much to do, and feeling this, Mr. Godwin has again used his 
 pen, in a work published in 1864, called 'Another Blow for Life.' 
 In this book he once more calls attention to the " way in wliicli 
 
GEORGE GODWIN. 71 
 
 life is shortened, health depreciated, happiness prevented, how 
 the manners are degraded, crime and sorrow increased," and we 
 earnestly pray that his call for aid -will not be in vain. Such have 
 been the varied labours of George Godwin, and let us hope that 
 he may long continue in health to labour, until he reaps the 
 high reward of seeing many a swamp drained and many a bridge 
 built. 
 
 We have, as yet, noticed Mr. Godwin's literary works only. 
 At the same time as he has been engaged in his endeavours to 
 improve the public taste, to lessen public evils, and to advance 
 art by his pen, he has been giving us examples of architecture in 
 various styles and in varied places. In 1847 the second premium 
 was awarded to Mr. Godwin and Mr. Harris for the buildings of 
 the Colney Hatch Lunatic Asylum. He designed and erected 
 St. Mary's Church, West Brompton, and the Infant Schools in 
 Brompton, and at Redcliflf, Bristol. He has had under his care, 
 since the year 1846, the magnificent church of St. Mary, Redcliff, 
 where the north porch and the south porch are the most impor- 
 tant portions of the building now finished. Mr. Godwin has di- 
 rected the restoration of the tower of the old church at Fulham, St. 
 Mary's Church, Ware, Standon Church, and others. He has also 
 erected some farm buildings of an improved construction, and 
 numerous residences. When Charles Kean sought to represent 
 Shakspeare with all the modern advantages of science and art 
 which were within his reach, he invited Mr. Godwin to aid him 
 with his architectural knowledge, and to his suggestions and 
 drawings we are mainly indebted for those finely illustrative 
 scenes which distinguished 'Macbeth,' 'The Winter's Tale,' and 
 ' Henry YIII.' 
 
 Within the same period, we shall not find many men who have 
 played so many parts, and all so well. Architecture has been ad- 
 vanced ; art has been greatly aided ; sanitary improvements have 
 been urged onwards, and consequently the sum of human happi- 
 ness has been increased by his labours. 
 
 In 1851 Mr. Godwin was one of the jurors for the class of mi- 
 neral substances used in building, and he was one of the active 
 promoters of the Great Exhibition Memorial which stands in 
 the gardens of the Horticultural Society. We cannot close this 
 short notice of the hfe of a busy man more appropriately than by 
 quoting the words of John Britton in dedicating a small work to 
 
GEORGE GODWIN. 
 
 Mr. Godwin: '' I liave carefully and anxiously watched your career 
 and conduct in different relations of life, and more particularly in 
 your profession, and tlie persevering advocacy of its intellectual 
 and moral obligations and duties. Every move in that career has 
 been onward and upward." 
 
73 
 
 CAPTAIN RICHARD BURTON, 
 
 F.R.G.S., F.E.S., F.A.S.L., F.R.A.S., F.A.S. BOMBAY, F. BERLIN A. OF S. 
 
 In the foremost rank of the noble band of illustrious explorers of 
 wliicli England is so justly proud, stands Captain Richard Francis 
 BurtoUj late of Her Majesty^s Bombay Army (18th Native Infantry), 
 Chief of the Staif of Irregular Cavalry in the Crimea, late Her 
 Britannic Majesty^s Consul on the West Coast of Africa, and pre- 
 sent Consul at Santos, Brazils, the celebrated Eastern traveller, 
 author, linguist, and gold medallist of the English and French 
 Royal Geogi'aphical Societies. He is descended on the father's 
 side from the Burtons of Bai^ker Hill, near Shap, in Westmore- 
 land, which family owns a common ancestor with the Burtons of 
 Carlow and Northamptonshire ; and on the maternal side with the 
 Montmorencis, Lejeunes, and Drelincourts, French Huguenots 
 {temp. Louis XIV.) . His grandfather was the Rev. Edward Burton, 
 Rector of Tuam, in Galway (who, with his brother. Bishop Burton, 
 of Tuam, were the first of this branch to settle in Ireland) ; he 
 married Maria Margaretta Campbell, daughter, by a Lejeune, of 
 Dr. John Campbell, LL.D., Vicar-General of Tuam. Their son 
 was Richard Burton's father, Lieutenant-Colonel Joseph Netter- 
 ville Burton, of the 36th Regiment, who married one of the 
 Beckwith Bakers, of Nottinghamshire, a descendant, on her mo- 
 ther's side, of the Scotch Macleans and Macgregors. 
 
 Richard Francis Burton was born on the 19th of March, 1821, 
 at Barham House, Herts. His education r.s traveller and linguist 
 commenced in his fifth year, when he was taken to the Continent, 
 where, with the exception of a few months passed at a school at 
 Richmond, in Surrey, he continued until the age of nineteen, tra- 
 
 VOL. ]11. M 
 
71. CAP'J'AIN BURTON. 
 
 velliug through France^ Switzerland, Germany, and Italy, thus 
 acquiring a practical knowledge of modern European languages. 
 
 In 1840 he became a student of Trinity College, Oxford, where 
 he remained until 1842. His studies hitherto, whether abroad or 
 at home, had been directed towards his entering the Church. A 
 commission in the Indian Army having, however, been offered him, 
 he accepted it, and found himself, upon reaching Bombay, posted 
 to the 18th Bombay Native Infantry, then at Baroda, in Guzerat. 
 This was during the AfFghan War. Within the first year of his 
 Indian sojourn, he passed examinations in Hindostanee and Guze- 
 ratee. At a somewhat later period this indefatigable scholar and 
 soldier passed his examination in four other Oriental languages and 
 dialects — Persian, Maharattee, Sindliee, and Punjaubee. 
 
 In 1844 Lieutenant Burton proceeded to Sindh with the 18th 
 Native Infantry, and was soon placed upon the Staff of Sir Charles 
 Napier, under Colonel Walter Scott. With the exception of a 
 visit to Goa and the Neilgherries — the visit which gave rise to 
 Lieutenant Burton's work entitled ' Goa and the Blue Mountains,' 
 published in 1851 — the five following years were spent by him 
 in the Sindh Canal Survey, and in collecting materials for his works, 
 * The History of Sindh, or the Races which inhabit the Valley of 
 the Indus ;' ' Sindh, or the Unhappy Valley ;' and ' Falconry in 
 the Valley of the Indus.' 
 
 With a view for employment on active service in Mooltan, he, 
 in 1849, published in the Journal of the Bombay Asiatic Society 
 'A Grammar of the Moultanee Language,' together with other 
 valuable philological contributions. He joined his regiment when 
 marching upon Mooltan to attack the Sikhs, with whom he had 
 been affiliated. The " hot season " and the march up the valley 
 of the Indus were causes of fearful suffei-ing to our gallant and 
 erudite soldier. He was attacked by severe ophthalmia, the re- 
 sult of mental and physical over-fatigue, and thus by sickness 
 compelled, in 1849, to retmm to Europe via the Cape. 
 
 Residing in France principally upon his return, he there was 
 awarded the Brevet de yointe for the excellence of his swordsman- 
 ship. It has been observed of Captain Burton, that as horseman, 
 swordsman, and marksman, no soldier can surpass, and few equal 
 him. In 1853 he published a system of bayonet exercise, which, 
 although undervalued at the time, has since been made use of by 
 the Horse-Guards. 
 
CAPTAIN BURTON. /O 
 
 In Aprilj 1853, generously supported by the Royal Geographical 
 Society, Richard Burton prepared to penetrate into Arabia under 
 circumstances unusually strange, and peculiarly well adapted to faci- 
 litate his object in view— study of " the inner life of the Moslem/' 
 With this expedition opens the most romantic chapter in the his- 
 tory of this remarkable man. 
 
 He had long felt within himself the qualifications, mental and 
 physical, which are needed for the exploration of dangerous re- 
 gions, difficult of access. Not alone had his previous education 
 and career specially prepared him for such enterprises, but his 
 mind, at once practical and imaginative, grasping every contin- 
 gency likely to arise, he had sought to accomplish himself tho- 
 roughly for his mission in the most trifling as well as most impor- 
 tant directions. Thus it is related that he took lessons from a 
 blacksmith in order not only to be prepared to shoe his horse, in 
 case of need, but also to make its shoes. 
 
 In order to penetrate with safety into Arabia, it was necessary 
 that our traveller should be skilfully disguised ; indeed, he appears 
 to have assumed and sustained various Oriental characters. He 
 left London as a Persian, and travelled to Southampton with Cap- 
 tain Grindlay as his interpreter. Landing at Alexandria, he was 
 received in the house of John Larking, Esq., the only person 
 throughout Richard Burton's perilous expedition who was ac- 
 quainted with his secret. To Cairo he went as a Dervish, living 
 there as a native until the time of the departure of the Pilgrims. 
 Unable, as he had intended, to cross Arabia on account of the 
 disturbances caused by the Russian war, he performed the pilgri- 
 mage described in his work, published in 1855, entitled 'Pilgrimage 
 to Mecca and ll^ediuah.' The peculiarity of this pilgrimage con- 
 sists in the Holy City having been visited by this bold and subtle 
 Englishmaii as one of " the Faithful." He Avas thus the first 
 European who had beheld the inner and religious life of the Moslem 
 Avithout having abjured his own faith. 
 
 We have said that various were the Oriental characters assumed 
 by this traveller of versatile genius. The one easiest sustained 
 appears to have been that of half- Arab half- Iranian, whose brethren 
 throng the northern shores of the Persian Gulf. With hair falling 
 on his shoulders, long beard, face, hands, arms, and legs stained 
 with a thin coat of henna, Oriental dress, spear in hand, pistols in 
 belt, such was Richard Bui-ton, alias Mira Abdullah the Bnshiri, 
 
76 CAPTAIN BURTON. 
 
 as he commenced liis adventurous life, and wlio lias been from 
 north to south, from east to west, and mixed with all nations and 
 tribes, without betraying himself in manners, customs, or speech, 
 often when death must have followed on discovery of his true cha- 
 racter. 
 
 Returning to Egypt for a few months, he proceeded to Bombay, 
 and, assisted by Lord Elphinstone, organized an expedition into 
 Somali-Land, East Africa, taking Lieutenant (afterward Captain) 
 Speke as second in command. The object was to visit Harar, the 
 Timbuctoo of East Africa, the exploration of which had in vain 
 been attempted by thirty travellers. Disguised as an Arab, he 
 was successful, and returned to Aden with the first authentic no- 
 tices of this mysterious city. The Somali Expedition terminated 
 disastrously. They were attacked by the natives : one of the 
 party was killed ; Burton and Speke dangerously wounded. Ter- 
 rible sufferings in the desert were endured from want of water and 
 food — sufferings almost unto death. 
 
 The severe nature of Lieutenant Burton's wounds compelled his 
 return to England, Having read an account of his explorations 
 before the Royal Geographical Society, he again left his native 
 land, this time bound for the Crimea, and landed at Balaklava on 
 the day following Lord Raglan's death. In the Crimea he was 
 employed as Chief of the Staff of the much- calumniated body of 
 Irregular Cavalry, which indeed he assisted in organizing. He 
 also, by order of General Beatson, volunteered to Lord Stratford 
 de Redcliflfe to convoy any amount of provision for the relief of 
 Kars. But Kars was already doomed. General Beatson and his 
 Staff were compelled, by a complication of small intrigues, to re- 
 sign, and the subject of this memoir returned to England. 
 
 At the instance of the Royal Geographical Society, Lord Cla- 
 rendon, Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs, supplied Captain 
 Burton with funds for an exploration of the Lake Region of Cen- 
 tral Africa. In October, 1856, he set out for Bombay, accompa- 
 nied, as second in command, by his former companion. Captain 
 Speke, and landed at Zanzibar on December 19th, 1856. Ener- 
 getically assisted by the late Lieutenant -Colonel Hammerton, 
 Her Majesty's Consul at Zanzibar, the explorers made a tentative 
 expedition to the regions about Mombas. Struck down, how- 
 ever, by dangerous fever, they were forced to return to their head 
 quarters. They had started on the 5th of January, 1857, and re- 
 turned March 6th, 1857. 
 
CAPTAIN BURTON. 77 
 
 After a prolonged organization, once more tliese dauntless ex- 
 plorers. Captains Burton and Speke, set forth, bound for the 
 regions of the far interior, into which only one European, M. 
 Maizan, a French naval officer, had attempted to penetrate, — 
 he having been cruelly murdered at the very commencement of 
 his journey. The result of this memorable expedition, which oc- 
 cupied the years from 1856 to 1859, is well known to the world 
 through Captain Burton^s work, 'The Lake Eegions of Equa- 
 torial Africa,' published in 1860, and through the volume of the 
 Journal of the Eoyal Geographical Society for 1860. 
 
 During these African explorations Captain Burton felt severely 
 the effects of the climate, being attacked by fever twenty-one 
 times, and having suffered temporarily from paralysis and stone 
 blindness. 
 
 In May, 1859, this brave traveller returned to England, where 
 he immediately proposed another expedition to the sources of the 
 Nile. The Royal Geographical Society did not, however, encou- 
 rage the proposal. 
 
 In April, 1860, Captain Burton started for the United States, and 
 passing through the country of the Mormons, visited California. 
 He returned to England in December, 1860, having spent six 
 weeks with Brigham Young, the Mormon prophet, at the Great 
 Salt Lake City, and travelled during his American expedition 
 25,000 miles. The experiences of this journey were given forth 
 to the public in 1861, in a work entitled ' The City of the Saints.' 
 
 In 1861, Captain Burton received from Earl Russell an offer of 
 the Consulship for Fernando Po, in the Bight of Biafra, on the 
 west coast of Africa. The Bight, six hundred miles in extent, 
 was under Captain Burton's jurisdiction, and much trouble was 
 caused the Consul by the lawless conduct of rough, unruly 
 traders, and of the rum-corrupted natives. Nevertheless, in spite 
 of pressure of business and of the dangerous character of the cli- 
 mate, our enthusiastic traveller still pursued his explorations with 
 ardour. He visited the coast from Bathurst, on the Gambia, to 
 St. Paul de Loanda, in Angola, and the Congo River. He marched 
 up to Abeokuta in December, 1861. He ascended the Cameroon 
 Mountain, the wonderful extinct volcano described by Hanno the 
 Carthaginian. He advised the English Government to establish 
 there a sanatorium for the West Coast, and a convict station for 
 felons, where they might be made useful in constructing roads 
 
78 CAPTAIN BURTON. 
 
 and cultivating cotton and chocolate. In 1863 were published 
 the result of Captain Burton's labours in Abeokuta and Came- 
 roon Mountains. After visiting the cannibal Mpangwe (the Fans 
 of Du Chaillu) in April, 1863, he proceeded to Benin city, un- 
 known to the European world since the death of Belzoni, and his 
 description of the surrounding regions appeared in ' Fraser's 
 Magazine' for February, March, and April, 1863, under the title 
 of " Wanderings in West Africa.'' He next ascended the Ele- 
 phant Mountain, an account of which was read before the Royal 
 Geographical Society. 
 
 After a brief visit to England, for the re-establishment of his 
 health, and a trip to Madeira and Teneriffe, Captain Burton visited 
 the whole line of lagoons between Lagos and the Volta River, 
 and spent a few days with the King of Dahome. Invited by this 
 potentate to pass the three winter months with him, and directed 
 by the Foreign Office, he returned to Agbome as British Commis- 
 sioner, with presents from Her Majesty, and paid his stipulated 
 visits, witnessing the celebrated annual " customs," which he has 
 described in ' A Mission to Gelele, King of Dahome,' published 
 in 1864. Captain Burton's last work upon Africa is a collection 
 of five thousand proverbs, being an attempt to make the Africans 
 delineate themselves. 
 
 Having spent ten years in Africa, Captain Burton has been 
 transferred by the Foreign Office to the Consulship of Santos, in 
 the Brazils. 
 
 Captain Burton married Isabel, daughter of Henry Raymond 
 Arundell, Esq. (nephew of the ninth Lord Arundell of Wardour), 
 by Eliza, only surviving sister of the present Sir Robert Gerard 
 Bart., of Garswood, Lancashire. 
 
79 
 
 GENERAL SIR DE LACY EVANS, G.C.B. 
 
 General Sir De Lacy Evans, G.C.B,, is the son of tlie late John 
 Evans, Esq., of Miltown, Ireland, and was born in that country 
 in 1787, and educated at Woolwich. He entered the army in 
 1807. He has served with eight armies, and has been present 
 in fifty considerable battles in Europe, Asia, and America, His 
 military career commenced in India (1807-1810), where he took 
 part in the operations against Ameer Khan and the Pindarries. 
 He was also at the capture of the Mauritius. In 1810 he joined 
 the Peninsular army, under Wellington, and accompanied it in its 
 retreat from Burgos, He took part in nearly all the principal 
 battles in Spain and Portugal, and, after its advance, fought at 
 Toulouse. At the action on the Hormaza he was wounded ; at 
 Toulouse, as previously at the investment of Bayonne, he had a 
 horse shot under him. He gained considerable distinction by 
 volunteering for storming parties. Besides the war medal with 
 three clasps, for Vittoria, Pyrenees, and Toulouse, he received his 
 company in January, Majority in May, and Lieutenant- Colonelcy 
 in June, 1815, for services performed against the enemy. In the 
 spring of 1814 he left Wellington's army, being ordered to the 
 United States, with which Great Britain was then at war. At the 
 battle of Bladensburg he had two horses shot imder him ; at 
 Washington, with a hundred light infantry, he forced Congress 
 House ; and took part in the attack on Baltimore, He was the 
 only volunteer of the army who accompanied the boats' crews of 
 the English fleet which boarded and captured the strongly armed 
 American sloops-of-war posted for the defence of Lake Borgne, 
 before New Orleans, In December, 1814, and again in January, 
 1815, he was severely wounded in the unsuccessful assault on that 
 town. 
 
80 8IR 1)E LACY EVANS. 
 
 Eetnrning to Europe^ lie joined the army assembled to meet 
 tlie forces of Buonaparte, was engaged at Quatre-Bras, in the 
 retreat towards Brussels on the 17thj and at the battle of Wa- 
 terloo, where he had two horses killed under him. He advanced 
 with the army to Paris, and remained on the staff during the 
 occupation of that city by the allied armies. 
 
 In 1831, General Sir De Lacy Evans appeared again before the 
 world, but in a new character, — that of a politician. He entered 
 Parliament as the Liberal member for Rye. In 1832 he again 
 offered himself as member for Rye, but was thrown out for that 
 borough, as well as for Westminster, to which city he had also 
 offered himself as a candidate. In May, 1833, he was returned, 
 however, by the constituency of Westminster, defeating Sir John 
 Cam Hobhouse, who had accepted the Chiltern Hundreds. 
 
 General Sir De Lacy Evans was still Member for Westminster 
 w^hen, in May, 1835, General Alva, Minister of the Queen of 
 Spain at the British Court, solicited from the English Government 
 permission to raise a military force in this country, to be auxiliary 
 to the Queen's army. The cause of the child, afterwards Queen 
 Isabella II,, and of her mother, the Queen-Regent Christina, was 
 generally identified with the cause of freedom and constitutional 
 government in Spain. The Liberal Minister of that day granted 
 the ambassador's request, and an order in council, dated June 10th, 
 1835, appeared in the ' Gazette,' authorizing the levy of 10,000 
 men, and expressing the desire of King William IV. that his 
 subjects should take part with the Queen of Spain, his ally, by 
 entering the new corps. The command of the force, which be- 
 came known as the British Legion, was offered to the distin- 
 guished officer the subject of this biographical sketch, who con- 
 svilted with his constituents, and with their consent accepted it. 
 
 By the urgent desire of the Spanish Government, the Legion 
 hastened its departure from England, the ministry at Madrid anti- 
 cipating increase of political power from the presence of English 
 forces upon Spanish soil ; nor was this expectation unfounded. 
 
 The term of enlistment for the Spanish Legion was two years. 
 It was a period of alternating good and ill fortune, in which fear- 
 ful sufferings were endured and invincible courage displayed. 
 Marshal Harispe, an old General of the French Empire, thus 
 writes to the undaunted Commander of the Legion upon the oc- 
 casion of his eno-aQ'ement at St. Sebastian : — " I have known for 
 
SIR DE LACY EVANS. 81 
 
 a long- time the position you have carried ; whatever may be the 
 losses you have sustained, the results of this combat reflect the 
 greatest honour on the English soldiers, and, above all, on the 
 officers, who have given such brilliant proofs of devotion and in- 
 trepidity/^ 
 
 At the termination of the two years, the troops were brought 
 home at the expense of the British Government. On resuming 
 his seat in Parliament, the ex-commander of the Spanish Legion 
 announced that " no prisoners had been taken from the Legion in 
 action, nor any part of its artillery or equipage captured by the 
 Carlists ;^^ that "the Legion, however, had taken twenty-seven 
 pieces of artillery from the enemy, and made eleven hundred pri- 
 soners, whose lives were spared/^ The gallant ex-commander re- 
 ceived from his sovereign the Cross of Commander of the Bath, 
 and from the Spanish Government the Grand Crosses of St. Fer- 
 dinand and Charles. 
 
 General Sir De Lacy Evans was again returned for Westminster 
 in 1846 and in 1852. Whilst in Spain he attained the rank of 
 Colonel in the English army, and in 1846 became a Major-General. 
 
 Upon the breaking out of war (1854) in the Crimea, this dis- 
 tinguished soldier was appointed to command the Second Division 
 of the Eastern Ai'my, with the rank of Lieutenant- General. His 
 division distinguished itself by extraordinary bravery at the battle 
 of the Alma, and was led by its commander across the river 
 under a murderous fire : the General himself received a contu- 
 sion of the right shoulder, and his troops suffered fearfully. 
 
 On the 26th of October, during the siege of Sebastopol, his 
 division was attacked by a force of Russians amounting to six 
 thousand men, marched forth from the town purposely for this 
 attack upon the Third Division. The Russians were, however, put 
 to rout in a short space of time, and driven over the ridges down 
 towards the head of the Bay of Sebastopol. The loss of the 
 English was eighty killed and wounded. Eighty Russian priso- 
 ners were taken ; but the total loss of the Russians was eight 
 hvmdred. Lord Raglan reported this affair in high terms of eulogy. 
 At the battle of Inkermann, General Sir De Lacy Evans greatly 
 distinguished himself. At the time when the Russians attacked 
 the Second Division and the battle of Inkermann commenced, the 
 General, suffering from illness, was gone on board a vessel at Ba- 
 laklava, leaving General Pennefather in command of his division. 
 
 VOL. III. N 
 
82 SIR DE LACY EVANS. 
 
 Hearing that a battle was commencing, the sick veteran arose 
 from his bed and hastened to the scene of action, there to assist 
 by his presence and advice ; in no way, however, seeking to rob 
 General Pennefather of the honours of his position. The conduct 
 of General Sir De Lacy Evans was highly commended in the 
 despatch of the Minister of War which conveyed Her Majesty's 
 thanks to the Eastern Army upon receipt of the news of this im- 
 portant engagement. 
 
 Returning invalided to England, the General received the thanks 
 of Parliament for his services. He has been made a G.C.B., a 
 Grand Officer of the Legion of Honour, and Grand Cross of the 
 Military Order of Turkey. 
 
 Since the period of General Sir De Lacy Evans's return from 
 the Crimea, he has sat in Parliament for the city of Westminster. 
 We cannot conclude the sketch of the career of this distinguished 
 soldier and politician more appropriately than in his own words, ad- 
 dressed to his constituents on the 4th of February, 1865, in which 
 he informs them of his intention no longer to present himself as 
 their candidate at the forthcoming election : — "The fact is, that 
 whatever degree of energy I may have possessed is now ex- 
 hausted, and I should no longer be capable of fulfilling the duties 
 Avhich would devolve upon me as your representative. Before I 
 came into Parliament, now some thirty-five years back, I had ex- 
 pended some of the best years of my life as a soldier. A general 
 peace was fortunately concluded. On becoming a member of the 
 Legislature, I united myself heart and soul with the (then) Libe- 
 ral party. This was not very advantageous to me as a professional 
 man. From that period, however, followed a series of improve- 
 ments in the laws and prosperity of this country, unequalled 
 during any similar interval in the long course of our national his- 
 tory, or probably in the history of any other country. I allow 
 myself to look back with, I trust, pardonable complacency to my 
 honest, if not adroit, support of the great and salutary measures 
 which led to these results. Knowing, as I had ample opportuni- 
 ties of doing, the pure and independent qualities by which you 
 were actuated, I felt a pride in being associated with you per- 
 sonally and with your political interests. My career is now clos- 
 ing, and I shall only pei'mit myself further to hope that you will 
 continue to regard me as having been a faithful comrade in the 
 often recurring contests for the promotion of the public welfare." 
 
83 
 
 RICHARD PARTRIDGE, Esq., F.R.S. 
 
 PROFESSOR OP ANATOMY AT KING's COLLEGE. 
 
 The subject of this brief notice was born about 1805; of his early 
 education there is very little of interest to the general reader to 
 be communicated. Mr. Partridge passed his examination at the 
 Royal College of Sui-geons in 1827, and in 1837 he was admitted 
 a Fellow of the Royal Society. We have not been able to dis- 
 cover any communication, on any subject connected with science, 
 made by Mr. Partridge. He appears to have devoted, with praise- 
 worthy zeal, all his attention to practical surgery, and by his suc- 
 cess he has established himself in an eminent position ; and he 
 can unquestionably be numbered among those who have attained 
 this high rank, not from mere theoretical head-knowledge, but 
 through the force of actual practical acquaintance with the science 
 which he has followed as his profession. In 1843 Mr. Partridge 
 was elected a Fellow of the Royal College of Surgeons, and he 
 became a Member of the Council in 1852. By Ms professional 
 knowledge, Mr. Partridge secured the appointment of Professor 
 of Anatomy at the Poyal Academy of Arts, and at King's College. 
 It will be in the memory of our readers that the Garibaldian 
 Committee in this country selected Mr. Partridge as the surgeon 
 whom they sent to examine the wound received by Garibaldi at 
 the battle of Aspromonte. With the result of that visit they will 
 also be acquainted. Although the circumstance of his having 
 been chosen for this important service to the distinguished General 
 has brought the name of Mr. Partridge more prominently before 
 the British public, this must be looked on merely as a testimony 
 to the very high position which he already held in the profession. 
 
MAKTIN FARQUHAR TUPPER, D.C.L., F.R.S. 
 
 Martin Faequhar Tupper^ widely known as tlie autlior of ^Pro- 
 verbial Pliilosophy/ was born July 17, 1810, at No. 20, Devonsliire 
 Place, London. He is the eldest son of a medical man, tiglily 
 esteemed in Ms day, and possessed of an extensive practice at the 
 West-End, the late Martin Tupper, Esq., F.R.S., to whom a ba- 
 ronetcy was twice offered, — in the first instance by the Earl of 
 Liverpool, in the second, under the administration of the Duke of 
 Wellington. This honour was proffered to Mr. Tupper, not alone 
 as a mark of distinction to himself, but also to his elder brother 
 Peter, who had, during the Peninsular War, evinced great di- 
 plomatic ability, and to whom the baronetcy had been first 
 presented, but by whom it had been declined, on account of his 
 having no son. 
 
 The family of Tupper (spelt Topper in Germany, and Toupard 
 in France and the Low Countries) is of ancient and honourable 
 standing, and was originally German. During the persecution of 
 the Lutheran Protestants by the Emperor Charles V., about the 
 year 1548, the Toppers were exiled from Hesse Cassel; and 
 Heinrich Topper, the immediate ancestor of the " Proverbial 
 Philosopher,-" settled, in 1551, in Guernsey, where he purchased 
 an estate, and where his descendants still rank as one of the "first 
 families'^ of the island. Eodolph Topper, of German celebrity, 
 is of the same staunch stock. 
 
 During the reign of William and Mary, an ancestor of Martin 
 Farquhar Tupper, in the direct line of ascent, received from the 
 sovereign a gold medal and chain, with the privilege descending 
 to his heirs of wearing medal and chain before the king, and 
 of bearing them on a canton in his coat of arms. John Tupper 
 
 VOL. III. o 
 
86 MARTIN FARQUHAR TUPPER. 
 
 received this mark of distinction in recognition of an act of im- 
 portant service, rendered to the Crown at the risk of danger to 
 life and limb. Eecognizing the helpless condition of the French 
 fleet, John Tupper conveyed intelligence of it to Admiral Russell, 
 intelligence which led to the action and victory of La Hogue. 
 This fact is slightly referred to by Macaulay in his History, but no 
 mention is made of John Tupper, on his way to the British ad- 
 miral, passing in an open boat through the midst of the French 
 fleet, as it lay enveloped in dense fog. 
 
 A branch of the Tupper family sailed with the "Pilgrim Fa- 
 thers" to the United States, where many of its descendants are 
 still to be found. A Major John Tupper, an ancestor of the sub- 
 ject of this memoir, commanded the Marines at Bunker's Hill, 
 after the death of Pitcairn, and gained for the corps their crown 
 and laurel, as recorded at the Horse Guards. It is related that 
 " by a strange coincidence there was in Washington's army an- 
 other Major Tupper (originally of the same expatriated stock), 
 and it is known to the family that when the cousins met in oppo- 
 site ranks, some courtesies generously pro fie red by the 'rebel' 
 were indignantly refused by the royalist." 
 
 The future popular author received his early education at the 
 Charter House, during the period when the Rev. Dr. Russell filled 
 the important post of Head-Master. In due course our youthful 
 student was transferred to Christchm'ch, Oxford, where he took 
 his degree of B.A. in 1832, of M.A. in 1835, and of D.C.L. at a 
 more recent period, 18i7. At Christchurch he was a member of 
 the Aristotle class, so honourably associated with many distin- 
 guished men, — as the late Duke of Newcastle, the Marquis of 
 Dalhousie, the Right Hon. W. E. Gladstone, Professors Jelf, Hill, 
 and Vaughan, etc. 
 
 Having taken his degi'ee of M.A., as we have already seen, 
 Martin Tupper became a student at Lincoln's Inn, and was, in 
 the Michaelmas term, 1835, called to the Bar. He has, however, 
 never practised as a barrister. About the same period commences 
 Mr. Tupper's literary career. He appears to have contributed to 
 the periodicals of the day, but his first important essay in litera- 
 ture was a small volume entitled ' Sacra Poesis.' 
 
 In 1837 appeared '^ Proverbial Philosophy,' which had been 
 composed in a lawyer's chambers, 21, Old Square, Lincoln's Inn, 
 during the year previous. This work, which has spread its 
 
MARTIN PARQUHAR TUPPER. 87 
 
 author's name far and wide, met at first with but moderate suc- 
 cess in England, whilst in America it was almost a failure. Within 
 a quarter of a century it has, however, passed through forty large 
 editions in England, whilst nearly a million of copies have been 
 sold in America. The annual sale of some 5000 copies witnesses 
 to its almost unexampled popularity. 
 
 In 1835 Mr. Tupper was united in marriage with Isabella, only 
 daughter of A. W. Devis, Esq., by whom he has four sons and 
 three daughters. 
 
 In 1845 Mr. Tupper was elected a Fellow of the Royal Society. 
 He has received the gold medal for science and literature from the 
 King of Prussia ; he has likewise been honoured by marks of dis- 
 tinction from other potentates. 
 
 Mr. Tupper resides near Guildford, in the parish of Albury, upon 
 his own property, inherited from his mother, a direct descendant 
 of Colonel Marris, who, in 1648, gallantly held Pomfret Castle for 
 Charles I. against General Lambert. 
 
 In 1839 Mr. Tupper published 'A Modern Pyramid to comme- 
 morate a Septuagint of Worthies,' being sonnets and essays on 
 seventy famous men and women; in 1841, 'An Author's Mind,' 
 containing skeletons of thirty unpublished books; in 1844, 'The 
 Crock of Gold,' 'The Twins,' 'Heart, a Social Novel,' tales illus- 
 trative of social vices, and which passed though numerous edi- 
 tions; in 1847, 'Probabilities, an Aid to Faith,' giving a new 
 view of Christian evidences ; ' A Thousand Lines,' ' Hactenus,' 
 ' Geraldine,' 'Lyi'ics,' 'Ballads for the Times,' 'Things to Come,' 
 'A Dirge for Wellington/ ' Church Ballads,' 'Wliite Slavery 
 Ballads,' 'American Ballads,' ' Eifle Ballads,' ' King Alfred,' a pa- 
 triotic play ; ' King Alfred's Poems,' translated from the Anglo- 
 Saxon into corresponding English metres. In 1856, ' Paterfami- 
 lias's Diary of Everybody's Tour,' ' The Rides and Reveries of 
 ^sop Smith,' and ' Stephen Langton,' a biogi-aphical novel, which 
 seeks, with much graphic painting, to delineate old England in 
 the time of King John. He has also published ' Cithara,' a col- 
 lection of lyrics headed by the ' Three Hundred Welcomes to the 
 Princess of Wales;' 'Three Hundred Sonnets,' 'A Prophetic 
 Ode;' and a multitude of fugitive pieces, both verse and prose, 
 which have been scattered through newspapers and magazines. 
 
 The writings of Mr. Tupper, bearing the impress of an impul- 
 sive, enthusiastic nature, are, it is asserted, poured forth with 
 
00 MARTIN FARQUHAR TUPPER. 
 
 exceeding ease and rapidity, and partake mucli of the character of 
 improvisation. That Mr. Tupper's sympathy is readily excited 
 by the interest of the day, is not alone evinced in his numerous 
 writings, both in prose a.nd verse, but also by the acts of his life, 
 as for instance the encouragement given by him to Liberian colo- 
 nization, his bestowal of a gold medal for the encouragement of 
 African literature, his active exertions in the Eifle Corps move- 
 ment, etc. 
 
 A notice of the life and labours of Mr. Tupper would scarcely 
 be complete without some reference to the disrespect with which 
 he has been almost universally treated by the writers of the public 
 press, to a degree indeed which almost amounts to persecution. 
 Whether Mr. Tupper's works appeal invariably to the highest 
 order of intellect, it is unnecessary to inquire, but assuredly some 
 respect is due to a writer who, in an age remarkable for intellec- 
 tual activity amongst all classes, has appealed so successfully to 
 the public mind, has provided it with innocent and elevating i^a- 
 hulum, and has enjoyed so wide-spread — and on that account it 
 may be inferred — deserved popularity, a popularity for which the 
 author may at all events claim to be little indebted to contempo- 
 rar}^ criticism. 
 
JOHN LONSDALE, D.D., 
 
 BISHOP OF LICHFIELD. 
 
 John Lonsdale^ D.D., Bisliop of Liclifield, was born in January, 
 1788, and is the eldest son of tlie late Eev. Jolm LonsdalO;, B.A., 
 Vicar of Darfield, Yorksliii-e. It was at Heatli School^ near Halifax, 
 and afterwards at Eton, that this future accomplished gentleman 
 and dignitary of the Anglican Church received the rudiments of 
 his education. In due course he passed on to King's College, 
 Cambridge. In the years 1807 and 1809 he obtained Sir WiUiam 
 Browne's medal for the best Latin ode ; in the latter year he also 
 obtained the Battle University Scholarship. He took the degree 
 of BA. in the year 1811, and that of M.A. in 1814. In January 
 1824 he took the degree of Bachelor of Di-sdnity. His Lordship 
 was formerly Fellow of King's College, Cambridge ; and has been 
 Prebendary of St. Paul's, Principal of King's College, London, 
 Rector of Southfleet, Archdeacon of Middlesex, and Preacher at 
 Lincoln's Inn. He was made D.D. and consecrated Bishop of 
 Lichfield in 1843. In 1815 he married Mary, daughter of the 
 John Bolland, Esq. Since his Lordship's elevation to the Bench, 
 he has been a member of the Commission to inquire into the ques- 
 tion of marriage with a deceased wife's sister, and has also been 
 nominated as one of the Cambridge University Commissioners. 
 
91 
 
 SIR WILLIAM EDMUND LOGAN, LL.D.,F.R.S.,F.G.S. 
 
 DIEECTOE-GENERAL OP THE GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OP CANADA. 
 
 This eminent geologist was born at Montreal^ in Canada, in tlie 
 year 1798. He was educated at the High School, Edinburgh, and 
 in due course became a student in the University of that city. 
 In 1818 Mr. Logan entered the mercantile office of his uncle, 
 Mr. Hart Logan, of London, and he remained in that position for 
 about ten years, attending steadily to his commercial duties, but 
 at the same time cultivating those sciences with which he was 
 subsequently to connect his name. In 1829 Mr. Logan went to 
 Swansea, as manager of a large copper-smelting establishment 
 there, and also to attend to coal-mining operations, in which his 
 uncle was largely interested. Mr. Hart Logan dying in 1838, 
 new arrangements were made with regard to those works, and 
 Mr. Logan resigned his position as manager. During his resi- 
 dence of nine years in South Wales, Mr. Logan devoted himself 
 to a most careful study of that great and important coal-field. 
 When, in 1837, the Geological Survey of Great Britain com- 
 menced its labours in the coal district near Swansea, under the 
 direction of Mr. — afterwards Sir Henry — De la Beche, the greatest 
 assistance was obtained from Mr. Logan. Sir Henry De la Beche, 
 in his memoir on the " Formation of Rocks in South Wales and 
 South-western England,'^ published in the ' Memoirs of the Geo- 
 loo-ical Survey of Great Britain,^ acknowledges this in the follow- 
 ino" words : — " Mr. Logan, who had for several years previously 
 been engaged in a careful examination of that district (which he 
 completed, and, with true public spirit, presented to the Geologi- 
 cal Survey, of whose maps, after due examination, it now forms a 
 conspicuous part), pomted out to us the constant occurrence of 
 
92 SIR W. E. LOGAN. 
 
 a marked kind of bed, with a peculiar fossil plant, as observable 
 beneath all the coal-beds he had examined." The bed alluded to 
 in this paragraph is the stratum of " under-clay/' as it is called, 
 which was first demonstrated by Mr. Logan to be the soil upon 
 which the coal vegetation grew. Mr. Logan published an account 
 of those beds ; first, in the ' Annual Eeport of the Royal Institu- 
 tion of South Wales for 1839/ in which he also pointed out the 
 analogy existing between our coal-beds and the masses of peat- 
 moss, as they exist in the bogs of Ireland and elsewhere; secondly, 
 in a memoir " On the Character of the Beds of Clay immediately 
 below the Coal Seams of South Wales, and on the occurrence of 
 Boulders of Coal in the Pennant Grit of that District,'^ which was 
 read at the meeting of the Geological Society of London, on 26th 
 of February, 1840, and was published in their Transactions. In 
 this memoir Mr. Logan showed that those beds vary in thickness 
 from a few inches to more than ten feet, and are penetrated in all 
 directions by a confused and tangled collection of the roots and 
 leaves, as they may be, of the Stigmaria ficoides, these being fre- 
 quently traceable to the main stem, which varies in diameter from 
 about two inches to half a foot. The main stems are noticed as 
 occurring nearer the top than the bottom of the bed, as usually of 
 considerable length, the leaves or roots radiating from them in a 
 tortuous irregular course to considerable distances, and so min- 
 gled with the under-clay, that it is not possible to cut out a cubic 
 foot of it which does not contain portions of the plant. The dis- 
 covery of those beds of under-clay, has proved of great importance 
 in advancing ovir knowledge of the conditions under which our 
 coal-beds were formed. They have been observed by other geolo- 
 gists since Mr. Logan drew attention to them in almost every other 
 part of the world where the coal formations occur, so that very 
 general conditions must have produced these beds over so large a 
 portion of the earth^s surface, — conditions with which the produc- 
 tion of the coal itself would appear to be connected. 
 
 In 1841 Mr. Logan visited the coal-fields of Pennsylvania and 
 of Nova Scotia, and in March, 1842, he read a paper on these 
 coal-fields at a meeting of the Geological Society of London. In 
 June of the same year, Mr. Logan communicated an important 
 paper " On the Packing of the Ice on the River St. Lawrence ; 
 on a Landslip in the Modern Deposits of its Valley ; and on the 
 existence of Marine Shells in those Deposits as well as upon the 
 
SIR W. E. loganI 93 
 
 Mountains of Montreal." The great value of this paper was 
 acknowledged, in the strongest terms, by George Stephenson, as 
 having guided him in determining the requisite amount of defence 
 for his great bridge in Canada. We have little conception in this 
 countiy of the grand glacial phenomena which are presented by 
 the packing and piling of the ice. These are graphically described 
 by Mr. Logan. One example may be quoted : — '^In Montreal is 
 a newly-built revetement, the top of which is twenty-three feet 
 above the summer level of the river ; but the ice broken by it, 
 accumulates on the top of the terrace, and before the wall was 
 erected the adjacent buildings were endangered, the ice sometimes 
 breaking in at the windows of the second floor, even two hundred 
 feet from the margin of the river. In one instance a warehouse 
 of considerable strength and magnitude having been built with- 
 out due protection, the great moving sheet of river-ice pushed it 
 over as if it had been a house of cards." 
 
 About this time (1842) Mr. Logan began an examination of the 
 older Palaeozoic rocks of Canada, In 1843 the Provincial Govern- 
 ment of Canada instituted a Geological Survey, of which Mr. 
 Logan was appointed the Director- General, — he having refused for 
 it, a very advantageous oSer of a similar position in India. In the 
 course of his investigations upon the rocks of the eastern town- 
 ships, which are a continuation of those of New England, Mr. Lo- 
 gan has shown, that so far from being, as had been supposed, primi- 
 tive Azoic rocks, they are altered and crystallised Palaeozoic strata; 
 a fact which, though suspected, had not hitherto been demonstrated, 
 and which is one of the keys to the geology of North-eastern 
 America. Mr. Logan found the rocks which form the Laurentian 
 mountains, — previously regarded as unstratified, — to be disturbed 
 and altered sedimentary deposits of vast thickness, equal possibly to 
 all the hitherto known stratified rocks of the earth^s crust. These 
 Laurentian rocks are unconformably underlying Potsdam sand- 
 stone, which lies at the base of the Lower Silurian rocks. The same 
 rocks have since been recognized by Sir Roderick Murchison, as 
 forming, the so-called, fundamental gneiss of the Western Islands 
 of Scotland and parts of Ross-shire and Sutherlandshire. In 1851 
 Mr. Logan represented Canada in the Great Exhibition. The re- 
 markable display then made by that interesting colony will not be 
 readily forgotten, and in the ' Illustrated Catalogue ' will be found 
 some valuable annotations by Mr. Logan, on the mineral productions 
 
 VOL. III. P 
 
94 SIR W. E. LOGAN. 
 
 of Canada. In 1855 Mr. Logan was a Commissioner from Canada at 
 the Industrial Exhibition at Paris, when he received the Grand Gold 
 Medal of Honour, and from the Emperor the decoration of the 
 Legion of Honour. In 1851 Mr. Logan communicated to the Geo- 
 logical Society of London a paper " On the occurrence of a Track 
 and Footprints of an Animal in the Potsdam Sandstone of Lower 
 Canada.^^ These were carefully examined by Professor Owen, 
 who has determined them to belong to some species of crusta- 
 cean, and have given to them the name of Protechinitis . In this 
 year Mr. Logan was elected Fellow of the Eoyal Society, and in 
 1856 he was knighted, — receiving in the same year from the Geo- 
 logical Society, of which he had long been a member, the Wollas- 
 ton Palladium Medal for his eminent services in geology. In 1862 
 Sir William Logan again had charge of the Canadian products in 
 the International Exhibition, and was one of the jurors for the 
 class devoted to mineral and metallurgical products. Kecently the 
 Canadian Government has published a Report of the progress of 
 the Geological Survey, from its commencement to 1863, which is 
 due to Sir William Logan, and the staff of assistants whom he has 
 trained. This work represents the value of the labours of this 
 eminent geologist, both in a scientific and a commercial point of 
 view, while it displays the vast natural resources of that great 
 country. The latest work of Sir William Logan must be regarded 
 as his greatest. To determine the superposition of such an an- 
 cient series of rocks as the Laurentian, is a task which has never 
 been accomplished in geology. The attempt has been made by Sir 
 William Logan to work out the structure of a portion of the Lau- 
 rentian country, and he has been singularly successful in his la- 
 bours. He has proved the Laurentian rocks to be of two series, 
 — lower and upper, — both highly crystalline, the lower consisting 
 chiefly of orthoclase gneiss, and the upper, instead of orthoclase, 
 containing a great deal of labradorite, both of them holding bands 
 of serpentine and crystalline limestone. In the limestone of the 
 Lower Laurentian limestone. Sir William Logan has found organic 
 remains — the Eozoon Canadense, determined by Dr. Dawson, of 
 Montreal, and by Dr. Carpenter, to be one of the Foraminifer^e, a 
 fossil from a zone prodigiously older than any previously known, 
 for it is in the oldest known formation in the world. This example 
 of ancient life has formed the subject of a communication to the 
 Geological Society of London, and of a lecture, which has been 
 recently delivered at the Royal Institution, by Professor Ramsay. 
 
SIR W. E. LOGAN, 95 
 
 The volume of embodied reports to which we have already 
 alluded exhibits the industry and ability of the indefatigable Di- 
 rector of the Survey of Canada^ Sir Wilham Logan. The style 
 in which the work has been got up, the precision of the drawings 
 and the accuracy of the woodcuts, are alike creditable to all con- 
 cerned. Sir William Logan is now in this country, engaged in the 
 production of a series of geological maps of the colony. The 
 correctness with which these have been executed, and the minute- 
 ness of the geological detail contained in the original survey, 
 from which Sir William Logan has constructed those for publica- 
 tion, may challenge comparison with the finest works of the same 
 class in this or in any other country. 
 
LORD LYTTELTON, 
 
 George William Lyttelton, fourth Lord L3^tteltoii, Baron 
 Frankley in the Peerage of Great Britain, Baron Westcote in the 
 Peerage of Ireland, a Baronet, Lord Lieutenant of Worcester, 
 and High Steward of Bewdley, F.R.S., LL.D., is the son of Wil- 
 liam Heniy, third Lord Lyttelton, by the Lady Sarah Spencer 
 (eldest daughter of Geoi^ge John, second Lord Spencer), who, as 
 the Dowager Lady Lyttelton, will be remembered as having held 
 the important office of Governess to the Royal children. He was 
 born 31st of March, 1817. After having greatly distinguished 
 himself at Eton, Lord Lyttelton proceeded to Trinity College, 
 Cambridge, where he graduated in the highest classical honours, 
 bearing off the Chancellor's Medal in 1838. 
 
 On the 25th of July, in the following year. Lord Lyttelton mar- 
 ried Mary, the second daughter of the late Sir Stephen Glynne, 
 Bart., of Hawarden, whose sister Catherine was married the same 
 year to Mr. Gladstone, M.P., now (1865) the Member for the Uni- 
 versity of Oxford, and the Chancellor of the Exchequer, ' Such a 
 connection between two men of habits of thought and acquire- 
 ments so similar, could scarcely fail to be congenial on both sides, 
 and we accordingly find it gracefully recorded in a few simple 
 
 lines — 
 
 " Ex voto communi 
 In Memoriam 
 Duplicum Nuptiarum. 
 VIII Kal. Aug. MDcccxxxix." 
 
 prefixed to a volume of Poems, chiefly translations of classic En- 
 glish authors, into Greek and Latin, published jointly by Lord 
 Lyttelton a,nd Mr. Gladstone in 1861. A touching interest is 
 given to this record by the bereavement sustained by Lord Lyt- 
 telton in the loss of his wife on the 17th of August, 1857. 
 VOL. III. Q 
 
98 LORD LYTTELTON. 
 
 By this lady Lord Lyttelton has a large family. One of the 
 daughters, the Honourable Lucy Caroline (married in 1864 to 
 Lord Frederick Cavendish, second son of the Duke of Devon- 
 shire), was for some time Maid of Honour to the Queen; and for 
 one of his sons, the Honourable Albert Victor, born in 1844, her 
 Majesty herself stood sponsor. 
 
 In the year 1846, Lord Lyttelton accepted office as Under Se- 
 cretary of State for the Colonies, which he held for a short time 
 only, though long enough, it would seem, to have acquired that 
 interest in and practical acquaintance with colonial affairs, which 
 has enabled him out of office to render such signal services to our 
 colonial system in the various questions, especially that of Emi- 
 gration, which have engaged the attention of Parliament and the 
 public in reference to it since that time. Notwithstanding the 
 inducements which his personal connections and experience might 
 seem to have afforded. Lord Lyttelton has shown no desire to 
 embarrass himself further with the cares and profits of political 
 office. 
 
 A field of less obtrusive public usefulness for men of leisure 
 and capacity has however been growing up amongst us of late 
 years, to an extent which we are only beginning to appreciate, 
 through the medium of the various voluntary associations which 
 have arisen for the promotion of objects of social and benevolent 
 science. Involving in those actively engaged in their direction 
 all the qualities of administrative capacity, tact, and industry, 
 which are in demand in the public administration of the affairs of 
 the country, this sphere of labour may perhaps be regarded in 
 some sort as its social and moral administration, and is indeed 
 solely or mainly distinguishable from its prototype, by being im- 
 provided with the attributes of pay and patronage. In this field 
 of work, which, if it be indeed better to give than to receive, is 
 not the least honourable of the two, Lord Lyttelton has found 
 abundant and congenial occupation ; and in it his services, more 
 especially in the cause of Emigration and Education (which in fact 
 lie at the root of all the most important of the social problems we 
 are now seeking to solve), have been unsparingly rendered. 
 
 In the year 1847 an attempt was made, through the medium 
 of the Canterbury Association, of which Lord Lyttelton was the 
 Chairman, to found a settlement of Colonists in New Zealand, 
 based avowedly on religious principles, as represented by the 
 
LORD LYTTELTON. 99 
 
 Churcli of Eugland. This experiment proved highly successful ; 
 and the prosperity of the Settlement of Canterbury, with its 
 harbour town of Lyttelton, named after its noble promoter, will, 
 it is to be hoped, long bear witness to the value, for the purposes 
 of Colonization, of a congenial moral and social organization. 
 
 In January 1863, two societies which had previously existed for 
 promoting emigration to the Colonies, were consolidated into the 
 National Colonial Emigration Society, and of this Association Lord 
 Lyttelton accepted the Presidency. The object of this Society is 
 to assist, with the co-operation which it has received from the au- 
 thorities of the Colonies and the contributions of benevolently 
 disposed persons at home, the emigration of suitable Colonists, 
 by affording information, grants of money in certain cases, and 
 other needful help. The amount of present and prospective bless- 
 ing which in a modest office on the second floor of a house in 
 Charing Cross, this unostentatious Association has done and is 
 doing, is not easy to be estimated. 
 
 In connection with Lord Lyttelton's labours in the cause of the 
 Colonies, reference should not be overlooked to his speech in the 
 House of Lords on the third reading of the Australian Colonies 
 Government Bill in the year 1850, — containing, as it does, a wise 
 and statesmanlike exposition of the principles which should regu- 
 late the consideration of the subject, both from the Liberal and 
 Conservative points of view. 
 
 In the cause of education Lord Lyttelton's labours have been 
 active and unremitting. Mindful of the obligations imposed upon 
 us of not neglecting the work which lies at our hands. Lord 
 Lyttelton's attention has been especially directed to the promotion 
 of education in his own County, to the welfare of which, as its 
 Lord Lieutenant, and in that capacity the personal representative 
 of the Sovereign, he has doubtless felt peculiar inducements to 
 devote himself. By means of the Worcester Diocesan Training 
 College, which he founded. Lord Lyttelton has secured for his 
 County the means of obtaining a supply of skilled teachers in its 
 schools ; and by his own example — for he has not disdained to 
 fulfil himself the simple duties of a Sunday School teacher in his 
 OAvn parish — he has 
 
 " Allured to tviser worlds and led tlie way." 
 As an active member of the Commission for inquiring into the 
 
100 LORD LYTTELTON. 
 
 constitution and practice of the great public schools of this coun- 
 try, as also of the Commission appointed for a similar investiga- 
 tion into the schools more generally frequented by the great mass 
 of the middle classes. Lord Lyttelton's public services are well 
 known. 
 
 In these inquiries, his sympathies with the institutions, the as- 
 sociation with which assisted the moulding of his own mind, and 
 in which some of, it may be not the least valued of its triumphs, 
 were gained, have been leavened with that practical philosophical 
 perception of the requirements of the present and future, which 
 is, after all, the true end of all education, and which has at all 
 times characterized Lord Lyttelton^s public and political utter- 
 ances. 
 
 On the establishment of the Working Men's Club and Institute 
 Union — a Society for promoting the moral, social, and intellectual 
 development of the working classes through the medium of asso- 
 ciations of their own — Lord Lyttelton became one of its Vice-Pre- 
 sidents, and from his strong and active personal interest in it, 
 more especially during the absence from England of its President, 
 Lord Brougham, he may fairly be regarded as its Vice-President 
 20 ar excellence. 
 
 In all Lord Lyttelton's various labours, we find evidence of the 
 strong conviction animating them, on his part, of the necessity 
 for a moral and religious basis in all operations and organizations, 
 for whatever purpose established, — a conviction which, if more 
 generally entertained by the active promoters of intellectual pro- 
 gress, and Avhat is termed civilization, might sometimes save them 
 from disappointment at the too frequently insufficient results of 
 their otherwise well-considered enterprises. 
 
 Lord Lyttelton is an earnest lover of the national Church, and a 
 steady supporter of its essential rights and privileges. This sup- 
 port is the more valuable, because associated with an unqualified 
 recognition of the errors into which those of us must fall who are 
 not careful to satisfy themselves that the spirit they reverence 
 reaaains in the form in which they have been accustomed to 
 look for it ; and of the necessity to which all human institutions, 
 whatever their origin, are subject, of gradual modification and 
 reform . 
 
 Lord Lyttelton has recently published, under the modest title 
 of ' Ephemera,' a volume of essays upon subjects as little ephe- 
 
LORD LYTTELTON. 101 
 
 meral as could well be conceived. We call to mind no work better 
 calculated to afford to some future Macaulay an idea of the habits 
 of mind and occupations of a Christian gentleman of rank, of the 
 nineteenth century, than this unpretending little volume. Now, 
 we have a letter of a landlord to his tenantry on some matter 
 affecting their mutual interests, now a speech in Parliament on 
 some question involving the interests of us all ; here the improve- 
 ment of an occasion by an address to a domestic household, there, 
 an essay on some important principle affecting the faith or the 
 discipline of the Church at large ; a lecture to a local club, or an 
 Essay on Poetry or general reading, — all relieved from any ephe- 
 meral character, which may have seemed to attach to the occasions 
 in which they originated, by principles, belonging to all time, al- 
 ways earnestly sought, to be deduced from them. We think that 
 in lieu of the modest " elieu fug aces," selected for the epigraph 
 to this volume, the words " My Father worketh and I work " 
 might, without irreverence, have been assumed as the motto of 
 its writer, as they have, we believe, been a guiding principle of 
 his life. 
 
103 
 
 GENERAL SIR JOHN FOX BURGOYNE, Bart. 
 
 G.C.B, D.C.L., V.R.S., INSPECTOR-GENERAL OF FORTIFICATIONS. 
 
 Few men have been^ during a long life, more actively employed 
 than this veteran officer, who has taken a prominent position in 
 nearly all the important events in which our Army has been en- 
 gaged since the commencement of the present century. 
 
 The subject of this biographical notice is the son of the Eight 
 Hon. John Burgoyne, M.P. He was born in London, on the 24th 
 of July, 1782. In 1798 he commenced those military duties to 
 which Sir John Burgoyne has unremittingly devoted himself for 
 upwards of sixty years. The young soldier was educated at Eton 
 and at the Royal Military Academy. After passing through the 
 ordinary courses of instruction, which are required from our young 
 engineer officers, we find Lieutenant Burgoyne actively employed 
 in the Mediterranean, from the year 1800 to 1807. His earliest 
 experience in actual warfare was gained when General Pigot 
 blockaded Valetta, and eventually forced the French troops, who 
 held possession of Malta, to surrender as prisoners of war. The 
 course of circumstances, as is well known, compelled the English 
 to hold possession of an island of which they at first had but 
 temporary possession ; and Malta, during the turbulent period 
 which ensued, became the head-quarters of the English army in 
 the Mediterranean, and the rendezvous of the British fleet. Lieu- 
 tenant Burgoyne served with our Army in Sicily ; he was present 
 at the capture of Alexandria in 1801, and took an active part in all 
 the duties of an engineer officer in the attack on Rosetta. We 
 find him transferred from the South of Europe to the North, in 
 1808, when he was sent with the auxiliary force of 11,000 English 
 soldiers, under Sir John Moore, to the assistance of Sweden. 
 
101 SIR JOHN FOX BUROOYNE. 
 
 Through the incapacity of the King of Sweden, this force was 
 shortly dismissed, and the greater portion of these soldiers, under 
 the same command, were landed in Portugal, for the purpose of 
 restoring its independence ; Portugal being held by Junot, for the 
 French, as a conquered country. Now commenced that glorious 
 career with which the name of Wellington is for ever associated. 
 In 1809 Burgoyne was sent to join the Army in the Peninsula, 
 under the command of Sir Arthur Wellesley, who was created 
 Viscount Wellington in 1 810. From that time until the conclusion 
 of the memorable campaign, Burgopie remained with it, and was 
 ever actively engaged. He was attached to the third division, 
 which, it will be remembered, especially distinguished itself, and 
 took part in most of the general actions. This still young engineer 
 officer was present at most of the sieges, and those of Burgos and 
 San Sebastian he conducted. Early during the siege of San Se- 
 bastian, the superior officer, who was conducting the operations, 
 was killed in the trenches, upon which Burgoyne assumed the 
 responsible command, and conducted the siege to its conclusion. 
 His valorous achievements were acknowledged, and Burgoyne 
 received the gold cross and clasps for Badajos, Salamanca, Vit- 
 toria, San Sebastian, and Nive, and the silver medal and clasps 
 for Busaco, Ciudad Rodrigo, and Novelle. During this campaign 
 Colonel Burgoyne received two wounds. In 1814, the Peninsular 
 war having been brought to a close by the final defeat of Soult 
 by Wellington, Burgoyne was appointed Commanding Engineer 
 of the expedition to New Orleans ; he was present at the attack 
 on the town, and at the taking of Fort Bowyer. Retm^ning to 
 England, he appears to have enjoyed a short period of repose, 
 and in 1820, being then thirty-eight years old, Burgoyne married 
 Charlotte, the dau^ghter of Hugh Rose, Esq., of Holme, county 
 Nairn, Scotland, by which lady he has had one son and six daugh- 
 ters. In 1826 Portugal appealed to England for assistance, when 
 Spain was disposed, by armed interference, to support a party in 
 Portugal which aimed to overthrow the Constitution granted by 
 Don Pedro. England then sent out troops, and Colonel Burgoyne 
 accompanied the Expedition as commanding officer of the En- 
 gineers. 
 
 In 1830 Colonel Burgoyne was appointed Chairman of the 
 Irish Board of Public Works. Upon attaining his rank of Major- 
 Gen eral in 1837, he was made Knight Commander of the Bath, 
 
SIR JOHN rOX BURGOYNE. 105 
 
 and in 1845 he was selected as Inspector-General of Fortifica- 
 tions. The famine was making itself most disastrously felt in 
 Ireland in 1847, and to Sir John Burgoyne was entrusted the 
 delicate task of conducting the commission for the relief of Irish 
 distress. About this period the well-remembered Memoir, ex- 
 posing the defenceless state of the British Isles, was published 
 by Sir J. F. Burgoyne. To this the Duke of Wellington replied 
 in a letter which was published in all the journals, and produced 
 an extraordinary sensation. The naval and military services had 
 been reduced, by a process of dangerous retrenchment, until they 
 were, in the event of a war, nearly ineffective ; but the memoir 
 and the letter enabled the Executive to overcome the miserable 
 policy which led to this condition of things ; a new militia was 
 raised, and the Inspector- General of Fortifications was empowered 
 to carry out the works now acknowledged to be necessary around 
 our shores. In 1851 Sir John Burgoyne was nominated to a post 
 as a Commissioner of Sewers, to regulate the construction of an 
 important system of Metropolitan drainage works. In this year 
 Sir John Burgoyne was breveted a Lieutenant-General, and in 
 1852 he received the Grand Cross of the Oi-der of the Bath. In 
 1854 the condition of Turkey, and the threatening aspect of Russia, 
 rendered it necessary that England should secure the free passage 
 of the Dardanelles, the Sea of Marmora, and the Bosphorus, and 
 also arrange effectively the defences of Constantinople. For this 
 purpose Major-General Burgoyne was sent to the East, where 
 however he did not remain long. He returned to England, only, 
 however, to retrace his steps ; to him was committed the charge 
 of directing the English works intended for the reduction of 
 Sebastopol, and he commenced the first works of circumvallation. 
 Sir John Burgoyne was at the battles of the Alma, Balaklava, and 
 Inkerman. In consideration of his long and active service, and of 
 his advanced age, in 1855, he being now seventy-three, Major- 
 General Sir J. F. Burgoyne was recalled, and replaced by General 
 Sir Harry D. Jones. Sir John Burgoyne remained, how^ever, with 
 the Army for three months, at the express wish of Lord Raglan, 
 whom he greatly aided by his counsel, in the difficult position in 
 which the Commander of our Forces was then placed. On his 
 departure from the Camp he received the thanks of Lord Raglan 
 in a General Order. In this year Sir J. Burgoyne officiated as 
 Vice-President of the Military Section of the Paris Universal 
 VOL. III. R 
 
106 SIR JOHN FOX BUEGOYNE. 
 
 Exhibition of 1855, and again in London in the International 
 Exhibition of 1862. 
 
 In 1856 Sir John Burgoyne was created a Baronet of the 
 United Kingdom, promoted to the rank of General, and in the 
 same year he became a Fellow of the Royal Society. Beyond 
 these honours, the veteran warrior was elected Grand OjBEicer of 
 the Legion of Hononr, K.C.I.S., and First Class of the Medjidie 
 of Turkey. In 1 858 Sir J. Burgoyne was selected by the English 
 Government to present to the French Emperor the funeral car 
 which conveyed the first Napoleon to his grave at St. Helena. 
 The presentation took place with great ceremony at the Hotel des 
 Invalides at Paris. 
 
 Sir John Burgoyne has used his pen, with power only inferior 
 to that with which he has wielded his sword, and many excellent 
 papers, written by him, are to be found in the current literature 
 of the day. In 1865, on the death of Field Marshal Viscount 
 Combermere, he was appointed Constable of the Tower of London, 
 and Lord Lieutenant of the Tower Hamlets. Arrived at an 
 advanced age. General Sir John Burgoyne must enjoy the high 
 satisfaction of looking back upon a life well spent in the honour- 
 able service of a grateful country. May he still continue, with 
 the blessing of health, to feel that happiness for many years. 
 
107 
 
 SIR JAMES CLARK, Bart., M.D., F.R.S., etc. 
 
 PHYSICIAN IN ORDINARY TO THE QUEEN. 
 
 The distingnislied Pliysician, whose portrait this notice is intended 
 to accompany, was born in December, 1788, at Culleu, in Banff- 
 shire. His rudimentary education was received in the grammar- 
 school of Fordyce, and his more advanced education in King^s 
 College, Aberdeen. From this university, James Clark, some 
 long time after he had left it, received his M.A. degree. Medi- 
 cine was studied by Mr. Clark in Edinburgh, and he passed his 
 examination in the College of Surgeons of that city, and of 
 London. He entered the Navy as an Assistant- Surgeon, and re- 
 mained afloat until 1815, when he returned to Edinburgh, re- 
 sumed his studies, and in 1817 took his M.D. degree. Dr. Clark 
 devoted some time to travelling, and eventually settled as a phy- 
 sician at Rome, where he practised for eight years. During his 
 residence in Italy, with an earnest desire to become acquainted 
 with all the modes adopted by the medical men of the Continent in 
 the treatment of diseases, he visited the medical schools and univer- 
 sities of Italy, France, and Germany ; and thus by adding to his 
 knowledge, secured for himself that position in the medical world 
 of England, which Sir James Clark has so long enjoyed. Dr. 
 Clark visited the most celebrated of the mineral springs of the 
 Continent, and made himself thoroughly acquainted with their che- 
 mical constitution, while he carefully studied their influences on dis- 
 ease. At this time Dr. Clark had the opportunity of observing 
 the effects of climate on several forms of disease, more especially 
 diseases connected with the respiratory organs, and to the ex- 
 perience gained at this time must be referred the celebrity which 
 
108 SIR JAMES CLARK. 
 
 he SO long enjoyed^ for his treatment of consumption in its 
 varied forms. Dr. Clark, during his residence at Rome, met 
 Prince Leopold of Saxe-Coburg. The acquaintance 'was renewed 
 at Carlsbad, and subsequently it led, soon after the Prince had 
 settled in England, to his being appointed his physician. Two 
 years after his return to London, Dr. Clark was appointed Phy- 
 sician to St. George's Parochial Infirmary. In 1828 he published, 
 as the result of his previous carefully-conducted studies, a work 
 ' On the Sanative Influence of Climate.' A fourth edition of tliis 
 work, which was published in 1856, sufficiently shows the esti- 
 mation in which it has been held. In connection with this sub- 
 ject. Dr. Clark drew attention to the importance of secm'ing cor- 
 rect meteorological tables, and we may ascribe much of the at- 
 tention which is now given to this subject, to the influence of his 
 remarks. In 1832 Dr. Clark was elected a Fellow of the Royal 
 Society, and he has several times been chosen as a member of the 
 Council of that most time-honoured and, in every wa}'-, honourable 
 institution. On the death of Dr. Maton, Dr. Clark was appointed 
 Physician to H.R.H. the Duchess of Kent, and Princess Victoria. 
 Upon the accession of the Princess to the throne, he received the 
 appointment of First Physician in Ordinary to the Queen. In 
 1835 Dr. Clark published 'A Treatise on Pulmonary Consump- 
 tion and Scrofulous Diseases ;' and certainly he was the first to 
 prove that those melancholy diseases were due to a deterioration 
 of the system, and a weakening of the powers of vitality ; hence 
 the development of those forms of disease, which so frequently, 
 and always so sadly, destroy the fairest flowers of humanity. 
 
 On the establishment of the University of London, Dr. Clark 
 was chosen on the Senate, and he then produced his pamphlet, 
 ' On Clinical Instruction.' The defects in our medical education, 
 which were then pointed out, have since been remedied in this 
 country, more especially since the University of London made the 
 examination at the bedside an essential part of the examination of 
 candidates for degrees in medicine and surgery. In 1838 Dr. 
 Clark was created a Baronet of the United Kingdom. 
 
 Sir James Clark has ever been a most zealous advocate for 
 those measures of sanitary reform, which are now being carried 
 out ; and it must be a great satisfaction to him, in his age, to see 
 those hygienic measures which he has repeatedly supported, de- 
 manding the attention of our Legislature, and in nearly all cities 
 
SIK JAMES CLARK. 109 
 
 and large towns, put into active operation. Sir James Clark con- 
 tributed a valuable paper to tlie Cyclopsedia of Practical Medicine, 
 ' On Change of Air/ and he is the author of numerous other 
 papers, which have, from time to time, appeared in the journals 
 devoted to medical science. Sir James Clark has never failed 
 to promote the interests of science : to him belongs the establish- 
 ment of the College of Chemistry, which was so very warmly sup- 
 ported by the late Prince Consort, and which has now become 
 the property of the Eoyal School of Mines, — Dr. Hofmann, its 
 first professor, remaining the teacher until most recently, with 
 one of the best chemical classes in the country. At a dinner 
 given to Dr. Hofmann, by the Students of the College, on his 
 leaving for Germany, the services of Sir James Clark were fully 
 acknowledged. Sir James Clark, finding his health failing, re- 
 tired from practice some years ago. He has, since his retirement 
 from the toil of Metropolitan practice, resided in Bagshot Park 
 House, which was given to him by the Queen as a residence. 
 Although he has withdrawn from general practice. Sir James 
 Clark still attends the Royal Family, in conjunction with the other 
 medical attendants, but chiefly, we believe, as consulting physi- 
 cian. We have reason to know that he still takes a warm interest 
 in everything connected with the improvement of our medical 
 schools, and the progress of all hygienic measures ; and that the 
 advancement of scientific knowledge is watched as anxiously as 
 ever by Sir James Clark. 
 
THE REV. JOHN GEORGE WOOD, M.A., F.E.S. 
 
 Amongst tlie invaluable intellectual workers of the present cW, 
 assuredly rank those writers who labour to popularize the study 
 of science ; — who in this age of over-wrought mental life, with its 
 disease-engendering sedentary occupations, induce — especially in 
 childhood and youth — tastes and habits which lead men and 
 women as well as children into the fresh air and the country for 
 their relaxation, rendei'ing every hedgerow, pond, and meadow, 
 a health-giving school of recreative knowledge, or who through 
 graphic description, engravings, and the revelations of the micro- 
 scope, bring an unlimited area of beneficial amusement and in- 
 struction within the narrow and solitary chamber of the invalid, or 
 within the parlour of the compulsory inhabitant of our great 
 cities, yearning for the refreshment of visions of Grod-created 
 beauty and marvellousness. 
 
 One of the most successful of these labourers in the sphere of 
 natural history is the subject of our present biographical sketch. 
 
 The Rev. J. Gr. Wood was born in London, in July, 1827; his 
 father, a surgeon, being at that time chemical lecturer at Mid- 
 dlesex Hospital. In 1828 the subject of our memoir removed 
 with his parents to Oxford. He was educated at the grammar 
 school of Ashbourne, Derbyshire, and at Merton College, which 
 he entered in 1844. He was elected Jackson Scholar in 1845; 
 graduated B.A. in 1848, and M.A. in 1851. 
 
 Mr, Wood's love of natural history dates back to his earliest 
 years, when with a pill-box in one hand and a magnifying glass in 
 the other, — the one for purposes of capture, the other for exami- 
 nation, — he was wont in early childhood, hour after hour, to prowl 
 about his father's garden. This must have been a very " garden 
 of choice delights " to the nine children of the family, being evi- 
 
 VOL. IV. B 
 
2 THE REV. JOHN GEORGE WOOD. 
 
 flently regarded by their parents as a playground rather than as 
 a fruit and flower preserve. There was a very old stone wall in this 
 garden, full of nooks and crannies, a famous haunt for insects, 
 furnishing an inexhaustible mine of entomological knowledge. 
 The father of the family used to marvel why his fruit-trees upon 
 this wall never prospered. His son John could have explained 
 the mystery, the branches forming ladders wherewith to ascend 
 the old insect-haunted wall, — ladders whereby the young naturalist 
 ascended into " the tree of knowledge.'^ A microscope also be- 
 came a source of intense enjoyment to our child-naturalist; everj^- 
 thing, picked up by his little, agile fingers was passed beneath its 
 magical lens, until at length this microscope fell to pieces from 
 over-use and experiments upon its improvement. Pets of hetero- 
 geneous nature — dogs, cats, rabbits, owls, hawks, canaries, snakes, 
 toads, tamed mice, beetles, spiders, etc. etc. — called forth his early 
 sympathies, and their dispositions and habits were studied with 
 keen observation. 
 
 Whilst at Ashbourne, our ardent young naturalist revelled in 
 holidays and half-holidays passed amidst the beautiful surrounding 
 scenery of the Peak, where, together with favourite companions, 
 he indulged in the lawless fascination of birds^-nesting and poach- 
 ing, distinguishing himself as the envied possessor of the greatest 
 number of eggs and as the vaunted maker of the best snares. 
 This love of wantonly capturing animals and their produce — a 
 boyish tendency severely reprehended by Mr. Wood in his charac- 
 ter of author — appears at this period to have outweighed his love 
 of innocuous research into their lives and domiciles. Probably, 
 to paraphrase a poet^s thought, boys frequently ^' learn in ignorance 
 what they teach u-7ie?i wise;" and the suSering thus ignorantly 
 and thoughtlessly inflicted at this period by the boy-naturalist 
 may, remembered by the man, have inspired the humane wisdom 
 with which Mr. Wood has enriched his pages. 
 
 Each branch of natural history possesses a charm for our ardent 
 naturalist, nevertheless his writings invariably prove that their 
 author's interests centre rather in the living than in the dead forms 
 of creation. In the Rev. J. G. Wood's justly popular little book, 
 ' Common Objects of the Country,' he observes : — '' The true na- 
 turahst never destroys life without good cause, and when he does 
 so it is with reluctance and in the most merciful way ; for the life 
 is really the nature^ and that gone, the chief interest of the crea- 
 
THE KEV. JOHN GEOKGE WOOD. 3 
 
 tare is gone too. We should form but a poor notion of the human 
 being were we only to see it presented to our eyes in the mummy ; 
 and equally insufficient is the idea that can be formed of an ani- 
 mal from the inspection of its outward frame. Nature and life 
 belong to each other ; if torn asunder, the one is objectless, the 
 other has vanished." 
 
 In 1852, Mr. Wood was ordained Chaplain of the Boatman^s 
 Floating Chapel at Oxford. In 1856 he was appointed Assistant 
 Chaplain to St. Bartholomew's Hospital, London, and Eeader to 
 Christchurch, Newgate Street. Whilst domiciled in the heart of 
 the City, Mr. Wood contrived to pursue his favourite studies, and 
 his rooms were rendered lively and interesting by the presence of 
 a crowd of his " feathered friends.'' About this time commenced 
 Mr. Wood's career as a successful author. 
 
 His appointments as Chaplain to St. Bartholomew's Hospital 
 and Reader at Christchurch were held by him six years, when 
 his health giving way, through the necessitated close confinement 
 in the heart of the metropolis, he was forced to resign them, and 
 removed into Kent, where he has devoted himself assiduously to 
 his literary and scientific pursuits. 
 
 Mr. Wood married, in 1857, Jane Eleanor, third daughter of 
 the late J. Ellis, Esq., of Denbigh Street, Pimlico. 
 
 The cheap works already published by this indefatigable popu- 
 larizer of science are : — ' A Popular Natural History,' ' Sketches 
 and Anecdotes of Animal Life,' ' The Boy's Own Natural History 
 Book,' ' My Feathered Friends, or Bird Life,' three little hand- 
 books of a novel character, entitled ' Common Objects of the 
 Country,' ' Common Objects of the Seashore,' and ' Common Ob- 
 jects of the Microscope,' ' Glimpses into Pet-land,' ' Garden 
 Friends and Foes,' and, lastly, Mr. Wood's most important work, 
 both as to scope and size, ^ The Illustrated Natural History' (o 
 vols. imp. 8vo), published by Routledge, Warne, and Routledge 
 (originally appearing in monthly parts), a work unique of its 
 kind, both on account of the amount of interesting anecdote and 
 scientific information presented to the reader in an unpedantic 
 manner, as well as through the beauty and profusion of its illus- 
 trations from the pencils of Wolf, Zwicker, Harrison Weir, etc. 
 
 At the present time (1865) another illustrated work from the 
 pen of the Rev. J. G. Wood is in course of publication in num- 
 bers. It is entitled ' Homes without Hands,' and is pubhshed by 
 
4 THE KEV, JOHN GEORGE WOOD. 
 
 tlie Messrs. Loiiginan. A vast array of facts relating to the mar- 
 vellous instincts of the animal creation is thus grouped around 
 one central' idea, the habitation wrought for the creature by itself. 
 The classification of these ' Homes without Hands ' is made to 
 depend upon the situation chosen for its abode by the bird, beast, 
 insect, or reptile architect. 
 
 Tlie fascination of Mr. Wood's writing is the result of the re- 
 markable power which he possesses of, so to speak, identifying 
 himself with the nature of the beautiful, wonderful, and quaint 
 creatures whose lives and homes he depicts ; through the might 
 of his own sympathy he di-aws forth the sympathy of his reader, 
 and thus it may be granted that in no small degree he has accom- 
 plished the aspiration thus expressed by him in one of his pre- 
 faces : — 
 
 ^' I have endeavoured to demonstrate the mental and sympathe- 
 tic connection which, though so little appreciated, exists universally 
 between man and beast, and which is in part the link that unites 
 through mankind the spiritual to the material world. Sympathy 
 unites all; animals of different classes and different habits are 
 drawn together by this potent, though gentle bond, and when 
 sympathy is extended to them hj man, they all blend together 
 and unite in his more comprehensive nature.'^ 
 
 The Rev. J. G. Wood has lately become editor of Beeton's 
 ' Boy's Own Magazine,' to which he had for some years been a con- 
 stant contributor, and will henceforth probably within its pages 
 find scope for one great object of his writings, namely, the cease- 
 less endeavour to keep the laws of love, truth, and honom^, ever 
 before the eyes of the youth of this generation, and thus regard- 
 ing them as the parents of the next, through them and through 
 their higher aspirations and nobler deeds in tui'n acting upon the 
 future, leave the world a little better than he has found it, Mr. 
 Wood has himself observed with reference to the object of his 
 work in literature : — '' My aim has ever been directed towards 
 the future, and towards that mark alone my shafts have been di- 
 rected, the light and ' popular ' style being merely the feathering 
 to send the ai-rows straight to their mark. I am thankful to be- 
 lieve that so few have gone astray. But their flight is long, and 
 possibly they may hit the gold after all." 
 
COMMANDER BEDFORD PIM, R.N., 
 
 F.R.G.S., ASSOC. INST. C.E. 
 
 Commander Bedford Pim was born on the 12tli of June, 182G. 
 His father was a distinguished naval officer^ who died in com- 
 mand on the coast of Africa whilst employed in the suppression 
 of the slave trade. 
 
 The subject of our memoir early evinced a passion for travel 
 and research, and commenced his career by a voyage to India in 
 the merchant service. 
 
 In 1842 he entered the Royal Navy as first-class volunteer,, and 
 was for some time employed in surveying duties. 
 
 In 1 845 the frigate ' Herald ' was detailed for a scientific voy- 
 age round the world, and Mr. Pim was appointed to her. The 
 service on which he was engaged supplied him with many oppor- 
 tunities for distinguishing himself, and in 1846 we find him in 
 command of the 'Owen/ one of the tenders to H.M.S. Herald, 
 and employed in extensive surveys on the Pacific side of the 
 Isthmus of Central America. 
 
 In the following year Mr. Pim and Mr. Seemann, the naturalist, 
 performed a journey across the Cordillera of the Andes, with a 
 view of taking astronomical observations and collecting objeots 
 of natural history, — an expedition which proved of great scientific 
 interest and importance.* 
 
 About this time the people of England began to feel uneasy 
 respecting the fate of Sir John Franklin, who left England in 
 1845 on a voyage of discovery to the Polar regions; and among 
 other measures, orders were transmitted to the commanding oflicer 
 
 * See Voyage of H.M.S. Herald : Messrs. Lovell Reeve and Co. 
 
<> COMiMANDEK BEDFOKD I'lM. 
 
 of H.M.S. Herald to sail up Beliriiig's Straits^ and ascertain if 
 any traces could be found of the missing ships. 
 
 In Behring's Straits Mr. Pirn volunteered to remain during the 
 winter of 1848-49 on board H.M.S. Plover, and took advantage 
 of the opportunity to make himself acquainted with the language 
 and habits of the Esquimaux. He remained amongst them many 
 months, and, ever keeping in mind the service in which he was 
 engaged, was dehghted to learn from them that guns of a dif- 
 ferent manufacture from those ordinarily supplied by the Russians 
 had been seen in the hands of the Indians of the interior. 
 
 To test the truth of this information Mr. Pim obtained leave to 
 attempt a searching journey, and, starting at an unprecedentedly 
 early period, the 10th of March, accompanied only by an Indian, 
 half caste, and scantily supplied with provisions and arms, he 
 commenced his perilous expedition. For many days the adven- 
 turous traveller struggled over the frozen solitudes, being at one 
 time three days with scarcely a morsel of food. 
 
 The strength of the Indian at length gave way under the ter- 
 rible privations, and Mr. Pim was compelled to push on alone, by 
 great exertion obtaining assistance and rescuing the Indian. 
 
 He also ascertained that the guns in question were not of Rus- 
 sian manufacture, but whence they came, or how obtained, is to 
 this day a mystery. 
 
 On the return of H.M.S. Herald to England in 1851, after an 
 absence of six and a half years, Mr. Pim found he had been pro- 
 moted the previous year to the rank of lieutenant ; at the college 
 examination necessary for confirmation to that rank he passed at 
 the head of upwards of thirty candidates, and was complimented 
 by the admiral for his superior attainments, which would alone 
 have secured his promotion. 
 
 Lieutenant Pim having carefully studied the Arctic question, 
 entertained the opinion, now shared by many geographers, that 
 there was an open sea round the North Pole, and that it was but 
 justice to Sir John Franklin to look for him at the end rather 
 than at the commencement of his voyage ; he therefore proposed 
 a careful search of the whole of the Northern Coast of Asia. 
 
 So great was the enthusiasm excited by this daring proposi- 
 tion, that when Lieutenant Pim went to St. Petersburg to lay his 
 plans before the Czai-, Earl Russell, then Prime Minister, afforded 
 material aid, and Lord Palmcrston sent with him a special Foreign 
 
COMMANDER BEDFORD PIM. / 
 
 Office messenger. His Imperial Majesty, however, refused to 
 grant the necessary permission to proceed, remarking to Lieu- 
 tenant Pim that the risk and difficulties were such as no human 
 being could overcome. 
 
 The only consolation Lieutenant Pim experienced under this 
 bitter disappointment was the warm sympathy and fi'iendship of 
 Baron von Humboldt, who ever afterwards addressed him as his 
 'Very dear and brave young friend.'^ Returning from St. Peters- 
 burg, Lieutenant Pim reached England in time to join the last 
 Arctic Expedition, sent out by Government under the command 
 of SirE. Belcher; he was attached to H.M.S. Resolute, and sailed 
 from the Orkneys, May, 1852. 
 
 Early in March, 1853, the thermometer, at 57° below zero, he 
 made a journey across the ice, employing dogs for the first time 
 in Eastern search to draw one of his sledges. After twenty-eight 
 days of severe toil, the journey resulted in the rescue of the crew 
 of H.M.S. Investigator, which had been frozen in upwards of 
 three years, and was on the point of being abandoned. To use 
 the words of Sir R. Murchison, President of the Royal Geogra- 
 phical Society, ''Lieutenant Bedford Pim rescued that gallant ex- 
 plorer. Captain M'Clure, from destruction, enabling him, in fact, 
 to complete the jouimey, which entitled him to the rewards of 
 his Sovereign and from Parliament for completing the North- 
 West Passage.'^ And the learned Hydrographer to the Admi- 
 ralty, Admiral Sir Francis Beaufort, in addressing Lieutenant 
 Pim, writes : " I am free to say that the practical knowledge you 
 obtained during the several years (nine) you remained in the sur- 
 veying service, joined to the double eclat you acquired by the 
 embassy to Russia, and by your having been the fortunate link 
 of connexion between the Eastern and Western Arctic Expedi- 
 tions, will for ever stamp your name as the possessor of resources 
 and of enterprise which cannot fail to carry you safely and speedily 
 through all the uphill part of the profession.-'^ Finally, a Parlia- 
 mentary Committee, appointed to inquire into the circumstances 
 connected with the discovery of the North-West Passage, showed 
 their appreciation of his conduct in the following terms : — 
 
 " We, the undersigned members of the Select Committee ap- 
 pointed to inquire into the circumstances of the Expedition to the 
 Arctic Seas, commanded by Captain M'Clure, R.N., have had our 
 attention drawn to the gallantry, perseverance, and judgment of 
 
O COMMANDER BEDFOI;]* MM. 
 
 Lieutenant Bedford I'ini, B.N., as displayed in the rescue of Cap- 
 tain M'Clure and tlie officers and crew of H.M.S. Investigator. 
 
 " The instructions from the House of Commons did not allow 
 of our including any name but that of Captain M^Clure in our 
 report to the House, but Lieutenant Bedford Pim^s conduct in the 
 discovery of the ' Investigator ' did not escape our notice, and we 
 consider he is not only deserving of praise but of high reward." 
 
 Lieutenant Pim^s next appointment was to H.M. gunboat Mag- 
 pie, and in her he did good service at the bombardment of Swea- 
 borg and other minor affairs in the Baltic, where he received a 
 wound in the leg from a splinter. 
 
 At the breaking out of hostilities with China, 1857, he was 
 given command of H.M. gunboat Banterer, and took his frail 
 vessel from England to the Canton Eiver. A proclamation had 
 been issued that the English did not intend to wage war against 
 the people of China, but simply against the Mandarins, and im- 
 mediately after Lieutenant Pim^s arrival a Mandarin of high rank 
 visited the town of Seelow, situated a few miles inland from the 
 'Banterer's' station on the Canton River, and began, what is called 
 in China, to squeeze the inhabitants. The oppressed people ap- 
 pealed to him to take the Mandarin; and he determined, with a 
 volunteer crew of fifteen men in all, to ai.tempt his capture. 
 The Government buildings in the centre of the town were soon 
 reached, and as quickly searched, but no Mandarin found, and 
 the treacherous townspeople surrounded the party, aided by about 
 one thousand braves. Hemmed in on all sides by overwhelming- 
 numbers, the little band had literally to cut a road to the boat, 
 which was reached after a most severe hand-to-hand fight ; the 
 Chinese then attempted to board, but Lieutenant Pim, who re- 
 mained alone in it to cover the retreat of his few surviving fol- 
 lowers, shot the leader of the boarding party, who was in the act 
 of cutting him down, and whilst the Chinese fell back with his 
 dead body, the boat, riddled with shot and encumbered with 
 dead, went to the bottom ; Lieutenant Pim, covered with wounds, 
 succeeded in reaching the opposite side of the creek, and was 
 rescued by the boats of H.M.S. Nankin. 
 
 In this severe struggle only three escaped without serious in- 
 juries, the loss amounting to five killed and seven dangerously 
 wounded. Lieutenant Pim himself receiving no less than six gun- 
 shot wounds of so severe a nature as to compel his being in- 
 valided home. 
 
COMMANDER BEDFORD TIM. V 
 
 On leaving the station, the Adniiral-Commander-in-Chicf, Sir 
 Michael Seymour, wrote to express his high sense of Lieutenant 
 Pirn's gallantry and firmness on this occasion. 
 
 On the 19th of April, 1858, Lieutenant Pim was advanced to 
 the rank of Commander, and as soon as his health was sufficiently 
 re-established to enable him to move, he accompanied his friend 
 the late Robert Stephenson, M.P., on a voyage to Egypt. After 
 visiting the Isthmus of Suez, Commander Pim returned to Eng- 
 land early in 1859, and his paper on the Suez Canal, read before 
 the Royal Geographical Society, has long been considered one of 
 the most valuable ever published on that subject. 
 
 At this time the Board of Admiralty: — knowing how to put the 
 right man in the right place — appointed Commander Pim to the 
 command of H.M.S. Gorgon, and dispatched that vessel to the 
 river Tyne, with a view of popularizing the navy and encouraging 
 the entry of seamen. So admirably was this duty performed, 
 that to his exertions may be mainly attributed the subsequent 
 steady growth of the naval reserve in the north of England. 
 His next service was the settling a delicate question with our 
 French neighbours respecting the fisheries ; this satisfactorily 
 concluded, the ' Gorgon ' was dispatched to the West Indies and 
 employed on the coast of Central America for the prevention 
 of any further filibustering attempts against Nicaragua on the 
 part of General Walker. The ^ Gorgon,' however, being in a 
 very dilapidated condition, was ordered home in April, 1860. 
 Commander Pirn's career in this ship is soon told ; he was sent 
 to search for and aid the line-of-battle ship ' Hero,' with the 
 Prince of Wales on board, then on the return voyage from 
 America; and in November, 1860, sailed in the ' Gorgon ' for the 
 Cape of Good Hope and coast of Africa station, but in the 
 June following, having exchanged into and brought home 
 H.M.S. Fury, he paid that ship off at Portsmouth, and has since 
 continued on half-pay, although perhaps more actively and use- 
 fully employed than at any former period of his life. 
 
 During his term of service in H.M.S. Gorgon on the coast of 
 Central America, Commander Pim was very seriously impressed 
 with the unsatisfactory condition of English interests in that part 
 of the world (especially as regards the means of transit across the 
 isthmus), and therefore brought his practical knowledge to bear 
 on the subject. 
 
 VOL. IV. 
 
]0 COMMANDEK BEBFORll PTM, 
 
 We have stated tliat to his exertions the country is chiefly 
 indebted for solving the question of the North-west Passage. 
 He was also connected with the transit across Suez^ and, singu- 
 larly enough, was the first to enter the town by train on the com- 
 pletion of the railway to the Red Sea, while his writings are an 
 a,uthority on the subject; and as regards Central America, his 
 actual surveys in early life on the Pacific coast, and his practical 
 experience in command of H.M.S. Gorgon on the Atlantic side, 
 render him beyond dispute the greatest living authority on tran- 
 sit matters. 
 
 Commander Pirn found every vestige of interest in interoceanic 
 transit monopolized by the Panama railway, in the hands of Ame- 
 ricans, the Nicaraguan transit in virtually the same condition, 
 and the routes across Honduras and Tejuantepec secured for the 
 United States, — while to crown all, the Monroe doctrine was 
 tending to shut out European enterprise ; but so thorouglily con- 
 vinced was he that a little wholesome transit competition on the 
 isthmus of Central America was required, that, with characteristic 
 energy, he set to work, and it did not take so practised a geogra- 
 pher long to discover that if there were easy grades for a canal 
 through Nicaragua, a route for a ordhvay would probably also be 
 in existence. With this idea he narrowly examined the Atlantic 
 coast line, and selected a deep bay forty miles north of Greytown 
 as a fitting terminus for a great railway transit, and then com- 
 menced exploring the interior. After a most interesting journey. 
 Commander Pirn found his crude ideas beginning to take form 
 and shape. Realejo was chosen as the Pacific terminus, and the 
 project of a new through transit by railway across Central Ame- 
 rica started. Commander Pirn at once purchased the entire At- 
 lantic harbour from the King of Mosquito, and obtained a con- 
 cession from him for a railway through the intervening country 
 between the Atlantic and Nicaraguan boundary line. 
 
 Next came the necessity for a scientific examination of the pro- 
 posed route, and Commander Pim, accustomed to hardship and 
 dauger, and trained in the surveying school, determined to go 
 through himself and then seek from the Nicaraguan Government 
 a right to construct the line. In March, 1863, he sailed for 
 Central America, accompanied by two civil engineers, afterwards 
 joined by a third ; and, with a large number of Indians and ne- 
 groes, the party immediately on their arrival commenced to cut 
 
COMMANDER BEDFORD I'liM. 11 
 
 their tangled way throug-li the dense forest, and the expedition, 
 happily mastering all difficulty, had the satisfaction of proving 
 that the tropical forest did not conceal any obstacle to the con- 
 struction of a railroad. Commander Pirn's subsequent intercourse, 
 however, with the Nicaraguan Government was not so fortunate. 
 War having been declared with San Salvador and a revolution 
 having broken out at the same time, it was impossible to do more 
 than open negotiations for the required concession. Twice was 
 Commander Pirn taken prisoner, and was at the city of Leon when 
 the conclusive battle of the war was fought there ; but he escaped 
 unhurt, and returned to England to make preparation for return- 
 ing in October of the same year. This time he thoroughly exa- 
 mined the entire western section, and collected scientific informa- 
 tion till February, 1864, when he laid his concession before Con- 
 gress, and, notwithstanding every effort to throw out the Bill, he 
 had the satisfaction of triumphing over aU opponents and gaining 
 his object. 
 
 On his return to England he had the great disappointment to 
 find that in spite of his untiring exertions he had to do his work 
 over again, as the nature of the concession was not quite satisfac- 
 tory to the capitalists in London, he had therefore to return a 
 fourth time to get it altered. In this he was entirely successful, 
 at the meeting of Congress, in January, 1865, though again op- 
 posed clause by clause. 
 
 Much scientific knowledge of Nicaragua has been gained by 
 Commander Pim's last journey; he has had the lovely scenery 
 of the country depicted in a series of water-colour drawings by 
 an artist of repute, the geological inspection of the strata has 
 been minutely undertaken, has already led to mining enterprise, 
 and must prove a source of wealth to this country, a new road has 
 been cut with a better grade than the one two years ago, Aztec 
 graves have been opened, and every opportunity has been taken 
 advantage of for obtaining the fullest information about Nica- 
 
 The imperative commercial necessity of a route across Central 
 America, whereby Australia and New Zealand can be reached 
 quicker, safer, and cheaper than by any other, — New Zealand, for 
 instance, in forty days from England instead of sixty, British Co- 
 lumbia brought nearer home, and new countries opened up, — is 
 now beginning to be understood ; while, j^olificaUy, should our 
 
12 COMMANDER BEDFORD PIM, 
 
 communication across Central ximerica be even temporarily inter- 
 rupted, our vast commercial stake in China, Japan, Polynesia, 
 California, Mexico, and generally in tlie Pacific, would be impe- 
 rilled. 
 
 Enthusiasm respecting the undertaking exists throughout Ni- 
 caragua, and the President, in his Message to Congress, spoke of 
 Commander Pim^s enterprise as " the best founded hope, not only 
 of the people of Nicaragua, but of all Central Americans." But 
 the hope that Commander Pim cherishes is to make his route 
 " the highway of nations," to merge every opposing hostile feel- 
 ing in the one universal benefit to mankind, and to promote the 
 development of those grand results in the futurity of the world 
 which have always followed increased and rapid communication 
 between man and man. 
 
 Besides 'The Gate of the Pacific^ (Lovell Reeve and Co.), 'An 
 Earnest Appeal on behalf of the Franklin Expedition,' ' Notes on 
 Cherbourg,' etc. etc.. Commander Pim has written several pam- 
 phlets and articles, the most noteworthy of which are on geogra- 
 phical subjects. 
 
13 
 
 PATRICK MACDOWELL, R.A. 
 
 Patbick MacDowell, R.A., was born on the 12th of August, 
 1 799j at Belfast. His father died prematurely , — his death hastened 
 by distress of mind, occasioned by pecuniary involvements and 
 eventual ruin. The future sculptor, still a mere child, and his 
 mother, were thus thrown upon the world, almost without provi- 
 sion. At eight years of age, young MacDowell was sent to school 
 in Belfast, to a gentleman who exercised the profession of an en- 
 graver as well as that of tutor. During the four years he re- 
 mained under the care of this gentleman, the first germs of his 
 genius began to unfold themselves. His schoolmaster having 
 discovered the boy^s artistic tendency, through a drawing made 
 by him upon his slate of a sportsman accompanied by his dogs, 
 — a recollection of an engraving hanging in a neighbouring print- 
 shop window, — permitted him, after school hours, to copy engrav- 
 ings which he kindly lent to him. 
 
 About the age of twelve he removed with his mother to Eng- 
 land, where Mrs. MacDowell had friends. Having secured him 
 two years' instruction from a clergyman in Hampshire, young Mac- 
 Dowell was apprenticed to a coach-builder. This new chapter 
 in his life was exceedingly distasteful to him, but, fortunately for 
 his future career, at the end of four years, his master the coach- 
 builder became bankrupt, thus releasing him from his indentures, 
 and leaving him free to follow the bent of his natural inclination. 
 
 It chanced that our youthful aspirant had taken a room in the 
 house of a French sculptor, named Chenu. There his artistic 
 education commenced. He drew and modelled diligently, and 
 produced at length the copy of an entire figure. He soon devoted 
 himself exclusively to modelling in clay, and made so clever a copy 
 
14 PATRICK MACDOWKLL. 
 
 of a Venus by Donatelli, that his landlord purchased it from him 
 for eight guineas. 
 
 Inspired with confidence in his future success, our young 
 sculptor removed to a small studio in Seymour Street, Euston 
 Square, and fairly launched forth upon the sea of his profession. 
 Hearing that there was to be a competition of designs for a monu- 
 ment to Major Cartwright, Mr. MacDowell, with but little expec- 
 tation of success, sent in his model to the committee, and it was 
 at once selected by them, and he received orders to carry it 
 into completion. Unfortunately, the funds subscribed for the 
 statue proving inadequate, an inferior artist was called in for its 
 execution. The widow of Major Cartwright, however, expressed 
 her appreciation of the beauty of Mr. MacDowell's clay design, 
 by wishing to become its purchaser, and her efforts were un- 
 wearied to promote the interests of the young sculptor. 
 
 Mr. MacDowell, about this period, commenced his embodiment 
 of poetical thought in sculpture, by a subject chosen from Moore's 
 ' Loves of the Angels.' The first commission which he received 
 for a group in marble was from Mr. E. S. Cooper, formerly Mem- 
 ber of Parliament for Sligo. The subject was Cephalus and 
 Procris. The work which however established the fame of the 
 rising sculptor was '^ A Girl Reading." This statue was sold at 
 the private view of the Royal Academy, but a copy was at a later 
 period executed for the Earl of Ellesmere, who immediately after 
 the exhibition of the original statue, commissioned a copy of this 
 graceful work of art. 
 
 A most generously intended commission from Mr. Wentworth 
 Beaumont, of Yorkshire, at this time considerably embarrassed 
 the operations of Mr. MacDowell. This gentleman commissioned 
 from him two large groups, stipulating however that he should 
 during three years undertake no other work. This caused Mr. 
 MacDowell to lose many orders, which the beauty and success of 
 his statue of ''A Girl Reading" would otherwise have brought 
 him. The works executed for Mr. Wentworth Beaumont greatly 
 increased Mr. MacDowell's reputation, and led to his being elected 
 an A.R.A. Through Mr. Beaumont's friendly offer of requisite 
 funds, and at his suggestion, Mr. MacDowell having nearly com- 
 pleted the first of his commissions for him ("Love Triumphant") 
 visited Italy, studying there all that especially appealed to his 
 interests as a sculptor. Having spent eight profitable and studi- 
 
PATRICK MACDOWELL. 15 
 
 ous months in Italy, he returned, and completed '*^Love Trium- 
 phant." The second group executed for Mr. Beaumont was 
 the " Death of Virginia.'^ In 1846, Mr. MacDowell was elected 
 an R.A. In the same year he was entrusted by Sir Robert Peel 
 to execute a figure of Lord Exmouth, one of the national statues 
 of British Admirals, destined for Greenwich Hospital. 
 
 Visitors to the Great Exhibition in 1851, will recollect as 
 amongst the most graceful of the works of English sculptors, 
 "Love Triumphant," '"A Girl at Prayer," "Cupid," "Early 
 Sorrow," " Psyche," " The Death of Virginia," and " Eve." His 
 subsequent works comprise a statue in marble of Sir Michael 
 O^Loghlen, for the Four Courts, Dublin ; statues of Pitt and 
 Chatham, for the House of Lords ; a statue in bronze of the 
 late Earl of Belfast, for the town of Belfast ; a statue in bronze 
 for Limerick of the late Lord Fitzgibbon ; a statue in marble, 
 "The Day- Dream;" a group in marble, for T. Baring, Esq., 
 M.P., " The First Thorn in Life ;" statue for the Mansion 
 House from Moore's ' Loves of the Angels •/ statue of J. M. W. 
 Turner, the celebrated painter, for St. Paul's Cathedral, the com- 
 petition for which was confined to members of the Royal Academy ; 
 a statue in marble of the late Lord Plunket, for Dublin ; and a 
 statue in bronze of Lord Eglintoun, for Dublin, also. 
 
 Mr. MacDowell is at present engaged upon a monumental 
 group in marble, for the Marquis of Donegal, to be erected in 
 Belfast, and upon the group of " Europe," to be executed in 
 marble for the Albert Memorial, — a commission received from 
 Her Majesty. 
 
 Mr. MacDowell has one son, Mr. R. C. MacDowell, whose name 
 is already favourably known to the public as a young sculptor of 
 promise. He has exhibited at the Royal Academy several statues 
 and statuettes. 
 
17 
 
 COVENTRY KERSEY DEIGHTON PATMORE. 
 
 Coventry Kersey Deighton Patmore was born July 23rd, 1823, 
 and is the son of the late Peter George Patmore, author of 'The 
 Months/ ' Chatsworth,^ ' Literary Reminiscences,^ etc., one of the 
 earliest contributors to ' Blackwood's Magazine,' and the intimate 
 friend of Charles Lamb, Hazlitt, Barry Cornwall, Plumer Ward, 
 and various other writers of the last generation. 
 
 Coventry Patmore's early education was in great part conducted 
 by his father, to whose accomplished taste in poetry, and strict 
 but appreciative criticism of his son's early verses, that son in his 
 maturer age attributes whatsoever artistic merit he himself dis- 
 covers in his poetry. 
 
 For some two or three years the young poet pursued the study 
 of mathematics and chemistry with much ardour, the first impulse 
 as to his career in life being towards science. During a subse- 
 quent period the Church was his intended profession, but his hopes 
 in this direction were frustrated, firstly through the difficulty ex- 
 perienced by his father in providing him with the needful Uni- 
 versity education, and secondly through his own uncertainty as to 
 the true position of the Church of England. He did not, however, 
 abandon these studies until he had accumulated a stock of Scrip- 
 tural and theological knowledge which materially assisted him in 
 his subsequent writings, and which has tended to give his prin- 
 cipal work that gravity of intention which distinguishes it from 
 other poems on similar subjects. 
 
 In 1844, whilst Coventry Patmore's entering the Church was 
 still a matter of uncertainty, he published his first volume of 
 ' Poems,' which, although meeting with much favourable notice 
 
 VOL. IV. D 
 
18 COVENTRY KERSKY DEIGHTON PATMORE. 
 
 from tlie critics, nevertheless provoked a furious onslauglit in • 
 ' Blackwood's Magazine/ Tlie most important result of the pub- 
 lication of this volume, at least in reference to the career of the 
 young- poet, was, that, unsolicited, an eminent statesman offered 
 to obtain for him a post in some public employment which should 
 relieve him from the necessity of making literature his principal 
 means of livelihood. Thus, probably the jDroduction of ' The 
 Angel in the House,' is ultimately, although indirectly, due to 
 the thoughtful kindness of this nobleman. 
 
 Unquestionably, however, its direct cause was owing to the 
 poet's marriage with Miss Emily Andrews, the daughter of the 
 E,ev. Edwai'd Andrews, LL.D. 
 
 This lady appears, from the dedication of the poem an.d a note 
 appended to an edition of it which was published after her death, 
 to have been not only the inspirer of the work, but to have con- 
 stantly assisted its progress by her suggestions and criticisms. 
 
 Whilst still in the heyday of her youth and beauty, this lady, 
 after several years of illness, died, leaving her husband six children, 
 and the consolation of having honoured her by his works to the 
 fullest of his powers. 
 
 The 'Poems' published in 1844 were succeeded, after a period 
 of nine years, by ' Tamerton Church Tower.' This volume con- 
 sisted mainly of experiments and studies toward the chief work of 
 the writer's life, ' The Angel in the House.' This graceful and 
 carefully elaborated poem had already been some years in progress. 
 It has been published in four separate parts, the first in 1854 and 
 the last in 1862, only a few mouths previous to the death of the 
 poet's wife. 
 
 To this beautiful and tender delineation of high-minded, noble- 
 hearted. Christian conjugal affection, ' The Angel in the House/ 
 E-uskin refers in the appendix to his ' Elements of Drawing,' 
 when, enumerating the poetical works of the best English and 
 American authors, he observes, " ' The Angel in the House ' is a 
 most finished piece of writing, and the sweetest analysis we pos- 
 sess of modern domestic feeling." 
 
 To the above we may add, that the work which Dante, Pe- 
 trarch, and Camoens did for their age and nations in the cele- 
 bration of their ideals of female beauty and excellence, Coventry 
 Patmore may without untruth be said to have done for the nine- 
 teenth century. 
 
COVENTRY KERSEY DEIGHTON PATMORE. 10 
 
 " There lies before his constant mind 
 An image, time-endeared, of one 
 
 Who is to him all womankind ; 
 Honoria call lier ; she confers 
 
 Bright hononr when she breatlies his name." 
 
 And around this clierislied image, tlie loving husband and 
 graceful poet has created a poetical world, filled with the refine- 
 ments and ennobling influence of English domestic life. The 
 prototype of " Honoria ^^ was essentially his muse, his Beatrice, 
 his Laura, his Catherine, and in the poet^s own words we will give 
 the origin of the poem which began in the love of this lady and 
 has closed in the unspeakable sorrow of her death. The poet, 
 Felix Vaughan, and his wife, are conversing about the subject of 
 the poem which he is about to commence. Honoria suggests the 
 heroic deeds of " Prince Arthur ^' or the ^' Fall of Jerusalem,^^ 
 but her husband observes — 
 
 " Neither : your gentle self, my wife. 
 And love, that grows from one to all. 
 And if I faithfully proclaim 
 Of these the exceeding worthiness, 
 Surely the sweetest wreath of Fame 
 Shall, to your hope, my brows caress ; 
 And if, by virtue of my choice 
 Of this the most heart-touching theme 
 That ever tuned a poet's voice, 
 I live, as now I dare to dream, 
 To be delight to future days. 
 And into silence only cease 
 When those are dead who shared their bays 
 With Laura and with Beatrice, 
 Imagine, Love, how learned men 
 Will deep-conceived devices find, 
 Beyond my purpose and my ken. 
 An ancient Bard of simple mind ! 
 You Sweet, his Mistress, Wife, and Muse, 
 Were you for mortal Woman meant ? 
 Your praises give a hundred clues 
 To mythological intent ! 
 And, severing thus the truth from trope, 
 In you the Commentators see 
 Some Faith, some Charity, some Hope, 
 Some, wiser, think you all the Three." 
 
 In the following lines the poet expresses the chivalrous and 
 
20 COVENTRY KERSEY DEIGHTON PATMORE. 
 
 ardent love for womanhood whicli has ever dwelt in his heart, and 
 for the graceful expression of which womanhood will ever remain 
 his grateful debtor, 
 
 " I think with utterance fi'ee to raise 
 That Hymn for which the whole world longs, 
 
 A worthy Hymn in Woman's praise ; 
 A Hymn bright-noted like a bird's, 
 
 Arousing these song-sleepy times 
 With rhapsodies of perfect words, 
 
 Euled by returning kiss of rhymes. 
 
 And were such post to seek I 'd ask 
 
 To live her Laureate all my life. 
 On wings of love uplifted free. 
 
 And by her gentleness made great, 
 I 'd teach how noble man should be 
 
 To match with such a lovely mate ; 
 And tlien in her would move the more 
 
 The woman's wish to be desired, 
 (By praise increased,) till both should soar. 
 
 With blissful emulations fired. 
 And, as geranium, pink, or rose 
 
 Is thrice itself through power of art. 
 So might my happy skill disclose 
 
 New fairness even in her fair heart ; 
 Until that churl should nowhere be 
 
 Who bent not, awed, before the throne 
 Of her affecting majesty. 
 
 So meek, so much iinlike our own ; 
 Until (for who may hope too much 
 
 From her who wields the powers of love !) 
 Our lifted lives at last should touch 
 
 That blissful goal to which they move; 
 Until we find, as darkness rolls 
 
 Far off, and fleshly mists dissolve, 
 That nuptial contracts are the poles 
 
 On which the heavenly spheres revolve." 
 
 In this age of feverish hurry, and of rapid publication of rapidly 
 conceived and rapidly executed works, honour is due to Mr. Pat- 
 more for the respect which he has shown to the public in the care 
 with which he has matured his poems, and in the patience and 
 self-restraint which he has exercised in giving them forth to the 
 world, as shown in the long periods which have elapsed between 
 the date of their respective publications. 
 
COVENTRY KEESEY DEIGHTON PATMORE. 21 
 
 The deatli of tlie Poet's wife appears, from a note appended to a 
 subsequent edition of the whole poem, to be considered by him- 
 self as closing his career as a poet, since he thus expresses him- 
 self : — " The plan of ' The Angel in the House,' as it was schemed 
 more than fourteen years ago, included a final section on the sub- 
 ject of the hope which remains for individual love in death. It is 
 well, perhaps, for the interest of poetry in this great and hitherto 
 unapproached theme, that my weak voice has been hushed. I no 
 longer have at every step the needful encouragement of an ap- 
 proval which was all that my heart valued of fame. I can no 
 longer feel that lively pleasure in the perfection of verbal expres- 
 sion for its own sake, without which such perfection cannot be at- 
 tained j nor have I the aid of a criticism to which, I am bound to 
 confess, now that the critic does not forbid the confession, that 
 every page of the foregoing work is more or less indebted for 
 such truth or grace as it may have." 
 
 In the intervals of leisure remaining to Coventry Patmore after 
 the discharge of his official duties as one of the Librarians of the 
 British Museum, and the composition of his principal work, he 
 has contributed numerous articles to the ' Edinburgh,' ' North 
 British,' ' National,' and ' Saturday ' Reviews. These articles 
 almost exclusively relate to art, especially to architectm'e, a branch 
 of the fine arts to which he has given considerable study. 
 
 Coventry Patmore has also published a volume of poetry se- 
 lected for children, entitled ' The Children's Garland.' 
 
THE LATE PROFESSOR LINDLEY. 
 
 rHREB or four weeks ago we had to record the death , 
 fDr. John Lindley, one of the most emment of (^ 
 Idem Enghsh botanists and the author of the . ^ 
 "est books we have upon various departments of 1^^ 
 hat science. He was bom on the 5th of Febraary, ^ 
 1799 at Catton, near Norwich, where his father was ; 
 iropnetor of a large nm-sery-garden. After leaving! 
 ?he Grammar School of Norwich he devoted, his attention to 
 (wtanical studies. In 1819 he published a translation of" Richards a 
 inalvse du Fmit," and in 1820 a work entuled " Monogi'aplua 
 Rosarum," in which he described several new species of roses. 
 About the same period he contributed to the Transactions of 
 the Linnean Society various papers on botanical subjects. Some 
 ime afterwards he came to London, where he became i 
 assistant secretary to the Horticultural Society, and was engaged by I 
 Mr. Loudon to write the descriptive portion of his " Encyclopaedia 
 of Plants," the merit of which, as a botanical work, was entirely 
 due to him, as was stated in the preface. The " Encyclopaedia " 
 was completed in 1829. Li the same year he was appointed 
 Professor of Botany at University College, London. At this period 
 the Linnean system was almost universally followed by English 
 botanists. It is one of the chief merits of Dr. Lmdley that he 
 early saw the necessity of superseding the artificial by the natural 
 classification of plants. In an essay on this sub- 
 ject, contained in his " Introduction to the Natural 
 System of Botany," published in 1830, he showed 
 very clearly what the advantages of this system 
 were, and thus paved the way for its general adoption 
 in England. Two years later he published the 
 "Introduction to Systematic and Physiological 
 ; Botany, and a Synopsis of the British Flora, m 
 ! wliich our indigenous plants were arranged SHa 
 1 described for the first time according to the natural 
 system. In a " Natural System of Botany," pub- 
 hshed "in 1836, Dr. Lindley took new views of 
 botanical classification, and proposed a new nomen- 
 clature for the families of plants. Ten years later 
 his great work, "The Vegetable Kingdom," was 
 published. This work, the most elaborate that had 
 appeared on systematic botany, gave a description 
 of all the families of plants, and more especially of 
 those useful to man. It gave very extended lists 
 of the genera, and was generally recognised as one 
 of the most important contributions which had at 
 that time appeared on systematic botany. While 
 engaged in writing these works Dr. Lindley was most 
 diligently employed, as a practical botanist, 
 describing new species, on which he wrote a large 
 number of papers contributed to botanical publica- 
 tions. In 1841 he became editor of the Gardener's 
 Chronicle, a weekly pubhcation, which he conducted 
 with great abihty. " In 1860 he was appointed ex- 
 aminer in the University of London. He was a 
 Ph.D. of Munich and a Fellow of the Royal Society, 
 of which, in 1858, he received the medal as a reward 
 for his services to botanical science. Qui Portrait is 
 from a photograph by Messrs, MauU and Polyblank. 
 
 XU€l^i 
 
 ■layyO^^^^^ 
 
 ^) un^ 
 
 ^ey J^'- 
 
 V^-t 
 
 
 S ^ o,fi >f g 1,« to O S <u ^ ! 
 
 o"- 5 a ic-g S ^ « ;s« .rjoo a-S ?■§ o.-a r..^ > g'g-g S-S kw.cv 
 '^ o £ b 
 
 -" -5 s&Qg|:i«5.2:i -sill's 
 
 
 
 Jl^al^ 
 
 g 
 
 pigl 
 
 
 
 m 
 
 s .Q .2 ■" 5? g ° 
 
 mi -y 
 
 
 "o S P (u ^ 
 
 ,w a s^n " s !- s ►-^ ,,, •« -S' 
 
 
 
 r; O (f ^ 
 
 >^5o3. 
 
 S" e* ^ « K i 
 
 i2 as g ^ ' 
 
 
23 
 
 JOHN LINDLEY, LL.D., F.RS., F.L.S., etc. 
 
 John Lindley was born at Catton, near Norwich, on the 5th Fe- 
 bruary^ 1799. His father was the owner of a considerable nursery 
 garden at that place; a man of much intelligence^ and the author 
 of a clever work^ entitled, ' A Gruide to Orchard, and Kitchen Gar- 
 dens.^ Under the instruction of his father, yoimg Lindley became 
 a good practical gardener, and to this he owed the advantages 
 which he possessed over the purely scientific botanist, and which 
 enabled him constantly to apply his knowledge to some practical 
 end. John Lindley received his early scholastic education in the 
 Grammar School at Norwich, where, we are informed, he acquitted 
 himself honourably, was always distinguished by considerable de- 
 cision of character, and remarkable industry. 
 
 Mr. Lindley^s first literary labours appear to have been a trans- 
 lation of Richard^s 'Analyse du Fruit,^ in 1819 ; and a paper, in 
 the ' Botanical Register,^ on the Maratana zehrina. In 1820, he 
 ventured on an original work, ' Monographia Rosarum,^ which 
 contained excellent descriptions of several new species of the 
 Rose tribe, which were illustrated by drawings executed by him- 
 self. In 1821 we find him contributing a paper to the Linnean 
 Society — '' Observations on Pomaceas." In the same year he 
 defined and distinguished the natural order Calycaidhaceae, and 
 contributed to Hooker's ' Flora Scotica' a valuable paper on the 
 structure of the Duckweed {L&mna). This paper was a pure 
 contribution to vegetable physiology, displaying much minute 
 investigation. In it he first showed the true structure of those 
 plants, and demonstrated the existence of pistils and stamens in 
 their minute fronds. With an industry which has never failed 
 him, Mr. Lindley published two separate works within this year. 
 One, ' Monographia Digitalium,' in which he fully described va- 
 rious species of those beautiful plants, the Foxglove ; the other. 
 
24 JOHN LINDLEY. 
 
 ' Collectanea Botanica/ being miscellaneous contributions to his 
 adopted science. Mr. Lindley, having tried his wings with so 
 much success^ essayed a wider flight, and in 1822 we find him in 
 London, active amongst the men of science, and Assistant Secre- 
 tary to the Horticultural Society. For this position, his educa- 
 tion in his father^s nursery, combined with the inductive cha- 
 racter of his mind, and his gi^eat industry, peculiarly fitted him ; 
 and to Mr. Lindley must be attributed the success which for so 
 many years attended this Society. 
 
 Mr. Lindley so rapidly established his reputation as a cautious 
 investigator of the vegetable world, that in 1828 he was elected 
 a Fellow of the Royal Society. 
 
 Mr. Loudon was engaged on his ' Encyclopaedia of Plants,^ and 
 the descriptive portion of this great work was committed to the 
 care of Mr. Lindley. The work was published in 1829, prior to 
 which the Professorship of Botany at University College, London, 
 had been given to Mr. Lindley. Of his labom-s on the Encyclopfedia, 
 Mr. Loudon wrote, " The botanical merits of this volume belong 
 entirely to Professor Lindley ; he determined the genera, and the 
 number of species to be arranged under them ; prepared the spe- 
 cific characters, derivations,, and accentuations ; he either wrote 
 or examined the notes, and corrected the whole while passing 
 through the press." 
 
 Wlien Professor Lindley commenced teaching botanical science, 
 by lectures, at University College, the experiment was looked 
 upon with doubt. Botany had never, hitherto, been taught, ex- 
 cept as a branch of Materia Medica, and, in even this subordinate 
 position, was not favourably regarded. The success, however, of 
 the new Professor was complete, and shortly after this, medical 
 students were required to attend a course of lectures on Botany. 
 In 1831 Professor Lindley was appointed Lecturer on Botany at 
 the Royal Institution; and in 1835 he was named as successor to 
 Burnett, as Botanical Lecturer to the Gardens of the Apothecaries' 
 Company at Chelsea. Those gardens exist; they are now, we 
 beheve, under the management of the College of Physicians. 
 There is still a good, but gradually declining collection of plants ; 
 but they are almost useless for any purposes of study, and have 
 been, since Professor Lindley discontinued his lectures, but little 
 frequented. 
 
 The production of Mr. Loudon's Encyclopaedia, led Professor 
 
JOHN LINDLEY, 
 
 Liiidley to study the Natural arraugemeut of plants, as suggested 
 by Ray, Jussieu, and Brown. The result was, that he became a 
 warm advocate for the cultivation of this system; and, in 1830, 
 he published his *■ Introduction to the Natural System of Botany,' 
 which has, perhaps, done more than any other work in the English 
 language to extend a knowledge of the advantages of this system. 
 A ' Synopsis of the British Flora,' a work in which the species of 
 British plants were arranged according to the Natural system, 
 was produced by Professor Lindley in 1832 ; and about the same 
 time his 'Introduction to Systematic and Physiological Botany' 
 was published. This book may be regarded as the first in our 
 language, in which the structure and physiology of plants were 
 treated in a clear and comprehensive manner. The ' Nixus 
 Plantarum' appeared in 1833; and, under the title of a ' Key to 
 Systematic Botany,' a second edition was soon produced, intro- 
 ducing many alterations in the order of the arrangement of plants, 
 iu accordance with the Natural system, of which Lindley was now 
 the high-priest. In 1836 he saw the necessity of a yet further 
 development of this system, and the works already named were 
 produced as ' A Natural System of Botany.' In this the author 
 modified the nomenclature of the Natural families, and propounded 
 several new views of classification. By this time the fame of Pro- 
 fessor Lindley had extended over Europe, and the University of 
 Munich presented him in 1833 with the degree of Doctor of Phi- 
 losophy. The Society for the Diffusion of Useful Knowledge 
 commenced their labours about this time, and the ' Penny Cyclo- 
 pgedia,' which was started in 1832, included within its lists of con- 
 tributors men in the first ranks of literature and science. Dr. 
 Lindley was amongst them, and from his pen we have the admi- 
 rable article " Botany," and all the botanical articles as far as the 
 letter R. In the series of pa^^ers published as the ' Library for 
 the Difiusion of Useful Knowledge,' there is also an excellent one 
 on " Botany" from his pen. 
 
 In 1833, in conjunction with Mr. Hutton, Dr. Lindley com- 
 menced the ' Fossil Flora of Great Britain,' in which all the 
 fossil plants known up to the time of the completion of the work 
 were most carefully figured and described. 
 
 In 1846 Dr. Lindley expanded his 'Natural System of Botany' 
 into ' The Vegetable Kingdom,' which was the most systematic 
 and complete work which had appeared up to that date on 
 
26 JOHN LINDLEY. 
 
 botanical science. In tliis^ new and extended lists of the genera 
 were added, and especial references made to plants which were 
 useful to man. The clear descriptions given by the author, and 
 the excellent wood-cut illustrations by which these are accom- 
 panied, render this book essentially a standard one, of which 
 three editions have been required. 
 
 In 1851 Dr. Lindley, at the request of the Eoyal Commissioners, 
 took charge of the vegetable products in the Great Exhibition, and 
 to him we owe the excellent annotations, in the Illustrated Cata- 
 logue, on all things exhibited as illustrations of applications of 
 the vegetable kingdom to the usefal purposes of life. In the Inter- 
 national Exhibition of 1862, Dr. Lindley took the superintendence 
 of all the Colonial Departments, excepting India, which were re- 
 presented in that International gathering, and the labours of that 
 year tried him most severely. The new Horticultural Gardens at 
 South Kensington, with their artificial arrangements, and, with 
 their exciting fetes, of that year, pressed heavily upon an already 
 overtaxed mind, and with the close of it the necessity of repose 
 became evident, leading shortly after to his resignation of the 
 office which he had held for forty years. 
 
 Lindley's ' Ladies' Botany,' his ' School Botany,' and his 
 ' Theory of Horticulture,' each in their special ways, show how 
 seriously he has laboured to this end. As the editor of the 
 ' Botanical Kegister,' he has long guided the researches of the 
 scientific ; and as editor of the ' Gardeners' Chronicle,' he has 
 done more than almost any other man to diffuse a correct know- 
 ledge of the science of botany, and to show how beneficial it was 
 as an aid in horticultural or purely floricultural pursuits. 
 
 Beyond the books and papers which have been named, Dr. 
 Lindley has contributed many articles to the Transactions of the 
 learned societies ; and he has received the Royal Medal of the 
 Eoyal Society for his researches in vegetable physiology. He is 
 a Fellow of the Linncan and Geological Societies, and he was one 
 of the early Presidents of the Microscopical Society. Dr. Lindley 
 has been elected Honorary or Corresponding Member of the 
 Royal Academy of Sciences of Berlin, the Linnean Society of 
 Stockholm, the Dutch Society of Science, the Royal Horticultural 
 Society of Prussia, the Botanical Society of Ratisbon, the New 
 York Lyceum of Natural History, and many other societies which 
 are devoted to the cultivation of the natural- history sciences. 
 
FORD MADOX BROWN. 
 
 Mr. Ford Madox Brown was born at Calais, in the year 1821, of 
 English parentage. His grandfather was a Scotch physician of 
 high repute, and the author of various erudite medical works, 
 amongst which was the ' Elementa Medicinge/ a treatise which 
 gave rise to immense controversy in the medical world, through 
 its promulgation of a new system of medical treatment, designated 
 as the JBrunonian Doctrine in the numerous controversial writings 
 which it elicited. In Pettigrew's ' Medical Portrait Gallery,^ wo 
 read that the spread of Dr. Brown^s doctrines on the Continent 
 produced the most lively sensation ; that his name became cele- 
 brated in France, Spain, Italy, even in Poland and Russia; but 
 that in Germany especially, his system had supporters, and that 
 he was regarded as the medical Luther ; also that at the Univer- 
 sity of Gottingen, the pupils were excited to rebellion by the in- 
 tensity of the discussions, and that the militaiy were called in to 
 quell the disturbance. It is thus fully evident that Dr. John 
 Brown was an original thinker, bold in action, and at once the 
 ready recipient and unwearied promulgator of the advanced ideas 
 of his day. 
 
 Much of the spirit of the sturdy progenitor appears to have 
 revived in the grandson, and although developing itself in a new 
 field of action, the principle is ever the same. 
 
 The early years of Mr. Madox Brown were passed in a variety 
 of places of abode ] now we find the child with his parents in 
 France, then in England, now amidst the romantic scenery of 
 Wales, and again in France. Keenly alive to every external in- 
 fluence, our embryo painter absorbed with unceasing delight each 
 impression of beauty, originality, and quaintness, made by the 
 shifting of the world's scenery around him. He has been heard 
 
28 FORD MADOX BROWN. 
 
 to express astonisliinent at the exceeding vividness with which the 
 surroundings of his infancy are still livingly present before his 
 mental eye, and traces more than one incident wrought out in his 
 pictures to archetypal facts belonging to the experience of early 
 childhood. 
 
 The paperhangings much in vogue in France at that period, 
 covered with groups of figures gaudily coloured, but treated with 
 a certain dramatic power irresistively attractive to the eyes of an 
 imaginative child, may be said to have formed his first school of 
 art. Struck with profound admiration of the adventurous deeds 
 of Pizarro in the Conquest of Peru, which adorned the walls of a 
 room in a hotel at Calais, he began to copy upon his slate the 
 figures of huntsmen, dogs, and horses, which decorated the walls 
 of his father's house in the same town. To the parents it soon 
 became evident from the ceaseless, artistic activity of their little 
 son, that he would develope into a painter. A master, therefore, 
 was engaged in his seventh year to teach him to draw. The 
 course of study thus provided for the child, was that prescribed 
 by the routine of the day, copying from poor prints after Raphael 
 and Correggio. 
 
 When about fourteen years of age, Mr. Brown studied at the 
 Academy of Bruges under G-regorius, the Director, a pupil of 
 David, but his more serious study of art commenced the following 
 year at Ghent, under Van Hanselaer, also a pupil of David. He 
 was at the age of seventeen left by his parents at Antwerp, as one 
 of the many elhves of Gustaf, afterwards Baron Wappers. Here he 
 remained until he was nineteen, aiid painted various pictures. A 
 specimen of the development of Mr. Brown's genius at this period 
 of his artistic career, is his picture of " The Giaour's Confession'' 
 exhibited at our Royal Academy, 1841. "Manfred on the Jung- 
 frau" was also designed at this date, though not carried out 
 until the subsequent year in Paris. 
 
 Having quitted Antwerp, Mr. Brown returned for a short time 
 to England, where he painted several portraits ; then went to 
 Paris, where he stayed three years, working with fitful energy. At 
 this period he painted a third Byronic subject, "Parasina's Sleep," 
 the style of which the painter himself has observed is neither Bel- 
 gian, such as he learned in the school of Baron Wappers, nor that of 
 the Parisian ateliers, for the latter of which he always entertained 
 the greatest aversion, but rather had its origin in the Spanish pic- 
 
FORD MADOX BROWN. 29 
 
 tures and Rembrandt. Mr. Brown, however, with pleasure refers 
 to the early influence of Baron Wappers — the real founder of the 
 modern Belgian school of painting, — attributing much in his pre- 
 sent style to the eloquent discourses of that master, and to his im- 
 passioned advocacy of Truth, Character, and Dramatic Sentiment. 
 The germ thus implanted by Baron Wappers, possibly has de- 
 veloped in a more marked degree in the works of certain of his 
 pupils than in his own productions, — the Baron Leys himself, who 
 was his friend and junior by ten years, having derived much from 
 contact with him. 
 
 Whilst in Paris, Mr. Brown drew his cartoons of "Adam and 
 Eve," of " The Body of Harold," and of " The Spirit of Justice," 
 exhibited in Westminster Hall. Mr. Brown has observed that in 
 this phase of his artistic growth the dramatic interest of a subject 
 outweighed every other consideration. About this time also, he 
 began a picture finished in Paris, " The Execution of Mary 
 Stuart." During his stay in Paris he also made a series of 
 sketches from ' King Lear.' Mr. Brown's cartoons, having formed 
 part of the second and third exhibitions in Westminster Hall, 
 where no prizes were given, received no official recognition, al- 
 though unquestionably original and full of power. They, however, 
 both at the time, and since, have elicited considerable commenda- 
 tion from fastidious art-critics. The fresco of " The Spirit of 
 Justice," is referred to in Haydon's Diary, and it appears to 
 have been the desire of that painter to have become its purchaser. 
 
 In 1845, accompanied by his wife, who had fallen into delicate 
 health, Mr. Brown proceeded to Italy. At Rome he remained 
 nine months. Owing to the ever-increasing illness of Mrs. Brown, 
 this Italian sojourn was a time of great gloom to our painter 
 nevertheless whilst in Rome, he designed the picture of Chaucer, 
 executed subsequently in London. Upon the homeward journey, 
 Mrs. Brown expired in Paris. 
 
 Returned to London, Mr. Madox Brown has not again quitted 
 it except for short trips, but marrying again recommenced his 
 artistic career in earnest, and has indefatigably pursued his avoca- 
 tion, with ever rapidly increasing power of execution and gradually 
 progressing fame. 
 
 Mr. William Rossetti, in ''Eraser's Magazine' for May, 1865, 
 in an exhaustive article relative to Mr. Madox Brown's exhibition 
 of his collective works, remarks upon the three noteworthy phases 
 
1)0 FORD MADOX BROWN. 
 
 which the art of Mr. Brown has passed through, and their cor- 
 respondence with the similar phases — though reversed in their 
 progressive order — which the whole of the contemporary English 
 school of painting has passed, or is passing through. He observes, 
 — '^Within the easy memory of the present generation, the British 
 school of painting has been subjected to three successive main 
 currents of influence, and has passed through phases modified ac- 
 cordingly. The first influence was the exhibition in Westminster 
 Hall, beginning in 1842, of cartoons and frescoes, and the Par- 
 liamentary Commissions thence ensuing; the second was Pre- 
 Raphaelitism, which started in 1 848-9 ; the third was, and is, the 
 example of foreign, and especially French art, commencing to be 
 felt about the time of the Great Paris Exhibition of 1855. 
 
 '' It is a remarkable coincidence, as may be seen in his pictures, 
 and read expressly in his catalogue, that Mr. Madox Brown has, 
 in his own practice, gone through all these processes of the British 
 School of his time, — gone through them, be it distinctly noted, not 
 at second-hand, or in the wake of others, but at first-hand, prece- 
 ding or accompanying the like movement in the school. He is 
 probably the only living painter in whom the cartoon movement, 
 the Pre-Raphaelite movement, and the foreign standard have left 
 successive or concurrent traces of their influence.''^ 
 
 The public exhibition of some hundred of Mr. Madox Brown's 
 works, comprising specimens of each period of his development, — 
 oil and water-colour pictures, sketches and studies, designs for 
 book-illustrations, for stained glass, and for decorative furuiture, — 
 is the last and crowning incident of interest in our painter's career 
 up to the present time, 1865. A glance through the descriptive 
 catalogue, originally and quaintly drawn up by the artist himself, 
 and in which he is revealed to us under the triune character of 
 Painter, Philosopher, and Poet; exhibits a marvellous variety of 
 subject, take for instance : — " Chaucer at the Court of Edward II.," 
 " Jesus washing Peter's Feet," " Our Ladye of Good Children," 
 ''Pretty Baa-lambs," ''Toothless," "English Autumn, After- 
 noon," — a literal transcript of the scenery round London, as 
 looked at from Hampstead, — " St. Ives, a.d. 1636," " Sketch for 
 a Picture of Oliver Cromwell on his Farm," " The Last of Eng- 
 land," which treats of the great emigration movement which at- 
 tained its culminating point in 1852. "Windermere," "King- 
 Rene's Honeymoon," " The Death of Sir Tristram," " Elijah and 
 
FORD MADOX BROWN. ol 
 
 the Widow's Son/' ''Myosotis/' wliicli represents a Frencli 
 maiden of rank and fashion^ in slight moui'ning^ grieving for some 
 lost friend, and, last of all, the painter's latest completed and most 
 unique picture, entitled " Work," and the moral purpose of which 
 its author has embodied in the following sonnet : — 
 
 " Work ! which beads the brow aud tans the flesh 
 
 Of lusty manhood, casting out its devils ! 
 
 By whose weird art, transmuting poor men's evils. 
 Their bed seems down, their one dish ever fresh, 
 Ah me ! for lack of it what ills in leash 
 
 Hold us ! Its want the pale mechanic levels 
 
 To workhouse depths, while Master Spendthrift revels 
 For want of work, the fiends him soon inmesh ! 
 
 " Ah, beauteous tripping dame with bell-like skirts ! 
 Intent on thy small scarlet-coated hound. 
 Are rugged wayside babes not lovesome too ? 
 Untrained, their sate reflects on thy deserts, 
 Or they grow noisome beggars to abound. 
 Or dreaded midnight robbers breaking through." 
 
33 
 
 ELIZA METEYARD. 
 
 Eliza Meteyard, born in Liverpool during the temporary resi- 
 dence of lier parents in that town, is the younger and only surviving 
 daughter of the late William Meteyard, Esq., an army surgeon. 
 Whilst still an infant, she was removed to Shrewsbury, in which 
 quaint old town her early years were passed. The impression 
 made upon her childish imagination by the antique character of 
 Shrewsbury, by its inhabitants and neighbourhood, may be traced 
 in much of the writing of her maturer years. Her literary aspira- 
 tions date from a very early age, and already, when twelve years 
 old, she had fully determined to become an authoress. It was ima- 
 gined by her family that her talent lay specially in the direction of 
 music, and during her childhood and youth considerable time and 
 money were spent upon her musical training. To be an authoress 
 was her ambition, and an authoress in due time she became. Al- 
 ready before she was seventeen she had written a novel — after- 
 wards committed to the flames. Bringing with her the manuscript 
 of a second novel, — published in 1845, under the title of ' Strug- 
 gles for Fame,' — she went to London, accompanied by an aunt, 
 there to take up her abode and devote herself to literature. Her 
 first short tale, called ' John Strong's Box,' our youthful literary 
 aspirant submitted to the late Thomas Hood, hoping that it might 
 be fortunate enough to appear in the pages of ' Hood's Maga- 
 zine.' The poet, however, lay at that time upon his death-bed, 
 too ill to perform his editorial duties ; nevertheless Miss Meteyard 
 had the touching gratification of receiving from the dying poet a 
 message of earnest encouragement, which, proceeding from so 
 revered a source at so solemn a time, has been cherished by her 
 throughout her arduous career as an unfailing prophecy of ulti- 
 mate success. 
 
34 
 
 ELIZA METEYARD. 
 
 To ^ Douglas JciTold's Magazine ' Miss Meteyard was a fre- 
 quent and valued contributor, and, solicited by Mr. Jerrold to 
 become one of a staff of writers employed upon the newspaper 
 started by him under his name, she had the satisfaction not alone 
 of seeing an article appear as a leader in the first number of 
 ' Douglas Jerrold^s Newspaper,' but found appended to it, from 
 the editor's hand, the nom de plume of ' Silverpen,' under which 
 various of her writings, especially in the newspaper and periodical 
 literature of the day, have since appeared. During the year 1846 
 — her debut as an authoress having been made the year previous 
 by the publication of the ' Struggles for Fame ' — and during se- 
 veral subsequent years, she was a constant contributor of tales 
 and articles upon social, sanitary, and antiquarian subjects, to 
 Chambers's, Eliza Cook's, The People's, and Hewitt's Journals. 
 
 In 1849 was published a prize essay upon 'Juvenile Depravity,' 
 written by Miss Meteyard, and incorporated with the essay of the 
 Eev. Henry Worsley. 
 
 In 1850 she published a tale for young people, ' The Doctor's 
 Little Daughter,' embodying in a somewhat idealized form the 
 joys and sorrows of her own peculiar childhood, in which her pas- 
 sionate devotion to her father, and her germinating love of the 
 picturesque and quaint in nature and humanity and of every spe- 
 cies of antiquarian lore, are wrought out with artistic grace and 
 much tender feeling. This little volume was followed in 1856 by 
 a somewhat similar one, ' Lilian's Golden Hours.' 
 
 In 1858 appeared '^Dr. Oliver's Maid,' first published in 
 ' Sharpe's Magazine,' in 1860 'Mainstone's Housekeeper,' and 
 in 1862 'Lady Herbert's Gentlewomen,' republished in Chapman 
 and Hall's series of works of fiction ; three novels, marked with 
 the same graphic powers of description of nature and the same 
 careful delineation of old-world character, combined with the 
 ardent love of antiquarian research, which had characterized her 
 shorter stories, but developed into wider spheres of action. These 
 novels were followed in 1861 by ' Give Bread, gain Love,' and by 
 ' The Little Museum Keepers,' two tales for young people ; the 
 first published by Mr. Tegg in a series of ' Tales for the People 
 and their Children,' the second in a juvenile series published by 
 the Messrs. Chambers. 
 
 In 1862 appeared a graver work, 'The Hallowed Spots of 
 Ancient London,' in which some of the scenes immortalized by 
 
ELIZA METEYARD. 
 
 the struggles of our forefathers for civil and religious freedom are 
 brought into connection with their literary history. 
 
 In the present year (1865) has been published the first volume 
 of Miss Meteyard's ' Life of Josiah Wedgwood, from his Private 
 Correspondence and Family Papers, with an Introductory Sketch 
 of the Art of Pottery in England/ It was to this life of Wedg- 
 wood — long a desideratum in the history of the development of 
 British art-manufactures — that Mr. Gladstone referred in his 
 speech at Burslem, October 26th, 1863, upon the occasion of lay- 
 ing the foundation-stone of a building to be called the Wedg- 
 wood Institute, for the purpose of advancing the literary and 
 artistic culture of the town and neighbourhood, as well as to per- 
 petuate the name and labours of the great potter. His words 
 were, in reference to the forthcoming ' Life of Wedgwood,' as 
 follows : — '' It is strange that the life of such a man should, in 
 this nation of shopkeepers, still at this date remain unwritten, 
 and I have heard with much pleasure a rumour, which I trust is 
 true, that such a gap in our literature is about to be filled up.'' 
 
 To Mr. Gladstone, with his kind permission, this valuable and 
 carefully elaborated work is dedicated. 
 
 Probably into the hands of no other accomplished writer could 
 the compilation of this work have fallen, who combined with the 
 requisite artistic and antiquarian knowledge so much valuable 
 acquaintance with persons and places connected with the career 
 of Josiah Wedgwood ; into the hands of a more conscientious, 
 appreciative, and patient compiler, it would have been impossible 
 for the work to have fallen. 
 
 In her preface, Miss Meteyard thus refers to the origination of 
 the idea of this biography in her own mind fifteen years ago ; to 
 the associations of her childhood, which had led her to the study 
 of the history of pottery in England, and to her profound reverence 
 for the genius of her hero Wedgwood : — " For fifteen years I have 
 had this work in view. The names of Wedgwood and Darwin 
 were amongst the earliest known to me. In the town where I 
 passed my childhood were many who well remembered Mr. Wedg- 
 wood, and many pleasant anecdotes were afloat concerning him. 
 Amongst my father's patients were two or three who had known 
 him personally, a descendant of his schoolmaster lived a stone's- 
 throw from our door, and household tastes made Wedgwood-ware 
 an admired object. One quaint old dw^elling is at this moment 
 
36 ELIZA METEYARD. 
 
 before my eyes. Its mistress was an aged gentlewoman^ a native 
 of Birmingham, who, through her relations, knew much of the 
 great potter. She was the possessor of many early specimens of 
 Staffordshire ware, including exquisite little oval snuff-boxes, 
 candlesticks, made by Wheildon ; and green glazed dishes, red 
 engined teapots and cream-ware by Wedgwood. Amongst some 
 gifts she enriched me with were the remnants of a brown-hued 
 toy dinner service. Of this the little tureen was the wonder of 
 my childish eyes, for its shape was exquisite, and the handle of 
 the lid, in form of a hazel-nut, was set amidst a group of russet 
 leaves. The modelling and colouring of these betrayed the hand 
 of a master. Other circumstances brought me in contact with 
 much old English pottery. For more than forty years my father 
 held a medical appointment in connection with Government, and 
 when at the close of the war he settled down in the county town 
 referred to, his duties in relation thereto took him occasional 
 journeys into the district around. AVlien his work was over, if 
 the season were summer or autumn, I was sent for to the houses of 
 country friends, and thus day by day, for a week, sometimes for a 
 fortnight at a time, we took holiday together. He was a fine 
 classical scholar, and loved antiquities. I was his companion — 
 riding when the distances were great — whilst he traced old British 
 trackways, Roman roads, or visited remnants of primeval forest 
 land, old tumuli, old churches, old halls, farmhouses, and country 
 granges. It was in these latter places, many of them coeval with 
 the Plantagenets and Tudors, that I saw, on quaint shelves or 
 garnishing huge dressers, the tygs, the posset-pots, and pictured 
 dishes of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. I well re- 
 member one day spent on the Longmynd Hills, in order to follow 
 the trackway by which the Romans brought supplies of earthen- 
 ware from the potteries in the valley of the Severn and the north 
 of Staffordshire to the military stations south and south-west of 
 Uriconium. . . . On another occasion, when staying at a country- 
 house at Chesterton, on the borders of Staffordshire, we lost our 
 way whilst tracing an old Roman road. As the autumnal evening 
 began to fade, we emerged on a low-lying moorland, where stood 
 an outlying pot-work, as rude as I have described elsewhere : 
 here was the old-fashioned sun-pan, the sod-covered workino-. 
 sheds, the thatched dwelling-place, the lines of red and black 
 crocks and pans just drawn from the oven, the dammed- up 
 
ELIZA METEYAT!D. 37 
 
 spring, and a file of asses with empty paniers, followed by two 
 women in partially male attire^ winding their way homeward from 
 the distance ; — the whole made a scene still remembered. Such 
 were some of the circmiistances which roused in me a taste for 
 the pottery of my native land. ... I have from the beginning 
 viewed my task in a wide and comprehensive spirit ; I saw that we 
 had to regard Wedgwood not only as a potter and an artist, but 
 as a profound chemist in relation to his art, a philosophic thinker, 
 and a great industrial leader. I saw that we must view him by 
 the social history of the age in which he lived, and by the indi- 
 rect operation of his great artistic improvements upon our own." 
 The completion of this ' Life of Wedgwood,' after so many years 
 of thought and labour, and its presentation to the public by 
 Messrs. Hurst and Blackett in an unusually attractive form, pro- 
 fusely embellished with carefully selected and executed illustra- 
 tions, must truly be a gratifying event in the life of our earnest- 
 hearted and conscientious authoress. 
 
39 
 
 HENRY MINCIIIN NOAD, Ph.D., RRS, F.C.S. 
 
 The subject of our present notice was born at Sliawford_, near 
 Frome, in Somersetshire, on the 22nd June, 1815. He was the 
 second son of Henry M. Noad, Esq. ; — his mother being half-sister 
 to the eloquent and eminent George Canning. Under the Rev. 
 W. Williams, at the Frome Grammar School, the young Noad 
 received liis education. Through the influence which his mother's 
 connections ensured, it was expected that Henry Noad would be 
 placed in a favourable position in the Indian Service, and his edu- 
 cation was therefore directed in accordance with the requirements 
 of the Civil Service of India. 
 
 It will be remembered that the inauguration of our great 
 railway system was sadly marked by the melancholy death of 
 Mr. Huskisson, the occasion being the opening of the Livei-pool 
 and Manchester Railway. Mr. Huskisson was the particular 
 friend upon whom Mrs. Noad relied for the promotion of her son ; 
 therefore, with him perished the hopes which had been formed. 
 Having been disappointed in this especial direction, his parents 
 do not appear to have guided Henry Noad into any other path ; 
 but, left to himself, he soon selected one from which he has never 
 deviated. For many years the study of chemistry and electricity 
 was the amusement of his leisure, and he soon acquired a sufl&cient 
 amount of scientific knowledge to lecture in public. We find 
 Mr. Henry Noad, for several years, delivering regular courses of 
 lectures at the Literary and Scientific Institutions of Bath and 
 Bristol. 
 
 In 1839, Mr. Noad published a small volume entitled 'Lectures 
 on Electricity.' This work was marked by considerable exact- 
 ness, and great clearness of expression, so that it soon became a 
 
40 HENEY MINCHIN NOAD. 
 
 text-book to young students in this attractive division of science. 
 A much larger edition of this work was pubHshed in 1844^ a still 
 larger one in 1849, and in 1857 the work was extended to two 
 octavo volumes, and published under the title of ' A Manual of 
 Electricity/ In 1840 he published a volume on Chemistry, in- 
 tended for the use of beginners. The Pharmaceutical Society, 
 which it will be remembered originated with, and was carried 
 forward to a successful issue by, Jacob Bell, was worked with 
 much zeal under the direction of its founder. In 1844, the 
 Council of this Society appointed Mr. Noad to deliver an extended 
 course of lectures on Chemistry and Experimental Philosophy to 
 the Pharmaceutical Members in Bath and its neighbourhood. 
 Mr. Noad, availing himself of the advantages of his position, 
 made, in 1844, a very careful examination of the hot and cold 
 mineral waters of Bath. His chemical investigation of the Hot 
 Wells forms the subject of a paper which is published in the 
 ' Pharmaceutical Journal.'' About this time we find several papers 
 by Mr. Noad in the ' Philosophical Magazine' and other journals 
 devoted to science. Attention had been directed to a peculiar con- 
 dition induced in iron when plunged into nitric acid. Mr. Noad 
 wrote two papers on the " Passive State of Iron,'' in which all the 
 conditions were fully examined, and the causes of the obscure 
 phenomena investigated. Another excellent paper gave the re- 
 sults of Mr. Noad's cautious investigations into the " Hydrates 
 of Baryta and Strontia." 
 
 In 1845 Mr. Henry Noad came to London, and for eighteen 
 months he studied organic chemistry under Professor Hofmann 
 in the laboratory of the Royal College of Chemistry. The conse- 
 quence of these studies showed itself in a memoir communicated 
 to the Chemical Society in 1848, '' On the Products of the Oxida- 
 tion of Cymol," a peculiar hydrocarbon, discovered in 1840 by 
 Gerhardt and Cahours in the volatile oil of Roman cumin, and 
 by others in the seed of the water-hemlock and in oil of thyme. 
 This memoir was published in the third volume of the Proceed- 
 ings of that Society. For a long period, at intervals, this in- 
 vestigation engaged Mr. Noad's attention, and in 1853 he com- 
 municated to the Royal Society further investigations on the same 
 subject. A memoir, bearing the title already given, appears in 
 the Philosophical Transactions for 1854. Mr. Noad was the first 
 to devise a process by which cymol (usually now called cymene) 
 
HENRY MINCHIN NOAD. 41 
 
 could be obtained iu a state of purity. By his process, he ob- 
 tained 7oz. of cymene from 1 lb. of the oil of cumin. 
 
 In 1848, Mr. Noad was appointed to the Chair of Chemistry in 
 the Medical School of St. George^s Hospital, which Professorship 
 is still held by him. In 1851 he visited Giessen, and obtained 
 the degree of Doctor of Philosophy from that University. On his 
 return. Dr. Noad delivered a course of lectures on the " Appli- 
 cations of Chemistry to Agriculture," at the request of Charlee 
 Round, Esq., then M.P. for Essex, to the tenants of that gentle- 
 man. These lectures were very successful, and were published 
 subsequently at Mr. Round^s expense. In 1848, Dr. Noad wrote 
 a treatise on " Chemical Manipulation and Analysis," for the Li- 
 brary of Useful Knowledge. In 1850-51, he was associated with 
 the late Mr. Henry Gray, F.R.S., in an investigation into the 
 composition and functions of the Spleen, the chemical portion of 
 the inquiry being undertaken by Dr. Noad. The essay which re- 
 sulted from this investigation, and which was subsequently pub- 
 lished, obtained the "Astley Cooper" prize for 1852. In 1856, 
 Dr. Noad was elected a Fellow of the Royal Society. 
 
 In 1860, Dr. Noad contributed the elaborate article on " Iron" 
 to Robert Hunt's edition of Ure's ' Dictionary of Arts, Manufac- 
 tures, and Mines.' Several minor articles in the same work are 
 also from his pen. Few men were more competent than Dr. Noad 
 to the production of a good article on iron, especially as he has 
 devoted himself for many years — in the time not occupied by his 
 duties in the Medical School of St. George's — to the chemistry of 
 the iron manufactm-es, and being consulting chemist to the Ebbw 
 Vale Iron Company, the Cwm Celyn and Blaina, the Aberdare 
 and Plymouth, and several other ironworks in South Wales. 
 
 Dr. Noad's ' Manual of Chemical Analysis, for the Use of 
 Students,' parts 1 and 2, were published in 1863-4. In addition 
 to the courses of Lectm-es regularly delivered at St. George's, 
 Dr. Noad has for several years delivered Lectures on scientific 
 subjects, at the public schools of Eton, Winchester, and West- 
 minster, and at frequent intervals communicated important papers 
 to the scientific journals. 
 
43 
 
 EDWARD MATTHEW WARD, R.A. 
 
 This distinguislied liistorical painter was born in 1816, in Pimlico, 
 London. On tlie motlier's side lie is the nephew of Horace Smith, 
 one of the authors of the 'Rejected Addresses/ It has gene- 
 rally been supposed that Mr. B. M. Ward is the son of the late 
 veteran Academician, James Ward, but he was alone related by 
 marriage to that gentleman, having married his granddaughter. 
 In a letter addressed to the editor of the 'Art Journar in 1855, 
 Mr. Ward observes, " I cannot forbear paying a tribute to the 
 memory of my dear departed mother, to whose devoted tender- 
 ness, sound judgment, and natural good taste, though unac- 
 quainted with the practical part of art, I am chiefly indebted for 
 much of whatever success has accompanied my professional 
 efforts ; it is a great source of happiness to me to know that she 
 lived long enough to find her many hours of anxious solicitude 
 were not without their ultimate reward. She witnessed the ap- 
 probation which critics and the public were pleased to bestow on 
 many of my first exhibited pictures.^' 
 
 We are told that as a child he early exhibited a tendency to 
 sketch upon every object which came in his way, and exhibited 
 his love of colour by colouring prints in books belonging to his 
 father, who, we are also informed, "was at length compelled to 
 keep his volumes under lock and key, in order that they might 
 escape the improving pencil of the young decorator. A strong 
 love of caricature early developed itself in his sketches. At school 
 he distinguished himself by his earnest study of history, and marked 
 antiquarian bias. Antiquarian tastes have remained with Mr. Ward 
 throughout his life, not alone showing their effects in his works, 
 but furnishing him with many dehghtful hours of relaxation. To 
 wander into old halls, crypts, and churches, has ever been with him 
 
44 EDWARD MATTHEW WARD. 
 
 a fascinating delight. There is scarcely an old building in London 
 connected with the memories of eminent men Avith which Mr. 
 AVard is not well acquainted. Whilst residing for several years at 
 Sloughy near Windsor^ at a later period of his career, one of his 
 chief enjoyments, when over-fatigued with work, was to walk 
 over to Langley church, the clergyman of which interesting old 
 edifice was a valued friend of his, and to pass an afternoon in 
 removing the whitewash from the interior walls, in order to dis- 
 cover the remains of ancient paintings beneath. He also restored 
 with very great care an Elizabethan monument in the same church. 
 
 Whilst still at school, the love of acting vied with his love of 
 sketching and caricature, and caused his master to observe 
 " that he feared the youngster would turn out either an actor or 
 an artist.^^ He was in those days not unfrequently called to ac- 
 count for caricaturing ushers and masters. A tribute to Mr. 
 Ward^s matured knowledge and love of theatrical matters has 
 been paid by his friend Dr. Doran, in his dedication of ' Their 
 Majesties' Servants.' 
 
 The father of our embryo Academician, being advised by a 
 friend to allow his son to devote himself to art as his profession, 
 willingly agreed, and the youth commenced his studies at once, 
 by taking lessons in oil-painting, without undergoing the to him 
 less interesting, but nevertheless vitally necessary study of drawing 
 and anatomy. Through the instrumentality of Wilkie, in 1834 
 he became a student of the schools of the Koyal Academy, and 
 throughout his career as a Royal Academy student was much 
 Indebted to the unwavering kindness of that celebrated man. 
 Nevertheless, Mr. Ward is understood to have admitted that his 
 overruling love of colour and of original composition prevented 
 him from fully availing himself of the opportunities then offered 
 to him of perfecting himself in other not less needful branches of 
 artistic knowledge. In the same year, 1834, when eighteen years 
 of age, his first picture was exhibited in the Academy; this was a 
 portrait of 0. Smith the comedian, in the character of Don Quixote. 
 The following year, through his second picture, a scene from 
 Sterne's 'Sentimental Journey,' failing to be hung in the Aca- 
 demy, owing to leant of space, although it had been marked 
 ''accepted," he determined to perfect himself in his art to so high 
 a degree that it should be impossible in future .to refuse his pic- 
 ture admission to the walls of the Academy. In order to attain 
 
EDWARD MATTHEW WARD. 45 
 
 this needful degree of excellence^ the young artist determined to 
 study in Rome. To Rome therefore he proceeded, where he con- 
 tinued for nearly three years, working with indefatigable zeal 
 and industry, both in copying from the old masters, in drawing 
 from the antique, and in studying the living model. Whilst 
 in Rome he obtained, for historical composition, the silver medal 
 in the Academy of St. Luke. On his way home, Mr. Ward visited 
 Munich, and studied fresco painting there, under the celebrated 
 painter Cornelius. He exhibited in 1839, as fruit of his studies 
 in Rome, a picture representing "Cimabue and Giotto," which met 
 with marked approval, both from critics and the public at large. 
 Nevertheless, during several subsequent years, Mr. Ward's exhi- 
 bited pictures, with one exception, — " Napoleon in the Prison at 
 Nice,'' — which was exhibited in the British Institution, and had 
 the honour of being purchased by the Duke of Wellington, met 
 with no success whatsoever. Neither did his cartoon of " Boa- 
 dicea," in which the figures were of heroic size, — sent to the 
 competitive exhibition in Westminster Hall, — meet with better 
 fortune. In the same year, 1843, a picture of considerably smaller 
 size, and embodying a much less ambitious subject, "Dr. Johnson 
 reading Goldsmith's Manuscript of the Vicar of Wakefield," was 
 exhibited by Mr. Ward at the Royal Academy, and attracted 
 considerable notice. The two pictures of his, "Goldsmith as a 
 Wandering Musician," and "La Fleur's Departure from Mon- 
 treuil," which appeared in the Royal Academy Exhibition in 1844, 
 greatly enhanced his reputation; our artist was beginning to dis- 
 cover the vein of his own special artistic ore. These three last- 
 named pictures have been engraved, the first by Bellin, the second 
 by W. H. Simmons, and the last was lithographed for the Art 
 Union. Wood engravings of these same pictures are given, with 
 others, as illustrations to an interesting biographical notice of Mr. 
 B. M. Ward and his works in the 'Art Journal,' for 1855. In 
 1845 he exhibited one of his most deservedly successful works, "Dr. 
 Johnson in the Ante-room of Lord Chesterfield." This picture was 
 purchased by the late Mr. Vernon, and has now become national 
 property. In 1846 Mr. Ward was elected an Associate of the 
 Academy, and the same year exhibited " The Fall of Clarendon," 
 which had been purchased from the easel by Lord Northwick. A 
 small copy of this picture, painted for Mr. Vernon, may be seen 
 in the Vernon Gallery. In 1847 was exliibited the " South- Sea 
 
46 EDWARD MATTHEW WARD. 
 
 Bubble/^ a picture wliicli added considerably to the reputation 
 of the painter. In 1848^ Mr. Ward's exhibited pictures were 
 " Highgate Fields during the Great Fire of 1666/' and " The Inter- 
 view between Charles II. and Nell Gwynne." This last-mentioned 
 picture was purchased by the late Mr. Gibbons, who became also 
 the purchaser of the works exhibited by Mr. Ward in the subse- 
 quent year, " De Foe and the Manuscript of Eobinson Crusoe," 
 and " Young Benjamin West drawing the Baby in the Cradle." 
 In 1850 he exhibited '^ James II. receiving the Intelligence of the 
 Landing of the Prince of Orange." This picture was bought by 
 the late Mr. Jacob Bell. In 1851 one of Mr. Ward's most de- 
 servedly popular works appeared in the Eoyal Academy — " The 
 Eoyal Family of France in the Prison of the Temple." This pic- 
 ture became the property of Mr. Newsham, of Preston. Her 
 Majesty had graciously expressed a desire to become its pos- 
 sessor, but learning that the picture was already the property of 
 another, with her wonted delicacy of feeling did not repeat her 
 wishes. In 1852, " Charlotte Corday led to Execution" attracted 
 much public attention in the Academy Exhibition, and became 
 the property of Mr. Starkey, of Huddersfield. 
 
 In 1852, Mr. Ward was commissioned to paint eight pictures in 
 oil, for the corridor of the New House of Commons. Two only 
 of these pictures were executed in oil, the darkness of the corridor 
 rendering them when placed there all but invisible. Five pic- 
 tures have consequently been subsequently executed by Mr. 
 Ward in fresco. The subjects of the eight frescoes are — '^ The 
 Execution of Montrose," " The Sleep of Argyll," " Alice Lisle 
 concealing the Fugitives after the Battle of Sedgemoor," 
 " Charles II. escaping with Jane Lane," " The Landing of 
 Charles II.," " Monk declaring for a free Parliament," " The 
 Acquittal of the Bishops," and "William and Mary receiving the 
 Lords and Commons." 
 
 Mr. AVard's love of antiquarian study, to which we have already 
 referred, as well as his artistic conscientiousness, led him, in the 
 execution of these national works, to spare no pains in research for 
 the backgrounds and accessories of his pictures. With reference 
 to his pictures of '' The Execution of Montrose" and " Sleep of 
 Argyll," we are informed by the ^Art Journal,' "that he visited 
 Edinburgh in order to obtain all the information he could respect- 
 ing the above episodes in Scottish history ; that in this he was 
 
EDWAliD MATTHEW WARD. 47 
 
 most kindly aided by the local antiquaries, who afforded him much 
 assistance in his researches ; and that he also acknowledges him- 
 self greatly indebted to the historians Lord Stanhope, then Lord 
 Mahon, and Lord (then Mr.) Macaulay, for their able and judicious 
 personal remarks ; and yet more perhaps to his Royal Highness 
 Prince Albert, who manifested the interest he felt in these pic- 
 tures while in progress, by visiting the studio of the artist in the 
 neighbourhood of Windsor, and, with his usual courtesy, tended 
 him the help of his enlightened taste and sound judgment." 
 
 Mr. Ward was elected R.A. (in succession of Mr. J. J. Chalon) 
 in March, 1865. 
 
 In 1856 he exhibited "Marie Antoinette parting with the 
 Dauphin in the Prison of the Temple.'' In 1859, " The A^isit to 
 the Tomb of Napoleon ;" and " The Emperor of the French re- 
 ceiving the Order of the Garter" (painted for Her Majesty); and 
 " Marie Antoinette listening to the Reading of the Act of her 
 Accusation by Fouquier Tinville in the Conciergerie." In 1861, 
 " The Antechamber at Wliitehall during the Dying Moments of 
 Charles 11." In 1863, "Hogarth's Studio," and "La Toilette 
 des Morts;" in 1864, "Thackeray in his Study j" and in 1865, 
 " The Night of Rizzio's Murder." In 1864, he also exhibited at 
 Mr. Wallis's Winter Exhibition a picture entitled " The Daughter 
 of a King." 
 
 The society of literary and otherwise eminent men has always 
 afforded Mr. Ward marked enjoyment, and throughout his life he 
 has embraced every opportunity which led to the cultivation of 
 such intercourse — one of the artistic results of such acquaint- 
 ance being, the execution by Mr. Ward of a series of Portraits of 
 various of his distinguished contemporaries, in their studies ; 
 amongst whom may be named the late Lord Macaulay, Hallam, 
 Sir E, B. Lytton, Lord Stanhope, Dickens, Thackeray, Tom Tay- 
 lor, etc. 
 
 We will conclude our notice of this distinguished painter by a 
 tribute paid to himself and his works by a writer in the ' Revue 
 des Deux Mondes,' which is as follows : — " This artist addresses 
 himself directly to our natural feelings ; he never places before 
 us a composition which would be an impossibility, and which 
 would have no other existence than in the painter's imagination. 
 His figures and their accessories are so properly disposed and so 
 naturally studied, and all his attitudes and the expressions of the 
 
48 EDWAKD MATTHEW WARD. 
 
 faces arc so completely in harmony with the subject, that the scene 
 becomes singularly illusive ; the painter desires that Art should 
 be the servant of the Drama, and in the plenitude of this despo- 
 tism he displays such consummate tact, that Art in her servile 
 functions is not degraded. The effect of the resemblance is pic- 
 turesque, while it is true; his colouring lively and powerful, 
 thouarh varied.'' 
 
49 
 
 HENRIETTA WARD. 
 
 Mrs. E. M. Ward is descended from an artistic family. She 
 is tlie granddaughter of James Ward^ E.A.^ and the grandniece 
 of William Ward^ an eminent engraver, whose sister married the 
 painter Morland, and whose daughter became the wife of J. Jack- 
 son, E-.A. She is the daughter of Mr. George Raphael Ward, a 
 mezzo-tinto engraver, and formerly a miniature painter much in 
 favour with the public. Her mother also was a clever miniature 
 painter and exhibitor at the Royal Academy. The subject of our 
 memoir was born on June 1st, 1832, in Newman Street, Oxford 
 Street, at that period a locality much affected by artists. Thus 
 truly Henrietta Ward may be said to have been " cradled into 
 art." 
 
 Of her early artistic proclivities numerous are the records in 
 the memory of old friends. She is said, when only three years 
 old, to have delighted in walking before a picture and passing her 
 judgment upon its merits and defects, and upon one occasion 
 when taken to the studio of a popular painter to see his works 
 before they went to the Royal Academy exhibition, pronounced 
 one of his portraits '^ very chalky •/' nor could she be persuaded 
 to qualify her opinion. Of course the artist believed that she 
 simply pronounced a judgment which she had heard passed upon 
 his works by her parents at home, never imagining that so young 
 a child could be so consummate an art critic. 
 
 When sent out with her nurse to walk in the streets, she would 
 study dresses and bonnets in the shop-windows, and amuse herself 
 upon her return home with sketching her recollections of them. 
 Also when she was told that she must state, as an exercise, what 
 she had learned during the " Sunday's readings," either through 
 the medium of her pen or pencil, she invariably chose the latter 
 
50 HENRIETTA WARD. 
 
 method^ as being the least trouble. And on being asked why she 
 depicted something in a particular manner^ she replied, " I see 
 it so, Mamma \" In the 'Art Journal^ for December, 1864, the 
 following amusing account of this young lady's artistic precocity 
 is given. 
 
 It is said that '' she could handle her pencil cleverly before she 
 learned to talk, and her chief amusement or employment was to 
 colour every picture-book that came in her way. At about the 
 age of six she tried to copy her grandfather's lithographs of 
 horses, and would also sketch animals from nature. One day her 
 uncle left his pony-carriage at the door of her home ; shortly after 
 his arrival the young artist was missed, and when every room had 
 been searched in vain, she was found seated in her own little 
 chair on the street pavement in front of the house, hard at work 
 with paper and pencil sketching the animal, amid a crowd of 
 lookers-on, who appeared to take especial interest in the progress 
 of the drawing. Three or four years later, she illustrated ' Robin- 
 son Crusoe ' after her own fashion, and also showed considerable 
 talent for portraiture ; the likenesses of friends who ' sat ' to her 
 were looked upon as faithful transcripts. Even at the early age 
 of five she evinced that she possessed an eye for likeness, as the 
 following anecdote proves. Her father was at that time engaged 
 in engraving a portrait of Moore, the poet : the child, when walk- 
 ing out one day, happened to see him in the street and ran home 
 announcing the fact. As he was an utter stranger to her, except 
 through the medium of the portrait, the story was not credited ; 
 however, in a few moments the poet arrived to substantiate its 
 truth, and taking the little lady on his knee, asked if she knew 
 his name. 'Oh yes!' was the reply, 'little Tommy Moore,' — a 
 reply that of course called down the rebuke of the parents, but 
 with which Moore himself was delighted." 
 
 At the early age of sixteen Henrietta Ward was united in 
 marriage to Mr. E. M. Ward, the rising historical painter, who 
 alreajly, in 1848, had obtained the rank of an Associate in the 
 Royal Academy. 
 
 Mrs. Ward's career of public exhibition began by the appear- 
 ance in the Royal Academy, in 1850, of a picture of " Still Life." 
 In 1851 she exliibited two pictures, "The Pet Hawk" and 
 "Rowena," from 'Ivanhoe;' in 1852 a clever figure-picture, entitled 
 " Antwerp Market," which was purchased by Mr. Bushall, of 
 Preston. 
 
HENRIETTA WADD. 51 
 
 Not only did Mrs. Ward at this period receive every possible 
 encouragement and instruction from her husband, but she pursued 
 a course of anatomical study at the Academy of Mr. F. S. Carey, 
 in Bloomsbury Street, Bedford Square, with the intention of per- 
 fecting her knowledge of the human figure. Mrs. Ward, from 
 early childhood, has shown herself peculiarly happy in delineating 
 animals. She herself avers, ''that her grandfather's love of the 
 animal tribe is strong in her." 
 
 The picture which Mrs. Ward exhibited at the Academy in 
 1854, ' A Scene from the Camp at Chobham in the Encampment 
 of the 79th Highlanders ' attracted considerable attention, and at 
 once made her name and the characteristics of her genius familiar 
 to the art-loving public. Mrs. Ward's choice of subjects, depict- 
 ing maternal and juvenile life as passed amidst the affluence and 
 comforts of luxurious modern English homes, has found nume- 
 rous admirers ; as examples of this class of her pictures may be 
 mentioned ' The Morning's Lesson,-' a young mother instructing 
 her child amidst the countless elegant knicknacks of a " morning- 
 room ;" ' The Intruders,' a child and kitten at play in a richly 
 furnished drawing-room, to the evident risk of the safety of its 
 adornments ; and '' God Save the Queen," a picture made known 
 through engravings to a wider circle of picture-lovers than could 
 have beheld it upon the walls of the EoyaL Academy. It is in- 
 teresting to know that this handsome young British matron, ar- 
 rayed in her voluminous silk attire, seated at a rosewood piano, 
 teaching ' The National Anthem ' to three handsome children 
 suddenly called away from their play — as is made evident by the 
 toys held in their chubby hands — to practise their singing, is a 
 portrait of the accomplished artist and her children. Interesting 
 also is it to know that Mrs. E. M. Ward is scarcely a less brilliant 
 performer upon the piano than she is a clever painter. A hundred 
 years hence, such a picture as this ' God Save the Queen ' will 
 possess a peculiar interest, so completely does it represent with 
 photographic accuracy the life and domestic suiTOundings of one 
 phase of English society. 
 
 Another picture from the pencil of this lady, belonging to the 
 purely domestic class, was exhibited in 1 860, entitled ' The First 
 Step in Life,' a baby learning to walk. 
 
 From time to time Mrs. Ward has exhibited portraits of her 
 children, painted as birthday gifts for her husband. She also 
 
52 HENRIETTA WARD, 
 
 painted a porti-ait of H.R.H. the Princess Beatrice when an infant, 
 for Her Majesty. 
 
 Nor in the higher flights of more imaginative art has Mrs. AVard 
 been less successful. She has established for herself in the ren- 
 dering of what may be termed the domestic life of history, an un- 
 questionable pre-eminence amongst the female artists of this and 
 other countries. As instances of her historical pictures, both 
 " domestic " and otherwise, we would name ' An Incident in the 
 Life of Frederick the Great/ — '' Little Fritz " playing at soldiers 
 with a little companion in an ancient room of the Old German 
 Palace, — ' Howard^s Farewell to England,^ ' A Scene in the 
 Louvre, 1649,^ 'Queen Mary quitting Stirling Castle,^ and 'The 
 Tower, ay, the Tower !' exhibited in 1859, 1862-3 and -4. 
 
 Mrs. Ward is at present (1 865) engaged upon a large picture 
 for the forthcoming exhibition, from the life of Palissy the 
 Potter, which will be the most considerable work which she has 
 yet produced. 
 
 Works by Mrs. Ward have been exhibited in various London 
 exhibitions besides the Royal Academy, and also in the provinces. 
 
53 
 
 THE REV. ADAM SEDGWICK, M.A., F.RS., F.G.S. 
 
 This " old man eloquent/^ as lie lias been frequently, and most 
 appropriately, called, has effected more than almost any geologist, 
 in giving a pliilosopliic character to his science. Adam Sedgwick 
 was born at Dent, in Yorkshire, in 1786. His early education 
 was received amidst his native hills, and in his youth he became 
 familiar with, and learned to love, nature in her grander aspects 
 as presented to him amidst the mountains and the valleys of the 
 Lake District. In 1808 Adam Sedgwick took his B.A. degree at 
 Cambridge, and in the following year he became a Fellow of Tri- 
 nity College, with which he still remains associated as Senior 
 Fellow and Vice-Master. Professor Hailstone held, at this time, 
 the Woodwardian Chair of Geology, and Sedgwick^s studies ap- 
 pear to have been, in the first instance, directed by him. His 
 early proficiency in geological knowledge, when this now popular 
 science was held in low esteem, was so great, that he was selected 
 to succeed Professor Hailstone in 1818. On the 21st February, 
 in the same year, Adam Sedgwick was elected a Fellow of the 
 Royal Society. In 1819 the Cambridge Philosophical Society 
 was established, mainly through the instrumentality of the young 
 geologist, who was appointed one of its secretaries. Those who 
 are acquainted with the workings of this society well know how 
 powerful the influence of the Rev. Adam Sedgwick has been, in 
 guiding it to, and sustaining it at, the high position which it has 
 attained amongst the philosophical societies of Europe. The 
 ' Transactions ' of this society have ever been distinguished by the 
 high class of its memoirs, several of which are from the pen of the 
 Woodwardian Professor of Geology, who has ever been a leading 
 member of that body, and who has frequently, up to a very late 
 period, been an office-bearer in the Society. The Rev. Adam Sedg- 
 
54 THE REV. ADAM SEDGWICK. 
 
 wick was one of the most active of the small band^ amougst whom 
 we find Leonard Horner, Dr. Buckland, De La Beche, and Mur- 
 chison^ to whom belongs the organization of the Geological So- 
 ciety of London. He was, in the usual order, appointed to fill 
 several of the ofiices, and at the anniversary, in 1829, became the 
 President, and held that position for the two following years. 
 
 Professor Sedgwick has not published any large work, with 
 which his name will remain associated, if we except his ' Discourse 
 on the Studies of the University of Cambridge.^ He has, how- 
 ever, contributed numerous papers to the ' Transactions of the 
 Cambridge Philosophical Society,^ the ' Quarterly Journal of the 
 Geological Society of London,^ the ' Eeports of the British Asso- 
 ciation,^ the ' Philosophical Magazine,^ and other journals devoted 
 to science. All these papers have been devoted to Geology, and 
 they chiefly refer to the older rocks, which have been through a 
 long and active life his constant and earnest study. Ten memoirs 
 on different geological subjects are published by Professor Sedg- 
 wick, in conjunction with Sir Roderick Murchison. There can- 
 not be a doubt, but that the Rev. Adam Sedgwick has given more 
 attention to the crystalline rocks than any other geologist, except 
 the late Sir Henry De La Beche. The result has been the deter- 
 mination, with great accuracy, of the actual positions of many of 
 the larger masses of the older rocks. In all the essays written 
 by Professor Sedgwick on English geology, he displays a far 
 larger amount of chemical and mineralogical knowledge than is 
 usually found amongst geologists. At the same time he never 
 undervalues the indications which are given by organic remains. 
 In an elaborate dissertation, entitled ' A Synopsis of the Classifi- 
 cation of the British Palaeozoic Rocks,^ attached to the ' Descrip- 
 tive Catalogue of the British Paleeozoic Fossils,^ by Mr. M'Coy, 
 Professor Sedgwick has carefully detailed his views, and given 
 the results of his matured consideration of the classification and 
 nomenclature of the palaeozoic formations. In this work he gives 
 all the lower rocks, above the Coniston grits, to the Silurian sys- 
 tem of Sir Roderick Murchison, reserving for his own Cambrian 
 system, everything from the Coniston grits to the Skid daw slate : 
 with their equivalents in North Wales — the Bangor and the Long- 
 mynd group. The scientific world knows that upon this division 
 Adam Sedgwick and his friend and former collaborator Murchi- 
 son are at issue, and they regret it. The labours of each of those 
 
THE EEV. ADAM SEDGWICK. 55 
 
 geologists are in all respects so extensive, their work^ whether it 
 be that which they executed together, — or that which has been 
 done in perfect independence of each other, — is of so high a class, 
 that they can well afford to bridge over the chasm between the 
 Cambrian and the Silurian systems, with the stones collected in 
 their earlier days, and inscribe it to their ancient friendship, for- 
 getting that there ever had been a debateable point between them. 
 To the chemical and mineralogical knowledge of Professor Sedg- 
 wick we have already alluded ; he has ever been an earnest cul- 
 tivator of the physical sciences. In connection with Professors 
 Whewell and Airy, he undertook a series of experiments in 
 Cornwall for the purpose of determining the mean density of the 
 Earth. These experiments were made at the bottom of Dolcoath 
 Mine — with much labour — but without affording that satisfactory 
 result, which has more recently been obtained by Professor Airy 
 in the Hartland Colliery, in Durham. The genial spirit of Pro- 
 fessor Sedgwick is still remembered amongst the miners, who 
 yet speak of him in particular, with a feeling of admiration, not 
 unmixed with something of reverence for a genius so infinitely 
 beyond their comprehension. A curious anecdote is told, origi- 
 nating in the accident, of a case of lamps to be used under- 
 ground by the philosophers, having been supplied by De-Ville, 
 of the Strand, whose name was printed on the cover of the box 
 containing them. When the experiments were completed, the 
 delicate apparatus used was carefully packed with carpenters^ 
 shavings in the " kibble,^^ an iron bucket, so called, used to raise 
 the ore to the surface. In being wound up the shaft the shavings 
 kindled into a blaze, owing no doubt to a spark from a miner^s 
 candle having fallen unobserved amongst them — and the appa- 
 ratus was much injured. A thunderstorm had passed across the 
 country at the same time. The accident and the storm were 
 associated by the superstitious miners, who could not understand 
 why three men should take so much trouble to swing a pendulum 
 at the bottom of a mine, and they came to the conclusion that it 
 was all the work of the devil, whose name they declared they had 
 seen on their box. One of the miners had no doubt but " it was 
 all owing to the funny one — Sedgwick — ^cause he had seed 'en 
 stanning with his back agen the churchyard in Camborne.'^ 
 
 Dr. Woodward established the chair of geology at Cambridge, 
 and gave his large collection of rocks and fossils to form the 
 
5(3 THE REV. ADAM SEDGWICK. 
 
 nucleus of the Woodwardian Museum. It has been the constant 
 care of Professor Sedgwick to enlarge that collection, and he has 
 contributed many thousand specimens of British rocks and organic 
 remains to its stores. For forty years of active geological life. 
 Professor Sedgwick has never lost an opportunity for gathering- 
 illustrative specimens, and when the vast accumulations became 
 too much for his advancing years, he secured the aid of Mr. 
 M'Coy, now Professor of Natural History in the University of 
 Melbourne, to classify, arrange, and catalogue them. It was to 
 this catalogue that Professor Sedgwick prefixed his valuable 
 " Synopsis " to which allusion has already been made. 
 
 ^ The Vestiges of the Natural History of Creation ' attracted a 
 large share of public attention, and by its cleverness led an ex- 
 tensive class, of the careless thinkers of the day, to adopt many of 
 its dogmas without consideration. This was proceeding to an 
 extent which threatened to be dangerous to the advancement of 
 truth. Eventually a powerful paper, from the pen of Professor 
 Sedgwick appeared in the pages of the ' Edinburgh Eeview,^ com- 
 pletely answering every point which deserved a reply, and satis- 
 factorily proving the false reasoning on whfbh the more striking 
 conclusions of the ' Vestiges ' had been founded. This was sub- 
 sequently enlarged and given to the world in another form. 
 
 The ' Discourse on the Studies of the University of Cambridge ' 
 has been already named. This was published by Professor Sedg- 
 wick at first in a pamphlet form. It passed though five editions, 
 and in 1850 it had expanded to a volume of 764 pages, of which 
 the preface occupies 442 pages. In this work will be found a fine 
 elucidation of the philosophy of geology, and its mineralogical 
 and palteontological relations. There also will be read an admir- 
 able essay on the bearings of geology on Eevelation. This section 
 of the work was originally delivered as a sermon in the chapel of 
 Trinity College, at an annual commemoration. With the liberal 
 spirit of a well-trained thinker. Professor Sedgwick has shown 
 that truth must be pursued for its own sake,, and that, although 
 the imperfection of human knowledge may render many great 
 natural phenomena apparently involved and obscure, and indeed 
 cause truths to seem in contradiction to each other, they cannot 
 be really either obscure or contradictory. The truths of Nature 
 are the truths of God, and whether given to man through the 
 Book of Inspiration or the Tablets of Stone — such as those on 
 
THE REV. ADAM SEDGWICK. 5/ 
 
 which the Laws were written — they cannot but shed light upon 
 each other. 
 
 When the Dean of York, at the Meeting of the British Associa- 
 tion at York, published his ill-advised pamphlet, ' The Bible versus 
 the British Association,' and talked of '^an itinerating society 
 going about spreading a cold and cheerless philosophy,^' no one 
 so entirely answered the Dean as did Professor Sedgwick. Long 
 must the Dean have remembered ^Hhe geological polka" which 
 Sedgwick supposed his brain had been dancing, and severely 
 must that prelate have felt the force of the truths which were 
 used in the castigatiou which he received. 
 
 To no one has Cambridge been more indebted than to Pro- 
 fessor Sedgwick, for the high class of its natural history studies. 
 The British Association has felt and acknowledged the power of 
 his overflowing, impulsive eloquence, and in every branch of 
 British science the Rev. Adam Sedgwick has greatly aided in 
 maintaining that high and philosophical character by which it is, 
 and by which — it is hoped — it will long be distinguished. The 
 Rev. Adam Sedgwick is a Canon of Norwich Cathedral, and he 
 was the University Secretary to H.R.H. the late Prince Consort, 
 when he was Chancellor of Cambridge University. Of Trinity 
 College he is Vice-Master, Corresponding Member of the Aca- 
 demy of Sciences of Paris, and Honorary Member of several 
 Continental learned societies. 
 
 TOL. lY 
 
t)d 
 
 WILLIAM AND MARY HOAVITT. 
 
 William Howitt was born of Quaker parentage, in tlie village of 
 Heanor, Derbyshire, in tbe year 1792. Botli on tlie paternal and 
 maternal side, his ancestors had resided for many generations in 
 the same neighbourhood. 
 
 The pastoral and old-world character of the district in which 
 our author was born and passed his childhood and youth, made a 
 deep impression upon his imagination, and have stamped them- 
 selves, with a quaint individuality, upon numerous pages of his 
 writings. ' The Book of the Seasons,^ * The Boy^s Country Book,' 
 ' The Rural Life in England,' ' The Hall and the Hamlet,' and 
 ' Madame Dorrington of the Dene/ may be said to embody the 
 spirit of the scenery and personages amongst whom his early 
 years were spent. In the portraiture of Madame Dorrington, 
 it is believed that the author has sought to delineate the amiable 
 and noble character of his mother, to whom he was deeply at- 
 tached and whose memory was warmly revered, not only by her 
 children and intimate friends, but by all who came within the 
 sphere of her influence. 
 
 William Howitt was the third of six sons, another of whom, 
 Richard Howitt, is favourably known to the public as the author 
 of some volumes of original and tasteful poetry — a new and en- 
 larged edition of which is now, we believe, in the press — and of a 
 prose work upon Australia. William Howitt was educated at 
 Ackworth, in Yorkshire, the public seminary of the Society of 
 Friends. His school-days past, he still devoted himself with 
 unwearying enthusiasm to the study of languages, ancient and 
 
60 WILLIAM AND MARY HOWITT. 
 
 modern^ as well as to cliemistry, botany, and natural and 
 moral philosopliy. He wrote poetry as a schoolboy, and from 
 early life showed a marked predilection for rural sports and 
 amusements. 
 
 In his twenty-eighth year, William Howitt married Mary 
 Botham, a young lady who like himself came of "the stock of the 
 martyrs/^ She was born amongst the iron-forges of the Forest 
 of Dean, in Gloucestershire, although her childhood and youth, 
 rmtil her marriage, were spent at the pleasantly situated little 
 town of Uttoxeter, in Staffordshire, where her father's family had 
 possessed property for some generations. The similarity of their 
 tastes in literature, and an enthusiastic love of the beauties of 
 natural scenery, which has continued with them throughout life, 
 formed the basis of a friendship which terminated in their mar- 
 riage, in 1821, and has linked their names together in many a 
 volume both of prose and poetry, beloved by thousands through- 
 out Great Britain and America. 
 
 The first year of their married life was spent in Staffordshire. 
 Their first public appearance in print was in a joint volume 
 of poems entitled ' The Forest Minstrel/ which was quickly 
 followed by a second, ' The Desolation of Eyam, and other 
 Poems.' At this time also, William and Mary Howitt 
 became widely known through contributions to the ' Annuals,' 
 as they were called, and which were just then commencing their 
 popular career. 
 
 Between 1831 and 1837, during his residence at Nottingham, 
 William Howitt published ' The Book of the Seasons,' ' Pantika, 
 or Traditions of the most Ancient Times,' and a ' Popular History 
 of Priestcraft ; ' the first and last-mentioned of these works having 
 passed through many editions. Mary Howitt at the same time 
 published her most important poetical work, now for many years 
 out of print, a volume of di-amas entitled ' The Seven Tempta- 
 tions,' a novel called ' Wood I^eighton,' and her earlier volumes 
 for the young, entitled ' Sketches of Natural History,' and ' Tales 
 in Prose ' and ' Tales in Verse.' 
 
 In 1837, William Howitt quitted Nottingham, where he had 
 been engaged in business, and settled with his family in the 
 pleasant village of Esher, in Surrey, where both he and his wife 
 devoted themselves exclusively to literary pursuits, their relaxa- 
 tion being found in the society of their children and of a few 
 
WILLIAM AND MARY HOWITT. 61 
 
 intimate friends^ and in their enjoyment of their garden and the 
 beautiful surrounding country. During their three years^ resi- 
 dence at Esher_, William Howitt produced in rapid succession 
 some of his most popular works, ' The Rural Life of England/ 
 ' Colonization and Christianity/ the first series of ' Visits to 
 Remarkable Places/ and his first work for the young, ' The 
 Boy^s Country Book/ Mary Howitt, during this time, pub- 
 lished two of her most popular volumes of poetry for young- 
 people, ' Hymns and Fireside Verses/ and ' Birds and 
 Flowers ; ' also several volumes of a series of short prose 
 tales, thirteen in number, entitled ' Tales for the People and 
 their Children/ 
 
 From Esher the Howitts removed to Germany, chiefly for the 
 purpose of educating their children amongst a people towards 
 whom they had always felt a strong intellectual attraction, and 
 also with the intention of perfecting themselves in a knowledge 
 of the German language and literature. During his residence 
 in that country, William Howitt wrote ' The Rural and Domestic 
 Life of Germany,^ ' German Experiences,' and translated a curious 
 manuscript which had been written at his request by a German 
 acquaintance, ^ The History of the Student Life of Germany.' 
 Whilst residing at Heidelberg, William and Mary Howitt had their 
 attention drawn to the literature of Scandinavia, and commenced 
 the study of the Swedish and Danish languages, studies which 
 at once made them acquainted with the earlier works of Fredrika 
 Bremer, then achieving their deserved popularity. These were 
 translated by Mary Howitt; somewhat later, she also translated 
 the earlier woi'ks of Hans Christian Andersen, and had thus the 
 honour of introducing the works of these remarkable authors 
 to the British and American public, by whom they were re- 
 ceived with enthusiasm. The same class of study and admira- 
 tion for the vigorous genius of the North, led William Howitt 
 to produce ^A History of Scandinavian Literature,' in two vo- 
 lumes, an important work of great research, and the only com- 
 plete history of the kind extant, illustrated copiously with 
 specimens from the poets, translated by Mary Howitt. This 
 work was published in 1852. And here may be mentioned, 
 though somewhat anticipating events, that in 1864 Mary 
 Howitt received a pleasant recognition of the esteem in which 
 her labours, as a translator^ were held in the North, in the 
 
62 WILLIAM AND MARY HOWITT, 
 
 form of a silver medal sent to her by the Literary Academy of 
 Stockholm. 
 
 In 1842, William and Mary Howitt returned from Germany 
 and took up their residence in the immediate vicinity of London. 
 Here William Howitt published the second volume of his ' Visits 
 to Kemarkable Places/ and another juvenile work, called ' Jack 
 of the Mill/ whilst Mary Howitt was engaged in German and 
 Scandinavian translation. About this time also, she published 
 ' The Children's Year/ a diary kept for twelve months of the lives 
 of her younger children, in order to supply to youthful readers 
 that desideratum, ' a story, every word of which should be true / 
 and afterwards, ' Our Cousins in Ohio,'' a little book formed on 
 the same plan, relating to a young family in America, the children 
 of her younger sister, Mrs. Alderson, of Cincinnati. Both volumes 
 became at once very popular, ' The Children's Year ' having been 
 translated into several languages. 
 
 At this period a collected edition of Mary Hewitt's Ballad 
 Poetry was published, the poetry by which probably she will have 
 gained her most permanent hold upon the mind of the public. 
 Allan Cunningham, in his ' Biographical and Critical History of 
 the Literature of the Last Fifty Years,' observed, " Mary Howitt 
 has shown herself mistress of every string of the minstrel lyre, 
 save that which sounds of broil and bloodshed. There is more 
 of the old ballad simplicity in her compositions than can be found 
 in the strains of any living poet beside." 
 
 In 1846, the Howitts availed themselves of an opportunity 
 which appeared to promise a useful sphere of congenial labour, in 
 the establishment of a journal devoted to literature and social 
 progress, entitled ' The People's Journal.' A series of unfortu- 
 nate events, however, soon brought their connection with this 
 journal to an end, and a periodical of a similar character, started 
 by themselves, failing to repair the losses which the first enter- 
 prise had entailed upon them, they returned after a coiiple of 
 years to the less anxious pursuits of general literature. 
 
 Their next works in succession were '' The History of Scandina- 
 vian Literature,' of which we have already spoken, ' The Hall and 
 the Hamlet,' ' Madame Dorrington of the Dene,' and ' The Year- 
 Book of the Country,' by William Howitt ; and by Mary Howitt, 
 ' The Heir of Wast Wayland,' a novel, and several works for 
 children, amongst which, ' Mary Leeson ' and ' Stedfast Gabriel ' 
 especially deserve notice. 
 
WILLIAM AND MARY HOWITT, 63 
 
 Upon the discovery of the gold-fields in Australia, William 
 Howitt, accompanied by his two sons, set sail, in June, 1 852, and 
 arrived at Melbourne on the 24th of September. Various causes 
 led to this expedition. A desire personally to inspect the condi- 
 tion of the important colony of Victoria, suddenly become a 
 region of such paramount interest to the British public; the 
 pleasure of again seeing a younger brother, long settled as a 
 physician in Melbourne ; the necessity for repose after many 
 years of incessant intellectual labour ; and last, but not least, the 
 intention, should circumstances prove favourable, of settling his 
 sons in the colony. 
 
 The following two years form a chapter of considerable adven- 
 ture in the life of our author, and were productive of much useful 
 result. Through his brother's long residence in the colony, 
 William Howitt possessed many facilities for acquiring informa- 
 tion which were not accessible to the ordinary traveller, nor did 
 he fail to make the most of his opportunities. 
 
 After a few weeks' sojourn in Melbourne, our traveller, accom- 
 panied by his two sons, a nephew, and a friend, went up to the 
 diggings, which they visited in succession. Being well armed and 
 provided with good horses, they were tolerably independent, and 
 in but little danger of attack by bushrangers ; nevertheless they 
 encountered perils sufficient both by day and night, although no 
 signal misfortune befell them, with the exception of the serious 
 illness of William Howitt, occasioned by their camping in an un- 
 healthy locality, an illness which, humanly speaking, must have 
 proved fatal, but for the providential kindness of a wealthy squat- 
 ter, who removed the sick and apparently dyin g traveller to the 
 comforts of his healthy station, where, tended with a benevolence 
 similar in spirit to that of the good Samaritan, William Howitt 
 speedily recovered. 
 
 The results of his two years' experience of Australian life are to 
 be found in his valuable work entitled ' Land, Labour, and Gold,' 
 in his ' Australian Boy's Book,' and in a novel called ' Tallangetta,' 
 all descriptive of life, under its varied aspects, in the colony of 
 Victoria. 
 
 In December, 1854, William Howitt, accompanied by his 
 youngest son, again set foot in England. 
 
 His elder son, Alfred William, remained in the colony, where 
 he has since distinguished himself as an explorer, and having 
 
 VOL. IV. I 
 
G4 WILLIAM AND MARY HOWITT. 
 
 been sent out by the Royal Society of Victoria, in 1861, as leader 
 of the party dispatched in quest of the missing Expedition of 
 Messrs. Burke and Wills, he was fortunate enough to discover 
 and save the last survivor of that ill-starred company, and to 
 inter the remains of the brave but unfortunate explorers in the 
 "vf'ilderness, on the spot where their remains were found, and on a 
 second expedition brought them to Melbourne for public inter- 
 ment. He has also been successfully employed in other public 
 undertakings, and now holds the office of Police Magistrate, Gold 
 Warden, etc., in the district of Omeo, Gipps-Land, of the gold- 
 fields of which he was fortunately one of the eai^lier discoverers. 
 
 During the absence of her husband and sons in Australia, Mary 
 Howitt, with her two daughters, took up her residence in the 
 pleasant suburb of Highgate ; and, assisted by her elder daughter, 
 at that time becoming favourably known to the public in the com- 
 bined character of author and artist, Mary Howitt saw through 
 the press various works committed to her charge by her husband, 
 upon and during his absence. Amongst these was a collection of 
 ' Stories of English and Foreign Life,' a translation of Enne- 
 moser's ' History of Magic,' which occupied William Howitt and 
 his elder son during their three months' voyage to the antipodes, 
 and the ' Australian Boy's Book.' During this time Mary Howitt 
 compiled a History of the United States, edited and wrote various 
 juvenile works, and also translated the large work by Fredrika 
 Bremer on America, entitled 'The Homes of the New World;' 
 since which time it may be here mentioned that she has com- 
 pleted the translation of that lady's travels in Italy, Switzerland, 
 the Holy Land, and Greece, in six volumes. 
 
 After William Hewitt's return, he and his family have con- 
 tinued to reside at Highgate, nor has his literary industry abated. 
 Since 1856, have been written by him five large volumes of a 
 'Popular History of England,' for the enterprising publishers, 
 Messrs. Cassell, Better, and Galpin ; in 1863, / The Man of the 
 People,' a novel, illustrative of the social and political state of 
 England half a century ago ; in 1864, ' The History of the Super- 
 natural,' in two volumes ; and in the present year, ' A History of 
 the Discovery and Exploration of Australia, Tasmania, and New 
 Zealand;' these two volumes, written con amore through their 
 author's personal sympathy with exploration, contain in their 
 concluding pages a manly and touching memorial of the death 
 
WILLIAM AND MARY HOWITT. 65 
 
 of his younger son, Herbert Charlton, a dauntless young explorer, 
 who, in June, 1863, was drowned in Lake Bruuner, New Zealand, 
 with two of his party, whilst engaged upon an arduous undertak- 
 ing — the opening up of the west coast of the Middle Island. 
 
 In 1863, our author published a small volume, with Mr. A. W. 
 Bennett, on the subject of transportation as the only means of 
 convict reform, and also on certain practices of great cruelty 
 under the game-laws, which prevail on all game-preserving 
 estates throughout the kingdom. 
 
 Since 1856, Mary Howitt, besides anonymous contributions to 
 the periodical literature of the day, has edited, with the assistance 
 of her younger daughter, ' K Treasury of Stories for the Young,' in 
 three volumes ; has produced a volume called ' Lillieslea,' and 
 corrected and enlarged for republication by Mr. A. W. Bennett 
 the greater number of her earlier juvenile works, in a uniform 
 edition; and lastly, has published in 1864 a three- volume novel, 
 entitled ' The Cost of Caergwyn,' the scene of which is laid in 
 Wales. This novel, the result of careful study of the scenery, 
 people, legends, manners, and customs of the Principality, con- 
 tains probably the most elaborate and highly finished pictures of 
 human character and natural scenery, which have flowed from the 
 pen of this experienced authoress. 
 
 It is worthy of mention that in 1862 was published, by Mr. 
 Bennett, the first volume of ' Kuined Abbeys and Castles of Great 
 Britain,' by William and Mary Howitt, illustrated by photographs, 
 (followed in 1864 by a second volume) — a book which has been 
 the precursor of many other favourites with the public, in which, 
 as Mr. Howitt says in his Preface, the accuracy of photography 
 has been used " to present to the reader the precise aspect of the 
 places which, at the same time, are commended to his notice by 
 the pen. We trust that this idea will be pursued to the extent of 
 which it is capable ; and that hereafter we shall have works of 
 topography and travel illustrated by the photographer with all the 
 yet-to-be improvements of the art, so that we shall be able to feel, 
 when reading of new scenes and lands, that we are not amused 
 with pleasant fictions, but presented with realities." 
 
 William Howitt is now engaged upon the completion of a work 
 which has been some years in progress, ' The History of George 
 Fox and his Friends,' for which no author living can be better 
 calculated. 
 
66 WILLIAM AND MARY HOWITT. 
 
 A notice of the literary career of William Howitt would be 
 incomplete without reference to the prominent part which he has 
 taken in the controversies which have engaged the attention of 
 the public during the last several years, with regard to the pheno- 
 mena termed Spiritualism^ in the genuineness of which William 
 Howitt has been a firm and consistent believer, since the first 
 advent of '' spirit manifestations " in England, some ten years 
 ago. The 'History of the Supernatural,^ and numerous articles 
 in the ' Spiritual Magazine,' bear witness to the philosophical 
 spirit in which William Howitt has approached the consideration 
 and investigation of this mysterious subject, and to the undaunted 
 zeal with which he has proclaimed and maintained his opinions. 
 
 In the present year, 1865, Her Majesty granted William 
 Howitt a pension from the Civil List, in acknowledgment of his 
 and his wife's long and valuable literary services. 
 
A. W. HOFMANN, LL.D., RRS., Ph.D., etc. 
 
 Whenever tlie history of modern science shall be written, one of 
 the most remarkable chapters will be the progress of chemistry 
 dnring the last twenty years. Organic chemistry, up to the com- 
 mencement of that period, occupied a very uncertain position. Its 
 early steps were feeble, and it advanced for a season with hesita- 
 tion and trembling. From the first, it was evident to the cool 
 and reflective observer, that the healthful child would exhibit a 
 vigorous manhood. Few, however, thought that it was destined so 
 soon to display its vigour, — that it would, at so early an age, add 
 so much to the store of human knowledge, or enrich mankind so 
 speedily by the discovery of facts which were at once employed 
 in the transmutation of gross matter into things of beauty, which 
 became of real commercial value. 
 
 All this, and more, has been achieved by the exercise of human 
 thought, and the power of man's unwearying industry. Amongst 
 the zealous labourers in this fertile field, no one deserves more 
 honour than the subject of this sketch, Augustus William Hof- 
 mann, who, though a German by birth and education, has identified 
 himself with English science so thoroughly since 1846, as teacher 
 and discoverer, that England delights to claim him as her foster- 
 son. 
 
 At Giessen, in the Grand Duchy of Hesse-Darmstadt, on the 
 8th of April, 1818, Augustus William Hofmann was born, the 
 son of John Philipp Hofmann, an architect of much esteem. He 
 received his early education in the Gymnasium of his native town, 
 in which school the greatest attention was given to the study of 
 the classical languages. Young Hofmann was greatly indebted 
 
6S A. W. HOFSIANN. 
 
 to his father for expanding- his mind beyond the prescribed limits 
 of this institution, who, to attain this end, scrupled not to make 
 many sacrifices. On several lengthened architectural expeditions 
 through France and Italy, the father and son were inseparable 
 comj)anions. Thus, an inclination to the study of modern lan- 
 guages was early created, and a certain facility acquired of using 
 languages different from his mother-tongue. These circumstances, 
 without doubt, did not remain without influence on his subsequent 
 career. 
 
 In 1836, young Hofmann entered the university of Giessen, in 
 which, for the first year, his studies were of a somewhat desultory 
 character. It was the wish of his father that he should become 
 an architect, but his own predilections were for philological 
 studies. These the father earnestly opposed, as not being likely 
 to lead to any definite object, — and, with the hope of fixing young 
 Hofmann^ s mind on some practical point, the law was selected as 
 his future profession, to which study, with considerable interrup- 
 tions and without any great result, the following years were de- 
 voted. By — as it now appears — a happy combination of circum- 
 stances, this career was soon aba.ndoned. 
 
 It was at this period that the Chemical School of Giessen, under 
 the influence of the master-mind of Liebig, attained its highest 
 degree of development. From all parts of Europe, and even from 
 America, ardent pupils visited the university of Giessen, anxious 
 to study under the auspices of one who had made himself so emi- 
 nent as Liebig had done. Young chemists, many of them edu- 
 cated elsewhere, even professors of universities and schools, — 
 many of whom had been teaching for years, — assembled in the 
 small town of Giessen, which, for a time, became the chemical 
 centre of the world. 
 
 The laboratory, originally the kitchen of a barrack, was no 
 longer capable of holding the students, and it became necessary 
 to increase the working room. This was first done by the addi- 
 tion of a wing, but the reconstruction of the whole building became 
 ultimately imperative. Thus originated the celebrated Giessen 
 laboratory — the first indejDendent institution of the kind, and, 
 which has served as a model for all subsequent structures for this 
 purpose. Hofmann's father was the architect of the ncAV institu- 
 tion, and the intimate relations, in consequence thereof, between 
 him and Professor Liebig, could not exist without its effects upon 
 
A. W. HOFMANN. 69 
 
 the young chemist. Law and philology were abandoned, he was 
 drawn within the sphere of attraction of the master, and impelled 
 with irresistible force towards the study of nature. Owing, pro- 
 bably, to the peculiar course of his previous education, this capti- 
 vated him with all the charms of novelty, all other studies were 
 abandoned, and his whole time was devoted to the study of che- 
 mistry, physics, and mathematics. 
 
 In rapid succession, we find the young chemist working as a 
 zealous student in Liebig's laboratory, and participating in the 
 master^s researches as an expert assistant. From the first the 
 young chemist succeeded in drawing attention to himself. An in- 
 vestigation into the nature of the volatile bases of coal-gas naphtha 
 — amongst which he demonstrated the presence of aniline — has 
 become the starting-point of a long series of researches, which 
 have richly benefited both theory and practice. A second paper, 
 on the metamorphoses of indigo, finally settling the question 
 of the substitution of chlorine for hydrogen, which at that time 
 engrossed the attention of chemists, received the prize medal of 
 the Societe de Pharmacie of Paris. It would be difficult to con- 
 ceive conditions more instructive or more stimulating to the in- 
 dustry of a young savant, than the position — held by Hofmann — 
 as an assistant in the Giessen laboratory, in which the elite of 
 Europe were then working side by side. This position, however, 
 was necessarily a transitional one ; and the time arrived when 
 Liebig^s favourite assistant, anxious to obtain an independent 
 sphere of action, had to try the strength of his own wings, and to 
 leave his master, his relatives, and friends. 
 
 In the spring of 1835 we find Dr. Hofmann as a private teacher 
 in the University of Bonn, lecturing on agricultural chemistry, 
 and following up his experimental researches in a modest labo- 
 ratory of the smallest dimensions. His stay at Bonn was des- 
 tined to be of short duration, for, in the autumn of the same year. 
 Dr. Hofmann accepted an invitation which he had received to 
 come over to England. 
 
 In the curriculum of the English Universities, Chemistry played 
 an essentially subordinate part. Laboratories in which experi- 
 mental researches might have been carried out by students did 
 not exist. Even in London and Edinburgh, the laboratories in 
 which the practice of analysis could be acquired were few, and 
 the expense attendant on the study of experimental chemistry 
 
70 A. W. HOFMANN. 
 
 confined it to a limited number. The extraordinary development 
 wliicli chemistry received^ by the teaching of Liebig, in Germany, 
 was not without its influence in this country, and it led to an 
 attempt to supply a want, which had been sensibly felt. 
 
 In 1844 an association had been formed under the auspices of 
 Prince Albert, which proposed to establish in London a practical 
 School of Chemistry, founded on the model of Liebig's laboratory, 
 the direction of which was to be placed in the hands of a chemist 
 educated by Liebig himself. The council of this association, con- 
 sisting of noblemen and gentlemen, but whose soul from the very 
 commencement had been Sir James Clark, Bart., (see ' Men of 
 Eminence,^ Yol. III., p. 109) requested Professor Liebig to propose 
 some efficient candidate. Dr. Hofmann was so strongly recom- 
 mended, that he received, as already stated, in 1845, an invitation 
 to undertake the formation of the new school. So arduous an 
 undertaking, in a country which he had never even visited, natu- 
 rally occasioned some hesitation. This was, however, soon over- 
 come by the personal interest which Prince Albert took in the 
 foundation of the school, and through the powerful influence of the 
 Prince, Dr. Hofmann obtained from the Prussian Government an 
 indefinite leave of absence. 
 
 In 1845 we find him busily engaged in arranging a small and 
 temporary laboratory in George Street, Hanover Square, in which 
 the new school was opened in the beginning of November. That 
 the judgment of the projectors had been correct soon became 
 obvious. The rapidity with which the laboratory was filled by 
 students from all classes, who were eager to avail themselves of 
 the newly-offered facilities for engaging in the practice of che- 
 mistry, showed the necessity of providing a more permanent and 
 appropriate habitation for the school. 
 
 The necessary funds were speedily contributed by some of the 
 wealthy members of the association, and after the lapse of less 
 than a year from the foundation, the school was transferred to the 
 commodious building erected in Oxford Street (now well known 
 as the Royal College of Chemistry) where the work has been 
 regularly carried on since 1846. 
 
 Dr. Hofmann had the good fortune of assembling around him- 
 self, from the very commencement, a circle of highly-gifted young 
 men ; a circumstance which has greatly contributed to the success 
 of his undertaking. A great many chemists, who by their labours 
 
A. W. HOFMANN. 71 
 
 have earned distinction or wealth, were zealous students in the 
 new institution.* 
 
 The new institution had been founded by the contributions of 
 aome enthusiastic lovers of chemistry, but, of course, also of many 
 who looked for a more substantial return for their money than the 
 college could afford to give. A reaction naturally set in, and the 
 new school had to rely almost entirely upon its own resources, 
 consisting of students' fees only. The financial position was, 
 therefore, often very precarious, and many cares pressed, for a 
 season, heavily on Dr. Hofmann. The success of the college, 
 however, as an educational establishment, went far to console 
 him. Ultimately it emerged from all difficulties ; but this was 
 mainly due to the devotion of a small band of faithful friends, 
 amongst whom Sir James Clark, the late Lord Ashburton, Mr. 
 Warren De La Rue, the late Mr. Dalrymple, and Dr. Bence Jones, 
 stood in the first rank. His Royal Highness Prince Albert did 
 not shrink from any sacrifice in his desire to consolidate the 
 school which he had been mainly instrumental in founding. 
 
 When, in 1853, the chemical chair of the then newly-estabhshed 
 School of Mines, connected with the Museum of Practical Geology, 
 became vacant by the resignation of Dr. Lyon Playfair, Sir Henry 
 De La Beche, — with whom originated that establishment, and 
 who was then Director- General, — ofiered the appointment to Dr. 
 Hofmann. The Council of the College of Chemistry urged him 
 to accept the new position. They, at the same time, came to a 
 resolution that the object for which the College had been ori- 
 ginally established, having, in a great measure, been achieved, 
 it should be offered, as a free gift, to the Government, to be in- 
 corporated with the Royal School of Mines. The offer being 
 accepted, and all the arrangements satisfactorily made. Dr. Hof- 
 mann became a Professor in the School of Mines without leaving 
 his laboratory in the Oxford Street College. This afforded him 
 increased and additional facilities for engaging in experimental 
 investigations. The value of Dr. Hofmann's researches, and the 
 important aid they rendered to chemical science, must now be 
 noticed. 
 
 * Amongst others may be named — Warren De La Eue, F.E.S.; F. Abel, 
 Director of the Chemical Establishment of the War Department ; C. B. 
 Mansfield ; Professors Odling, Field, Noad, Bloxam, Galloway, Eowney, 
 How, etc. ; E. C. Nicholson, the eminent manufacturer, and Mr. Perkins. 
 VOL. IV. K 
 
rl A. W. IIOFMANN. 
 
 By continuing his researches on aniline and its derivatives, 
 Dr. Hofmann worked, step by step, to a closer conception of 
 the relation in which these substances stand to ammonia. The 
 elaborate investigations on which these views are founded will be 
 found in the ' Journal of the Chemical Society^ and in the ' Trans- 
 actions of the Royal Society.' Those researches have exercised a 
 powerful influence, both practical and philosophical, on the pro- 
 gress of chemical science. In Dr. Hofmann's inquiries on am- 
 monia, we find the first germ of the theory of types, which subse- 
 quently, in the hands of Gerhardt, Williamson, and others, assumed 
 a more general form. The first typically- written formul£e are to 
 be found in Dr. Hofmann's memoir in the ' Philosophical Trans- 
 actions.' Researches of this kind could not fail to win for their 
 author substantial acknowledgments. The interest taken by the 
 Royal Society was evinced by two successive grants of large 
 sums of money during their prosecution, and by the award of a 
 Royal medal after their completion. In rapid succession. Dr. 
 Hofmann was elected a correspondent of the Institute of France, 
 and of nearly all the academies and learned societies, both of 
 Europe and America. Papers on the phosphorus bases, on the 
 poly -ammonias, and kindred subjects, mark a period of much in- 
 dustry. During the last few years Dr. Hofmann has been engaged 
 in the elucidation of the chemistry of the new coal-tar colours, 
 which have attracted so much attention. Nor was his attention 
 exclusively directed to the theory of this subject. The beautiful 
 red colouring-matter known as Magenta was first observed and 
 described by him, although he never produced it on a commercial 
 scale. The splendid violet so much en vogue at present was pro- 
 duced by Dr. Hofmann by the action of iodide of ethyle upon 
 Magenta. 
 
 That Dr. Hofmann has not restricted his attention to theoretical 
 chemistry is shown by the part which he has taken in investi- 
 gations of a practical character, and having great public interests. 
 With Professor Graham and Dr. Miller, he made an elaborate 
 report on the metropolitan water-supply. In conjunction with 
 Professors Graham and Redwood, he reported on the supply of 
 methylated spirit ; and with the late Mr. Witt, on the metropo- 
 litan sewage qiiestion. Dr. Hofmann acted as juror in the Inter- 
 national Exhibitions of Prance and England, and the reports 
 which he furnished are generally valued. His report on the 
 
A. W. HOFMANN. 73 
 
 chemical products exhibited in 1862 is a remarkable production, 
 conveying a vast amount of exact knowledge in a stylo which is 
 distinguished for its clearness. As a public lecturer^ Dr. Hof- 
 manu achieved a high reputation. Although he spoke with a 
 German accent, his English was marked by fluency and force ; but 
 Dr. Hofmann's popularity as a lecturer was due to the felicity of the 
 illustrations, by which he brought the most abstract subjects 
 within the grasp of popular understanding. His evening lectures 
 at the Royal School of Mines, at the Chemical Society (of which 
 Dr. Hofmann was president in 1861 ), and at the Koyal Institution, 
 were always delivered to large audiences, who were ever delighted 
 by his experiments and instructed by his explanations. Even her 
 Majesty the Queen did not disdain to become a listener to some 
 of Dr. Hofmann^s lectures, and he had repeatedly the honour of 
 delivering short chemical courses to the Court, at Osborne and 
 Windsor Castle. 
 
 During the years of his residence amongst us, Dr. Hofmann 
 had had repeated and pressing invitations to return to his native 
 land, and take a prominent part in one of the German uni- 
 versities. But he declined them all, so thoroughly satisfied was 
 he with his independent position in this country. He had sur- 
 rounded himself with a large circle of devoted friends, and he Lad 
 formed relations of a more intimate and tender kind. In 1 856, Dr. 
 Hofmann had married Rosamoor, daughter of the late W. Wilson, 
 Esq., of Wandsworth j and although, after the lapse of scarcely more 
 than three years, he had to deplore the loss of his young wife, still 
 the addition of family ties, to those of friendship, had gone far to 
 satisfy Dr. Hofmann with the country of his adoption. 
 
 Eventually, however, invitations reached Dr. Hofmann in a form 
 and under conditions which he did not feel justified in refusing. 
 The Prussian Government had conceived the idea of erecting in 
 the university of Bonn, — which is the scientific centre of the 
 western provinces of the kingdom — a chemical institution on a 
 grand scale, intended not only to supply the want of the univer- 
 sity, but calculated also to advance the rapidly-growing industrial 
 interests of the surrounding provinces. Coming, as the invitation 
 did, from the university in which he had commenced his professional 
 career, and most ample funds, provided by the Chamber, being 
 placed at his disposal. Dr. Hofmann entertained the idea of or- 
 ganizing the new institution. In 1 863, Dr. Hofmann made an 
 
74 A. W. HOPMANN. 
 
 extensive journey throug4i nearly all the European universities in 
 wliicli chemistry is prominently taught^ to gain information which 
 might be useful to him. The information thus acquired he em- 
 bodied into an elaborate report, which was presented to, and 
 adopted by the Prussian Government. Magnificent buildings, 
 exclusively intended for the prosecution of chemical studies, are 
 rapidly advancing towards completion at Bonn ; and they promise 
 to become a model laboratory. While this fine scheme was thus 
 developing itself, towards the end of 1863 the celebrated Mitscher- 
 lich had died at Berlin, and early in 1864 the senate of the uni- 
 versity of Berlin elected Dr. Hofmann to become his successor. 
 The Prussian Government sanctioned the election, and charged 
 Dr. Hofmann with the organization in Berlin, as the scientific 
 centre of the eastern provinces, of a laboratory similar to that of 
 Bonn, but on a still more extended scale, leaving him the option, 
 after the completion of the two institutions, of taking up his abode 
 either at Berlin or Bonn. In the summer of 1865, Dr. Hofmann 
 left London for Berlin, where his second laboratory is in full pro- 
 gress. The high appreciation in which Dr. Hofmann is held in 
 this country receives the strongest proof in the banquet which 
 was given to him on the 28th of April by "a number of gentle- 
 men who have worked with Dr. Hofmann at the Royal College of 
 Chemistry at different periods, from its opening in 1845 to the 
 present date.^^ Amongst these were the choicest names adorning 
 chemical science ; and the following passage from the speech of 
 the chairman tells its own tale, and expresses a general feeling : — 
 '' It was at one time thought that this would have to be a final 
 leave-taking; but, fortunately, our Government having at the 
 eleventh hour become aware of Dr. Hofmann' s intended de- 
 parture, and being keenly alive to the loss the country would 
 thus sustain, have declined to release him from all the bonds by 
 which he is bound to us, and so we may hope, in a few years, to 
 ask him to meet us again on his return to our land." 
 
FREDERICK RICHARD PICKERSGILL, R.A. 
 
 Frederick Richard Pickersgill^ R.A.^ was born in London 1820. 
 Both on his father's and his mother's side he was connected with 
 the fine arts, an uncle on the paternal side being the well-known 
 portrait painter, Mr. W.H. Pickersgill, R. A., whilst on the maternal 
 side his uncle was Mr. Witherington, R.A., the landscape-painter. 
 Mr. Witherington early discovered the latent talent of his young 
 nephew, who, so soon as he had passed through the ordinary 
 routine of a school-boy's studies, commenced drawing from the 
 antique, under the guidance of Mr. Witherington. In 1839, our 
 youthful aspirant sent a water-colour drawing of the "Brazen Age," 
 from Hesiod, to the Royal Academy, where it was exhibited, and 
 at the end of the same year he became a student of the schools of 
 the Academy. It is a singular circumstance that young Mr. 
 Pickersgill carried away none of the prizes of the Academy, 
 although his subsequent career has been one of such unques- 
 tionable success. 
 
 The rendering of the classic and romantic spirit and subject in 
 Art, expressed with an almost feminine grace and delicacy, have 
 been the characteristics of Mr. Pickersgill's works from the very 
 commencement of his career. Occasionally his subjects have been 
 chosen from the Scriptures ; but these sacred subjects are few, in 
 comparison with those taken from the pages of the poets and 
 historians. In 1840 he painted his first oil-picture, " Hercules 
 Fighting Achelous under the form of a Bull ;" a subject taken 
 from the ' Trachenian Virgins ' of Sophocles; in 1841, " Amoret 
 delivered from the Enchanter," in 1842 " CEdipus cursing Poly- 
 nices;" and in 1843 " Florimel in the Cottage of the Witch," 
 and "Dante's Dream." The committee of the Art Union selected 
 
76 FREDEKICK RICHARD PICKERSGILL. 
 
 tliat same year " Floriinel/' to engrave for the Art-Union subscri- 
 bers, a high compliment to be paid to so young an artist. 
 
 One of the ten prizes of £100 each, oflPered by Government, 
 was awarded to Mr. Pickersgill for his cartoon of " The Death of 
 Lear," which was exhibited amongst the cartoons in Westminster 
 Hall in 1843, and his name stood the third on the list of success- 
 ful competitors. In the subsequent year in the exhibitions of 
 frescoes at Westminster, he was less successful in the competition, 
 himself confesses that as regarded the manipulation, his fresco 
 was a failure. The subject of this fresco was " Sir Calepine 
 rescuing Serena.''^ 
 
 In the third and great exhibition of pictures held in 1847, in 
 Westminster Hall, Mr. Pickersgill gained a signal triumph by his 
 colossal oil-picture " The Death of Harold," since it carried off 
 the first prize of £500, and was purchased by the Eoyal Com- 
 missioners for £500 more. It has been observed that " its varied 
 and difiicult composition surprised the public by its power of con- 
 ception and striking execution, mature drawing and sober colour- 
 ing." It is now placed in the Houses of Parliament. 
 
 This great success at once raised om* young painter into the 
 foremost ranks of his profession, and in November of the same 
 year, he was elected an Associate member of the Eoyal Academy 
 at the early age of twenty-seven. 
 
 To return, however, to the list of Mr. PickersgilFs works ex- 
 hibited in the Royal Academy. In 1845 he had contributed to 
 the exhibition two pictures, "Amoret in the Cottage of the 
 Witch," now in the Vernon Gallery, and " The Four Ages," pur- 
 chased by Mr. Longman, the publisher. In 1816 a scene from 
 Venetian history, " The Flight of Stephen Calloprini," a groujD 
 of figures, principally female, and arranged with much grace 
 and effect. In 1847, "The Performance of Divine Service by 
 the Early Christians of Rome amongst the Catacombs." In 1848 
 he contributed to the Academy a picture entitled "Idleness," 
 and a subject from the ' Fairie Queen,' " The Contest of Beauty 
 for the Girdle of Florimel ;" and in 1849 subjects from '^Comus' 
 and ' Orlando Furioso.' 
 
 In 1850 he exhibited four works, " Samson Betrayed," " Pluto 
 carrying away Proserpine," "A Scene during the Invasion of 
 Italy by Charles VIII.," and " Three Sketches from the Story of 
 ' Imaldi.' " In 1851, " The Raising of the Standard of Charles I. 
 
FREDEEICK RICHARD PICKERSGILL. 77 
 
 at Nottingliam /' a spirited sketcli for a large picture, and 
 " Rinaldo Destroying the Myrtle in the Enchanted Forest." In 
 1852, ^' Pan and Syrinx," from Ovid^s 'Metamorphoses;^ ''The 
 Adoration of the Magi," and a fresh version of his subject of 
 1848, "Idleness," which represents a knight in a boat with 
 sirens. In 1853, two scenes from Venetian history, "Angelo 
 Participazio, having rescued his bride from Pirates, returns with 
 her to her family," and the "Arrest of Novello di Carrara." 
 In 1854, " The Death of Foscari, Doge of Venice." In 1855, 
 " Britomart Unarming," " Christian led into the Valley of Humi- 
 liation," " Two Disciples sent unto our Lord by John." In 
 1856, " Scene from 'Love's Labour's Lost,'" and "Our Lord 
 blessing little Children." In 1857, "The Duke and Viola." In 
 1858, " The Bride," diploma picture. In 1859, " Warrior Poets 
 contending in Song," " Delilah asking forgiveness of Samson." 
 In 1861, "Pirates playing at Dice for Prisoners," "The Banish- 
 ment of Rosalind," " Prospero, Ferdinand, and Miranda.'^ In 
 1862, "A Crusader's Return." In 1863, "Isabella, Duchess of 
 Clarence and her Husband," and " Ferdinand and Miranda." In 
 1864, "Cavalier and Puritan Lady," illustrating the chorus in 
 'Romeo and Juliet.' In 1865, a Royalist family, 1651, "Un- 
 friended," a very beautiful group, not easily to be forgotten by 
 the visitor to the Royal Academy. The father and mother, 
 young ' Royalists,' bearing the stamp of their aristocratic lineage 
 both in features and form, are flying with their infant from their 
 home. Whilst pausing to repose themselves in a lovely sylvan 
 solitude, they are alarmed, amidst the beauty of the autumnal 
 woodland, by sounds of pursuit to which they listen with an 
 eagerness which touches the beholder with a sad tenderness. 
 The stalwart, noble young father, whose bearing is that of a 
 roused lion, carries the sleeping child upon one arm, whilst with 
 the right hand he draws his sword ; the young mother steps forth 
 before husband and child, forming round them a shield through 
 her love and beauty. 
 
 Besides the picture illustrating Milton's ' Ode on Christmas 
 Day,' exhibited at the Manchester Art Treasures Exhibition, and 
 a small picture from Tennyson's ' Enid,' " Enid and Gerant sit- 
 ting in the Hayfield," Mr. Pickersgill has painted numerous 
 pictures, but these being unknown to the public, we have not 
 attempted to catalogue them. 
 
RET 
 TOj 
 
 LOAI 
 H 
 
 6-monfi 
 Ren 
 
 RETURN TO the circulation desk of any 
 University of California Library 
 
 NORTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY 
 BIdg. 400, Richmond Field Station 
 University of California 
 Richmond, CA 94804-4698 
 
 ALL BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS 
 .2-month loans may be renewed by calling 
 
 (510)642-6753 
 .Vyear loans may be recharged by bringing 
 
 books to NRLF 
 . Renewals and recharges may be made 
 4 days prior to due date 
 
 ;sk 
 
u.c.b: 
 
 eBKetEvog^^^^ 
 
 CO 
 
 5ai7^05&